Sdl workplace 2017 full cat opt150

Page 1

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk ACCESS • HANDLING • STORAGE • SHELVING & RACKING • WORKSHOP • OFFICE & PREMISES

www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk The Workplace Catalogue 2017

Telephone: 01446 772614 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue is a business to business supplier of storage systems, materials handling equipment and associated products.

The Workplace Catalogue has grown over a period of 28 years, establishing a sound understanding of our clients needs and requirements. We are an ‘independent distributor’ which means we can direct our customers to the best possible solutions. Within this catalogue, you’ll find over 3,000 items of the highest quality access, storage and manual handling equipment. From trucks and trolleys to sack

trucks and stair climbers, from lifters and stackers to workbenches and cabinets, we offer one of the most comprehensive collections of workplace products, all available in one place. Easy ordering and fast despatch are all part of our one-stop solution, and if you’d like to know more, visit our website at www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

ADDITIONAL INFO Even though every effort is made to prevent printing errors and whilst

Most of the products within this catalogue include standard carriage

all product specifications in this catalogue are stated as accurately as

charges to UK mainland addresses. Some deliveries to Scotland, Rep.

possible, they are for guidance only. We reserve the right to alter prices

Ireland and N. Ireland may be subject to additional charges (other items

and specifications without prior notice - we will do our best to give notice

within this catalogue may also have additional carriage charges, please

when and how possible. We advise contacting us for further information,

ask for details). All prices shown are exclusive of VAT.

especially if specification is critical. All orders are subject to our ‘Terms and Conditions’ of sale. Lead times are given as a guide ONLY for single/small quantities. For

Please see our website or contact us for details.

larger quantities or specific requirements, please contact The Workplace Catalogue. Lead times may vary during busy periods - we still endeavour to despatch as soon as possible. Lead times are also subject to availability.

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

CONTENTS ACCESS

STORAGE

4-44

175-225

STATIC STEPS MOBILE STEPS LADDERS PLATFORMS

5-6 7-29 30-43 38-41, 44

LOCKERS 176-179 CABINETS 180-193,196-199 HAZARDOUS BINS 195 PLASTIC CONTAINER SYSTEMS 200-210 PLASTIC CONTAINERS 211-223 SKIP BINS 224-225

HANDLING 45-146 TROLLEYS TRUCKS DRUM HANDLING DRUM STORAGE CYLINDER STORAGE CYLINDER HANDLING TRAILERS SACK TRUCKS LIFTERS PALLET TRUCKS & STACKERS SCISSOR LIFTS CORNERS & SKATES BEAM & CARPET TROLLEY SHEET & BAR HANDLING PLATE TRUCKS FURNITURE MOVERS CASTORS

WORKSHOP 46-54, 59-60 55-57, 61-69 70-80 81-83 84-86, 92-93 87-92 94-101 102-118 119-123 124-132 133-135 136 137 138-141 140 142 143-146

226-265 WORKBENCHES TIMBER WORKBENCHES WORKBENCH ACCESSORIES WORK DESKS SAFETY MATTING PALLET STRAPPING SYSTEMS

228-251 252-253 254-257 258-259 260-261 262-265

OFFICE & PREMISES 266-308

SHELVING & RACKING 147-174 SHELVING 148-150, 153-157 RACKING 151-152, 158-161 RACKING PROTECTION 161 BARRIERS & POSTS 162-163 MEZZANNINE FLOORING 164-165 SIGNS, LABELS & MARKERS 166-168 WASTE DISPOSAL SACKS 169 PLATES & RAMPS 170-171 WHEEL CHOCKS 172 DOCK LIGHTS 172 DOCK BUMPERS 173 TRAFFIC LIGHTS 173 CONVEYORS 174

Tel: 01446 772614

WORKSTATIONS OFFICE SCREENS MAGAZINE RACKS WALL PLANNERS OFFICE BOARDS SCALES MATTING OFFICE FURNITURE CHAIR SHIFTERS / TROLLEYS BASKET TROLLEYS MAILROOM TROLLEYS BASKET TRUCKS STAIR SAFETY BIKE RACKS & SHELTERS BOLLARDS POSTS GRIT BINS SNOW PLOUGHS GRIT SREADERS

268-269 270 271 272 273-276 277-279 280-284 285-289 290-293 294-295 296 297 298-299 300 301 302 303 304-305 306-308

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

ACCESS 4 - 44 A comprehensive range of access equipment, including mobile steps, ladders and access platforms, manufactured to the highest UK specifications by a team of highly skilled fabricators, welders and metal workers. Whether you require wheeled steps, double sided steps, portable or mobile steps, narrow aisle steps, heavy duty or tilt and go steps; telescopic, widestep or trade ladders; or easy access platforms with a hinged entry gate, our extensive range provides the highest standards of reliability, quality and safety.

STATIC STEPS MOBILE STEPS LADDERS PLATFORMS

Tel: 01446 772614

5-6 7-29 30-43 38-41, 44

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


STEP LADDERS

MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 3 - 5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

>> Foldable for easier storage >> Working load 150kg >> Distance between treads 230mm >> Fitted with a rubber comfort handle >> Non slip treads

5 PORTABLE STEPS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

>> Powder coated finish in silver / grey

Description

Open size H x W x D mm

Folding size H x W x D mm

Tread W x D mm

Platform height mm

Ref

Price

Two Tread

775 x 485 x 510

890 x 135 x 485

380 x 260

490

BSL/2

£43.00

Three Tread

1065 x 490 x 665

1220 x 140 x 490

380 x 260

710

BSL/3

£52.00

Four Tread

1290 x 490 x 830

1475 x 145 x 490

380 x 260

930

BSL/4

£66.00

ROUND STEP

MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 3 - 5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Simple round step for convenient access and hands-free movement. Moulded from high density polypropylene for good durability with an ‘Arched’ design for extra strength. The heavy duty rubber bumper around base provides ultimate grip when weight is applied and the anti-slip moulded plastic to both treads. Easily manoeuvred, mounted on 3 springloaded castors which retract when weight is applied.

Height mm

410

Diameter mm

440

Order Ref

RSK-1

Price

£42.80

Colour Options

R

STEEL KIKSTEPS

B

BK

GY

MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 3 - 5 DAYS

Premium GS approved quality mobile step finished in a choice of colours. Provides easy step up access preventing excess stretching, supplied in two sections that permanently lock together via a built in bolt-free mechanism. Mounted on retractable spring mounted castors, can be easily moved into position without bending or lifting and when stepped on locks into position allowing safe access. Sturdy steel contruction with anti slip rubber treads provide a solid platform from which to work.

Overall Height mm

400

Diameter (top) mm

260

Diameter (base) mm

430

Order Ref

RSK-2

Price

£47.50

Colour Options

R

B

BK

PORTABLE STEPS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

5


The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

PORTABLE STEPS

6

PLASTIC SAFETY STEPS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

3-5 day delivery 1, 2 & 3 step only. 4 Step 10-15 day delivery.

> Health & safety product – ideal for all industrial and commercial applications. > Moulded in tough, medium density polyethylene. > Resistant to most chemicals, suited to wash down applications and wet corrosive environments. > Fitted with anti-slip abrasive strips to aid safety, and handles for ease of mobility. > Accredited to BS EN 14183 European Safety Standard – each step will take up to 260kg

*Height includes handrail. 4 step: supplied complete with powder coated tubular steel support rail (yellow only). Colours: Standard colours are yellow, blue and red. Other colours are available on special request. LH = left hand rail, RH = right hand rail, – please state which required when ordering.

External dimensions (W x D x H)

Frame

No. of Wt. treads

Load bearing

Ref

Price

485 x 310 x 300mm

Without

1

5kg

260kg

WGRW0101

£50.00

475 x 540 x 420mm

Without

2

10kg

260kg

WGRW0102

£74.30

440 x 795 x 620mm

Without

3

15kg

260kg

WGRW0103

£101.45

490 x 1080 x 820mm

Without

4

20kg

260kg

WGRW0105

£157.15

490 x 1080 x 1620mm*

With

4

23kg

260kg

WGRW0104

£271.45

PLASTIC SAFETY STEPS

DELIVERED IN 3 - 5 DAYS

The new Supertuff Safety Step combines durability with style, to offer a robust and hard wearing unit that would look good in any workplace. > Anti-slip tape, provides grip on the top surface and each of the in-steps > The large square base ensures a very stable platform > In-steps allow four way access > Incredibly strong and durable > One piece moulding, no loose or breakable parts > Stylish design available in wide choice of colours > Large recessed label area can be used to brand the step > Units inter-stack to save space in storage or during transportation > Plastic construction will not corrode and requires no maintenance

Description

Colours

External dimensions (W x D x H)

Ref

Price

Plastic safety step single unit

red, yellow, blue, green, orange

460 x 460 x 365mm

WGSTSS01

£45.50

ROBUST COLOURED PORTABLE STEPS

MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Framework manufactured from ERW mild steel tube with formed sheet steel treads, fitted with ribbed rubber to surface. GNM rubber feet for extra grip and floor protection, epoxy coated finish in a choice of 4 colours.

6

Description

Overall H x W x D mm

Tread Size mm

Tread Height mm

Weight kg

Order Ref

Price

Single step no handrail

250 x 415 x 280

355 x 215

250

4

WGS750

£53.50

Single step with post rail

1160 x 415 x 280

355 x 215

250

5

WGS751

£73.50

Two step no handrail

500 x 415 x 590

355 x 215

500

5

WGS752

£78.95

Two step with post rail

1160 x 415 x 590

355 x 215

500

6

WGS753

£98.95

Two step with handrail

1160 x 415 x 590

355 x 215

500

7

WGS754

£103.50

PORTABLE STEPS

Tel: 01446 772614

Steptek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


WHEELALONG TWO STEP WITH GRAB HANDLE

MAX LOAD 120 KG

DELIVERED IN 3 - 5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Stable to use and easy to move. Ideal moveable access steps for industry, offices, libraries and hospitals etc. Finished in a choice of four powder coated colours. Manufactured from ERW tube, with formed steel steps fitted with ribbed rubber or anti-slip treads. Fitted with 2 x 50mm wheels with rubber non-marking tyres.

Push-it along ...

Pull-it along ...

7 WHEELALONG STEPS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

or carry-it along

Choice of colours at no extra cost

Description WGTC904/M

Two Step

Tread

Overall H x W x D mm

Top Tread mm

Weight Kgs

Ref

Price

R/Rubber

1030 x 500 x 355

385

8

WGS230

£114.70

Anti-slip

1030 x 500 x 355

385

8

WGS240

£114.70

Colour Options

WHEELALONG TWO, THREE AND FOUR STEPS

R

B

Y

GY

MAX LOAD 120 KG

DELIVERED IN 3 - 5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Static steps which are fitted with 2 x 75mm diameter wheels to the rear frame. When steps are tilted, wheels allow easy movement to next location. Powder coated finish. Fitted with 75mm wheels with grey non marking rubber tyres.

WGS243/B

Description Tread

WGS029/R

Two Step WGS028/Y

Three Step Four Step

Top Tread mm

Weight Kgs

Ref Grey

Price

R/Rubber 1025 x 455 x 605

510

7

WGS028

£118.55

Anti-slip

1025 x 455 x 605

510

7

WGS241

£118.55

R/Rubber 1310 x 455 x 785

762

10

WGS029

£144.65

Anti-slip

1310 x 455 x 785

762

10

WGS242

£144.65

R/Rubber 1700 x 590 x 1030

1020

14

WGS243

£210.95

Anti-slip

1020

14

WGS244

£210.95

Colour Options

R

Overall H x W x D mm

1700 x 590 x 1030 B

Y

GY

Tilt and Move ...

Pull-it along ...

Steptek Tel: 01446 772614

WHEELALONG STEPS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

7


The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

STAINLESS STEEL STEPS

8

STAINLESS THREE, FOUR AND FIVE STEP

MAX LOAD 125 KG

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

High quality range of mobile step units, manufactured from formed tube and sheet stainless steel of quality particularly suitable for food drink and chemical industries. Fully welded throughout for maximum rigidity. All step units fitted with 4 x 80mm diameter spring loaded castors with grey non marking rubber tyres fitted in heavy zinc plated housing which retract when weight is applied to the steps, giving firm contact with the floor. Anti-slip tread surfaces. Each unit is fitted with four grey non marking rubber feet.Stainless steel treads covered with anti-slip surface which is both hard wearing and resistant to water,

WGS217

WGS216

8

STAINLESS STEEL STEPS

Tel: 01446 772614

oil and most chemicals.

Treads (inc platform)

3

4

5

Average working height

2.26m

2.52m

2.77m

Platform height mm

765

1016

1270

Platform width mm

380

380

380

Platform depth mm

280

280

280

Overall H (inc rails) mm

1425

1683

1940

Overall width mm

790

790

790

Overall depth mm

710

885

1140

Weight kgs

14

17

20

Ref

WGS215

WGS216

WGS217

Price

£643.45

£752.10

£876.20

WGS215

Other stainless steel steps can be made to order, all enquiries are welcome.

Steptek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


STAINLESS WHEELALONG 2 AND 3 STEPS

MAX LOAD 120 KG

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Static steps which are fitted with 75mm diameter wheels to the rear frame. When steps are tilted, wheels allow easy movement to next location. Manufactured from formed tube, and stainless steel sheet steps with anti-slip surface. 75mm wheels fitted with grey non marking rubber tyres. A selected standard range, easy to clean, for use where hygiene is essential. Particularly suitable for food, drink and chemical industries. Stainless treads have anti-slip surfaces, resistant to water, oil and most chemicals. Other models can be manufactured on request.

WGS214

Description

Overall H x W x D mm

Top Tread mm

Weight Kgs

Ref

Price

Two step

1025 x 450 x 605

510

7

WGS213

£358.75

Three step

1310 x 450 x 785

762

10

WGS214

£460.05

WGS213

SINGLE SIDED MOBILE 2 STEP

DELIVERED IN 3 - 5 DAYS

Single sided units without handrail, single

MAX LOAD 125 KG

9 SPRING LOADED AND STAINLESS STEEL STEPS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

MADE IN BRITAIN

WGS248/Y

grab handle, or twin side handrails and cross bar. Crossbar accepts optional

WGS001/GY

accessories - hook-on basket or tray.

WGS003/GN

Model

1 Sided without grab rail 1 Sided 1 grab rail

1 Sided 2 handles

Average working height

2.00m

2.00m

2.00m

Platform height mm

508

508

508

Platform width mm

380

380

380

Platform depth mm

180

180

180

Overall height (inc rails) mm 610

1185

1185

Overall width mm

530

530

530

Overall depth mm

540

540

540

Weight kgs

8

10

12

Treads

R/Rubber

Anti-slip

R/Rubber

Anti-slip

R/Rubber

Anti-slip

Ref

WGS001

WGS002

WGS003

WGS004

WGS248

WGS251

Price

£157.05

£157.05

£171.40

£171.40

£187.20

£187.20

B

GY

Colour Options

Steptek Tel: 01446 772614

GN

R

ACCESSORIES

(Only suitable for S248/S251) HOOK-ON WIRE BASKET (load capacity 3 kg) L x W x D: 350 x 220 x 220mm White powder coated finish Ref: S015 £51.60 HOOK-ON TRAY UNIT

Y

(load capacity 3 kg) L x W x D: 415 x 260 x 40mm White powder coated finish Ref: S250 £33.90 The steps should not be moved with loaded basket in place.

S

SPRING LOADED AND STAINLESS STEEL STEPS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

9


10 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

British Standard Safety Step Range

BS EN 131-7:2013 Mobile Ladders with Platform - The standard explained The following is the key criteria (plus more) to certifying a set of mobile steps to BS EN 131-7:2013. They detail what to look out for when comparing British Standard Safety Steps to others claiming to be ‘certified’.

Scope This European Standard defines the general design characteristics of mobile ladders with platform. It applies to mobile ladders with a working platform, maximum of 1m2, and a maximum platform height of 5000mm, to be used only by one person at a time. The maximum load is 150kg which includes a maximum combined load of the user and any tools, equipment and materials. EN 131-7:2013 is the only standard that applies to mobile ladders with platform. Parts 1-6 of the EN131 standard, specifically state that they do not apply to mobile ladders.

10

BRITISH STANDARD SAFETY STEP RANGE

Tel: 01446 772614

Steptek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 11 Ascending Treads

Minimum 400mm

Minimum 400mm

Maximum 1000mm

Maximum 1000mm

The minimum tread depth is 80mm. The maximum gap between the treads is 50mm. The minimum 1st tread height is 150mm from the ground,

from surface to surface) and must be constant, the maximum is 250mm. Ascending treads must also pass torsion and bending tests according to the standard.

Stability

Minimum 950mm - Maximum 1100mm

the maximum is the tread spacing plus 40mm. The minimum tread spacing is 200mm (after the 1st tread,

The mobile step must pass a stability test. This test is a side

Minimum 50mm Min 200mm Max 250mm

pull where 750N test load is applied to the most unfavourable position on the platform. For indoor use a horizontal pulling force of 300N is applied gradually to the side of the platform in the most unfavourable position and direction. The test is passed if the mobile ladder does not overturn.

Handrails/Guardrails/Middle Rails The ascending handrail should be positioned so the lowest

Spring Loaded Steps

grab point is a maximum of 1000mm from the ground. Handrails/Guardrails must also pass multiple strength and

For steps with spring loaded castors a test load of 200N is

deflection tests according to the standard.

applied in turn to each ascending tread and platform. The test requirement is that both feet of the side of the step where the load is applied shall be in contact with the floor during the test.

Marking, User and Safety Instructions

Working Area Dimensions (enclosed handrail area) The minimum working area dimensions are 400mm wide x 400mm deep x 950mm high.

Marking shall be displayed as specified in the standard. These must also pass a durability test and be specific to the individual mobile ladder showing important visual safety pictograms and

The maximum working area dimensions are 1000mm wide x 1000mm deep x 1100mm high.

also manufacturing information.

Platform and Toe Board Dimensions

User instructions shall be provided as specified in the standard. These

The minimum platform dimensions are 400mm wide

are supplied with the steps and also

x 400mm deep with a 50mm toe board to 3 sides. The

available on the following QR code.

maximum platform dimensions are 1000mm wide x 1000mm deep. The platform must also pass multiple strength and deflection tests according to the standard.

Prevention of Falls (Guardrails and Middle Rails)

Kitemark

The minimum handrail height is 950mm.

These are the only steps of their type (at time of print) to

The maximum handrail height is 1100mm.

be awarded with the British Standard Kitemark from the

The guardrails and middle rails shall avoid a sphere of

BSI. The award of the BSI Kitemark for this range of mobile

470mm diameter to pass.

safety steps demonstrates a new benchmark for quality and reliability in this sector.

British Standard Safety Steps

KM 608967 BS EN 131-7

BRITISH STANDARD SAFETY STEP RANGE

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

11


CLASSIC COLOUR BS RANGE

12 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

CLASSIC COLOUR BS RANGE KM 608967 BS EN 131-7

The Classic Colour BS Step Range is ideal for warehouse or office use. They are available with 2, 3, 4 or 5 steps including platform, providing a maximum working height of up to 2.77mm. The steps are available in a range of eight colours.

British Standard Safety Steps WGS364/GY

WGS366/R

WGS362/GN

WGS360/B

MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 10 - 12 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Available in a choice of colours at no extra cost. CLASSIC CASTORS SYSTEM

Treads (inc platform)

2

3

4

5

Average working height

2.00m

2.26m

2.52m

2.77m

Fitted with dome covered spring

Platform height mm

508

762

1016

1270

loaded swivel castors which retract

Platform width mm

406

406

406

406

Platform depth mm

406

406

406

406

Overall H (inc rails) mm

1460

1715

1965

2220

Overall width mm

606

800

1000

1200

Overall depth mm

660

915

1075

1240

Weight kgs

14

16

19

22

Ref

WGS360

WGS362

WGS364

WGS366

Price

£236.30

£277.75

£328.60

£405.40

Ref

WGS361

WGS363

WGS365

WGS367

Price

£236.30

£277.75

£328.60

£405.40

when weight is applied to the steps, giving firm contact with the floor. Dome covers have a double rolled bottom edge together with a protective cover strip and grey non marking tyres. TREAD CLAMPS

Ribbed Rubber Treads

Anti Slip Treads

Colour Options

12

Ribbed rubber treads models are supplied complete with tread clamps ensuring high visibility and preventing edges

GN

R

B

Y

GY

CLASSIC COLOUR BS RANGE

Tel: 01446 772614

S

O

from peeling.

W

Steptek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


CLASSIC COLOUR RANGE

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 13 CLASSIC COLOUR RANGE WGS013/GN

WGS011/Y

WGS009/B

WGS005/R

DELIVERED IN 3 - 5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 125 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

ACCESSORIES

(Only suitable for S248/S251) Close fitting continuous single rail guard around top platform, extending down

HOOK-ON WIRE BASKET

each side of stairway as a short handrail. All Classic models are fully welded

(load capacity 3 kg) L x W x D: 350 x 220 x 220mm White powder coated finish Ref: S015 £51.60

throughout and available with ribbed rubber or anti-slip treads. All colour finishes are hard-wearing powder coated. Treads (inc platform)

2

3

4

5

HOOK-ON TRAY UNIT

Average working height

2.00m

2.26m

2.52m

2.77m

Platform height mm

508

762

1016

1270

Platform width mm

380

380

380

380

(load capacity 3 kg) L x W x D: 415 x 260 x 40mm White powder coated finish Ref: S250 £33.90

Platform depth mm

280

280

280

280

The steps should not be moved with loaded basket in place.

Overall H (inc rails) mm

1185

1425

1683

1940

Overall width mm

580

580

580

580

Overall depth mm

540

795

955

1120

Weight kgs

12

14

17

20

Ref

WGS005

WGS009

WGS011

WGS013

loaded swivel castors which retract

Price

£198.80

£246.65

£273.30

£315.30

when weight is applied to the steps,

Ref

WGS006

WGS010

WGS012

WGS014

covers have a double rolled bottom

Price

£198.80

£246.65

£273.30

£315.30

edge together with a protective cover

CLASSIC CASTORS SYSTEM

Ribbed Rubber Treads

Fitted with dome covered spring

Anti Slip Treads

giving firm contact with the floor. Dome

strip and grey non marking tyres. Colour Options

GN

R

Steptek Tel: 01446 772614

B

Y

GY

S

O

W

CLASSIC COLOUR RANGE

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

13


CLASSIC PLUS COLOUR BS RANGE

14 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

CLASSIC PLUS COLOUR BS RANGE KM 608967 BS EN 131-7

British Standard Safety Steps

WGS392/R

WGS393/Y

WGS391/GY

WGS390/B

MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 10 - 12 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

The Classic Plus Colour BS Step Range is ideal for warehouse or office use. They are available with 2, 3, 4 or 5 steps including platform, providing a maximum working height of up to 2.77mm. The steps are available in a range of eight colours.

14

CLASSIC CASTORS SYSTEM

Treads (inc platform)

2

3

4

5

Handrails

Full

Full

Full

Full

Fitted with dome covered spring

Platform height mm

508

762

1016

1270

loaded swivel castors which retract

Overall H (inc rails) mm

1460

1715

1965

2220

when weight is applied to the steps,

Platform width mm

406

406

406

406

Platform depth mm

406

406

406

406

Overall width mm

556

800

1000

1200

Overall depth mm

676

816

1030

1250

Weight kgs

13

16

19

22

Ribbed Rubber Treads Ref

WGS390

WGS391

WGS392

WGS393

Price

£255.80

£312.95

£395.05

£497.30

Anti Slip Treads Ref

WGS381

WGS383

WGS385

WGS387

Price

£255.80

£312.95

£395.05

£497.30

Colour Options

GN

B

GY

O

R

Y

S

CLASSIC PLUS COLOUR BS RANGE

Tel: 01446 772614

giving firm contact with the floor. Dome covers have a double rolled bottom edge together with a protective cover strip and grey non marking tyres.

W

TREAD CLAMPS Ribbed rubber treads models are supplied complete with tread clamps ensuring high visibility and preventing edges from peeling.

Steptek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


CLASSIC PLUS COLOUR RANGE

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 15 CLASSIC PLUS COLOUR RANGE

WGS229/R

WGS228/Y WGS227/B

WGS226/GY WGS225/R

WGS219/GN

MAX LOAD 125 KG

DELIVERED IN 3 - 5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

All models have larger top platform W x D:400 x 380mm. The double rail platform guarding 4 and 5 steps have long handrails on both sides of stairway.

Treads (inc platform)

2

2

2

3

4

5

Handrails

none

single

full

full

full

full

Platform height mm

508

508

508

762

1016

1270

Overall H (inc rails) mm 570

1175

1175

1430

1680

1935

Platform width mm

406

406

406

406

406

406

Platform depth mm

380

380

380

380

380

380

Overall width mm

556

556

556

556

556

556

Overall depth mm

650

650

650

790

1005

1225

Weight kgs

7

9

11

14

17

20

Ref

WGS218

WGS220

WGS221

WGS222

WGS223

WGS224

Price

£167.30

£185.85

£188.15

£242.30

£291.50

£349.20

CLASSIC CASTORS SYSTEM Fitted with dome covered spring loaded swivel castors which retract when weight is applied to the steps, giving firm contact with the floor. Dome covers have a double rolled bottom edge together with a protective cover

Ribbed Rubber Treads

strip and grey non marking tyres.

Ribbed Rubber Treads With Clamps

TREAD CLAMPS Ribbed rubber tread clamp models are supplied

Ref

WGS349

WGS350

WGS351

WGS352

WGS353

WGS354

complete with tread clamps ensuring high

Price

£167.30

£185.85

£188.15

£242.30

£291.50

£349.20

visibility and preventing edges from peeling.

Ref

WGS219

WGS225

WGS226

WGS227

WGS228

WGS229

Price

£167.30

£185.85

£188.15

£242.30

£291.50

£349.20

Anti Slip Treads

Colour Options

GN

Steptek Tel: 01446 772614

R

B

Y

GY

S

O

W

CLASSIC PLUS COLOUR RANGE

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

15


GRP CLASSIC PLUS BS STEP RANGE

16 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

GRP CLASSIC PLUS BS STEP RANGE KM 608967 BS EN 131-7

British Standard Safety Steps

WGS373/R

WGS372/GY

WGS371/Y

WGS370/GN

MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 10 - 12 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

The GRP Classic Plus BS range feature the same tough steel framework construction with added GRP (Glass Reinforced Plastic) moulded grating treads. This form of plastic material provides more grip to the tread where operatives may be working in conditions that are slippery.

2

3

4

5

Handrails

Full

Full

Full

Full

Fitted with dome covered spring

Platform height mm

508

762

1016

1270

loaded swivel castors which retract

Overall H (inc rails) mm

1460

1715

1965

2220

when weight is applied to the steps,

Platform width mm

406

406

406

406

Platform depth mm

406

406

406

406

Overall width mm

556

800

1000

1200

Overall depth mm

676

816

1030

1250

Weight kgs

16

19

24

28

Ref

WGS370

WGS371

WGS372

WGS373

Price

£267.85

£325.00

£420.55

£541.35

B

GY

O

Colour Options

16

CLASSIC CASTORS SYSTEM

Treads (inc platform)

GN

R

Y

S

GRP CLASSIC PLUS BS STEP RANGE

Tel: 01446 772614

giving firm contact with the floor. Dome covers have a double rolled bottom edge together with a protective cover strip and grey non marking tyres. GRP TREADS Extreme grip to tread surface.

W

Steptek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


GRP CLASSIC PLUS STEP RANGE View product on YouTube

WGS345\GN

GRP CLASSIC PLUS STEP RANGE

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 17

WGS344/B

WGS343/Y

WGS342/GY

WGS341/R

MAX LOAD 125 KG

DELIVERED IN 3 - 5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Steel framework construction with GRP moulded grating treads for extreme grip and added safety in all conditions. Large platform size, 406mm wide x 387mm deep. Double rail platform guarding 4 and 5 step have long handrails on both sides of stairway.

CLASSIC CASTORS SYSTEM

Treads (inc platform)

2

2

3

4

5

Handrails

Single

Full

Full

Full

Full

Fitted with dome covered spring

Platform height mm

508

508

762

1016

1270

loaded swivel castors which retract

Overall all H (inc rails) mm

1175

1175

1430

1680

1935

when weight is applied to the steps,

Plaform width mm

406

406

406

406

406

Plaform depth mm

387

387

387

387

387

Overall width mm

556

556

556

556

556

Overall depth mm

657

657

767

1012

1232

Weight kgs

12

14

17

22

26

Ref

WGS341

WGS342

WGS343

WGS344

WGS345

Price

£221.70

£228.90

£290.50

£360.10

£443.45

GY

O

Colour Options

GN

R

Steptek Tel: 01446 772614

B

Y

S

giving firm contact with the floor. Dome covers have a double rolled bottom edge together with a protective cover strip and grey non marking tyres. EXTREME GRIP TO TREAD SURFACE

W

GRP CLASSIC PLUS STEP RANGE

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

17


NARROW AISLE BS SPRING LOADED STEPS

18 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

NARROW AISLE BS SPRING LOADED STEPS KM 608967 BS EN 131-7

British Standard Safety Steps

WGS406/Y

WGS404/GN

WGS402/B WGS400/R

MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 10 - 12 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Robust, hardworking narrow aisle units with spring loaded castors. All welded construction. Spring loaded castors allows the feet to lower to the ground under operator’s weight. Treads are formed sheet steel with choice of ribbed rubber or anti-slip surface. All colour finishes are hard wearing powder coated. TREAD CLAMPS

Treads (inc platform)

2

3

4

5

Platform height

500

750

1000

1250

Ribbed rubber treads models

Overall height mm

1455

1705

1950

2200

are supplied complete with

Platform width mm

406

406

406

406

tread clamps ensuring high

Platform depth mm

406

406

406

406

Overall width mm

500

500*

500*

500*

Overall depth mm

640

820

1090

1240

Weight kgs

15

20

24

28

Ref

WGS400

WGS402

WGS404

WGS406

Price

£286.35

£357.40

£411.95

£464.75

Ref

WGS401

WGS403

WGS405

WGS407

Price

£286.35

£357.40

£411.95

£464.75

Stabilisers

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Width with Stabilisers

N/A

1085

1085

1085

visibility and preventing edges from peeling.

COMPLETE WITH HINGED STABILISERS

Ribbed Rubber treads

Anti-slip treads

Colour Options

18

GN

R

B

Y

GY

S

O

W

NARROW AISLE BS SPRING LOADED STEPS

Tel: 01446 772614

View product on YouTube

Steptek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


NARROW AISLE SPRING LOADED STEPS WGS307/B

WGS305/Y

WGS303/R

WGS301/GY

DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS

MAX LOAD 125 KG

NARROW AISLE SPRING LOADED STEPS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 19

MADE IN BRITAIN

Robust, hardworking narrow aisle units with spring loaded castors. All welded construction. Spring loaded castors allows the feet to lower to the ground under operator’s weight. Treads are formed sheet steel with choice of ribbed rubber or anti-slip surface. All colour finishes are hard wearing powder coated.

Treads (inc platform)

1

2

3

4

Platform height

500

750

1000

1250

Overall height mm

1300

1550

1800

2050

Platform width mm

395

395

395

395

Platform depth mm

395

395

395

395

Overall width mm

500

500

500

500

Overall depth mm

600

780

1050

1200

Weight kgs

13

18

22

26

WGS301

WGS303

WGS305

WGS307

£241.45

£313.00

£367.05

£419.35

WGS302

WGS304

WGS306

WGS308

£241.45

£313.00

£367.05

£419.35

Ribbed Rubber treads

Ref

Price Anti-slip treads

Ref

Price Colour Options

Steptek Tel: 01446 772614

GN

R

B

Y

GY

S

O

W

NARROW AISLE SPRING LOADED STEPS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

19


PREMIER COMMERCIAL BS STEPS

20 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

PREMIER COMMERCIAL BS STEPS KM 608967 BS EN 131-7

British Standard Safety Steps TREAD OPTIONS WGS425 WGS419 WGS414 WGS412

Ribbed Rubber

Punched steel

Anti-slip

Aluminium

DELIVERED IN 10 - 12 DAYS

MAX LOAD 150 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

As its name suggests, the Premier Commercial BS Steps are built with the most demanding environments in mind. Their robust all welded steel construction and choice of factory fitted tread surfaces offer a highly durable solution. This range also comes complete with hinged stabilisers for extra stability when working at height. TREAD CLAMPS Treads (inc platform)

3

Price

4

Price

5

Price

6

Price

Average working height

2.21m

2.44m

2.65m

2.90m

Platform height mm

685

915

1145

1400

Platform width mm

560

560

560

560

Platform depth mm

400

400

400

400

Overall H (inc rails) mm 1640

1870

2100

2355

Overall width mm

640

640*

640*

640*

Overall depth mm

785

940

1090

1260

Weight kgs

27

31

35

39

R/Rubber treads

WGS410

£342.40 WGS414

£388.60

WGS418

£433.45

WGS422 £496.85

Anti-slip treads

WGS411

£342.40 WGS415

£388.60

WGS419

£433.45

WGS423 £496.85

Punched treads

WGS412

£342.40 WGS416

£388.60

WGS420 £433.45

WGS424 £496.85

Aluminium treads

WGS413

£375.20 WGS417

£431.50

WGS421 £486.25

WGS425 £524.85

Stabilisers

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Width with stabilisers

N/A

1250

1250

1250

Ribbed rubber treads models are supplied complete with tread clamps ensuring high visibility and preventing edges from peeling.

COMPLETE WITH HINGED STABILISERS

*with stabilisers retracted.

20

PREMIER COMMERCIAL BS STEPS

Tel: 01446 772614

Steptek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


PREMIER COMMERCIAL STEPS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 21 PREMIER COMMERCIAL STEPS

WGS048

WGS044

WGS040

MAX LOAD 125 KG

DELIVERED IN 3 - 5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Robust, hardworking narrow aisle units with spring loaded castors. All welded construction. Spring loaded castors allows the feet to lower to the ground under operator’s weight. Treads are formed sheet steel with choice of ribbed rubber or anti-slip surface. All colour finishes are hard wearing powder coated.

Treads (inc platform)

3

Price

Average working height

2.21m

2.44m

2.65m

2.90m

Platform height mm

685

915

1145

1400

Platform width mm

560

560

560

560

Platform depth mm

340

340

340

340

Overall H (inc rails) mm

1530

1760

1985

2230

Overall width mm

640

640

640

640

Overall depth mm

695

850

1000

1170

Weight kgs

24

28

32

R/Rubber treads

WGS040

£293.70

WGS044

£339.90

WGS048

£383.75

WGS260

£450.65

Anti-slip treads

WGS041

£293.70

WGS045

£339.90

WGS049

£383.75

WGS261

£450.65

Punched treads

WGS042

£293.70

WGS046

£339.90

WGS050

£383.75

WGS262

£450.65

Aluminium treads

WGS043

£326.50

WGS047

£382.80

WGS051

£436.55

WGS263

£475.65

Steptek Tel: 01446 772614

4

Price

5

Price

6

Price

TREAD OPTIONS

Ribbed Rubber

Anti-slip

Punched steel

Aluminium

36

PREMIER COMMERCIAL STEPS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

21


STEPTEK ECONOMY STEP RANGE

22 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

STEPTEK ECONOMY STEP RANGE

WGS807

Anti-ascent pull through bar

Retractable swivel castors

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

MAX LOAD 150 KG

Welded tubular construction, fitted with anti-ascent pull through bar which locks in mobile position onto tread via hook mechanism. Moves fully through tread when in static postion allowing castors to retract. Grey non-marking feet to front legs. Mounted on 2 x 200mm fixed solid rubber tyred wheels and 2 x 75mm grey non-marking swivel castors (castors retreat with lever) choice of anti-slip or punched treads. Finish: light grey epoxy/yellow anti-ascent bar.

Platform size: 560 x 400mm Tread width: 560mm

22

Treads (inc platform)

4

5

6

7

8

9

Average working height

2500

2750

3000

3250

3500

3750

Platform height mm

1000

1250

1500

1750

2000

2250

Overall dimensions (H x W x D) mm

1960 x 850 x 1000

2210 x 850 x 1180

2460 x 850 x 1360 2610 x 850 x 1540

2960 x 850 x 1720 3210 x 850 x 1900

Weight Kg

41

46

51

56

61

66

Anti slip treads Ref

WGS804

WGS805

WGS806

WGS807

WGS808

WGS809

Price

£351.10

£397.95

£445.65

£513.65

£553.15

£604.00

Punched treads Ref

WGS814

WGS815

WGS816

WGS817

WGS818

WGS819

Price

£351.10

£397.95

£445.65

£513.65

£553.15

£604.00

STEPTEK ECONOMY STEP RANGE

Tel: 01446 772614

Steptek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


STEPTEK QUALITY RED RANGE

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 23 STEPTEK QUALITY RED RANGE KM 608967 BS EN 131-7

WGS162

British Standard Safety Steps

Handbuilt with attention to detail, both in design and manufacture, to ensure total reliability and many years of arduous operation. Welded steel tube and bar construction with a 560mm tread width. Fitted with handlock anchorage; when locked the front feet rest firmly on the floor, feet fitted with protective plastic floor pads. The outboard axle mounted rear wheels gives extra stability. Finish: All steelwork red epoxy finish Wheels: Front 2 swivel castors with 100mm diameter rubbertyred wheels with roller bearings. Rear 2 axle mounted 200mm diameter wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings. Caution Notice: A caution notice is fitted to each set to remind user of operation procedure. A health and safety at work information sheet is supplied.

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

MAX LOAD 150 KG

HANDLOCK ANCHORAGE

MADE IN BRITAIN

TREAD OPTIONS

When locked the feet rest firmly on the floor.

Number of Average Treads inc Working Platform Height

Platform Overall Height Dimension (H x W x D) mm

Ribbed Rubber Treads

Kg

Price

Punched Kg Treads

Price

Anti Slip Treads

Kg

Price

Aluminium Kg Treads

Price

3

2250mm

750mm

1710 x 780 x 860

WGS310

48

£393.40

WGS314 46

£393.40

WGS318

48

£393.40

WGS322

49

£418.20

4

2500mm

1000mm 1960 x 780 x 1040

WGS311

50

£444.55

WGS315 48

£444.55

WGS319

50

£444.55

WGS323

51

£472.60

5

2750mm

1250mm

2210 x 850 x 1220

WGS130

53

£510.95

WGS140 51

£510.95

WGS150

53

£510.95

WGS160

54

£538.90

6

3000mm

1500mm 2460 x 850 x 1400

WGS131

58

£570.30

WGS141

56

£570.30

WGS151

58

£570.30

WGS161

60

£604.80

7

3250mm

1750mm

2710 x 850 x 1580

WGS132

63

£642.35

WGS142 61

£642.35

WGS152

63

£642.35

WGS162

65

£683.35

8

3500mm

2000mm 2960 x 850 x 1760

WGS133

70

£710.20

WGS143 68

£710.20

WGS153

70

£710.20

WGS163

73

£757.65

9

3750mm

2250mm 3210 x 850 x 1940

WGS134

76

£785.85

WGS144 73

£785.85

WGS154

76

£785.85

WGS164

78

£834.95

10

4000mm

2500mm 3460 x 1000 x 2200 WGS135

89

£920.50

WGS145 85

£920.50

WGS155

89

£920.50

WGS165

92

£979.15

11

4250mm

2750mm 3710 x 1000 x 2380 WGS136

98

£1008.20 WGS146 94

£1008.20 WGS156

98

£1008.20 WGS166

101

£1092.65

12

4500mm

3000mm 3960 x 1000 x 2560 WGS137

110

£1124.20 WGS147

13

4750mm

3250mm 4210 x 1250 x 2740

WGS138

117

£1246.85 WGS148 112

14

5000mm

3500mm 4460 x 1250 x 2920 WGS139

124

£1354.85 WGS149 120 £1354.85 WGS159

15

5250mm

3750mm 4710 x 1350 x 3200

WGS312

16

5500mm

4000mm 4960 x 1450 x 3280 WGS313

106 £1124.20

WGS157

110 £1124.20

WGS167

113

£1212.00

£1246.85 WGS158

117 £1246.85

WGS168

121

£1346.65

124 £1354.85 WGS169

127

£1447.90

160

£1635.35 WGS316 158 £1635.35 WGS320 160 £1635.35 WGS324

161

£1894.95

169

£1801.00 WGS317 167 £1801.00 WGS321 169 £1801.00

170

£1928.05

WGS325

*10 tread and above supplied in 2 halves for transport purposes. Refer to page 29 for optional extras

Steptek Tel: 01446 772614

STEPTEK QUALITY RED RANGE

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

23


HANDLOCK ANCHORAGE

24 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

MOBILE STEPS WITH HANDLOCK ANCHORAGE DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

MAX LOAD 150 KG

WGS075

Choice of 610mm or 760mm tread width. Hand

Designed to conform to BS EN 131-7

built with attention to detail, both in design and manufacture, to ensure total reliability and many years

SEE PAGE 29 FOR OPTIONAL EXTRAS.

of arduous operation. All steelwork blue epoxy finish. Wheels: Front swivel and rear fixed castors with 100mm diameter white nylon wheels and roller bearings. All models fitted with hand lock anchorage. When locked the front feet rest firmly on the floor; fitted with protective plastic floor pads. TREAD OPTIONS

RETRACTING CASTORS FITTED AS STANDARD.

Ribbed Rubber

Expamet

Anti-slip

Punched Steel

Tread width 610mm / Platform W x D 610 x 457mm Number Average of Treads Working inc Height Platform

Platform Overall Height Dimension (H x W x D) mm

Ribbed Rubber Treads

4

2400mm

915

1875 x 760 x 1085

5

2700mm

1145

2105 x 760 x 1260

6

2900mm

1370

7

3100mm

8

3400mm

Price

Expamet Kg Treads

Price

Anti Slip Treads

WGS052 45

£423.40

WGS061

45

£441.10

WGS053 50

£484.75

WGS062

50

£507.85

2330 x 760 x 1435

WGS054 56

£548.60

WGS063

56

1600

2560 x 760 x 1690

WGS055 65

£627.30

WGS064

1830

2790 x 760 x 1865

WGS056 70

£694.15

9

3600mm 2060

3020 x 760 x 2045

WGS057 76

10

3800mm

2285

3245 x 760 x 2225

11

4000mm 2515

12

4300mm

2745

Kg

Kg

Price

Punched Kg Price Treads

WGS070 45

£423.40

WGS079

43 £423.30

WGS071 50

£484.75

WGS080

48 £484.75

£579.50

WGS072 56

£548.60

WGS081

53 £548.60

65

£665.35

WGS073 65

£627.30

WGS082

62 £627.30

WGS065

70

£739.90

WGS074

70

£694.15

WGS083

67 £694.15

£764.45

WGS066

76

£816.05

WGS075 76

£764.45

WGS084

73 £764.45

WGS058 88

£933.30

WGS067

88

£998.20

WGS076 88

£933.30

WGS085

84 £933.30

3475 x 760 x 2400

WGS059 96

£1020.45 WGS068

96

£1090.50 WGS077 96

£1020.45 WGS086

91 £1020.45

3705 x 760 x 2580

WGS060 104 £1123.95 WGS069

104 £1212.80 WGS078 104 £1123.95 WGS087

99 £1123.95

Tread width 760mm / Platform W x D 760 x 457mm Number Average of Treads Working inc Height Platform

Platform Overall Height Dimension (H x W x D) mm

Ribbed Rubber Treads

Kg

Price

Expamet Treads

Kg

Price

Anti Slip Treads

Kg

Price

Punched Kg Treads

Price

5

2700mm 1145

2105 x 915 x 1260

WGS090

60

£530.65

WGS100

56

£563.75

WGS110 60

£530.65

WGS120 58

£530.65

6

2900mm 1370

2330 x 915 x 1435

WGS091

66

£598.40

WGS101

62

£641.40

WGS111 66

£598.40

WGS121 64

£598.40

7

3100mm 1600

2560 x 915 x 1690 WGS092

76

£680.00

WGS102

72

£728.70

WGS112 76

£680.00

WGS122 74

£680.00

8

3400mm 1830

2790 x 915 x 1865

WGS093

84

£772.10

WGS103

79

£831.00

WGS113 84

£772.10

WGS123 82

£772.10

9

3600mm 2060

3020 x 915 x 2045 WGS094

91

£840.85

WGS104

86

£908.35

WGS114 91

£840.85

WGS124 88

£840.85

10

3800mm 2285

3245 x 915 x 2225

WGS095

105

£976.40

WGS105

99

£1050.60 WGS115 105

£976.40

WGS125 102

£976.40

11

4000mm 2515

3475 x 915 x 2400

WGS096

114

£1101.15

WGS106

107

£1185.25 WGS116 114

£1101.15

WGS126 110

£1101.15

12

4300mm 2745

3705 x 915 x 2580

WGS097

123

£1216.50 WGS107

115

£1310.10

WGS117 123

£1216.50 WGS127 118

£1216.50

13

4500mm 2975

3935 x 915 x 2755

WGS098

130

£1305.60 WGS108

122

£1411.10

WGS118 130

£1305.60 WGS128 127

£1305.60

14

4700mm 3200

4160 x 915 x 2935

WGS099 138

£1397.40 WGS109

130

£1512.20 WGS119 138

£1397.40

£1397.40

WGS129 134

*10 tread and above supplied in 2 halves for transport purposes. Refer to page 29 for optional extras

24

HANDLOCK ANCHORAGE

Steptek

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


STEPTEK QUALITY EXTRA HEAVY DUTY NARROW BASE KM 608967 BS EN 131-7

British Standard Safety Steps MADE IN BRITAIN

MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS

SEE PAGE 29 FOR OPTIONAL EXTRAS.

Hand built with attention to detail, both in design and manufacture, to ensure total reliability and many years of arduous operation. Over load tested to 200kg.

STEPTEK QUALITY EXTRA HEAVY DUTY

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 25

Construction: Welded heavy gauge steel box section and bar. Fitted with hand lock lever anchorage; when locked, the front feet rest firmly on the floor, feet fitted with protective grey non-marking rubber feet. Safety warning bar fitted to protrude in front of steps, linked to hand lock lever mechanism, to deter users

TREAD OPTIONS

from climbing steps when still in ‘mobile’ mode. Narrow base model: Outboard wheels mounted on straight base frame for optimum space saving requirements. Finish: Main structure blue epoxy

Ribbed Rubber

finish; safety bar and hand lever mechanism in safety yellow. Wheels: Front 2 swivel castors with 100mm diameter rubber tyred wheels, with roller bearings. 2 rear axle

Expamet

mounted 200mm diameter wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings. A caution notice is fitted to remind user of operation procedure. A health and Safety at Work information sheet is supplied.

Number of Treads Including Platform

Average Working Height

Platform Height

Overall Dimension (H x W x D) mm

Ribbed Rubber Treads

Kg

Price

Expamet Treads

Kg

Price

3

2190mm

690

1690 x 700 x 930

WGS960

51

£489.55

WGS980

43

£479.70

4

2420mm

920

1920 x 700 x 1140

WGS961

59

£565.00

WGS981

51

£554.30

5

2650mm

1150

2150 x 700 x 1240

WGS962

69

£671.35

WGS982

57

£659.15

6

2880mm

1380

2380 x 700 x 1410

WGS963

88

£845.45

WGS983

76

£827.00

7

3110mm

1610

2610 x 700 x 1570

WGS964

97

£952.45

WGS984

84

£937.45

8

3340mm

1840

2840 x 700 x 1740

WGS965

107

£1056.65

WGS985

94

£1040.90

9

3570mm

2070

3070 x 700 x 1900

WGS966

117

£1181.75

WGS986

104

£1167.55

10

3800mm

2300

3300 x 900 x 2060

WGS967

131

£1383.60

WGS987

119

£1368.20

11

4030mm

2530

3530 x 900 x 2230

WGS968

140

£1498.10

WGS988

127

£1483.50

12

4260mm

2760

3760 x 900 x 2400

WGS969

151

£1606.20

WGS989

138

£1589.85

13

4490mm

2990

3990 x 1230 x 2560

WGS970

163

£1719.70

WGS990

148

£1700.60

14

4720mm

3220

4220 x 1230 x 2730

WGS971

175

£1868.85

WGS991

160

£1849.20

15

4950mm

3450

4450 x 1230 x 2890

WGS972

187

£2,057.95

WGS992

172

£2,039.90

*10 tread and above supplied in 2 halves for transport purposes. Refer to page 29 for optional extras

Steptek Tel: 01446 772614

STEPTEK QUALITY EXTRA HEAVY DUTY

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

25


STEPTEK QUALITY EXTRA HEAVY DUTY

26 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

STEPTEK QUALITY EXTRA HEAVY DUTY STABILITY BASE KM 608967 BS EN 131-7

British Standard Safety Steps DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS

MAX LOAD 150 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

SEE PAGE 29 FOR OPTIONAL EXTRAS.

Hand built with attention to detail, both in design and manufacture, to ensure total reliability and many years of arduous operation. Over load tested to 200kg. Construction: Welded heavy gauge steel box section and bar. Fitted with hand lock lever anchorage; when locked, the front feet rest firmly on the floor, feet fitted with protective grey non-marking rubber feet. Safety warning bar fitted to protrude in front of steps, linked to hand lock lever mechanism, to deter users

TREAD OPTIONS

from climbing steps when still in ‘mobile’ mode. Stability base model: Outboard wheels mounted on splayed base frame gives superior stability. Finish: Main structure red epoxy finish; safety bar

Ribbed Rubber

and hand lever mechanism in safety yellow. Wheels: Front 2 swivel castors with 100mm diameter rubber tyred wheels, with roller bearings. 2 rear axle mounted 200mm diameter wheels with rubber tyres

Expamet

and roller bearings. A caution notice is fitted to remind user of operation procedure. A health and Safety at Work information sheet is supplied.

Number of Treads Including Platform

Average Working Height

Platform Height

Overall Dimension (H x W x D) mm

Ribbed Rubber Treads

Kg

Price

Expamet Treads

Kg

Price

3

2190mm

690

1690 x 780 x 955

WGS920

56

£508.00

WGS940

48

£497.76

4

2420mm

920

1920 x 850 x 1120

WGS921

64

£586.60

WGS941

56

£575.60

5

2650mm

1150

2150 x 910 x 1290

WGS922

74

£696.70

WGS942

62

£684.20

6

2880mm

1380

2380 x 960 x 1425

WGS923

93

£877.85

WGS943

81

£858.55

7

3110mm

1610

2610 x 1010 x 1610

WGS924

102

£958.85

WGS944

89

£973.20

8

3340mm

1840

2840 x 1060 x 1790

WGS925

112

£1,097.10

WGS945

99

£1080.65

9

3570mm

2070

3070 x 1140 x 1955

WGS926

122

£1,227.10

WGS946

109

£1,212.20

10

3800mm

2300

3300 x 1220 x 2130

WGS927

136

£1437.10

WGS947

124

£1421.10

11

4030mm

2530

3530 x 1270 x 2290

WGS928

145

£1556.10

WGS948

132

£1540.93

12

4260mm

2760

3760 x 1270 x 2290

WGS929

157

£1668.55

WGS949

143

£1651.45

13

4490mm

2990

3990 x 1370 x 2455

WGS930

168

£1786.35

WGS950

153

£1766.40

14

4720mm

3220

4220 x 1540 x 2790

WGS931

180

£1941.30

WGS951

165

£1920.80

15

4950mm

3450

4450 x 1565 x 2975

WGS932

192

£2137.65

WGS952

177

£2118.80

*10 tread and above supplied in 2 halves for transport purposes. Refer to page 29 for optional extras

26

STEPTEK QUALITY EXTRA HEAVY DUTY

Tel: 01446 772614

Steptek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


EASY RISE RANGE WITH HANDLOCK ANCHORAGE

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 27 MOBILE STEPS WITH HANDLOCK ANCHORAGE KM 608967 BS EN 131-7

British Standard Safety Steps DELIVERED IN 18 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

MAX LOAD 150 KG

Hand built with attention to detail, both in design and manufacture, to ensure total reliability and many years of arduous operation. Welded steel tube and bar construction, fitted with hand lock anchorage. When locked the front feet rest firmly on the floor, feet fitted with protective plastic floor pads. 48 degree slope for extra safety and comfort. Designed to allow user to descend the steps facing forward. 760mm tread width. Finish: All steelwork red epoxy finish. Wheels: Front 2 swivel castors with 100mm diameter rubber tyred wheels with roller bearings. Rear 2 axle mounted 200mm diameter wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings.

SEE PAGE 29 FOR OPTIONAL EXTRAS.

TREAD OPTIONS

Tread width 760 mm Platform W x D: 760 x 400 mm (5-12 tread) Number of Treads inc Platform

Average Working Height

Platform Overall Dimension Height (H x W x D) mm

Ribbed Rubber Treads

5

2650mm

1150

2110 x 980 x 1400

6

2880mm

1380

2340 x 980 x 1600

7

3110mm

1610

8

3340mm

9 10

Kg

Price

Anti-Slip Treads

Kg

Price

Expamet Kg Treads

Price

Punched Treads

WGS611 80

£693.60

WGS621 80

£726.80

WGS612 88

£795.30

WGS622 88

£835.10

WGS613 96

£897.85

WGS623 96

£944.65

WGS601 80

£693.60

WGS602 88

£795.30

2570 x 980 x 1800

WGS603 96

£897.85

1840

2800 x 980 x 2000

WGS604 104 £994.35

3570mm

2070

3030 x 980 x 2200

WGS605 112 £1096.45 WGS615 112 £1096.45 WGS625 112 £1156.45 WGS635 110 £1096.45 WGS645

3800mm

2300

3260 x 1150 x 2400 WGS606 132 £1226.80 WGS616 132 £1226.80 WGS626 132 £1292.50 WGS636 130 £1226.80 WGS646

138 £1340.90

11

4030mm

2530

3490 x 1150 x 2600 WGS607 142

£1327.30 WGS617 142 £1327.30 WGS627 142 £1399.10 WGS637 140 £1327.30

WGS647

149 £1453.25

12

4260mm

2760

3720 x 1150 x 2800 WGS608 152 £1427.30 WGS618 152 £1427.30 WGS628 152 £1505.25 WGS638 150 £1427.30

WGS648

160 £1564.95

WGS614 104 £994.35

Kg

Price

Aluminium Kg Treads

Price

WGS631 78

£693.60

WGS641

82

£749.25

WGS632 86

£795.30

WGS642

91

£862.95

WGS633 94

£897.85

WGS643

99

£978.05

WGS624 104 £1047.65 WGS634 102 £994.35

WGS644

108 £1086.40 117

£1200.35

*10 tread and above supplied in 2 halves for transport purposes. Refer to page 29 for optional extras

Steptek

EASY RISE RANGE WITH HANDLOCK ANCHORAGE

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

27


EASY-RISE AND TILT AND GO STEPS

28 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

EASY-RISE STEPS WITH TRUCK/ DOCK PLATFORM

DELIVERED IN 18 - 25 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

MAX LOAD 150 KG

48 degree slope for extra safety and comfort, designed to allow user to descend the steps facing forward. Large platform with removable chain on end and both sides for 3-sided access. Welded steel tube and bar construction. Fitted with handlock anchorage. Front feet fitted with protective plastic floor pads. Expamet treads and large working top platform makes them ideal for loading and unloading items outside. Wheels: 2 front swivel castors with 100mm diameter rubber tyred wheels with roller bearings, 2 rear axle-mounted 200mm wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings. Finish: All steelwork red epoxy or galvanised finish.

Tread width 750mm / Platform W x D:750 x 1200mm

No. of Average Treads (inc working platform) height mm

Platform height mm

Overall (H x W x D) mm

Red Expamet Ref

Wt. Kg

Price

Ref

Wt. Kg

Price

3

2190

690

1680 x 960 x 1680

WGS680

80

£720.00

WGS690

80

£967.80

4

2420

920

1910 x 960 x 1870

WGS681

89

£800.95

WGS691

89

£1079.18

5

2650

1150

2140 x 960 x 2060

WGS682

98

£876.90

WGS692

98

£1171.95

6

2880

1380

2370 x 960 x 2250

WGS683

107

£950.60

WGS693

107

£1267.25

7*

3110

1610

2600 x 960 x 2440

WGS684

116

£1049.50 N/A

N/A

N/A

8*

3340

1840

2830 x 960 x 2630

WGS685

125

£1127.75

N/A

N/A

TILT AND GO STEPS

Galvanised Expamet

DELIVERED IN 18 - 25 DAYS

N/A

BS EN 131-7 version available please ask for details. *7 & 8 tread versions have bolt on handles for transport purposes.

MADE IN BRITAIN

MAX LOAD 150 KG

Welded steel tube and bar construction. Expamet treads and large working top platform makes them ideal for loading and unloading items outside. The steps have 2 handles at the front fitted with knuckle guard hand grips for safe lifting and moving. Wheels: 2 rear 200mm steel centred wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings. KM 608967 BS EN 131-7

No. of Treads (inc platform)

Average working height mm

Platform Overall height (H x W x D) mm mm

Red Expamet

Galvanised Expamet

Ref

Ref

Wt. Price Kg

Wt. Price Kg

3

2250

750

1760 x 650 x 1345 WGS701 36

£479.95

WGS711 36

£669.15

4

2500

1000

2010 x 650 x 1535 WGS702 41

£543.30

WGS712 41

£766.75

5

2750

1250

2260 x 650 x 1725 WGS703 46

£615.90

WGS713 46

£876.70

6

3000

1500

2510 x 650 x 1915 WGS704 51

£690.55

WGS714 51

£984.15

OPTION

Inward opening gate on platform end. Ref: WGS700 (Extra) £71.95 Tread width 500mm / Platform W x D: 500 x 600mm

28

EASY-RISE AND TILT AND GO STEPS

Tel: 01446 772614

Steptek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


OPTIONAL EXTRAS FOR WAREHOUSE STEPS PLATFORM GATE TO END

PLATFORM CHAIN TO FRONT

Inward opening spring loaded

Double chain fitted to front of

gate secured with spring loaded

platform, secured by locking

plunge bolt. Fitted to the end

spring clip. Secures user

of the platform. Platform depth

onto platform. Platform depth

increases to 760mm.

increases to 760mm.

Ref: WGS175E

Ref: WGS179

£110.80

£49.90 PLATFORM CHAIN TO SIDE

PLATFORM GATE TO SIDE

Double chain fitted to the side of the

Inward opening spring loaded gate

platform, secured by locking spring

secured with spring loaded plunge

clip. Increases platform depth to

bolt. Fitted to the side of the

760mm.

platform. Platform depth increases to 760mm.

Chain to left hand side of platform.

Gate to left hand side of platform.

Ref: WGS178L

Ref: WGS175L

£110.80

£110.80

OPTIONAL EXTRAS FOR WAREHOUSE STEPS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 29

Chain to right hand side of platform.

Gate to right hand side of platform.

Ref: WGS178R

Ref: WGS175R

£110.80

£110.80

PLATFORM CHAIN TO END

Double chain fitted to end of

DOUBLE HINGED BAR TO END

platform, secured by locking Double hinged bar fitted to

spring clip.

end of platform.

Ref: WGS178E

Ref: WGS176E

£49.90

£78.75 SECURITY GATE

Hinged security gate fitted to

DOUBLED HINGED BAR TO SIDE

bottom of steps with padlock Double hinged bar fitted to the

facility. Stops unauthorised users

side of the platform. Platform

using the steps. Folds through

depth increases to 760mm.

270 degrees.

Gate to left hand side of platform.

Ref: WGS170

Ref: WGS176L

£72.00

£110.80

HOOK ON TOOL TRAY

Gate to right hand side of platform.

Dimensions: (L x W x D)

Ref: WGS176R

600mm x 250mm x 220mm

£110.80

Load capacity: 5kg Ref: WGS089

DOUBLE HINGED BAR TO FRONT

£74.90 Double hinged bar fitted to front of platform. Secures user within platform area. Platform depth increases to 760mm. Ref: WGS177 £110.80

HOOK ON WIRE BASKET

Dimensions: (L x W x D) 600mm x 220mm x 220mm Load capacity: 5kg Ref: WGS088 £76.05

Steptek Tel: 01446 772614

OPTIONAL EXTRAS FOR WAREHOUSE STEPS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

29


LADDERS

30 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

PINNACLE™ INDUSTRIAL EXTENSION LADDER

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 175 KG

Pinnacle Industrial Ladders are constructed from tough heavy wall aluminium and feature rigid box section stiles fitted with large twist proof rungs. The high traction and comfortable ‘D’ shaped rungs help reduce fatigue and increase working speed.

Rungs

Closed Length

Ext. Length

Overall Width

Depth

Weight

Ref

Price

1x9

2.50m

N/A

0.38m

63.5mm

5.0kg

WG1100-000

£67.30

1 x 11

3.00m

N/A

0.38m

63.5mm

6.0kg

WG1100-001

£77.15

1 x 13

3.50m

N/A

0.38m

63.5mm

7.0kg

WG1100-002

£95.20

1 x 15

4.00m

N/A

0.38m

63.5mm

8.0kg

WG1100-003

£106.20

2x9

2.50m

4.25m

0.41m

125mm

11.0kg

WG1100-010

£133.95

2 x 11

3.00m

5.25m

0.41m

125mm

13.0kg

WG1100-011

£154.05

2 x 13

3.50m

6.25m

0.41m

140mm

17.0kg

WG1100-012

£185.70

2 x 15

4.00m

7.25m

0.41m

140mm

20.0kg

WG1100-013

£219.95

2 x 17

4.50m

8.25m

0.41m

155mm

26.0kg

WG1100-014

£264.15

2 x 19

5.00m

9.25m

0.41m

155mm

29.0kg

WG1100-015

£319.15

2 x 21

5.50m

10.0m

0.41m

155mm

31.0kg

WG1100-016

£324.85

3x9

2.50m

6.00m

0.46m

200mm

20.0kg

WG1100-020

£211.55

3 x 11

3.00m

7.50m

0.48m

225mm

28.0kg

WG1100-021

£284.00

3 x 13

3.50m

9.00m

0.48m

225mm

32.0kg

WG1100-022

£300.39

3 x 15

4.00m

10.0m

0.48m

225mm

39.0kg

WG1100-023

£396.20

Singles

Doubles

>> Extra heavy duty thick wall box section stiles

Triples

>> Wrist proof rung joints >> Reduce fatigue with deep, comfortable ‘D’ rungs >> Rung locks fitted ensure sections do not separate >> Anti-slip rubber feet >> Max load 175kg

SUMMIT™ PROFESSIONAL EXTENSION LADDER

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 150 KG

Commercial duty double and triple extension ladders that can be split for use as single sections. The comfortable ‘D’ shaped twist-proof rungs are secured into rigid box section stiles for comfortable safe use. >> Commercial strength box section construction

>> Anti-slip rubber feet

>> Reduce fatigue with deep, comfortable ‘D’ rungs

>> Twist proof rung joint

>> Slip resistant high traction rungs >> Sections separate for use as single ladders Rungs

Closed Length

Ext. Length

Overall Width

Depth

Weight Ref

Price

2x9

2.50m

4.0m

0.42m

125mm

9.0kg

WG1102-000

£73.20

2 x 11

3.00m

5.0m

0.42m

125mm

11.0kg

WG1102-001

£86.50

2 x 13

3.50m

6.0m

0.42m

125mm

13.0kg

WG1102-002

£103.15

2 x 15

4.00m

7.0m

0.42m

135mm

17.0kg

WG1102-003

£118.70

2 x 17

4.50m

8.0m

0.42m

155mm

22.0kg

WG1102-004

£146.40

2 x 19

5.00m

9.0m

0.42m

155mm

24.0kg

WG1102-005

£160.85

2 x 21

5.50m

10.0m

0.42m

155mm

29.0kg

WG1102-006

£184.10

3x9

2.50m

5.5m

0.49m

210mm

17.0kg

WG1102-007

£124.15

3 x 11

3.00m

7.0m

0.49m

210mm

20.0kg

WG1102-008

£143.10

3 x 13

3.50m

8.5m

0.49m

330mm

26.0kg

WG1102-009

£179.70

3 x 15

4.00m

10.0m

0.49m

330mm

33.0kg

WG1102-010

£205.20

Doubles

Triples

30

LADDERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


SUMMIT™ ROOF LADDER

MAX LOAD 175 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Rugged box-section stiles offer the combination of lightweight usability and

LADDERS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 31

strength needed for roof work. The ladder is fitted with a roof hook to secure on the central ridge with wheels to run the ladder up the roof. Protected bearers fitted at intervals help spread the load across the roof tiles. >> Special box-section construction

>> Fitted with ridge hook

designed for roof applications

>> Support bearers and wheels >> Deep serrated anti slip rungs

>> Suitable for all roof pitches

>> Max load 175kg

Rungs

Closed Length Ext. Length Overall Width

Bearers

Weight

Ref

Price

1 x 17

4.35m

N/A

0.38m

4

9.75kg

WG1305-000

£179.05

1 x 19

4.95m

N/A

0.38m

4

10.65kg

WG1305-001

£196.85

1 x 21

5.55m

N/A

0.38m

5

11.75kg

WG1305-002

£214.10

11 + 9

3.00m

N/A

0.40m

5

12.0kg

WG1305-011

£226.90

13 + 11

3.60m

N/A

0.40m

5

13.75kg

WG1305-012

£236.95

15 + 13

4.00m

N/A

0.40m

5

14.65kg

WG1305-013

£246.10

17 + 15

4.60m

N/A

0.40m

6

16.50kg WG1305-014

£264.50

Singles

Doubles

SUMMIT™ SURVEYORS LADDER

MAX LOAD 175 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Traditional sectional surveyor ladder with spigot fixings and deep serrated round rungs. The sections simply fit together to form a straight ladder.

>> Strong oval box section stiles >> Fits in most car boots >> Deep serrated round rungs >> Anti-slip feet top and bottom >> Max load 175kg >> Compact for easy transport and storage

Rungs Ext. Length

Weight Ref

Price

3x3

2.75m

6.0kg

WG1306-003

£112.20

4x3

3.65m

8.0kg

WG1306-004

£144.60

5x3

4.55m

10.0kg

WG1306-005

£175.75

6x3

5.46m

11.8kg

WG1306-006

£206.45

XTEND+CLIMB PRO SERIES

MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Xtend+Climb® Pro has been enhanced specifically for the professional contractor or surveyor. The ergonomic design means you can quickly and easily adjust the Xtend+Climb® rung by rung, to exactly the height you need. >> Extends and locks rung by rung u p to 3.80m >> Compacts down to a

The tubular section is manufactured from aerospace aluminium with heavyduty couplings and secure lock tabs that fit your thumbs better for smooth and responsive adjustment.

remarkable 0.81m >> Store in your car boot or

Rungs Closed Length

Ext. Width Length

>> Padded carry handle

13

3.8m

>> Clean-touch anodised finish

Small Carry Bag (Suit 9 & 11 rung)

>> Optional extra carry bag

11

0.77m

3.20m

>> Max load 150kg

9

0.74m

2.60m

in a cupboard

0.82m

Weight

Ref

Price

WG1303-010

£158.21

WG1303-011

£23.05

0.48m 10.6kg

WG1303-050

£132.50

0.47m 8.4kg

WG1303-015

£117.15

0.49m 13.0kg

LADDERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

31


LADDERS

32 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

PROFESSIONAL ADJUSTABLE LADDER

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 150 KG

Compact four-section hinged ladder with multiple configurations. Use it as an A-frame step, straight ladder, work bench, ladder with stand-off or stairwell ladder. This ladder is fitted with stabiliser bars at both ends to help reduce sideways movement and keep you safe while you work. Model 1303-020 comes complete with a scaffold board that locks in place and creates a simple low level platform to work from. Model 1303-021 is not to be used as a scaffold in the trestle position >> Strong square rungs >> Spreader bars for additional stability >> Maximum Static Vertical Load 150kg >> Conforms to EN 131

Treads

Step Height

Ext. Length

Work Bench Height

Stored Height

Overall Width

Weight

Ref

Price

4x3

1.60m

3.40m

0.93m

0.95m

0.77m

14.1kg

WG1303-020

£115.84

4x4

2.20m

4.50m

1.20m

1.23m

0.77m

16.1kg

WG1303-021

£133.05

LITTLE GIANT® REVOLUTION XE

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 150 KG

The Little Giant Revolution XE is constructed of a special alloy that makes it 20% lighter than any comparable industrial-rated ladder. The Revolution XE also includes several innovative new features such as the Quad-Lock™ hinge and the easy-to-use Rock-Locks™ for quick adjustment. The Revolution XE’s wide-flared legs and aerospace-grade aluminium construction provide an unmatched feeling of safety and stability. >> 20% lighter than any comparable industrial-rated ladder >> Easy-to-use Rock-Locks™ for quick adjustment >> Unmatched stability thanks to the Quad-Lock™ hinge and wide-flared legs >> Highest quality construction from aerospace grade aluminium >> Tip & Glide wheels for manoeuvrability >> Max load 150kg

Treads

Step Height

4

1.24m - 2.49m - 0.91m 2.08m 4.17m

1.30m

0.58m

15.1kg

WG1303-344

£275.98

5

1.52m - 3.05m - 0.91m 2.64m 5.28m

1.57m

0.67m

18.4kg

WG1303-345

£328.06

1.80m - 3.61m - 0.91m 3.20m 6.40m

1.85m

0.79m

22.8kg WG1303-346 £407.43

6

32

Ext. Length

Trestle Stored Overall Weight Ref Height Height Width

Price

COMBINATION

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


HORIZON COMBINATION LADDER

COMBINATION

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 33 MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Versatile multi-function ladder that can be used as a straight extension ladder, basic A-frame step, extended A-frame step. Strong box section stiles that is easy to use and light enough to carry comfortably between jobs. >> Use as a Stairway ladder >> Extension ladder and free standing extending step >> Large anti-slip feet >> Can be used on stairs >> Max load 150kg

SUMMIT™ COMBINATION LADDER

Closed Length

Extended Length

Step Ladder Height (A-Frame)

Overall Width

Rungs

Weight

Ref

Price

2.02m

4.26m

4.04m

0.76m

3x7

12.0kg

WG1300-310

£106.00

2.58m

5.94m

4.86m

0.86m

3x9

16.0kg

WG1300-312

£128.18

3.14m

7.06m

5.68m

0.96m

3 x 11

20.0kg

WG1300-314

£165.94

MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

The Summit Combination Ladder is a versatile multi-function ladder that can be used as a straight extension ladder, basic A-frame step and extended A-frame step. Using the ladder and changing between configurations is easy thanks to the tough cast aluminium guides. >> Large box section stiles for strength and rigidity >> Strong anti-splay nylon restraint straps >> Heavy duty stile guides for smooth handling >> Replaceable end caps ensure firm positioning >> Stabiliser bar with oversized rubber feet to reduce slip >> Max load 150kg

Description Rungs Closed Ext. Max Tread Overall Weight Ref Length Length Height Width (Ladder) (A-Frame)

Price

2.50m Summit Combi

3x7

2.49m

5.10m

2.25m

0.75m

16.0kg

WG1300-211 £165.94

3.0m Summit Combi

3x9

2.99m

7.20m

2.85m

0.93m

21.0kg

WG1300-213 £204.78

3.60m Summit Combi

3 x 11

3.56m

8.34m

3.45m

1.14m

30.0kg WG1300-215 £265.87

COMBINATION

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

33


FIBREGLASS

34 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

SUMMIT™ FIBREGLASS EXTENSION LADDER

MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Tough and durable double extension ladders with rope-operation for ease of adjustment. The reinforced D–shaped rungs make for comfortable climbing and standing. The latest technology in rope-operated locking catches makes this ladder simple and reliable to adjust. Dual action articulated feet provide sound footing on hard surfaces or flip them over into “spike” mode for soft ground. >> Electrically insulated fibreglass construction >> Comfortable ‘D’ shaped rungs >> Super strong reinforced stiles >> Rope-operation >> Dual-action articulated feet >> Max load 150kg

SUMMIT™ FIBREGLASS SWING BACK & PLATFORM STEP

Rungs

Closed Length

Ext. Length

Overall Width

Weight

Ref

Price

8

2.60m

3.80m

0.45m

16.0kg

WG1119-003

£246.65

10

3.20m

5.00m

0.45m

19.0kg

WG1119-004

£278.15

12

3.80m

6.20m

0.45m

22.0kg

WG1119-005

£312.25

14

4.40m

7.40m

0.45m

25.0kg

WG1119-006

£351.60

MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

The Platform Steps have a reinforced aluminium checker plate platform and aluminium anti slip treads. Both versions are tough no nonsense steps with superstrong C-section insulated stiles. The top caps have an integrated tool holder for added convenience and the aluminium hinged locking stays provide extra rigidity. >> Electrically insulated fibreglass construction >> Deep serrated aluminium treads >> Hinged metal locking stays >> Reinforced checker, plate platform (Platform Step only) >> Large anti-slip rubber feet >> Max load 150kg

34

Description

Open Closed Open Height Height Footprint

Weight Ref

4 Tread Swing Back

1.00m

1.05m

0.46m x 0.90m 6.0kg

WG1235-004

£53.65

5 Tread Swing Back

1.25m

1.30m

0.49m x 0.98m 7.0kg

WG1235-005

£64.15

6 Tread Swing Back

1.50m

1.55m

0.52m x 1.05m 8.5kg

WG1235-006

£74.65

8 Tread Swing Back

2.00m 2.05m

0.59m x 1.42m 10.0kg

WG1235-008

£97.50

10 Tread Swing Back 2.50m 2.55m

0.65m x 1.94m 12.0kg

WG 1235-010 £122.45

Weight Ref

Description

Platform Height

Closed Open Height Footprint

4 Tread Platform

1.00m

1.67m

0.53m x 0.99m 8.0kg

WG1236-004

£87.25

5 Tread Platform

1.25m

1.91m

0.56m x 1.16m

9.0kg

WG1236-005

£97.95

6 Tread Platform

1.50m

2.14m

0.59m x 1.34m 10.0kg

WG1236-006

£109.15

8 Tread Platform

2.00m

2.65m

0.66m x 1.68m 13.0kg

WG1236-008

£133.90

10 Tread Platform

2.50m

3.15m

0.72m x 2.02m 17.0kg

WG1236-010

£160.45

FIBREGLASS

Tel: 01446 772614

Price

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

Price


PINNACLE™ INDUSTRIAL SWING BACK STEP

STEPS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 35 MAX LOAD 175 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

A heavy duty step suitable for industrial and trade requirements fitted with hinged metal locking stays to prevent twisting. >> Hinged metal locking stays >> Box section back legs with heavy duty bracing >> Deep serrated anti-slip treads >> Anti-slip rubber feet >> Max load 175kg

PINNACLE™ INDUSTRIAL PLATFORM STEP

Description

Open Closed Open Footprint Weight Ref Height Height

Price

3 Tread Swing Back

0.58m

0.69m

0.35m x 0.45m

2.7kg

WG1200-003 £53.60

4 Tread Swing Back

0.81m

0.93m

0.37m x 0.61m

3.6kg

WG1200-004

5 Tread Swing Back

1.03m

1.18m

0.40m x 0.76m

4.5kg

WG1200-005 £61.25

6 Tread Swing Back

1.26m

1.42m

0.42m x 0.92m

5.3kg

WG1200-006 £71.50

8 Tread Swing Back

1.71m

1.92m

0.47m x 1.22m

7.1kg

WG1200-008 £91.90

10 Tread Swing Back 2.16m

2.41m

0.52m x 1.53m

8.8kg

WG1200-010

£112.30

12 Tread Swing Back 2.62m

2.91m

0.57m x 1.84m

12.3kg

WG1200-012

£135.30

£56.15

MAX LOAD 175 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

The platform step has the same construction and features of the swing back step with the addition of a rugged checker-plate platform. >> Reinforced checker-plate platform >> Hinged metal locking stays >> Box section back legs with heavy duty bracing >> Deep serrated anti-slip treads >> Anti-slip rubber feet >> Max load 175kg

Description

Platform Height

Closed Height

Open Footprint

Weight

Ref

Price

3 Tread Platform Step

0.59m

1.18m

0.40m x 0.76m

3.6kg

WG1202-003

£83.55

4 Tread Platform Step

0.82m

1.42m

0.42m x 0.92m

5kg

WG1202-004

£91.75

5 Tread Platform Step

1.05m

1.47m

0.45m x 1.07m

9kg

WG1202-005

£100.90

6 Tread Platform Step

1.27m

1.92m

0.47m x 1.22m

10kg

WG1202-006

£108.20

8 Tread Platform Step

1.72m

2.41m

0.52m x 1.53m

12kg

WG1202-008

£126.90

10 Tread Platform Step

2.18m

2.90m

0.57m x 1.84m

14kg

WG1202-010

£150.95

12 Tread Platform Step

2.63m

3.39m

0.61m x 2.15m

19kg

WG1202-012

£175.95

STEPS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

35


STEPS

36 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

HORIZON PLATFORM STEP

MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Ideal for light trade use, with a slim design and continuous handrail positioned extra high for ease and comfort in use. >> Lightweight yet robust construction >> High continuous handrail for ease of use >> Deep comfortable treads >> Strong sturdy platform >> Max load 150kg

SUMMIT™ PROFESSIONAL PLATFORM STEP

Treads Platform Height

Closed Height

Open Footprint

Weight

Ref

Price

3

0.61m

1.33m

0.68m x 1.21m

4.5kg

WG1212-003

£28.40

4

0.825m

1.577m

0.85m x1.43m

5.2kg

WG1212-004

£33.10

5

1.045m

1.8m

0.988m x 1.65m

6kg

WG1212-005

£39.45

6

1.265m

2.03m

1.130m x1.87m

7.6kg

WG1212-006

£46.45

7

1.48m

2.26m

1.295m x 2.08m

9kg

WG1212-007

£63.65

MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

This lightweight and durable professional stepladder has an extra large platform for comfortable working space. The twin handrails are fitted with comfortable hand grips for an easy climb, with a high support rail for added security whilst working from the platform. A deep working tray is provided for small tools and materials. >> Twin safety handrails fitted with hand grips >> Extra large standing platform >> Strong, deep treads for comfort and security >> High support rail and handy work tray >> Max load 150kg >> Conforms to EN131

36

Treads

Platform Height

Closed Height

Open Footprint

Weight

Ref

Price

3

0.58m

1.42m

0.45m x 0.90m

5.0kg

WG1203-003

£69.15

4

0.80m

1.66m

0.47m x 0.94m

6.0kg

WG1203-004

£75.90

5

1.02m

1.90m

0.49m x 0.98m

6.5kg

WG1203-005

£84.15

6

1.25m

2.14m

0.52m x 1.04m

7.5kg

WG1203-006

£93.15

7

1.48m

2.38m

0.54m x 1.08m

9.0kg

WG1203-007

£103.05

STEPS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


PINNACLE™ WAREHOUSE STEPS

MAX LOAD 175 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Superb quality traditional fixed aluminium warehouse step – transports >> Large checker-plate platform

in knockdown format. Constructed from heavy-duty channel-section

>> Double handrail

aluminium with double riveting throughout for extra rigidity. Large platform

>> Tip & Glide wheels

(450mm x 360mm) for comfortable stock picking and double handrail for

>> Knockdown format for transport

assured access and egress. The lower handles work in conjunction with the

>> Max load 175kg

rear wheel to facilitate easy tip & glide movement around your warehouse.

Treads

Platform Height

Overall Height

Overall Footprint

Weight

Ref

Price

5

1.22m

1.80m

0.53m x 1.39m

11.3kg

WG1275-005

£192.85

6

1.46m

2.04m

0.55m x 1.55m

12.7kg

WG1275-006

£202.75

7

1.71m

2.29m

0.58m x 1.68m

14.5kg

WG1275-007

£207.80

8

1.95m

2.53m

0.60m x 1.84m

15.9kg

WG1275-008

£227.45

10

2.44m

3.02m

0.66m x 2.13m

20.0kg

WG1275-010

£276.90

12

2.93m

3.51m

0.70m x 2.42m

23.6kg

WG1275-012

£306.55

STORE PICKER STEP LADDERS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

WAREHOUSE

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 37

MAX LOAD 150 KG

5 YEAR WARRANTY

The Pinnacle Double-Sided Store Picker has wheels fitted to both sides for ease of manoeuvrability and top and side safety handrails for comfortable climbing. >> Folding double or single step for easy storage >> Wheels fitted both sides for ease of manoeuvrability >> Top and side safety handrails

Treads

Platform Overall Height Height

Overall Footprint

4 Tread Store Picker

0.95m

1.45m

0.42m x 0.95m 12.0kg

WG1202-044 £187.40

5 Tread Store Picker

1.19m

1.69m

0.45m x 1.15m

13.0kg

6 Tread Store Picker

1.43m

2.03m

0.45m x 1.35m 14.0kg

WG1202-046 £208.05 WG1202-036

£339.90

7 Tread Store Picker

1.67m

2.17m

0.50m x 1.55m 15.0kg

WG1202-047 £219.85 WG1202-037

£357.70

8 Tread Store Picker

1.91m

2.41m

0.53m x 1.75m

WG1202-048 £231.65 WG1202-038

£385.50

PINNACLE™ SUPER-PRO PLATFORM STEP

Weight Single Ref

17.0kg

Price

Double Ref

Price

WG1202-034

£244.05

WG1202-045 £193.30 WG1202-035

£273.55

MAX LOAD 300 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

The SuperPro 360 industrial folding platform step is stress tested to 300kg and made to exacting BS 2037 Class 1 standards designed for intensive use. Safety

>> Robust aluminium

features include 100% larger working platform, double handrails, high 360 degree work zone, easy close spreader to reduce twist and integrated tool tray.

construction >> Double handrails >> Extra large platform & high support rail >> Hinged metal locking stays >> Integrated tool tray >> Clean touch powder coated finish >> Tip & Glide wheels for effortless manoeuvrability >> Stress tested to 300kg

Treads

Platform Height

Closed Height

Open Footprint (W X D)

Weight

Ref

Price

4

0.98m

2.17m

0.61m x 1.20m

12.5kg

WG1205-034

£214.55

5

1.22m

2.43m

0.63m x 1.35m

13kg

WG1205-035

£244.90

6

1.46m

2.70m

0.66m x 1.50m

14kg

WG1205-036

£286.85

8

1.95m

3.23m

0.71m x 1.80m

16kg

WG1205-038

£335.85

10

2.44m

3.76m

0.76m x 2.10m

18kg

WG1205-040

£373.70

12

2.92m

4.29m

0.81m x 2.40m

20kg

WG1205-042

£411.95

WAREHOUSE

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

37


PODIUMS

38 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

PINNACLE™ TELESCOPIC PODIUM STEPS

MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Designed to conform to the Working at Height Regulations, the Telescopic Podium is a fully enclosed work platform. Using the specially designed telescopic guardrail frame, you are able to use the podium at two platform heights. The optional stabilisers deliver additional stability. The unit is fitted with four locking castors as standard making it easily portable. Optional anti-surf base plate pack illustrated, helps to prevent ‘surfing’ when in use. >> Telescopic guardrail >> Safety stabilisers available as an option >> Fully enclosed work zone >> Folds for transport >> Four lockable castors fitted as standard >> Tough scaffold tube construction >> Platform size 600mm x 670mm >> Max load 150kg

Treads Description Platform Overall Overall Depth Height Width

Weight

Ref

Price

3&4

Telescopic Podium

1.00m

1.05m

0.46m x 0.90m 6.0kg

WG1274-085 £635.59

4&5

Telescopic Podium

1.25m

1.30m

0.49m x 0.98m

WG1274-087 £794.49

7.0kg

PAS250 Stabiliser Pack

PINNACLE™ MIDI WORK PLATFORM

WG1274-086

£101.22

MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Providing the user with a high handrail incorporating a clip on chain “gate” which completes the full surrounding guardrail system. Folds for easy transport and distribution and fabricated from industrial strength channel section material. >> Extra wide working platform >> Large, deep serrated treads >> High handrails to both sides & back >> Clip on/off Chain for entry/exit >> Tip & Glide wheels for effortless manoeuvrability >> Folds for storage & transportation >> Max load 150kg

38

Treads

Platform Height

Closed Height

Width

Weight

Ref

Price

3

0.68m

1.49m

0.75m

15.0kg

WG1274-203

£258.65

4

0.89m

1.74m

0.78m

16.0kg

WG1274-204

£291.95

5

1.12m

1.98m

0.85m

18.0kg

WG 1274-205

£324.40

6

1.35m

2.23m

0.90m

19.0kg

WG 1274-206

£351.90

PODIUMS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


LITTLE GIANT® SAFETY STEP

HOPUPS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 39 MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

The Little Giant Safety Step is a unique combination of strength and simplicity featuring slip-resistant steps that give you unmatched comfort and stability. The Safety Step is constructed with super-strong, lightweight aerospace grade aluminium and operates so easily that you can open and close it with one hand.

>> Large 360mm deep

Its slim storage depth (12cm) will let you store it just about anywhere.

‘platform’ style treads

Engineered for professional and industrial use the Safety Step is tested to hold

>> Open and close it with

up to 130kg on each step. This tough, compact stepladder can handle just

one hand

about any task, from the lightest office chore to the heaviest industrial job.

>> Max load 150kg >> Tough compact construction for industrial use >> Large checker-plate platform >> Folding safety bar with integrated tool tray (on 3 & 4 tread only) >> Tip & Glide wheels for easy movement around site

Treads

Top Tread Height

Closed Height

Open Footprint

Weight Ref

Price

2

0.46m

0.80m

0.52m x 0.58m

6.8kg

WG1216-002 £128.84

3

0.69m

1.12m

0.54m x 0.86m

9.1kg

WG1216-003

£158.14

4

0.91m

1.42m

0.58m x 1.16m

11.3kg

WG1216-004

£194.07

>> Save space and store in only 127mm of space

HORIZON SAFETY STEP

MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Ideal for accessing low shelves and wall cupboards. Features include deep comfortable platform treads with anti-slip rubber surface. Wide base for extra stability, slip resistant feet and a high knee rail for added safety. >> Robust aluminium construction >> Large, anti-slip rubber treads for extra safety >> Folds away easily for storage >> Smooth handrail surface that is comfortable to hold >> Deep 260mm x 380mm platform treads >> Anti-slip rubber feet >> Max load 150kg

Treads

Top Tread Closed Height Height

Open Footprint

Weight

Ref

Price

2

0.48m

1.10m

0.47m x 0.47m

5.5kg

WG1216-050

£29.71

3

0.73m

1.30m

0.49m x 0.64m

7.2kg

WG1216-051

£40.31

HORIZON HOPUP

MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Ideal for quick and easy access to shelves, high cabinets or even ceilings. When you need to get up high quickly, these folding steps with the large standing area will always come in handy. >> Tough, light and handy >> Very compact, can be stowed away in the smallest of spaces >> Deep ribbed aluminium treads with large sitting area >> Ribbed feet >> Max load 150kg

Treads

Top Tread Closed Height Height

Open Footprint Weight

Ref

Price

2

0.40m

0.46m

0.43m x 0.45m

2.0kg

WG1217-002

£33.54

3

0.62m

0.69m

0.46m x 0.63m

3.0kg

WG1217-003

£39.90

HOPUPS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

39


FIXED STEPS

40 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

SUMMIT™ MACHINE STEP

MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Fixed aluminium platform step available as single or double-sided option, complete with handrail (supplied loose). Constructed from heavy duty channel section aluminium with deep serrated anti-slip treads – these steps are typically used for performing routine maintenance on machinery in factory environments. >> Large checker-plate platform for comfortable standing 420mm x 380mm >> Handrail supplied for additional security >> Ideal for access to machines or vehicles >> Deep serrated anti-slip treads >> Max load 150kg

Treads Platform Overall Height Height

Overall Depth

Weight

Ref

Price

Ref

Price

Single

Double

Single

Double Single

3

0.74m

1.54m

0.72m

1.00m

4kg

5kg

WG1271-003

£135.88 WG1272-003

£140.37

4

0.98m

1.78m

0.76m

1.21m

5kg

6kg

WG1271-004

£148.14

WG1272-004

£156.33

5

1.22m

2.02m

0.90m

1.42m

6kg

7kg

WG1271-005

£159.39 WG1272-005

£173.35

6

1.46m

2.26m

1.12m

1.63m

7kg

9kg

WG1271-006

£170.81

WG1272-006

£191.53

7

1.70m

2.51m

1.18m

1.84m

8kg

10.5kg

WG1271-007

£184.68 WG1272-007

£210.97

PINNACLE™ STABLE STEPS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Double

MAX LOAD 150 KG

Stable Steps provide safe and comfortable access to a range of apparatus in industrial environments. The high-strength, welded tubular construction ensures stability and long service life with maximum stability thanks to the wide standing surface. The deep platform like treads are made of anti-slip aluminium checker plate to provide a comfortable standing platform. The robust construction means they are a solid stationary solution that remains both lightweight and portable as required. >> Deep serrated anti-slip treads >> High strength industrial aluminium construction >> Large 500mm x 250mm platform >> Deep anti-slip treads >> Solid stationary solution >> Comfortable wide standing surface >> Max load 150kg

40

Treads

Platform Height

Footprint

Weight

Ref

Price

1

0.20m

0.36m x 0.27m

1.9kg

WG1271-101

£74.84

2

0.50m

0.50m x 0.50m

5.0kg

WG1271-102

£197.00

3

0.75m

0.78m x 0.77m

8.5kg

WG1271-103

£223.83

4

1.00m

0.78m x 0.97m

12kg

WG1271-104

£349.42

FIXED STEPS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


PINNACLE™ CONTRACTOR TOWER

TOWERS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 41 DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Built for the professional tradesman and focused on their needs: quick assembly time, safety, durability and ergonomics. Manufactured from 50mm thick ribbed aluminium tube to reduce slip and fitted with heavy duty splined spigots for maximum strength and ease of tower assembly. Advanced Guard Rail (AGR) option – This design lends itself to quick easy assembly and provides collective fall prevention before the operator accesses the platform and cannot be removed before the operator descends from the platform. 3T option - The unique rung spacing enables climbable access internally on either side of the tower reducing build time whilst still ensuring internal access Through The Trapdoor (3T) method. >> Fully compliant 3T or AGR options >> Heavy duty spigot for maximum strength >> Quality components for durability and ease of assembly >> Welded abuse resistant joints >> Robust brace hooks with dependable stainless steel springs >> Large trapdoor opening for ease of access >> Multi-start adjustable legs and castors

Platform Height

Overall Footprint Height

Weight Ref (3T)

Price

Ref (AGR)

Price

2.3m

3.5m

0.70m x 2.0m

153kg

WG3012-002

£1,701.68

WG3012-052

£1,742.96

3.2m

4.4m

0.70m x 2.0m

168kg

WG3012-004

£2,127.73

WG3012-054

£2,304.66

4.2m

5.4m

0.70m x 2.0m

175kg

WG3012-006

£2,340.97 WG3012-056

£2,466.48

5.2m

6.4m

0.70m x 2.0m

189kg

WG3012-008

£2,558.68 WG3012-058

£3,116.55

6.0m

7.2m

0.70m x 2.0m

201kg

WG3012-010

£2,686.24 WG3012-060

£3,278.37

8.0m

9.2m

0.70m x 2.0m

234kg

WG3012-014

£3,325.54 WG3012-064

£4,001.91

10.0m

11.2m

1.35m x 2.0m

276kg

WG3015-019

£4,508.46 WG3015-069

£5,934.23

12.0m

13.2m

1.35m x 2.0m

349kg

WG3015-023

£5,464.95 WG3015-073

£6,997.46

SUMMIT™ CENTERFOLD TOWER

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

The Summit™ Centrefold is a one-man modular platform and tower system that fits through standard doorways. Easy to assemble in minutes and being able to adjust platform heights, it is ideal for both indoor and outdoor jobs including painting windows frames, hanging wallpaper, working on gutters, or even hedge trimming. >> Easy to construct and dismantle >> 3T (Through The Trapdoor) compliant >> Ribbed 40mm tube for improved grip >> Anti-slip trapdoor decking >> Locking castors >> Climbable frames for ease of assembly

Description

Platform Height

Overall Height

Width

Length

Weight

Ref

Price

Base Unit

0.20m – 1.70m

1.80m

0.70m

1.50m

29.0kg

WG3010-003

£512.97

Guardrail Pack*1.70m*

1.70m*

2.80m

0.70m

1.50m

12.1kg

WG3010-003A

£349.53

3.0m Extension Pack**

** Extension Packs cannot be mixed & must used in conjunction with Base & Guardrail packs

WG3010-062B

£911.25

WG3010-003C

£994.16

WG3010-003D

£1,535.76

WG3010-003E

£66.45

3.6m Extension Pack** 5.5m Extension Pack** Adjustable Leg Pack (4)***

***Required for use in uneven ground

TOWERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

41


LADDER ACCESSORIES

42 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

DOWNPIPE STAND-OFF

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Provides clearance away from the wall, affording better access to windows, sills, soffits and guttering, as well as additional ladder stability. >> Provides safe clearance from area of work >> Fits most popular brands of ladder >> Easy to fit, no tools needed >> Max load 150kg

Span

Depth

Weight

Ref

Price

0.64m

0.33m

0.75kg

WG1400-001A

£30.15

LADDER CLAMPS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Secure your ladders and steps safely to a roof or van rack. >> Transport your ladders safely >> Fits most popular brands of roof rack >> Comes complete with padlock

Weight

Ref

Price

0.30kg

WG1400-005

£13.50

LADDER BASE

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

The Ladder Base is constructed from moulded reinforced vulcanised rubber and provides superior grip on a range of surfaces by increasing the amount of surface area. Helps compliance with safety legislation. >> TUV tested to NEN 2484 for Professional Use

Width

Depth

Weight

Ref

Price

1.0m

250mm

5.5kg

WG1400-058

£30.00

LADDERM8RIX PRO

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

This anti-slip device can be used on most hazardous exterior surfaces such as grass, oily concrete, tarmac, decking, paving slabs, gravel, snow and even ice. >> Helps compliance with latest safety legislation >> Works on wide variety of surfaces – grass, oily concrete, tarmac etc >> Non-marking pins

42

Width

Depth

Weight

Ref

Price

507mm

370mm

0.80kg

WG1400-033

£81.80

LADDER ACCESSORIES

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


WALL BRACKETS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Ideal for convenient storage and to guard against theft. >> Stores up to 3m triple section trade ladders >> Quick and easy to use >> Comes complete with padlock

Span

Depth

Weight

Ref

Price

0.64m

0.33m

0.75kg

WG1400-001A

£11.20

LADDER GUARD

LADDER ACCESSORIES

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 43

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Restricts unauthorised ladder access on site. >> Helps compliance with latest safety legislation >> Padlock included >> Restricts unauthorised access >> Quick and easy to use

Span

Depth

Weight

Ref

Price

0.64m

0.33m

0.75kg

WG1400-052

£80.55

ROOF HOOK KIT

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Converts your existing extension ladder into a roof ladder. >> Quick and easy assembly

Weight

Ref

Price

2kg

WG1400-000

£30.15

LADDER ACCESSORIES

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

43


ACCESS PLATFORM

44 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

ACCESS PLATFORM

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

MAX LOAD 350 KG

For use with forklift trucks.

Manufactured according to Health and Safety executive guidance note PM28 (3rd edition) December 2005. Approved to be used by 2 persons of average weight - max total load capacity 350kg The Access Platform has been designed to provide easier access for your maintenance, repair and installation requirements. Fully welded with a raised expanded metal floor, located and welded into a formed kickboard surround. Tubular handrail. Rear RSA frame with wire mesh panels. Hinged entry gate with spring return to closed position a spring loaded retention bolt holds the gate in the closed position. Platform locks onto the lift truck forks with threaded screw jacks. Finish: Yellow epoxy.

Fork heel lock and screw jack

Capacity:

350 kg

Platform Width x Length:

1000 x 1000mm

Handrail height:

1010mm

Total height :

1925mm

Overall width: (not including screw jacks)

1020mm

Overall depth:

1020mm

Gate width :

510mm

Weight (approx.) :

78kg

Ref:

WGASP1

Price

£633.05

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES CASTORS 2 swivel, 2 fixed castors, 100 mm dia. nylon wheels.Provides for ease of movement and storage independent of forklift truck. Increases height by 125mm Ref: WGASP4 £44.45

IMPORTANT ORDERING REQUIREMENTS:

In the interests of safety, we do not specify standard fork location details. Platform must be manufactured to your forklift truck specification. On all orders please specify: 1. Length of fork 2. Width and depth (cross section) of fork

Raised gate lock and slam bolt

TOOL TRAY Welded tool tray hooks onto front guard rail. Complete with locking screws. L x W x D: 1000 x 200 x 200mm. Weight: 10 Kg Ref: WGASP2 £50.85

3. Maximum standard distance between forks

44

ACCESS PLATFORM

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

HANDLING 45 - 146 Whatever type of handling gear you require, whether you are looking to shift, stack or store, load or lift, we provide an extensive range of equipment to suit your every need. Produced to the highest quality standards, each item of equipment offers maximum reliability and safety, enabling you to transport drums, cylinders, gas bottles, pallets, parcels or other goods with the greatest of ease, with budget or heavy duty options available, and variants for every requirement from stairclimbers to winch lifters, from hydraulic stackers to lift tables.

TROLLEYS TRUCKS DRUM HANDLING DRUM STORAGE CYLINDER STORAGE CYLINDER HANDLING TRAILERS SACK TRUCKS LIFTERS PALLET TRUCKS & STACKERS SCISSOR LIFTS CORNERS & SKATES BEAM & CARPET TROLLEY SHEET & BAR HANDLING PLATE TRUCKS FURNITURE MOVERS CASTORS

Tel: 01446 772614

46-54, 59-60 55-57, 61-69 70-80 81-83 84-86, 92-93 87-92 94-101 102-118 119-123 124-132 133-135 136 137 138-141 140 142 143-146

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


HEAVY DUTY STEP TRAY TROLLEYS - 5 STEP

46 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

HEAVY DUTY STEP TRAY TROLLEYS - 5 STEP

3 tray tiers - 5 steps. Top tread height 1145mm. Fitted with 2 retractable castors in front and 2 fixed castors to rear, each with 125mm rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings. Operation: Front castors retract with hand operated lever to immobilise trolley.

WGS196 WGS193

WGS199

MAX LOAD 125 KG

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

STEPS

Fixed steps, handrail fitted to each side and across top. Construction: Fully welded from RSA angle and ERW tube. Finish: Blue epoxy TRAY OPTIONS

Fixed sheet steel trays - with 20mm lip all round, blue epoxy finish. Fixed plywood shelves - recessed with 10 mm lip all round. Removable steel trays - reversible to give either a flush finish, or 25mm lip all round, white powder coated finish. Removable wire baskets - 160mm high sides, white powder coated finish.

Tray type

Tray heights mm

Usable W x L mm

Overall H x W x L mm

Wt. kg

Order Ref

Price

Top

Middle

Bottom

Fixed blue trays

1115

650

185

525 x 935

2075 x 620 x 1730

67

WGS190

£577.15

Fixed ply shelves

1115

650

185

525 x 935

2075 x 620 x 1730

61

WGS193

£567.85

Reversible white trays

1115

650

185

510 x 920

2075 x 620 x 1730

71

WGS196

£666.90

Removable baskets

1245*

785*

320*

500 x 905

2075 x 620 x 1730

61

WGS199

£699.55

REVERSIBLE STEEL TRAYS

REMOVABLE WIRE BASKETS

*Dimension to top of basket. Maximum recommended step load is 125kg (operator and goods carried) Trolley capacities as stated.

46

HEAVY DUTY STEP TRAY TROLLEYS - 5 STEP

Tel: 01446 772614

Steptek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


HEAVY DUTY STEP TRAY TROLLEYS - 3 STEP

MAX LOAD 125 KG

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

WGS185

WGS199

WGS186

WGS192

MADE IN BRITAIN

STEP TRAY TROLLEYS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 47

View product on YouTube Heavy Duty Castors:

Medium Duty Castors:

2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with 125mm diameter rubber tyred wheels with roller bearings.

4 stem fitting swivel castors with 125mm diameter wheels with grey non marking tyres and thread guards.

Ideal for stock picking and putting away in stores, warehouse,

Tray options (For medium or heavy duty trolleys):

office, library etc.

Fixed sheet steel trays - with 20mm lip all round, blue epoxy finish.

Spring loaded step unit, with ribbed rubber treads, locates firmly on floor when foot placed on first step, immobilising trolley. Top tread height 686mm. Fully welded construction, from RSA angle and ERW tube. Rubber feet fitted to step unit. Blue epoxy finish. Tray Type

Duty

Cap. kg

No. of Tiers

Tray Heights mm Top

Middle

Bottom

Fixed blue trays

Medium

125

2

920

-

125

3

920

615

175

2

955

175

3

125 125

Heavy Fixed plywood shelf

Medium Heavy

Reversible white trays

Medium Heavy

Removable baskets

Medium Heavy

Fixed plywood shelves - recessed with 10mm lip all round. Removable steel trays - reversible to give either a flush finish, or 25mm lip all round, white powder coated finish. Removable wire baskets - 160mm high sides, white powder coated finish.

Usable W x L mm

Overall H x W x L mm

Wt. kg

Order Ref

Price

310

465 x 780

1150 x 495 x 1325

33

WGS180

£315.00

310

465 x 780

1150 x 495 x 1325

40

WGS181

£357.00

-

180

465 x 780

1070 x 475 x 1325

36

WGS188

£334.20

955

570

180

465 x 780

1070 x 475 x 1325

43

WGS189

£385.00

2

920

-

310

465 x 780

1150 x 495 x 1325

30

WGS182

£310.55

3

920

615

310

465 x 780

1150 x 495 x 1325

35

WGS183

£342.00

175

2

955

-

180

465 x 780

1070 x 475 x 1325

33

WGS191

£324.65

175

3

955

570

180

465 x 780

1070 x 475 x 1325

38

WGS192

£372.65

125

2

920

-

310

455 x 770

1150 x 495 x 1325

34

WGS184

£349.85

125

3

920

615

310

455 x 770

1150 x 495 x 1325

42

WGS185

£407.10

175

2

955

-

180

455 x 770

1070 x 475 x 1325

38

WGS194

£365.55

175

3

955

570

180

455 x 770

1070 x 475 x 1325

46

WGS195

£430.55

125

2

1060

-

450

450 x 755

1150 x 495 x 1325

31

WGS186

£395.90

125

3

1060

755

450

450 x 755

1150 x 495 x 1325

37

WGS187

£473.60

175

2

1095*

-

320*

450 x 755

1095 x 475 x 1325

33

WGS197

£407.90

175

3

1095*

710*

320*

450 x 755

1095 x 475 x 1325

39

WGS198

£493.30

REVERSIBLE STEEL TRAYS

REMOVABLE WIRE BASKETS

* Dimension to top of basket. Recommended working height with Steptek models is 1.5m from top tread.

Steptek Tel: 01446 772614

STEP TRAY TROLLEYS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

47


BOOK TROLLEYS

48 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

BOOK TROLLEYS

MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Popular design for libraries, offices, classrooms, laboratories etc. WGTT24R

WGTT21B

Single sided with flat shelves and double sided with angled shelves Strong all steel construction finished in cream epoxy. Overall L x W: 840 x 470mm. Fitted with 4 swivel castors 100mm, grey non-marking tyres and thread guards. 4 handle frame colours, ideal for job or location coding

WGTT25B

WGTT22G

2 tier

single sided

double sided

Overall height

940mm

955mm

Shelf heights

185/580mm

185/655mm

Overall L x W

840 x 390mm

840 x 470mm

Weight

27kg

35kg

Ref

WGTT24

WGTT21

Price

£207.55

£253.70

3 tier

single sided

double sided

Overall height

1265mm

1325mm

Shelf heights

185/540/895mm

185/600/1020mm

Overall L x W

840 x 390mm

840 x 470mm

Weight

38kg

46kg

Ref

WGTT25

WGTT22

Price

£251.00

£297.90

Colour Options

BOOK TROLLEY

R

B

Y

GN

MAX LOAD 250 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Popular design for libraries, offices, classrooms and laboratories. Double sided with angled shelves. Tubular steel frame with sheet steel shelves. Fitted with 4 swivel castors 125mm, grey non-marking tyres and thread guards.

Overall L x W x H

880 x 550 x 1115mm

Weight

37kg

Clearance between shelves

345mm

Ref

WGTT26

Price

£361.25

Colour Options

R

B

Y

GN

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES (Always recommended) Ref WGB052 (pair) £11.50

48

REVOLVING BUFFER CORNERS Ref WGB172(set) £20.45

BOOK TROLLEYS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


TRAY TROLLEYS

MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

WGTT63

WGTT65

MADE IN BRITAIN

Choice of elegant and smart removable and reversible white or blue trays in blue frame, or fixed ply shelves. Tough durable epoxy finish throughout. Choice of 2 or 3 removable steel trays or fixed ply shelves. Removable and

TRAY TROLLEYS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 49

reversible steel trays for flush or recessed fitting. Welded tube and angle construction. Wheels: 125mm diameter stem fitting castors. Grey non marking tyres with thread guards.

WGTT72

WGTT66

Overall Height mm

1065

No. of trays

2 - Tray

Tray size L x W mm

760 x 457

Tray heights mm

245 : 945

Weight kgs

25

38

34

52

TTW Series Ref

WGTT62

WGTT66

WGTT63

WGTT67

Price

£221.90

£246.10

£277.10

£312.70

TTB Series Ref

WGTT72

WGTT76

WGTT73

WGTT77

Price

£209.75

£231.20

£259.75

£290.20

TT60 Series Ref

WGTT60

WGTT64

WGTT61

WGTT65

Fixed ply trays Wt. kgs

20

31

27

41

Price

£169.40

£198.25

£200.30

£239.90

3 - Tray 1065 x 610

760 x 457

1065 x 610

245 : 595 : 945

White epoxy trays

Blue epoxy trays

WGTT77

WGTT61

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES (Always recommended) Ref WGB047 (pair) £11.50

REVOLVING BUFFER CORNERS Revolving Protector Buffers to protect walls and trolley. Factory fitted Ref WGB171(set) £20.45

PHEUMATIC TYRES Ref: WGB009 (pair) £126.00

LOW COST TRAY TROLLEYS

MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

2 or 3 fixed steel trays. Fully welded construction. Fixed steel trays with smooth folded lips. Trays are welded in position at specified heights. Wheels: 4 swivel castors with 125mm diameter. grey non-marking tyres with thread guards. Powder coated finish.

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES Ref. WGB047 (pair) £11.50

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

Overall L x W mm

890 x 465

Overall H mm

840

Tray Size mm

662 x 457

Trays

2 Tier

3 Tier

Weight kg

19

23

Tray Heights mm

265 : 840

265 : 555 : 840

Blue Ref

WGTT70

WGTT71

Price

£132.65

£143.05

White Ref

WGTT70W

WGTT71W

Price

£164.05

£180.35

TRAY TROLLEYS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

49


UTILITY TRAY TROLLEYS

50 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

UTILITY TRAY TROLLEYS

DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS

MAX LOAD 200 KG

A unique range of robust tray trolleys designed for most environments, including warehouses, garages, catering, serving and general everyday use. The specially formed aluminium uprights and ribbed plastic shelves provide

WGTT41

WGTT40

strength, durability and stability. Fitted with 100mm diameter thermoplastic swivel rubber castors (2 braked).

2 Shelf Trolleys Description

Standard - 2 Shelves

Large - 2 Shelves

Overall H x W x D mm

940 x 460 x 750

970 x 513 x 990

Shelves L x W mm

630 x 424

866 x 500

Capacity kg

100

120

Order Ref

WGTT40

WGTT41

Price

£134.00

£215.25

Description

Standard - 3 Shelves

Large - 3 Shelves

Overall H x W x D mm

980 x 460 x 750

1010 x 513 x 990

Shelves L x W mm

630 x 424

866 x 500

Capacity kg

150

200

Order Ref

WGTT42

WGTT43

Price

£159.85

£266.95

WGTT43

WGTT42

3 Shelf Trolleys

FOLDING FLATBED TROLLEYS

DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS

MAX LOAD 300 KG

A sturdy range of highly manoeuvrable steel trolleys suitable for transporting various goods. Ideal for indoor and outdoor use. >> Folds flat for compact storage >> Non-slip rubber platforms and scuff resistant corners WGTT44

>> Non-marking wheels (2 fixed and 2 swivel) >> Powder coated steel handles

WGTT45

50

UTILITY TRAY TROLLEYS

Tel: 01446 772614

Description

Standard Folding Flatbed

Large Folding Flatbed

Overall H x W x D mm

810 x 470 x 730

870 x 608 x 907

Folded Height mm

230

285

Wheels Ømm

100

125

Capacity kg

150

300

Order Ref

WGTT44

WGTT45

Price

£63.40

£120.40

Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


TT350 SERIES

MAX LOAD 350 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Special heavyweight tray trolleys custom built to your specification if required. Strong construction from square

WGTT35

and round section steel tubes and steel shelves with lip.

WGTT34

Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with 200mm diameter red centred wheels fitted

OPTIONAL EXTRAS

with solid rubber tyres and roller bearings.

TOTAL STOP BRAKES

Finish: Blue epoxy

Ref WGB013 (pair) £15.25

Height mm

1200

Overall H x L x W mm

1090 x 500 x 1200

External Tray Size L x W mm

900 x 500

Bottom Shelf H mm

280

Middle Shelf H mm

740

Top Shelf H mm

1200

Weight kg

58

Ref:

WGTT35

Price

£218.95

Height mm

900

Overall H x L x W mm

1090 x 500 x 900

External Tray Size L x W mm

900 x 500

Bottom Shelf H mm

280

Middle Shelf H mm

590

Top Shelf H mm

900

Weight kg

56

Ref:

WGTT34

Price

£212.80

INDUSTRIAL TRAY TROLLEYS

MAX LOAD 300 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

WGTT37

HEAVY DUTY TRAY TROLLEYS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 51

MADE IN BRITAIN

2 or 3 tray in Varnished ply timber panel or sheet steel trays. Tough, high capacity industrial design with heavy duty, fully welded angle and tube construction. Highly suited to industrial use in stores, workshops and factories. Wheels: Plate fixing castors with 160mm diameter rubber tyred wheels.Roller bearings, 2 swivel and 2 fixed. Finish: Blue or red epoxy.

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES Ref WGB024 (pair) £12.15

WGTT36

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

WGTT39R

WGTT39

Capacity

300kg

300kg

Overall L x W x H mm

1070 x 615 x 1045

1070 x 615 x 1045

Top Shelf H mm

950

950

Middle Shelf H mm

605

605

Bottom Shelf H mm

260

260

Type

Timber panel trays 10mm raised edge

Steel panel trays 20mm raised edge

No. of trays

2 Tray

3 Tray

2 Tray

3 Tray

O/all Weight kgs 40

45

50

57

Ref

WGTT36

WGTT37

WGTT38

WGTT39

Price

£249.45

£301.65

£277.15

£325.70

Colour Options

R

HEAVY DUTY TRAY TROLLEYS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

51


HEAVY DUTY TABLE TRUCKS

52 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

HEAVY DUTY TABLE TRUCKS

MAX LOAD 500 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Ideal truck series for tough work in stores, warehouses, factories and workshops. Welded steel construction throughout with a choice of timber or steel decks. Overall length = Deck length + 135mm Overall width = Deck width + 20mm Finish: Blue epoxy. Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors 200mm diameter rubber tyred wheels. Recessed Deck Option Recessed top and bottom decks optional at no extra cost. Add suffix RD to chosen Ref.

Heavy duty top deck Height - 895mm Ref: TT230T / TT240T / TT205T

Heavy duty steel top deck

2 heavy duty steel decks

2 heavy duty timber decks

Overall size L x W x H mm:

Shelf Height mm: 895

Shelf Heights mm: 275 : 895

Shelf Heights mm: 275 : 895

1135 x 620 x 895mm

Ref: TT230S / TT240S / TT205S

Ref: TT210S / TT220S / TT200S

Ref: TT210T / TT220T / TT200T

Weight: 50kgs Deck size: 1000 x 600 Ref: WGSP6060S Price: £811.35

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES

BUMPER STRIPS (FACTORY FITTED)

Ref WGB013 (pair) £15.25

Deck size 1000 x 600 - Ref: WGBS1 £40.70

TOTAL STOP BRAKES

Ref. WGB229

Deck size 1000 x 700 - Ref. WGBS2 £42.50

(pair) £30.60

Deck size 1200 x 800 - Ref. WGBS3 £46.75

52

1000 x 700mm

For WGSP606S only

Deck size

1000 x 600mm

Type

Top deck only

Top and bottom deck

Top deck only

Top and bottom deck

Top deck only

Top and bottom deck

Weight kgs

42

52

46

56

53

66

Timber Deck Ref

WGTT205T

WGTT200T

WGTT230T

WGTT210T

WGTT240T

WGTT220T

Price

£236.95

£267.70

£245.60

£285.75

£245.60

£315.40

Weight kgs

40

48

44

52

50

64

Steel Deck Ref

WGTT205S

WGTT200S

WGTT230S

WGTT210S

WGTT240S

WGTT220S

Price

£229.95

£273.55

£242.45

£286.80

£242.45

£323.25

HEAVY DUTY TABLE TRUCKS

Tel: 01446 772614

1200 x 800mm

Loadtek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


TT160 TROLLEY SERIES

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

WGTT160

MAX LOAD 150 KG

WGTT161

Shelf heights mm

Shelf heights mm

285 and 805

285, 545 and 805

MADE IN BRITAIN

WGTT162

WGTT164

WGTT165

WGTT167

WGTT163

WGTT166

WGTT168

WORKSHOP TROLLEYS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 53

Welded tubular and flat steel chassis frame. All plywood shelves are fixed, polyurethane coated with hardwood edge and have 20mm upstand. Steel shelves have 25mm upstand. All steelwork is finished in blue epoxy. Cupboards and drawers supplied with lock and 2 keys. Wheels: Standard design 2 swivel and 2 fixed 125mm diameter rubber tyres. Overall H x W x L mm: 1045 x 620 x 1160. Trolley Specification

Weight

Ref

2 plywood shelves

30kgs

WGTT160 £230.60

3 plywood shelves

37kgs

WGTT161 £285.45

ALL SWIVEL CASTORS

Plywood top shelf and 2 plywood half shelves 1 steel cupboard H x W x D 485 x 500 x 600mm

52kgs

WGTT162 £371.10

125 diameter. RT castors Ref: WGB031 £8.30

Plywood top shelf with 2 steel cupboards. Each cupboard H x W x D 485 x 500 x 600mm

58kgs

WGTT163 £438.50

Removable steel top tray with deep 200 mm sides. Bottom steel shelf

54kgs

WGTT164 £268.95

Top and bottom steel shelves 2 drawers each H x W x D 95 x 500 x 460mm

51kgs

WGTT165 £412.00

Top and bottom steel shelves, drawer and cupboard drawer H x W x D 95 x 500 x 460mm

51kgs

WGTT166 £463.10

Top and bottom steel shelves 3 drawers each H x W x D 95 x 500 x 460mm

51kgs

WGTT167 £456.20

2 steel shelves

37gs

WGTT168 £208.85

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

Price

OPTIONAL EXTRAS:

TOTAL STOP BRAKES Ref: WGB032 (pair) £10.95 PHEUMATIC TYRES 200 x 50mm Ref: WGB008 (pair) £105.00

WORKSHOP TROLLEYS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

53


LOUVRE PANEL TROLLEYS / STATIC TOOL PANEL

54 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

LOUVRE PANEL TROLLEYS

MAX LOAD 250 KG

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

‘A’ frame double sided louvre panel trolleys with integral sheet steel deck WGLPT-13

storage area. Fully welded steel frame construction with bolt-on louvre

Double sided louvre panel trolley 3 panel high £450.70

Overall heights mm: 1220 and 1600.

panels. Tubular push/pull handle. Available in 2 heights (2 or 3 panels). Base L x W mm: 1000 x 600. Deck height mm: 205 Wheels: 2 swivel braked and 2 fixed castors fitted with 125mm blue resilex wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Grey epoxy frame (BS00A05) with blue panels (BS18E53).

FOR ADDITIONAL CONTAINERS, SEE PAGE 211.

WGLPT-12

WGLPT-12C

WGLPT-13C

Double sided louvre panel trolley - 2 panel high £367.20

Double sided louvre panel trolley 2 panel high complete with 72 x XL2 & 36 x XL3 bins £511.10 (bin colours as shown)

Double sided louvre panel trolley 3 panel high complete with 108 x XL3 bins £648.50 (bin colours as shown)

STATIC TOOL PANEL

DELIVERED 12 DAYS

MAX LOAD 200 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

‘A’ frame double sided tool panel trolleys with integral sheet steel deck storage area. Fully welded steel frame construction with bolt-on tool panels. Tubular push/pull handle. Wheels: 2 swivel braked and 2 fixed castors fitted with 125mm blue resilex

WGLPT-03

wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Grey epoxy trolley (BS00A05) with Blue

Double sided tool panel trolley - 3 panel high £434.70

panels (BS18E53).

FOR TOOL HOOKS - SEE PAGE 255. WGLPT-02

Panels

2

3

Overall H mm

1220

1600

Base L x W mm

900 x 500

Deck H mm

280

Order Ref

WGLPT-02

WGLPT-03

Price

£354.35

£434.70

Double sided tool panel trolley - 2 panel high £354.35

54

LOUVRE PANEL TROLLEYS / STATIC TOOL PANEL

Tel: 01446 772614

Loadtek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


SHELF TRUCK

MAX LOAD 500 KG

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Welded angle chassis with tubular end frames. Fixed ply platform plus 3 drop-in ply shelves. 2 standard models. Both available as drawbar version.

SHELF TRUCKS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 55

Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with 200mm diameter rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy.

WGTS31T

WGTS30

Model shown with drawbar handle.

Standard model.

Spring loaded catch holds drawbar in vertical position.

Model

Overall Height mm

Overall Deck size Length mm L x W mm

Deck height mm

Shelf levels mm

Weight kgs

Ref

Price

Standard

1780

1200

1000 x 700

275

635 : 1005 : 1375

65

WGTS30

£442.10

1780

1400

1200 x 800

275

635 : 1005 : 1375

80

WGTS31

£456.55

1780

1200

1000 x 700

275

635 : 1005 : 1375

69

WGTS30T £468.80

1780

1400

1200 x 800

275

635 : 1005 : 1375

84

WGTS31T

With drawbar handle

OPTIONAL EXTRA: TOTAL STOP BRAKES Ref: WGB013 (pair) £15.25

£483.25

Capacity UDL kg: Truck max 500; per shelf max 50; base 350 when shelves fully loaded.

SHELF TRUCK WITH ROD SUPERSTRUCTURE

MAX LOAD 500 KG

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Welded angle chassis and tubular superstructure with vertical retaining rods. Fixed ply platform and 4 removable ply shelves. Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with 200mm diameter rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy.

WGTS32

Model

Standard

Overall Height mm

1780

With drawbar handle

Overall Length mm

1200

1400

1200

1400

Deck size L x W mm

1000 x 700

1200 x 800

1000 x 700

1200 x 800

Shelf Heights at 300mm Centres

570 : 870 : 1170 : 1470

570 : 870 : 1170 : 1470

Clearance mm

280

280

Deck Height mm

275

275

1780

Open Fronted Weight kg

88

106

90

108

Ref

WGTS32

WGTS34

WGTS32T

WGTS34T

Price

£508.75

£535.00

£535.40

£561.70

Weight kg

98

117

100

119

Ref

WGTS33

WGTS35

WGTS33T

WGTS35T

Price

£603.80

£630.10

£630.50

£656.75

With Hook on Front

OPTIONAL HOOK ON FRONT OPTIONAL DRAWBAR

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES Ref. WGB013 (pair) £15.25

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

SHELF TRUCKS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

55


SHELF TRUCKS / DIY TROLLEY

56 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

SHELF TRUCK WITH MESH SUPERSTRUCTURE

MAX LOAD 500 KG

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

With mesh superstructure - 3 sides and top. Welded mesh infill 50 x 50mm panels 5 drop-in shelves. Welded angle chassis and superstructure. Fixed ply platform and 5 removable ply shelves. Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with 200mm diameter rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy.

WGTS36

Model

Standard

With drawbar handle

Overall Height mm

1780

Overall Length mm

1200

1400

1200

1400

Deck size L x W mm

1000 x 700

1200 x 800

1000 x 700

1200 x 800

Shelf Heights at 250mm Centres

275 : 525 : 775 : 1025 : 1275 : 1525

275 : 525 : 775 : 1025 : 1275 : 1525

Clearance mm

230

230

Deck Height mm

275

275

1780

Open Fronted

Ref WGB013 (pair) £15.25

110

120

112

122

Order Ref

WGTS36

WGTS38

WGTS36T

WGTS38T

Price

£651.70

£678.20

£678.35

£704.85

Weight kg

127

138

129

140

Order Ref

WGTS37

WGTS39

WGS37T

WGTS39T

Price

£779.65

£811.40

£806.30

£838.05

With Hinged Doors

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES

Weight kg

OPTIONAL HINGED DOORS

Capacity UDL kg: Truck max 500; per shelf max 50; base 250 when shelves fully loaded

DIY TROLLEY

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

MAX LOAD 450 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

Sectioned trolley designed for the transportation of mixed products such as flat boards, boxes and tubes etc. Welded tube framework with flush fitting ply wood deck. Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed 160mm steel centred wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings. Finish: Red epoxy.

Overall H x L x W mm

1200 x 600 x 1000

Deck Height mm

220

Rail Heights from Deck mm

650 : 980

Weight kg

36

Order Ref

WGTP37

Price

£270.45

WGTP37

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES Ref WGB083 (pair) £17.05

56

SHELF TRUCKS / DIY TROLLEY

Tel: 01446 772614

Loadtek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


STANDARD CONTAINER TRUCKS

MAX LOAD 500 KG

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

CONTAINER TRUCKS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 57 MADE IN BRITAIN

Popular container truck for all industries. Strong chassis with inset timber base. Rugged superstructure with standard half-drop side. Available with choice of mesh or plywood infill panels. Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed 200mm diameter castors with rubber tyres and roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy Polyurethane coated ply. Overall Dimensions mm

1150 x 730

Side Type

Mesh

Ply

Mesh

Ply

Weight kg

62

82

71

93

Order Ref

WGMT19

WGPLT19

WGMT20

WGPLT20

Price

£462.30

£501.60

£492.25

£513.10

Bumper Strip Ref

WGBS2

WGBS2

WGBS3

WGBS3

PROTECTIVE BUMPER STRIPS

OPTIONAL EXTRAS:

WGMT19

TOTAL STOP BRAKES

Popular container truck for all industries

Deck size 1000 x 700 Ref. WGBS2 £42.50 Deck size 1200 x 800 Ref. WGBS3 £46.75

Ref WGB013 (pair) £15.25

We can manufacture Standard or Security Container Trucks to your special sizes.

SECURITY CONTAINER TRUCKS

1360 x 830

MAX LOAD 500 KG

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Security Container Trucks. Factory fitted with lockable lids. Steel framework in filled with mesh or plywood, and hinged centrally along its own length and to main body of truck. Fitted with 2 chain stays and padlock hasp (padlock not included) When lid is closed, standard half drop side is prevented from opening.

WGPLT22

Truck offering full security with contents privacy.

Overall Dimensions mm

1150 x 730

Side Type

Mesh

1360 x 830

Weight kg

73

98

Ref

WGMT21

WGPLT21 WGMT22

WGPLT22

Price

£547.05

£597.15

£594.05

£615.55

Bumper Strip Ref

WGBS2

WGBS2

WGBS3

WGBS3

Ply

Mesh

Ply

85

112

WGMT19

Truck offering full security with visibility. OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES Ref WGB013 (pair) £15.25

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

PROTECTIVE BUMPER STRIPS Deck size 1000 x 700 Ref. WGBS2 £42.50 Deck size 1200 x 800 Ref. WGBS3 £46.75

CONTAINER TRUCKS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

57


WAREHOUSE TRUCKS

58 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

PARCEL TRUCKS

MAX LOAD 500 KG

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

With 3 fixed tubular sides. Push handle one end. Polyurethane coated plywood platform flush fitted into angle frame chassis. Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with 200mm diameter rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Deck size L x W mm

Overall L x W x H mm

Effective Deck height height mm mm

Weight kgs

Ref

Price

1000 x 700

1190 x 730 x 1575

1300

275

60

WGWT20

£406.35

1200 x 800

1390 x 830 x 1575 1300

275

70

WGWT21

£416.50

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES

Deck size 1000 x 700 Ref. WGBS2 £42.50 Deck size 1200 x 800 Ref. WGBS3 £46.75

Ref WGB013 (pair) £15.25

STANCHION TRUCKS

PROTECTIVE BUMPER STRIPS

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

Ideal for long bulky loads. 625mm removable corner stanchions for easier loading and unloading. 2 deck sizes and 2 models: 500kg and 1000kg heavy duty fully welded construction. Steel angle with tubular post pockets. Wheels: 2 swivel 2 fixed castors with 200 or 250mm diameter rubber tyred wheels. Bright zinc plated steel centres and roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy.

WGWT23

58

WAREHOUSE TRUCKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Deck size L x W mmw

Capacity kgs

Wheel dia. mm

Deck Weight height mm kgs

Ref

Price

1300 x 700

500

200

275

40

WGWT23

£321.40

Overall: 1310 x 770

1000

250

355

50

WGWT24

£435.20

1600 x 800

500

200

275

50

WGWT25

£336.65

Overall: 1610 x 870

1000

250

355

57

WGWT26

£446.10

Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


FOLDING ALUMINIUM PLATFORM TROLLEYS

MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Lightweight Aluminium

>> Slide-in platform to reduce trolley length

>> Folds and extends easily

>> Two fixed wheels and two swivel castors

>> Telescopic handles

>> Choice of low resistance nylon wheels or

>> Great for storage and transport

quiet running rubber wheels

Capacity

Platform Size L x W

Platform Folded L x W mm

Wheels Diameter

Wheels

Weight

Ref

Price

150kg

710 x 420mm

500 x 420

100

Nylon

7.5

WG509/KI/PL

£59.00

150kg

710 x 420mm

500 x 420

100

Solid Rubber

7.9

WG509/KI/PL/15/2 £64.00

PLATFORM TROLLEYS / LARGE PLATFORM TROLLEYS

MAX LOAD 150-300 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Platform Trolleys

Large Platform Trolleys

>> Handle folds down flat over

>> Fixed handles for

platform

added strength

>> Easy storage

>> Optional additional handle

>> Non-slip steel base

>> Non-slip steel base

>> Two fixed wheels and

>> Two fixed wheels and

two swivel castors

two swivel castors

>> Non-marking rubber wheels

>> Non-marking rubber wheels

Capacity

Dimensions

Platform Size (L x W)

Handles

Wheels Diameter

Weight

Ref

Price

150kg

740 x 480 x 865mm

640 x 480mm

1

100mm

12.5kg

WG501/KI/150

£74.00

250kg

930 x 620 x 865mm

930 x 620mm

1

125mm

18.5kg

WG502/KI/250

£99.00

300kg

1160 x 760 x 875mm

1060 x 760mm

1

160mm

41.5kg

WG505/KI/LUX/1

£169.00

300kg

1160 x 760 x 875mm

960 x 760mm

2

160mm

41.5kg

WG505/KI/LUX/2

£179.00

PLATFORM TROLLEYS / LARGE PLATFORM TROLLEYS

BUDGET PLATFORM TROLLEYS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 59

MAX LOAD 150-250 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Lightweight aluminium design >> Handle folds down flat over platform >> Quiet running rubber wheels >> Fitted with corner bumpers

Capacity

Dimensions

Platform Size (L x W)

Handles

Wheels Diameter

Weight

Ref

Price

150kg

740 x 480 x 865mm

650 x 470mm

1

100mm

9kg

WG501/NPL/150

£109.00

250kg

930 x 620 x 865mm

800 x 610mm

1

127mm

14.2kg

WG502/NPL/250

£119.00

BUDGET PLATFORM TROLLEYS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

59


TROLLEYS & TRAILERS

60 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

ALUMINIUM PLATFORM TROLLEYS

MAX LOAD 350 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Lightweight aluminium design >> Handle folds down flat over platform >> Fitted with corner bumpers >> Quiet running rubber wheels

Folding Handles

Capacity

Dimensions

Platform Size (L x W)

Handles

Wheels Diameter

Weight

Ref

Price

350kg

1520 x 750 x 950mm

1320 x 750mm

2

127mm

25kg

WG503/NPL/350

£189.00

TWO AND THREE TIER TROLLEYS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 120 KG

>> Lightweight Service Trolley >> Fitted with two or three decks >> Ideal for catering environments >> Shelves have non-slip surface >> Shelves have all-round protection buffer >> Fitted with two handles >> Two fixed wheels and two swivel castors >> Non-marking rubber wheels

Capacity

Dimensions

Platform Size (L x W)

Number of Tiers

Wheels Diameter

Weight

Ref

Price

120kg

745 x 485 x 865mm

700 x 450mm

2

125mm

20kg

WG506/KI/SERV/2

£135.00

120kg

745 x 485 x 865mm

700 x 450mm

3

125mm

25kg

WG507/KI/SERV/3

£165.00

SINGLE ACKERMAN TRAILER WITH FOLDING SIDES

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 400 KG

>> Heavy duty design >> Single Ackerman steering

OPTIONAL EXTRA:

>> Sides and tailgate all fold down

CANVAS LINING

>> Sides are easily removable

Ref WG535/BI/TT/ LINING £18.00

>> Ideal for both garden and industrial use >> Fitted with large 330mm wheels >> Optional removable canvas lining

60

Capacity

Dimensions (L x W)

Height Of Walls

Number of Sides

Wheels Diameter

Weight

Ref

Price

400kg

1380 x 615mm

280mm

4 Mesh

330mm

30kg

WG535/BI/TT/300

£149.00

TROLLEYS & TRAILERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


JUNIOR LOW LOAD TRUCKS

DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

MAX LOAD 150 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

Useful Standard Junior Platform Size. Fixed or folding frame. Strong welded tubular construction. Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with 125mm diameter red centred wheels, roller bearings and rubber tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy.

WGLL31

Type

Tubular

Tubular Folding

Ply

Ply Folding

Overall L x W x H mm

1070 x 450 x 1015

Deck L x W mm

850 x 450

Wheel Dia. mm

125

Capacity kg

150

Deck H mm

185

Weight kg

14

Order Ref

WGLL01

WGLL31

WGLL01P

WGLL31P

Price

£136.80

£156.95

£155.90

£183.00

PLATFORM TRUCKS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 61

197 17

WGLL31P

WGLL01P

WGLL01

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES Ref WGB032 (pair) £10.95

SIDE FRAME TRUCKS

MAX LOAD 500 KG

DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Designed for all-round load retention with simple robust construction and removable ply side frames. Wheels: 2 fixed 2 swivel castors. 160mm diameter. red centre wheels with roller bearings and rubber tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy. WGTC074P

Overall Height mm

985

Deck Height mm

235

Overall L x W mm

1085 x 725

1285 x 825

Platform L x W mm

1000 x 700

1200 x 800

Side Height mm

250

250

Weight

36

40

Order Ref

WGTCO74P

WGTCO84P

Price

£269.65

£282.15

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES Ref WGB024 (pair) £12.15

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

PROTECTIVE BUMPER STRIPS Deck size 1000 x 700 Ref. WGBS2 £42.50 Deck size 1200 x 800 Ref. WGBS3 £46.75

PLATFORM TRUCKS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

61


PLATFORM TRUCKS

62 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

500 SERIES

MAX LOAD 500 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Large Standard Euro Platform. Substantial timber deck. All steel welded frame. General specification as the 250 Series above, but with the following wheel specification: Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with 160mm red centre wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearing wheels.

WGTC702TB

WGTC701TB

MADE IN BRITAIN

Type

Overall Length

Platform only

Deck length + 25mm

Overall Width

Single end

Deck length + 85mm

Double end

Deck length + 1455mm

Deck size L x W mm

1000 x 600mm

1000 x 700mm

1200 x 800mm

Platform only Ref

WGTC600

WGTC700

WGTC800

Price

£134.75

£140.65

£154.40

Weight kg

25

26

33

Single end Ref

WGTC601TB

WGTC701TB

WGTC801TB

Price

£176.40

£185.60

£197.90

Weight kg

29

30

38

Double end Ref

WGTC602TB

WGTC702TB

WGTC802TB

Price

£219.90

£234.05

£243.15

Weight kg

33

34

42

Deck width + 25mm

OPTIONAL EXTRAS:

PROTECTIVE BUMPER STRIPS

TOTAL STOP BRAKES

Deck size 1000 x 600 Ref. WGBS1 £40.70 Deck size 1000 x 700 Ref. WGBS2 £42.50 Deck size 1200 x 800 Ref. WGBS3 £46.75

Ref WGB024 (pair) £12.15 WGTC700

LONG GOODS PLATFORM TRUCKS

MAX LOAD 500 KG

DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Substantial timber deck. All steel welded frame. Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors 160mm diameter rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy.

WGTC705TB

Overall Height mm

1035

Deck Height mm

235

Overall L x W mm

1025 x 625

1025 x 725

1225 x 825

Platform L x W mm

1000 x 600

1000 x 700

1200 x 800

2 straight sides - Tubular Retaining Sides mm

800

Weight

40

41

47

Order Ref

WGTC605TB

WGTC705TB

WGTC805TB

Price

£284.25

£288.50

£304.15

2 straight sides - Timber

WGTC705P

Retaining Sides mm

520

Weight

41

43

49

Order Ref

WGTC605P

WGTC705P

WGTC805P

Price

£242.80

£249.70

£262.30

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES Ref. WGB024 (pair) £12.15

62

PLATFORM TRUCKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


250 SERIES

MAX LOAD 250 KG

DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

3 deck sizes with timber or mesh removable panels. Timber or mesh ends and sides. 160mm diameter wheels. Highly manoeuvrable Turns almost within own length

WGTC107M

Overall Height mm

985

Deck Height mm

230

Load Restraint H mm

520

Overall Length

Single end: Deck length + 85mm

Overall Width

Deck width + 25mm

Deck size L x W mm

1000 x 600mm

1000 x 700mm

1200 x 800mm

Deck only Ref

WGTC006

WGTC007

WGTC008

Weight kg

27

29

36

Price

£149.55

£155.80

£170.60

Tubular end Ref

WGTC106TB

WGTC107TB

WGTC108TB

Weight kg

31

33

41

Price

£192.90

£200.95

£213.65

Single timber end Ref

WGTC106P

WGTC107P

WGTC108P

Weight kg

34

37

43

Price

£201.00

£209.40

£221.20

Double timber end Ref

WGTC206P

WGTC207P

WGTC208P

Weight kg

40

42

50

Price

£247.45

£257.70

£273.45

3-sided timber Ref

WGTC306P

WGTC307P

WGTC308P

Weight kg

45

48

56

Price

£268.95

£279.20

£295.65

4-sided timber Ref

WGTC406P

WGTC407P

WGTC408P

Weight kg

50

53

62

Price

£293.70

£303.40

£321.60

PLATFORM TRUCKS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 63

Double end: Deck length + 145mm

Timber Ends & Sides

WGTC307P

Removable Mesh Panels

WGTC407M

Single mesh end Ref

WGTC106M

WGTC107M

WGTC108M

Weight kg

33

36

42

Price

£215.40

£218.55

£235.85

Double mesh end Ref

WGTC206M

WGTC207M

WGTC208M

Weight kg

39

41

49

Price

£272.45

£283.00

£297.30

3-sided mesh Ref

WGTC306M

WGTC307M

WGTC308M

Weight kg

42

45

53

Price

£306.25

£316.70

£334.25

4-sided mesh Ref

WGTC406M

WGTC407M

WGTC408M

Weight kgs

45

48

57

Price

£336.70

£347.25

£377.05

Diamond Balance Wheels This layout assists manoeuvrability. Trucks turn virtually in own length. 10mm (approx) rocking balance. No brakes available.

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

PLATFORM TRUCKS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

63


PLATFORM TRUCKS

64 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

TC900 SERIES

MAX LOAD 500 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Small deck size of 850 x 500mm. Choice of mesh

Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with 160mm diameter rubber tyred

or plywood panels. Substantial timber deck. Blue epoxy finished

roller bearing wheels.

frame with zinc plated mesh infill end and side panels or clear varnished plywood end and side panels. All steel welded frames. All side and end panels removable. WGTC901P

WGTC902P

WGTC903P

WGTC904P

WGTC901M

WGTC902M

WGTC903M

WGTC904M

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES Ref: WGB024 (pair) £12.15

Deck L x W mm

850 x 500

Overall Length

Single end: Deck length + 85mm

Overall Width mm

525

NON MARKING TYRE 160MM

Overall Height mm

985

Ref. WGB040 (pair) £11.55

Deck Height mm

235

PNEUMATIC TYRES 200MM

Load Restraint H mm

520

Panel type

Mesh

Single end ref:

WGTC901M

Weight kgs:

28

Double end ref:

WGTC902M

Weight kgs:

34

3 Sided ref:

WGTC903M

Deck size 1000 x 600

Weight kgs:

37

Ref: WGBS1 £40.70

4 Sided ref:

WGTC904M

Weight kgs:

40

Double end: Deck length + 145mm

Ref. WGB008 £105.00 PNEUMATIC TYRES 260MM

Ref. WGB010 £126.00 N.B: B008 reduces the capacity to 250kgs, B010 increase the deck height by 100mm.

BUMPER STRIPS (FACTORY FITTED)

64

PLATFORM TRUCKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Price

Plywood

Price

WGTC901P £189.90

29

£175.50

WGTC902P £244.90

35

£219.75

WGTC903P £277.85

38

£239.35

WGTC904P £308.00

41

£262.70

Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


500 SERIES WITH MESH PANELS

MAX LOAD 500 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

WGTC601M

WGTC603M

WGTC602M

WGTC604M

MADE IN BRITAIN

PLATFORM TRUCKS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 65

Mesh panelled platform trucks. Choice of 3 deck sizes, Substantial timber deck. Blue OPTIONAL EXTRAS:

epoxy finished frame with zinc plated infill end and side panels. All steel welded frames.

TOTAL STOP BRAKES

All side and end panels removable. Wheels: 2 swivel 2 fixed castors, with 160mm diameter

Ref: WGB024 (pair) £12.15

rubber tyred roller bearing wheels.

NON MARKING TYRE 160MM

Ref. WGB040 (pair) £11.55

Deck Height mm

235

PNEUMATIC TYRES 200MM

Load Restraint Height mm

520

Ref. WGB008 £105.00

Overall Height mm

985

PNEUMATIC TYRES 260MM

Overall Length

Single end: Deck length + 85mm

Overall Width mm

Deck width + 25mm

Ref. WGB010 £126.00 N.B: 8008 reduces the capacity to 250kgs, B010 increase the deck height by 100mm.

Deck size

1000 x 600mm

Price

Double end: Deck length + 145mm

1000 x 700mm

BUMPER STRIPS (FACTORY FITTED)

Overall Width mm

625

725

Deck size 1000 x 600

Single end Ref:

WGTC601M

WGTC701M

Ref: WGBS1 £40.70

Weight kgs:

30

Deck size 1000 x 700

Double end Ref:

WGTC602M

Weight kgs:

36

3 Sided Ref:

WGTC603M

Weight kgs:

39

4 Sided Ref:

WGTC604M

Weight kgs:

42

Ref. WGBS2 £42.50 Deck size 1200 x 800 Ref. WGBS3 £46.75

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

£200.35

32 WGTC702M

£257.30

38 WGTC703M

£290.95

41 WGTC704M

£321.30

44

Price

1200 x 800mm

Price

825 WGTC801M £203.45 37

£218.60

WGTC802M £267.45 44

£281.10

WGTC803M £301.05 48

£317.90

WGTC804M £331.40 52

£360.45

PLATFORM TRUCKS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

65


PLATFORM TRUCKS

66 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

500 SERIES WITH TIMBER PANELS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 500 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

WGTC602P

WGTC601P

WGTC603P

WGTC604P

Timber panelled platform trucks. Choice of 3 deck sizes. Substantial timber deck. Blue OPTIONAL EXTRAS:

finished frame with varnished plywood infill end and side panels. All steel welded frames.

TOTAL STOP BRAKES

All side and end panels removable.

Ref: WGB024 (pair) £12.15

Wheels: 2 swivel 2 fixed castors, with 160mm diameter rubber tyred roller bearing wheels.

NON MARKING TYRE 160MM

Ref. WGB040 (pair) £11.55

Deck Height mm

235

PNEUMATIC TYRES 200MM

Load Restraint Height mm

520

Ref. WGB008 £105.00

Overall Height mm

985

PNEUMATIC TYRES 260MM

Overall Length

Single end: Deck length + 85mm

Overall Width mm

Deck width + 25mm

Ref. WGB010 £126.00 N.B: 8008 reduces the capacity to 250kgs, B010 increase the deck height by 100mm.

With ply deck and zinc plated panels (Blue finish)

BUMPER STRIPS (FACTORY FITTED)

Deck size

1000 x 600mm

Ref: WGBS1 £40.70

Overall Width mm

625

725

825

Deck size 1000 x 700

Single end Ref:

WGTC601P

WGTC701P

WGTC801P

Ref. WGBS2 £42.50

Weight kgs:

31

Double end Ref:

WGTC602P

Weight kgs:

37

3 Sided Ref:

WGTC603P

Weight kgs:

42

4 Sided Ref:

WGTC604P

Weight kgs:

47

Deck size 1000 x 600

Deck size 1200 x 800 Ref. WGBS3 £46.75

66

Double end: Deck length + 145mm

PLATFORM TRUCKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Price

£185.90

1000 x 700mm

33

Price

£194.00

WGTC702P £232.05

38

44

£241.90

49

£205.35

45

£256.95

WGTC803P £263.20

WGTC704P £277.50

38

Price

WGTC802P

WGTC703P £253.30

1200 x 800mm

51

£279.00

WGTC804P £287.30

57

£304.65

Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


STAINLESS STEEL RANGE

MAX LOAD 500 KG

DELIVERED IN 18 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

304 Grade Stainless Steel platform trucks. High specification range of platform trucks suitable for the food WGSP701M

and drink industry. Completely formed from 304 grade stainless

PLATFORM TRUCKS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 67

steel sheet, tube and wire mesh. Fixed mesh ends and removable mesh sides. Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed stainless steel castors fitted with 200mm diameter rubber tyred wheels with red centres and stainless steel roller bearings.

WGSP702M

WGSP703M

WGSP704M

985

Deck size L x W mm

Deck Height mm

295

Mobile bas e only

Mesh Panel Height mm

480

Ref:

WGSP600

Weight kgs:

33

Overall Height mm

1000 x 600

Price

1000 x 700

Price

WGSP700 £385.65

35

1200 x 800

Price

WGSP800 £421.70

40

£463.05

Single end OPTIONAL EXTRAS:

Ref:

WGSP601M

TOTAL STOP BRAKES

Weight kgs:

37

Ref WGB229 (pair) £30.60

Clear load area:

930 x 600mm

WGSP701M £599.15

39

WGSP801M £631.15

45

£682.55

930 x 700mm

1130 x 800mm

WGSP702M

WGSP802M

Double end BUMPER STRIPS (FACTORY FITTED)

Deck size 1000 x 600 Ref: WGBS1 £40.70 Deck size 1000 x 700 Ref. WGBS2 £42.50

Ref:

WGSP602M

Weight kgs:

41

Clear load area:

860 x 600mm

£805.30

44

£854.10

50

£924.15

860 x 700mm

1060 x 800mm

WGSP703M

WGSP803M

3 Sided

Deck size 1200 x 800

Ref:

WGSP603M

Ref. WGBS3 £46.75

Weight kgs:

44

Clear load area:

860 x 555mm

£928.15

47

£976.85

54

£1064.65

860 x 655mm

1060 x 755mm

WGSP704M

WGSP804M

4 Sided

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

Ref:

WGSP604M

Weight kgs:

47

Clear load area:

860 x 510mm

£1050.95

50

£1099.70

860 x 610mm

58

£1,205.20

1060 x 710mm

PLATFORM TRUCKS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

67


PLATFORM TRUCKS

68 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

COLOUR RANGE

MAX LOAD 700 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Coloured platform trucks. High quality powder coated decks in a range of attractive colours, with bright zinc plated fixed mesh ends and removable sides. End panels fixed, side panels removable. Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with 200mm diameter. rubber tyred wheels with bright zinc plated centres and roller bearings.

Overall Height mm

985

Deck Height mm

295

Mesh Panel Height mm

480

Deck size L x W mm

1000 x 600

1000 x 700

1200 x 800

Weight:

37 kgs

39 kgs

45 kgs

Clear load area:

930 x 600mm

930 x 700mm

1130 x 800mm

Blue ref:

WGEP601MB

WGEP701MB

WGEP801MB

Green ref:

WGEP601MG

WGEP701MG

WGEP801MG

Yellow ref:

WGEP601MY

WGEP701MY

WGEP801MY

Red ref:

WGEP601MR

WGEP701MR

WGEP801MR

Price

£228.15

£237.50

£257.25

Weight:

41 kgs

44 kgs

50 kgs

Clear load area:

860 x 600mm

860 x 700mm

1060 x 800mm

Blue ref:

WGEP602MB

WGEP702MB

WGEP802MB

Green ref:

WGEP602MG

WGEP702MG

WGEP802MG

Yellow ref:

WGEP602MY

WGEP702MY

WGEP802MY

Red ref:

WGEP602MR

WGEP702MR

WGEP802MR

Price

£282.45

£294.95

£320.40

Weight:

44 kgs

47 kgs

54 kgs

Clear load area:

860 x 555mm

860 x 655mm

1060 x 755mm

Blue ref:

WGEP603MB

WGEP703MB

WGEP803MB

Green ref:

WGEP603MG

WGEP703MG

WGEP803MG

Yellow ref:

WGEP603MY

WGEP703MY

WGEP803MY

Red ref:

WGEP603MR

WGEP703MR

WGEP803MR

Price

£318.95

£331.70

£362.50

Weight:

47 kgs

50 kgs

58 kgs

Clear load area:

860 x 510mm

860 x 610mm

1060 x 710mm

Blue ref:

WGEP604MB

WGEP704MB

WGEP804MB

Green ref:

WGEP604MG

WGEP704MG

WGEP804MG

Yellow ref:

WGEP604MY

WGEP704MY

WGEP804MY

Red ref:

WGEP604MR

WGEP704MR

WGEP804MR

Price

£365.20

£374.40

£409.85

Single End

EP701MB

Double End

3 Sided EP702MY

4 sided

EP703MG

Deck colours: Blue as standard, green, yellow or red at no extra cost.

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES

Ref: WGB073 (pair) £19.20 NON MARKING TYRE 160MM

Ref: WGB041(pair) £11.55 PNEUMATIC TYRES 260MM

Ref. WGB010 £126.00

BUMPER STRIPS (FACTORY FITTED)

Deck size 1000 x 600 Ref: WGBS1 £40.70 Deck size 1000 x 700 Ref. WGBS2 £42.50 Deck size 1200 x 800 Ref. WGBS3 £46.75

N.B: WGB010 increases the deck height by 100mm. EP704MR

68

PLATFORM TRUCKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


SERIES 700 BRIGHT ZINC PLATED

MAX LOAD 700 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Comprehensive range of bright zinc plated platform trucks from basic

Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with 200mm diameter

platform to 4 mesh sides. Choice of 3 deck sizes. Steel chassis with steel

rubber tyred roller bearing wheels with bright steel centres.

deck. Fixed ends and removable long sides, bright zinc plated mesh infill. Smart durable bright zinc plated finish.

PLATFORM TRUCKS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 69

WGZP700

WGZP701T

WGZP703M

WGZP704M

WGZP701M

Overall Height mm

985

Deck Height mm

295

Mesh Panel Height mm

480

Deck size L x W mm

1000 x 600

1000 x 700

1200 x 800

Ref:

WGZP600

WGZP700

WGZP800

Weight:

35kg

38kg

45kg

Price

£187.45

£205.30

£228.90

Ref:

WGZP601T

WGZP701T

WGZP801T

Weight:

38kg

41kg

49kg

Clear load area:

930 x 600mm

930 x 700mm

1130 x 800mm

Price

£239.75

£255.85

£282.70

Ref:

WGZP601M

WGZP701M

WGZP801M

Weight:

39kg

42kg

49kg

Clear load area:

930 x 600mm

930 x 700mm

1130 x 800mm

Price

£242.80

£261.70

£285.35

Ref:

WGZP602M

WGZP702M

WGZP802M

Weight:

43kg

46kg

54kg

Clear load area:

860 x 600mm

860 x 700mm

1060 x 800mm

Price

£294.60

£312.80

£342.15

Platform Only

Single Fixed Tube End

WGZP702M

WGZP705M

Single fixed mesh End

Double fixed mesh End

3 Sided (1 removable) OPTIONAL EXTRAS

Ref:

WGZP603M

WGZP703M

WGZP803M

TOTAL STOP BRAKES

NON MARKING TYRE 200MM

PNEUMATIC TYRES 260MM

Weight:

46kg

49kg

58kg

Ref WGB073 (pair) £19.20

Ref. WGB041 (pair) £11.55

Ref. WGB010 £126.00

Clear load area:

860 x 555mm

860 x 655mm

1060 x 755mm

Price

£335.20

£354.65

£386.20

Ref:

WGZP604M

WGZP704M

WGZP804M

Weight:

49kg

52kg

62kg

Clear load area:

860 x 510mm

860 x 610mm

1060 x 710mm

Price

£373.50

£395.20

£426.60

Ref:

WGZP605M

WGZP705M

WGZP805M

Weight:

45kg

48kg

56kg

Clear load area:

1000 x 510mm

1000 x 610mm

1200 x 710mm

Price

£300.10

£320.75

£349.20

N.B:B010 increases the deck height by 100mm. BUMPER STRIPS (FACTORY FITTED)

Deck size 1000 x 600 Ref: WGBS1 £40.70

Deck size 1000 x 700 Ref. WGBS2 £42.50 Deck size 1200 x 800 Ref. WGBS3 £46.75

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

4 Sided (2 removable)

2 Fixed Mesh Sides

PLATFORM TRUCKS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

69


DRUM TRUCKS

70 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

NARROW AISLE DRUM TRUCK

MAX LOAD 300 KG

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Overall width of truck is less than a standard 210 litre drum. Use as truck for transporting and stand for dispensing without moving drum. Locking rod secures drum to truck in upright position and doubles as support stabiliser when in pouring position. Wheels: 4 x 200mm diameter polyurethane wheels with roller bearings. Finish: blue epoxy.

WGDT62

Overall L x W x H mm

1420 x 490 x 1090

Dipensing Height mm

390

Weight kg

30

Ref

WGDT62

Price

£302.65

DRUM TRANSPORTER AND POURING STAND

MAX LOAD 350 KG

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Suitable for 210 litre steel drums. Constructed from welded steel. Removable 2-position handle. Wheels: 2 x 400mm diameter. 2 x 160mm diameter castors, with solid rubber tyres. 4 nylon drum rollers and strap supplied. Finish: Red epoxy.

WGDT32

70

DRUM TRUCKS

Tel: 01446 772614

L x W mm

1250 x 780

Height of Bung mm

440

Weight kg

48

Ref

WGDT32

Price

£457.10

OPTIONAL EXTRAS HOOK-ON DRIP TRAY

REPLACEMENT STRAP

Ref. WGDS33 £56.30

Ref. WGSTP2 £11.50

Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


DRUM HANDLING

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 71 DRUM LIFTERS

DELIVERED IN 18 DAYS

MAX LOAD 250 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

These lifters are designed for loading, unloading and transporting 210 litre tight

Power Unit

Gearbox

Maximum load capacities

250kg

Wheels: 2 x 150mm diameter. nylon wheels with polyurethane tyres and ball

Maximum lift height mm to u/s of 210 litre drum

530

head drums. Not for high level stacking. They are designed for medium use over reasonable distances, on firm and level floors only.

bearing journals. Castors fitted with toe guards and total stop brakes as

Load centres mm

standard. The front of the straddle legs are fitted with polyurethane rollers.

Overall dimensions

Finish: Main frame and masts in orange powder coating. Traverse and drum

Machine height mm

1540

cradle in grey powder coating; drum grip matt black.

Width - 605 straddles mm

745

Height of straddle legs mm

65

Approx.vertical lift per one handle revolution mm

27

Type

Weight

Ref

Price

Gearbox

66kg

WGELID 605 G

£1087.95

305

Caution: Machines are guarded for operator safety. Care must be taken to operate the machine and transport drums whilst standing at the rear of the machine only. Documentation:

Drum clamp: Spring loaded hardened steel jaws grip the chime or ring of the drum.

All Ezi-Lift lifting devices are supplied complete with instructions covering the use of the machine, maximum load labels or plates, recommended load centres, data sheets on Healh & Safety and a signed Test Certificate and declaration of conformit

Ezilift Tel: 01446 772614

DRUM HANDLING

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

71


DRUM HANDLING

72 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

DRUM TROLLEY AND POURING STAND

MAX LOAD 250 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Suitable for 210 litre steel drums. Choose from pneumatic or solid tyred wheels: 2 x 400mm diameter 4 Nylon drum rollers and strap supplied. Finish: Blue epoxy. As manufacturers we are pleased to quote for drum movers for any specific diameter of kegs, drums, containers or rolls.

Tyres

Weight

Ref

Price

Pneumatic

22kg

WGDT30P

£269.60

Solid

35kg

WGDT30

£282.05

WGDT30P

DRUM TILT LEVER

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Suitable for 210 litre steel drums for tilting and upending only. Wide twin tubular handle. Cross member with rim hook. Finish: Blue epoxy. WGDT50

Overall L x W mm

1300 x 400

Weight kg

6

Order Ref

WGDT50

Price

£66.10

UP-DOWN ENDER

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Suitable for 210 litre steel drums. For up-ending and down-ending steel drums. Finish: blue epoxy.

WGDT51

72

DRUM HANDLING

Tel: 01446 772614

Overall L x W mm

1725 x 250

Overall Handle Width mm

600

Weight kg

8

Order Ref

WGDT51

Price

£79.05

Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 73 DRUM LIFTERS

MAX LOAD 300 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

DRUM HANDLING

DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

Suitable for 210 litre steel drums.

Rear Bar WGDT20

4-wheel WGDT27

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

4-wheel WGDT26

4-wheel WGDT24

4-wheel WGDT25

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Rear bar WGDT23

Rear bar WGDT22

Wheel Configuration

Standard 2-wheel (rear bar support)

4-wheel (rear castor support)

Tyre Type

Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic

Wheel Diameter mm

Rear Castors No. x Diameter mm

Weight kgs

Ref

Price

250

-

20

WGDT20

£227.95

400

-

34

WGDT21

£256.50

260

-

18

WGDT22

£228.30

400

-

21

WGDT23

£252.60

250

2 x 125

21

WGDT24

£260.90

400

2 x 125

36

WGDT25

£310.30

260

2 x 125

19

WGDT26

£278.55

400

2 x 125

23

WGDT27

£308.20

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

Rear bar WGDT21

Standard 2-wheel design with rear bar support. 4-wheel design with rear swivel castors, which helps operator move and manoeuvre loaded truck. Tubular and hollow section construction with centre beam adjustable drum retaining hook. Choice of solid or pneumatic tyres. Finished in blue epoxy with red plastic standard hand grips.

OPTIONAL EXTRA: PROTECTIVE HAND GRIPS

Ref: WGEC010 (pair) £10.25

DRUM HANDLING

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

73


DRUM HANDLING

74 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

PALLET LOADING DRUM TRUCK

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 300 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

Designed to assist loading and unloading 210 litre drums onto pallets or platforms etc. with sliding drum retention clamp. 190mm maximum pallet height for safe use. Wheels: 2 x 250mm diameter. and 2 x 200mm diameter with roller bearings and solid rubber tyres.

WGDT60

Overall H x L x W mm

1100 x 1660 x 610

Weight kg WGDT60 + WGDT61

WGDT60/ZP

29

Model Description

Finish

Order Ref

Price

Twin Loop Handles

Blue epoxy

WGDT60

£300.60

Twin Loop Handles

Zinc plated

WGDT60/ZP

£336.95

Hand Grips & Bar Handle

Red epoxy

WGDT40

£305.15

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: CLAMP FOR PLASTIC DRUMS

(can be retro fitted) Weight: 6kg Ref: WGDT61 £66.65 ZINC PLATED CLAMP

for Plastic Drums (can be retro fitted) Weight: 6kg Ref: WGDT61/ZP £78.75 WGDT40

View product on YouTube

LOW LOADING DRUM CARRIER

DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

MAX LOAD 250 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

For the transportation of 210 litre drums in the vertical position. Fully welded construction. Wheels: 2 x 200mm diameter. wheels with bright zinc plated steel centres, roller bearings and solid rubber tyres. Swivel rear castor with 125mm diameter. bright zinc plated steel centred wheel, roller bearing and total stop brake fitted as standard. WGDT42

74

DRUM HANDLING

Tel: 01446 772614

Finish: Red epoxy. Overall H x L x W mm

890 x 800 x 810

Underside of Drum mm

25

Ground Clearance mm

15

Weight kg

24

Order Ref

WGDT42

Price

£221.55

Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


UNIVERSAL DRUM TRUCK

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

DRUM HANDLING

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 75 MAX LOAD 250 KG

Suitable for steel, plastic or fibre drums. Welded construction flat and tube steel. Wheels with roller bearings. Fitted with adjustable quick release strap Finish: Blue epoxy. Overall H x W mm

1330 x 660

Weight kg

15

Nylon 200mm Wheels

Order Ref

DT250

4 WHEEL DRUM DOLLY

£140.20

CIRCULAR DRUM DOLLY

3 WHEELED DOLLY

Max drum diameter 610mm. Immensely

Flat steel braces with 4 nylon wheels. 80mm

Suitable for 130 or 210 litre drums. Overall

strong fabricated construction 4 nylon wheels

diameter in swivel castor housings. Flat

Height x Diameter: 120 x 800mm. Load height

in ball bearing swivel castors. 80mm wheel

steel circular retention ring 610mm internal

55mm, 3 x 80mm diameter nylon swivel

diameter with thread guards. Finish: Red

diameter. Finish: Red epoxy. Weight 9kg

castors. Finish: Red epoxy.

epoxy. Weight 11kg.

Weight 8kg.

Ref: WGDT11 £111.00 MAX LOAD 500 KG

Ref: WGDT10 £91.80 DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS

MAX LOAD 300 KG

STAINLESS STEEL DRUM DOLLY

Ref: WGDT12 £109.75 DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 270 KG

ECONOMY CIRCULAR DRUM DOLLY

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

ECONOMY DRUM DOLLY

Fully welded flat stainless steel bracers.

Manufactured from 3mm mild steel.

Manufactured from 4mm mild steel.

Flat stainless steel circular rentention ring,

590mm internal diameter, minimum drum

600mm internal diameter, minimum drum

610mm internal diameter. Retention ring

diameter: 520mm. Overall height: 135mm.

diameter: 450mm. Overall height: 135mm.

height: 40mm. Overall height: 153mm.

Retention lip height: 24mm. Wheels: 4

Retention lip height: 20mm. Wheels: 4

Wheels: 4 x swivel stainless steel castors

x swivel castors fitted with 80mm nylon

x swivel castors fitted with 80mm nylon

fitted with 80mm nylon wheels and roller

wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Light

wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Light

bearings. Finish: Stainless steel grade 304.

grey epoxy.

grey epoxy.

Weight: 10kg.

Weight: 7kg.

Weight: 6kg.

Ref: DT10SS £248.30

Ref: DT15 £71.50

Ref: DT16 £73.10

MAX LOAD 300 KG

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

MAX LOAD 250 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 250 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

DRUM HANDLING

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

75


DRUM STANDS

76 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

DRUM STANDS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 250 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

Static and mobile. Proven stand design with 3 wheel options. Steel welded chassis finished in red epoxy. Available with or without drum rotation rollers.

Mobile stand WGDS16

Static stand WGDS17

Mobile stand WGDS15

2 axles. fixed nylon

2 swivel, 2 fixed castors,

wheels 100 x 40mm

80mm nylon wheels

Without Drum Rotation

With Drum Rotation

Ref

Weight kgs

Price

Ref

Weight kgs

Price

L x W x H mm

WGDS17

9

£76.15

WGDS27

11

£98.70

880 x 585 x 490

WGDS16

11

£110.20

WGDS26

13

£131.00

880 x 585 x 530

WGDS15

16

£120.35

WGDS25

18

£141.20

880 x 585 x 560

OPTIONAL EXTRAS ALL MODELS: HOOK ON DRIP TRAY

TILT LEVER (FACTORY FITTED)

L x W x H 387 x 280 x 50mm

All drum stands on this page available

Length 1070mm

Available for all drum stands.

with or without

with hand grip

Ref: WGDS30

nylon drum

Ref: WGDS29

Price: £55.60

rotation rollers.

Price: £42.70

COMPLETE MOBILE DRUM STAND

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 250 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

Suitable for 210 litre steel drums. Welded steel construction. Wheels: 2 fixed outrigger wheels 150 x 40mm, WGDS19

2 swivel castor nylon wheels 80 x 35mm. Tilt lever and drum rotation rollers. Finish: Red epoxy. Overall H x L x W mm

580 x 725 x 880

Weight kg

17

Order Ref

WGDS19

Price

£206.00

View product on YouTube

OPTIONAL EXTRA: HOOK-ON SHEET STEEL DRIP TRAY

Ref: WGDS30 £55.60

76

DRUM STANDS

Tel: 01446 772614

Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


DRUM PINCER

MANUAL DRUM TONGS

HORIZONTAL DRUM TONGS

For lifting 210 litre open top and tight head

Suitable for lifting 210 litre open top and

Suitable for lifting 210 litre tight head steel

steel drums. Fitted with 20mm steel pin

tight head steel drums with L or XL rings.

drums, using overhead lifting gear or fork

for attaching to overhead lifting gear or

Welded gripping hooks. Fitted with 20mm

lift adaptor beam. Finish: Orange epoxy.

fork lift adaptor beam. The jaw grips on

diameter steel pin for attaching to overhead

Weight: 3kg.

to the chime of the drum and the vertical

lifting gear or fork lift adaptor beam.

Finish: Orange epoxy. Weight: 3kg.

bar keeps the drum steady. All steel

Finish: Orange epoxy. Weight: 4kg.

Test certificate supplied.

construction.

Test certificate supplied.

DRUM HANDLING

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 77

Finish: Orange epoxy. Weight: 12kg. Test certificate supplied. Ref: WGMDC6 £217.00

Ref: WGMDC5 £129.65 DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

MAX LOAD 500 KG

HORIZONTAL DRUM TONGS

Ref: WGMDC10 £83.05

MAX LOAD 360 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 500 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 500 KG

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

Suitable for lifting 210 litre tight head steel drums, using overhead lifting gear or fork lift adaptor beam. To operate, set locking lever in locked open position. Hooks automatically engage as drum is lifted, and automatically released when drum is set down. Suitable for 210 Litre steel drums 760 - 910mm long. When central over the horizontal drum, release locking lever to allow hooks to fall and locate under both rims. Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy. Weight: 9kg. Test certificate supplied.Plastic hand grip. Orange Ref: WGMDC4 £122.75 Yellow Ref: WGMDC4Y £122.75

ADAPTOR BEAM WITH SWIVEL HOOK

DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

Use your fork lift truck as a mobile crane. Adaptor beam fitted with forged steel shackle with a swivel hook. Suitable for use with drum handling attachments and other secure lifting duties. Adaptor beam must be fitted at the load centre as specified by the fork lift truck manufacturer. Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy. Test certificate supplied.

W x D x H mm

Fork pockets mm

Fork pocket centres

Cap. kgs

Wt kgs

Orange Ref

550 x 200 x 200 125 x 40

450

500

15

WGMDC305 WGMDC305Y

£187.85

595 x 200 x 210

135 x 50

500

1000

16

WGMDC310

WGMDC310Y

£208.10

625 x 200 x 235

150 x 75

450

2000

17

WGMDC320

WGMDC320Y

£218.95

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

Yellow Ref

Price

DRUM HANDLING

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

77


DRUM HANDLING

78 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

DRUM ROTATOR

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 18 DAYS

Fully rotate drums through 360º. Drum held securely in 200mm wide steel girdle harness with 2 ratchet clamps. Rotator secured to forks by ‘T’ bar clamping screws. Finish: Yellow or red epoxy. Test certificate supplied.

Specifcations

DRUM CLAW

Price

Overall W x D x H mm

1200 x 800 x 390

Fork Pockets W x H mm

165 x 50

Fork Centres mm

800

Weight kg

50

Max Load Steel Drum kg

360

Max Load Plastic Drum kg

250

Orange Order Ref

WGMDC12

£1122.90

Yellow Order Ref

WGMDC12Y

£1122.90

MAX LOAD 250 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 18 DAYS

Designed for transporting of 210 litre tight head drums. Spring loaded hardened steel jaws grip the chime or rim of the drum. Secured to forks by ‘T’ bar clamping screws. Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy. Test certificate supplied.

Specifcations

DRUM TINES

Price

Overall W x L x H mm

550 x 660 x 600

Fork Pocket W x H mm

160 x 40

Fork Centres mm

380

Weight kg

35

Max Load kg

250

Orange Ref

WGMDC11

£419.00

Yellow Ref

WGMDC11Y

£419.00

MAX LOAD 360 KG

DELIVERED IN 18 DAYS

View product on YouTube

MADE IN BRITAIN

Fork truck attachment for transporting 210 litre open top and tight head drums in the horizontal position. Drum tines fit over forks and are secured in position with “T” bar clamping screws. Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy.Test certificate supplied.

Specifcations

78

DRUM HANDLING

Tel: 01446 772614

Price

Overall W x L x H mm

605 x 1240 x 140

Fork Pocket W x H mm

170 x 50

Fork Centres mm

380

Weight kg

36

Max Load kg

360

Orange Ref

WGMDC9

£428.65

Yellow Ref

WGMDC9Y

£428.65

Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


210 LITRE DRUM CLAMP

MAX LOAD 500 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Lifts 210 Litre steel drums with rolling hoops with the drum clamp attachment. Clamp fits over forks and is secured with ‘T’ bar clamping screws.

DRUM CLAMPS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 79

The two drum fingers have adjusting bolts complete with lock nuts fitted to the underside to enable the fingers to be adjusted parallel. Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy. To operate: locate the clamp on to steel drum with jaws under the top rolling hoop. The jaws will automatically close and open as the drum is raised and lowered to the floor. Test certificate supplied.

Specifcations

210 LITRE DOUBLE DRUM CLAMP

Price

For drum size Litres

210

Overall W x L x H mm

580 x 840 x 110

Fork pocket W x H mm

170 x 50

Fork centres mm

380

Weight kg

27

Maximum load kg

500

Orange Ref

WGMDC1

£341.85

Yellow Ref

WGMDC1Y

£341.85

MAX LOAD 1000 KG

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Similar to single drum clamp, but can lift a single or two 210 Litre steel drums with rolling hoops. Clamp fits over forks of fork truck and is secured with ‘T’ bar clamping screws. Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy. Test certificate supplied.

Specifcations

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

Price

Overall W x L x H mm

1220 x 1070 x 140

Fork pocket W x H mm

170 x 50

Fork centres mm

380

Weight kg

48

Maximum load kg

1000

Orange Ref

WGMDC2

£466.70

Yellow Ref

WGMDC2Y

£466.70

DRUM CLAMPS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

79


FORK LIFT ATTACHMENTS

80 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

SHORT ARM PLASTIC DRUM CLAMP

MAX LOAD 450 KG

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Designed for lifting 210 litre “L”, “XL” and Mauser style plastic drums - providing that the drum has a minimum of a solid 5mm lip. Bolt adjustment allows for 2 diameters of drum to be lifted. Either 572mm or 523mm drum lip diameter. Clamp fits over forks and is secured with ‘T’ bar clamping screws. Finish: Orange or Yellow epoxy. Test certificate supplied. Operation: Adjust the width of the jaws to suit the diameter drum you are lifting. Locate the jaws centrally underneath the top lip of the drum and lift slowly. The jaws will automatically grip and release as the fork attachment is raised and lowered to the floor.

Specifications

PLASTIC DRUM CLAMP

For Drum Size Litres

“L”, “XL” and Mauser plastic drums with minimum of 5mm lip

Overall W x L x H mm

580 x 840 x 110

Fork Pocket W x H mm

170 x 50

Fork Centres mm

380

Weight kg

24

Maximum Load kg

450

Orange Ref

WGMDC13

Yellow Ref

WGMDC13Y

Price

£350.60

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MAX LOAD 500 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

Designed for lifting 210 litre “L”, “XL” and Mauser style plastic drums - providing that the drum has a minimum of a solid 5mm lip. Clamp fits over forks and is secured with ‘T’ bar clamping screws. The two drum fingers have adjusting bolts complete with lock nuts to the underside to enable the fingers to be adjusted parallel. Finish: Orange or Yellow epoxy. Test certificate supplied. Operation: Locate the clamp on to plastic drum with jaws under the top lip. The jaws will automatically close and open as the drum is raised and lowered to the floor.

Specifications

80

FORK LIFT ATTACHMENTS

Tel: 01446 772614

Price

For Drum Size Litres

“L”, “XL” and Mauser plastic drums with minimum of 5mm lip

Overall W x L x H mm

580 x 840 x 110

Fork Pocket W x H mm

170 x 50

Fork Centres mm

380

Weight kg

27

Maximum load kg

500

For 572mm drum dia. Orange Ref

WGMDC14

£341.85

Yellow Ref

WGMDC14Y

£341.85

For 523mm drum dia. Orange Ref

WGMDC15

£360.00

Yellow Ref

WGMDC15Y

£360.00

Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


STACKING DRUM PALLET RACKING SYSTEM

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Flexible, expandable storage system for 200/220 litre steel drums. Pallet Unit: Holds 2 drums. Strong welded steel construction stackable pallet. Pallet feet 127mm square. Maximum stacking 3 units high. Also with Drum Rotation option. Finish: Red epoxy. Specifications Overall H x W x D mm

890 x 1460 x 615

Fork Pocket W x H mm

240 x 70

Max Width Over Forks mm

920

Distance Between Pockets

430

Component

Weight

Ref

Price

Pallet Unit

50kg

WGDS100

£277.20

Sump Unit

70kg

WGDS2

£253.15

Drum rotation set (per drum)

4kg

WGDS101

£61.15

Drum retaining bars (each)

6kg

WGDS102

£46.95

Dispenser stand

6kg

WGDS103

£62.55

DRUM HANDLING AND STORAGE

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 81

Optional extras

OPTIONAL EXTRAS - RETRO FITTED DRUM ROTATING SETS

Drum rotating sets: fitted with 4 x 65mm diameter nylon rollers. Drops onto pallet unit 1 set per drum position. Finish: Zinc plated. DISPENSER STAND

Hooks onto pallet. Overall H x W x D: 330 x 340 x 290mm. Finish: Grey epoxy. DRUM RETAINING BARS

250 litre Secondary Containment

For added stability when moving pallets. Overall H x W x D: 1420 x 170 x 40mm. Finish: Red epoxy.

Sump Unit: Capacity 250 litres. Formed from 3mm sheet steel, fully welded seams. Overall H x W x D: 300 x 1250 x 1000mm. Ground clearance 100mm. Finish: Grey epoxy.

KEG TROLLEY

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Designed to easily move 11 gallon casks or kegs. Manufactured with centre spine with formed hook from flat to locate into hand hold of keg. Formed tubular handle welded central. Mounted on 160mm diameter rubber tyred wheels. Overall dimensions: Width 400mm Height 1190mm. Weight: 7kgs. Finish: Black epoxy. Ref: WGSC04 £90.80

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

DRUM HANDLING AND STORAGE

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

81


DRUM SUMP STORAGE

82 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

DRUM SUMP STORAGE SYSTEM

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 18 DAYS

Designed to store drums either vertically or horizontally for ease of use and access. In case of leakage, sumps are designed to hold more than the contents of the drum. Products designed to assist conformance with Environmental Duties of Care and Oil Storage Regulations (England) 2001. Sump capacity >125% of drum contents. Fully welded sump covered with removable galvanised steel grid and retaining chain (vertical stores only). Stores without roofs fitted with 125mm pallet feet for ease of stacking. Maximum stack 3 high. All sumps fully welded liquid tight, fitted with drain plug and fork locators.

WGDS401

£542.85 Drum sump for 2 vertical drums - capacity 250 ltrs removable galvanised steel support grid. Overall L x W x H: 1365 x 735 x 345mm.

WGDS412

WGDS402

WGDS402 + WGDS411

£89.60

£867.75

Drum rotation frame for 1 horizontal drum,

Drum sump for 4 vertical drums - capacity 470

fits over DS411, DS406, DS407 or DS408

litres removable galvanised steel support grid.

Nylon wheels allow full rotation of drum.

Overall L x W x H: 1365 x 1365 x 345mm.

Overall L x W x H: 480 x 745 x 495mm.

WGDS412

in use

WGDS411

WGDS402

£248.50 Drum stand to take 2 horizontal drums fits over DS402. Overall L x W x H: 1375 x 540 x 940mm.

WGMS117

OPTIONAL EXTRA DRAIN TAP £11.85

WGDS408

82

WGDS406

WGDS404

WGDS408 £1461.20

£1239.40

£1180.05

Drum sump with back and 2 sides for 4

Drum sump with back and 2 sides for 2

Drum sump with back and 2 sides for 4

horizontal drums. Stackable 2 high.

horizontal drums - 470 ltr capacity sump.

vertical drums - 470 ltr capacity sump.

Overall L x W x H: 1440 x 1440 x 2130mm.

Stackable 3 high. Overall L x W x H: 1440 x

Stackable 3 high. Overall L x W x H: 1440 x

1440 x 1500mm.

1440 x 1500mm

DRUM SUMP STORAGE

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


ENCLOSED DRUM SUMP STORAGE SYSTEM

DELIVERED IN 18 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Fully enclosed drum storage with integral sump. Fixed sump, back and 2 sides, hinged roof and twin hinged doors with lock. WGDS405: 4 vertical drums storage £1760.75 WGDS407: 2 horizontal drum storage £1795.75 WGDS409: 4 horizontal drum storage (H: 2130mm) £2016.80 (drum rotation frame DS412 fits DS407 - see previous page)

DRUM SUMP STORAGE

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 83

Sump capacity 470 litres WGDS405

Fork locators Overall L x W x H: 1440 x 1440 x 1500mm All drum sump storage systems comply with the Control of Pollution (Oil Storage) England regulations 2001.

WGDS405

WGDS407

MOBILE DRUM SUMP TROLLEY/ DISPENSER

DELIVERED IN 18 DAYS

WGDS405

MADE IN BRITAIN

Drum trolley with integral sump. Sump trolley for 2 vertical or 1 horizontal drum when used with drum rotation frame. Sump capacity 250 ltrs. Removable galvanised steel support grid and drain plug. 2 fixed, 2 swivel castors with 125mm nylon wheels and roller bearings. Braked castors available as an option. Fitted with tubular push handle and fork locators. WGDS405

Overall L x W x H mm: 1405 x 735 x 970. Ref: WGDS403 £642.20

Drum rotation frame to fit drum sump trolley. Ideal for transport and dispensing purposes. 4 nylon wheels allow full rotation of drum in horizontal position. Overall L x W x D mm: 480 x 505 x 155.

WGDS410

Ref: WGDS410 £118.10 Wheels on Ref: WGDS403 125mm diameter nylon wheels on 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors WGDS410

with roller bearings.

WGB175

Braked option Ref: WGB175 £10.35

DRUM SUMP STORAGE

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

83


CYLINDER STORAGE

84 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

ECONOMY CYLINDER WALL RACKS

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Wall storage for 1, 2 or 3 cylinders. To suit cylinders size ranges of either 100 180mm diameter or 140 - 270mm diameter. Manufactured from 3mm sheet steel and supplied complete with zinc plated steel link retention chains. Pre-drilled wall fixings holes (fixings not supplied). Wall racks must be fixed to the wall at height of at least two-thirds of cylinder height. Finish: Light Grey epoxy to BS00A05 or Stainless Steel 304 grade. WGSC204

WGSC205

WGSC206

Cylinder diameter mm

100 - 180

No. Cylinders

1

2

3

1

2

3

Width mm

245

460

675

340

660

980

Depth mm

140

140

140

210

210

210

Weight kg

1

2

3

2

3

4

Light Grey epoxy ref

WGSC204

WGSC205

WGSC206

WGSC207

WGSC208

WGSC209

Price

£28.00

£35.70

£43.55

£29.70

£39.50

£47.55

Stainless Steel ref

WGSC204SS WGSC205SS

WGSC206SS

WGSC207SS

WGSC208SS WGSC209SS

Price

£38.35

£77.50

£43.25

£64.55

ECONOMY STATIC CYLINDER FLOOR STANDS

140 - 270

£55.45

DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS

£83.90

MADE IN BRITAIN

Static floor storage stands for 1,2 or 3 cylinders. To suit cylinders size ranges of either 100-180mm diameter or 140-270mm diameter. Manufactured from 3mm sheet steel and supplied complete with zinc plated steel link retention chains. Pre-drilled fixings holes for wall or floor (fixings not supplied). Units must either be bolted to the floor or a wall. Units can be bolted back to back to create

WGSC212

double sided storage areas. Finish: Light Grey epoxy to BS00A0S or Stainless Steel 304 grade.

WGSC212SS

WGSC210SS WGSC210

WGSC211

Cylinder diameter mm

100 - 180

No. Cylinders

1

2

1

2

Width mm

255

500

340

660

Depth mm

255

255

345

345

Height

1005

1005

1005

1005

Weight kg

7

10

9

14

Light Grey epoxy ref

SC210

SC211

SC212

SC213

Price

£73.20

£93.15

£76.85

£101.80

Stainless Steel ref

SC210SS SC211SS

SC212SS

SC213SS

Price

£110.55

£147.65

£192.30

WGSC211SS

140 - 270

£165.15

WGSC213SS

WGSC213

84

CYLINDER STORAGE

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


HEAVY DUTY CYLINDER WALL RACKS

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Wall storage units 2 or 3 cylinders. These racks must be fixed to the wall at a height of at least two-thirds of cylinder height. Supplied with pre-drilled fixing holes (fixings not supplied). All racks fitted with steel link retention chains. Finish: Blue epoxy or Galvanised. Cylinder diameter mm

100 - 180

No. Cylinders

2

3

2

3

Width mm

538

765

765

1045

Depth mm

155

155

195

195

Weight kg

2

3

3

4

Blue Ref

WGSC200

WGSC201

WGSC202

WGSC203

Price

£55.35

£68.60

£59.40

£73.45

Galvanised Ref

WGSC200G

WGSC201G

WGSC202G

WGSC203G

Price

£68.40

£71.35

£71.95

£75.65

HEAVY DUTY FLOOR FIXING CYLINDER RACKS

CYLINDER STORAGE

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 85

140 - 270

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

Single and double sided cylinder racks. Single sided units have rear frames pre-drilled. We strongly recommend that single sided units are fixed to the wall. Fully welded construction throughout. Steel link retention chains fitted. Finish: Blue epoxy. Overall height: 1000mm. Single sided

Double sided

Bases supplied pre-drilled for floor fixing (fixings not supplied)

Type

Single Sided

Cylinder dia. mm

100 - 180mm

140 - 270mm

No. Cylinders

2

3

2

3

4

6

4

6

Width mm

540

770

725

1040

540

770

725

1040

Depth mm

370

370

400

400

685

685

685

685

Weight kg

12

13

13

14

14

15

15

16

Ref

WGSC300

WGSC301

WGSC302

WGSC303

WGSC304

WGSC305

WGSC306

WGSC307

Price

£106.60

£124.65

£115.40

£134.25

£141.90

£172.55

£156.95

£190.90

HEAVY DUTY STATIC CYLINDER STANDS

Double Sided 100 - 180mm

140 - 270mm

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

Build your own modular cylinder store. Welded steel construction with cylinder support and sheet steel base, cylinder retention chains are fitted as standard. Finish: Blue epoxy. Each unit holds two cylinders, multiple units can be joined to each other, either side by side or back to back, or both, to build up banks of stands for high capacity storage.

single unit

back to back Cylinder diameter

180mm

230mm

270mm

No. cylinders

2

2

2

Height mm

1000

1000

1000

Width mm

450

550

700

Depth mm

270

315

406

Weight kg

12

15

19

side by side and back to back

Ref

WGSC100

WGSC101

WGSC102

Supplied with pre-drilled fixing holes (fixings not supplied).

Price

£155.30

£162.30

£171.10

side by side

CYLINDER STORAGE

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

85


CYLINDER STORAGE AND HANDLING

86 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

HINGED LATCH STANDS / CYLINDRICAL STANDS

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Hinged Latch Cylinder Stand: 3 sizes. 2 hinged access latches secured by wing nuts. RSA and mild steel flat section, fully welded throughout. Heavy duty base plate and support. Base plate pre-drilled for floor fixing (fixings not supplied).

WGSC12

WGSC18

Finish: Blue epoxy. Cylindrical Stand: 3 sizes. Rolled and formed mild steel flat section, fully welded throughout. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Type

Cylindrical Stands

Cylinder dia. mm

100

140

180

180

230

285

O/a height mm

330

380

610

605

605

605

O/a dia./base mm

310

345

420

420 x 420 420 x 420 420 x 420

Weight kg

9

10

11

14

15

Ref

WGSC11

WGSC12

WGSC13

WGSC17

WGSC18 WGSC19

Price

£88.75

£90.00

£93.50

£139.05

£143.50

CYLINDER TROLLEYS

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

Hinged latch Stands

MAX LOAD 250 KG

16 £146.65

MADE IN BRITAIN

Tandem Cylinder Trolley. Steel link retaining chain fitted. Wheels: 2 x 250mm diameter solid rubber tyres, 2 x 100mm diameter rubber swivel castors. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Model

Cylinder sizes mm

Overall H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Ref

Price

Tandem

230 & 265

1070 x 475 x 1005

34

WGSC115

£263.70

WGSC115

GAS BOTTLE TROLLEY

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MAX LOAD 75 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

Single handle bottle trolley designed to carry small cylinders up to 240mm diameter and 600mm tall. Secured in position by bottom steel lip and adjustable top hook. Distance from hook to edge of cylinder: 75 mm. WGSC148

Wheels: 2 x 160mm diameter rubber tyred wheels fitted with roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy.

86

Cylinder sizes mm

Overall H x W x D mm

Capacity kg

Weight kg

Ref

Price

Up to 240

1015 x 460 x 200

75

6

WGSC148

£98.55

CYLINDER STORAGE AND HANDLING

Tel: 01446 772614

Loadtek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


OXYGEN CYLINDER TROLLEYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

Ideal for all medical services, hospitals, medical centres, pharmaceutical companies and laboratories (also industrial and factory medical services). Easy to use, quiet and tough. Protective rotating buffers fitted to front corners. One piece safety loop handle. Secure butterfly screw crossbar fitting for both cradles. Top and bottom cradles both rubber lined for grip and noise reduction.

CYLINDER HANDLING

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 87

Wheels: Anti static 160/200mm diameter. Finish: Grey or red epoxy. 3-5 day despatch on marked products only. Designed in accordance with BS 2718 1979.

Cylinder Sizes

Overall W x D x H mm

Wheel Dia. mm

Weight kg

Red Ref

Grey Ref

Price

1360

430 x 585 x 1100

160

11

WGSC08R*

WGSC08G

£205.50

3400

465 x 605 x 1100

200

12

WGSC09R

WGSC09G

£227.50

6800

520 x 610 x 1100

200

13

WGSC10R

WGSC10G

£230.95

Dia. mm

Litre

140 175 230

* DELIVERED

WGSC08G

IN 3-5 DAYS

Fitted with revolving protective buffers as standard.

SMALL CYLINDER TROLLEY

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 120 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

Cylinder trolley designed to carry either 12 x Size D or E oxygen cylinders. Located in 108mm hole supports complete with rubber cushioning to deck Wheels: 4 x 100mm swivel castors (2 braked) fitted with grey non-marking tyres and roller bearings. Finish: Light grey epoxy coated.

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

Overall H x W x D mm

Capacity kg

Weight kg

Ref

Price

930 x 490 x 720

120

15

WGSC117

£208.20

CYLINDER HANDLING

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

87


CYLINDER HANDLING

88 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

SINGLE CYLINDER TROLLEY

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

MAX LOAD 200 KG

Cylinder sizes: 230 & 275mm diameter. Wheels: 200mm diameter solid rubber tyred roller bearing wheels. Finish: Blue epoxy.

WGSC143

Loop handle models Loop handle and

Type

Cylinder Overall Dia. mm H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Ref

Price

Bar handle

230

1170 x 430 x 450

9

WGSC140

£138.20

275

1170 x 475 x 450

10

WGSC141

£141.90

Loop Handle

230

1320 x 444 x 440

15

WGSC142

£170.60

275

1320 x 485 x 460

16

WGSC143

£174.50

steel retaining bar.

WGSC140

Bar handle models Single bar handle and steel link retaining chain.

TALL CYLINDER SUPPORT TRUCKS

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

MAX LOAD 200 KG

Designed to carry cylinder loads on 3-wheel base, thus minimising operator fatigue and risk. Easy to load with bottom support bar (FP) or flat foot plate (AR). Series FP

Wheels: All models with 200mm diameter. wheels with roller

Adjustable rake back

bearings. FP models have stem fixing rear swivel castor 100mm

Max o/a front-rear 135mm

diameter. grey. AR models have plate fixing rear swivel castor 125mm diameter. rubber tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Series

FP

AR

Cylinder Dia. mm

Overall W x H mm

230 275

Weight kg

Ref

Price

430 x 1060 23

WGSC144

£166.70

475 x 1100

23

WGSC145

£175.85

230

430 x 1140

25

WGSC146*

£222.85

275

475 x 1140

25

WGSC147*

£226.70

* DELIVERED

IN 3-5 DAYS

Series AR

Fixed single position Max o/a front-rear 1200mm

88

CYILINDER HANDLING

Tel: 01446 772614

Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


WELDERS TROLLEY

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

MAX LOAD 250 KG

Trolleys to transport 1 Oxygen cylinder and 1 Acetylene cylinder with rods and cable holders. Steel link retaining chains fitted. Wheels: 400mm diameter pneumatic or solid rubber tyred wheels with roller bearings - rear support models have 125mm swivel castors with solid rubber tyres and roller bearings.

CYLINDER HANDLING

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 89

Finish: Blue epoxy. WGSC114

Model

Cylinder sizes mm

Overall HxWxD Upright mm

Overall H x W x D mm Support Position

2 Wheels

230 & 265

1085 x 915 x 540

N/A

Choice of 3 models: - Standard - With 1 rear support castor

WGSC118

WGSC119

- With 2 rear support castors 3 Wheels 4 Wheels

PROPANE AND CALOR CYLINDER TRUCKS

230 & 265 230 & 265

1085 x 915 x 820 1085 x 915 x 820

940 x 915 x 1050 940 x 915 x 1050

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

Tyres Weight kg

Order Ref

Price

solid

32

WGSC114

£233.40

pneu

25

WGSC114P

£222.20

solid

35

WGSC118

£262.40

pneu

21

WGSC118P

£251.15

solid

37

WGSC119

£288.60

pneu

23

WGSC119P

£277.35

MADE IN BRITAIN

MAX LOAD 250 KG

Designed for cylinders diameter x height: 380 x 1250mm. Twin rear handles fitted with protective hand grips. Solid foot plate and vertical side tubes with cylinder retention chain. Wheels: 260mm diameter pneumatic or 200mm diameter solid rubber tryed wheels with roller bearings - rear support models have 125mm swivel castors with solid rubber tyres and roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy WGSC16

WGSC217 WGSC216

WGSC216

Model

Overall H x W x D mm Upright

Overall H x W x D mm Support Position

2 Wheels

1400 x 700 x 540

N/A

Choice of 3 models: - Standard - With 1 rear support castor - With 2 rear support castors

3 Wheels

* DELIVERED

IN 3-5 DAYS

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

4 Wheels

1400 x 700 x 800 1010 x 700 x 1320 1400 x 700 x 800 1010 x 700 x 1320

Tyres

Weight kg

Order Ref

Price

solid

16

WGSC16*

£171.20

pneu

16

WGSC16P*

£182.35

solid

18

WGSC216

£199.70

pneu

18

WGSC216P

£214.25

solid

20

WGSC217

£223.75

pneu

20

WGSC217P

£235.75

CYLINDER HANDLING

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

89


PROPANE AND CYLINDER HANDLING

90 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

PROPANE CYLINDER TRUCK Designed for cylinders diameter x H: 380 x 1250mm.

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

Single rear handle. Steel cylinder hook plate and retention chain.

MAX LOAD 200 KG

Wheels: 200mm diameter solid or 260mm diameter

MADE IN BRITAIN

pneumatic tyre. Finish: Blue epoxy. Weight: 10kg. Solid tyre: Order Ref: WGSC02 £126.70 Pneumatic tyre: Order Ref: WGSC02P £138.00

SINGLE HANDED CALOR TRUCK DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS MAX LOAD 100 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

Designed for cylinders diameter x H: 325 x 535mm. Single rear handle. Steel cylinder hook plate with cylinder retention chain. Wheels: 160mm diameter solid rubber tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy. Weight: 8kg. Ref: WGSC03 £105.20

‘T’ BAR CALOR TRUCK DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

Designed for cylinders diameter x H: 325 x 535mm T-bar handle. Steel cross member cylinder support and vertical

MAX LOAD 100 KG

sides with cylinder retention chain. Wheels: 200 mm diameter solid rubber tyres.

MADE IN BRITAIN

Finish: Blue epoxy. Weight: 10kg. Ref: WGSC15 £139.05

STAIRCLIMBER

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS MAX LOAD 100 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

Designed for cylinders diameter x H: 325 x 535mm. Tubular construction with star wheel stair climb facility. Continuous loop handle. Tubular vertical side protection cylinder retention with retention chain. Finish: Blue epoxy. Weight: 15kg. Ref: SC21 £169.75

90

PROPANE AND CYLINDER HANDLING

Tel: 01446 772614

Loadtek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


OXYGEN CYLINDER CRADLES

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 18 DAYS

Cylinder cradle for use with overhead lifting gear with top and bottom cylinder retention chains. 4-cylinder Cradle Sheet steel base and 50mm diameter lifting eye. WGSC6230

6-cylinder Cradle

CYLINDER HANDLING

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 91

Open frame base and twin lifting eyes suitable for fork lift. Fork pocket to suit 150 x 50mm. Fork pocket centres 600mm. Finish: Red epoxy. All cradles tested to 100% overload - test certificate supplied.

Cylinder Cylinder Load Overall Capacity Dia. mm Capacity W x L x H mm 4

6

Weight Ref kg

Price £314.05

180-230 500kg

460 x 460 x 1850

22

WGSC4230

230-305 500kg

610 x 610 x 1850

22

WGSC4305 £328.75

180-230 750kg

815 x 680 x 1830

86

WGSC6230

230-305 750kg

1040 x 680 x 1830 90

£623.30

WGSC6305 £634.25

WGSC6230

CYLINDER LIFTING TROLLEYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

Combined cylinder trolley / lifting cradle. One product allowing cylinders to be moved with either overhead lifting gear, or wheeled into position.

WGSC25

Single cylinder lifting trolley 2 x 200mm diameter solid rubber wheels and 50mm diameter lifting eye. Top and bottom cylinder retention chains. Finish: Red epoxy. Two cylinder lifting trolley 2 x 400mm diameter rubber tyred wheels and a single 160mm diameter swivel castor on rear support frame for added safety and manoeuvrability. Top and bottom cylinder retention chains. Finish: Red epoxy. All cradles tested to 100% overload - test certificate supplied.

Cylinder Capacity 1 WGSC27

2

2 cylinder model with rear castor for added safety and manoeuvrability

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

Cylinder Dia. mm

Load Capacity

Overall W x L x H mm

Weight kg

Ref

Price

180-230

150

410 x 740 x 1870

23

WGSC25

£289.85

230-305

150

490 x 780 x 1870

24

WGSC26

£302.30

180-230

250

790 x 685 x 1870

56

WGSC27

£541.20

230-305

250

940 x 760 x 1870

60

WGSC28

£554.95

CYLINDER HANDLING

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

91


CYLINDER STORAGE

92 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

CYLINDER STORAGE / TRANSPORT PALLET

MAX LOAD 1000 KG

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Heavy duty design to carry combinations of cylinder sizes. Manufactured from strong box section supports, thick sheet steel fork pockets and checker plate base. Cylinders secured with rachet straps mounted to internal framework. Finish: Blue epoxy. Fork pocket dimensions H x W: 70 x 195mm. Deck sizes internal (W x D): Front 940 x 670mm. Rear 940 x 270mm. Test certificate supplied.

WGSC6100

CYLINDER TRANSPORT PALLET

Min Cylinder Height mm

Overall H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Ref

Price

1000

1000 x 1020 x 100

98

WGSC6100

£536.95

MAX LOAD 500 KG

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Designed to carry up to 4 cylinders with diameter between 230mm and 290mm with a minimum cylinder height of 1000mm. Manufactured from strong box section supports, thick sheet steel fork pockets and checker plate base. Cylinders secured with steel link retention chains. Finish: Blue epoxy. Fork pocket dimensions H x W: 45 x 150mm. Test certificate supplied.

WGSC4100

92

Min Cylinder Height mm

Overall H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Ref

Price

1000

990 x 930 x 630

40

WGSC4100

£349.90

CYLINDER STORAGE

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


CYLINDER STORAGE CAGES

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 93 CYLINDER STORAGE CAGES

WGSC502

WGSC500

WGSC503

WGSC501

MAX LOAD 1000 KG

DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS

WGSC501

WGSC503

MADE IN BRITAIN

Strong and sturdy design cylinder storage security cage with hinged doors fitted with padlock facility (padlock not supplied). Doors open through 180 degrees. Manufactured from heavy duty box and angle section. Supplied complete with gas storage warning identification label. Mobile model mounted on 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors fitted with 200mm blue resilex wheels and roller bearings complete with push handle at one end. Static model mounted on 4 pallet feet. Available with or without centrally fixed shelf: Fixed shelf model to carry a maximum of 16 x calor gas type cylinders (max 380mm diameter x 650mm tall). Open shelf model to carry a maximum of 8 x propane type cylinders (max 380mm diameter x mm x 1690mm tall). Finish: Blue epoxy. Internal clearance: Open shelf model (H x W x D): 1690 x 1695 x 980mm. Fixed shelf model (H x W x D); Base shelf: 850 x 1695 x 980mm, Shelf: 785 x 1695 x 980mm.

Model

Mobile Static

Cylinder and type

Shelves No.

Shelf Height mm

Overall H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Ref

Price

8 x Propane

0

280

2030 x 1960 x 1040mm

204

WGSC500

£1050.20

16 x Calor

1

1185

2030 x 1960 x 1040mm

230

WGSC501

£1154.60

8 x Propane

0

280

2030 x 1830 x 1040mm

194

WGSC502

£984.05

16 x Calor

1

1185

2030 x 1830 x 1040mm

220

WGSC503

£1088.55

OPTIONAL EXTRA: TOTAL STOP BRAKED CASTORS (PAIR)

Ref: WGB200 £15.25

CYLINDER STORAGE CAGES

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

93


TURNTABLE TRAILERS

94 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

TRADER TRUCK HAND TURNTABLE TRAILERS

MAX LOAD 350-1000 KG

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Fully welded construction from rectangular and round section steel tube. Metalwork finished in red epoxy. Optional sides finished in light grey epoxy. >> 3 deck sizes >> MDF or steel deck

WGTR230

>> Solid rubber or pneumatic tyres >> Removable steel ends and sides option >> Loop handle Handle dimensions: Overall height above deck: 560mm Overall length: Deck length + 240mm

WGTR126

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TEE BAR HANDLE

Factory fitted at time of manufacture as alternative to loop handle, at no extra cost. Add suffix “T” to reference. PARKING BRAKE

WGTR230P

Factory fitted at time of manufacture. Brake is applied when handle is raised to vertical position. Ref: WGPB1 (extra) £66.55

For side / end panel kits for these trailers, see next page.

WGTR120

WGTR121S

WGTR226

WGTR121P DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Deck Size mm

Deck Height

1200 x 600

1500 x 750

2000 x 1000

94

Capacity Wheel Tyre Type Diameter.

MDF Deck Wt kg Ref

Price

Steel Deck Wt kg

Price

Ref

End / Side Panel Kit Wt kg

Ref

Price

425mm 350kgs

200mm

Solid

37

WGTR120

£285.70 42

WGTR220

£300.70

14

WGTR126SS

£112.50

450mm 500kgs

260mm

Pneumatic

39

WGTR121P

£322.60 44

WGTR221P

£324.30

14

WGTR126SS

£112.50

450mm 500kgs

250mm

Solid

41

WGTR121S

£303.90 46

WGTR221S

£308.90 14

WGTR126SS

£112.50

500mm 750kgs

400mm

Solid

78

WGTR126

£460.35 94

WGTR226

£483.85

17

WGTR157SS

£128.80

500mm 750kgs

400mm

Pneumatic

55

WGTR126P

£460.35 71

WGTR226P

£483.85

17

WGTR157SS

£128.80

500mm 1000kgs

400mm

Solid

88

WGTR127

£505.20 104

WGTR227

£528.00

17

WGTR157SS

£128.80

500mm 1000kgs

400mm

Pneumatic

65

WGTR127P

£505.20 81

WGTR227P

£528.00

17

WGTR157SS

£128.80

500mm 1000kgs

400mm

Solid

120

WGTR130

£585.25 149

WGTR230

£625.30 22

WGTR201SS

£145.10

500mm 1000kgs

400mm

Pneumatic

98

WGTR130P

£585.25 127

WGTR230P

£625.30 22

WGTR201SS

£145.10

TURNTABLE TRAILERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


REMOVABLE END / SIDE PANEL KIT

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

End / side panel kit. 200mm high panels. Corner posts fit into steel tubes and lock with simple bolt tightening. Formed steel side and end panels slot onto

WGTR126 + WGTR157SS

steel channels, reduces usable length and width by 50mm. Post socket - remove cap and insert post, then lock by tightening bolt. Sides then simply slot in. Ref: WGTR126 £460.35 with

TURNTABLE TRAILERS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 95

Ref: WGTR157SS £128.80 Ref: WGTR230P £625.30 with Ref: WGTR201SS £145.10 WGTR230 + WGTR201SS

PHENOLIC TURNTABLE TRAILERS

MAX LOAD 500-1000 KG

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

General purpose hand pulling turntable trailers with black, textured, anti-slip phenolic deck surface. Choice of load capacities: 500, 750 and 1000kg. 3 Types: >> Flatbed platform >> Removable phenolic end and side panels >> Wire mesh fixed ends and removable sides Solid rubber or pneumatic tyred wheels, all roller bearing. Constructed from rectangular and round section steel tube. Finish: Red epoxy. Trailer with flatbed platform

WGTR352P

Cap. kg

Deck L x W mm

Deck Height mm

Wheel Dia. mm

500

1200 x 600

450

250

750

1500 x 750

500

400

1000

1800 x 900

500

400

Wheel Type Solid Pneu

Weight kg 44 41

Ref

Price

WGTR321 WGTR321P

£306.30 £321.75

Solid Pneu

89 63

WGTR326 WGTR326P

£467.30 £467.30

Solid

120

WGTR329

£562.05

Pneu

94

WGTR329P

£562.05

Ref

Price

WGTR341 WGTR341P WGTR342 WGTR342P WGTR343 WGTR343P

£370.70 £386.20 £527.10 £527.10 £651.85 £651.85

Trailer with 200mm high removable Phenolic ends and sides

WGTR342P

Cap. kg

Deck L x W mm

Deck Height mm

Wheel Dia. mm

500

1200 x 600

450

250

750

1500 x 750

500

400

1000

1800 x 900

500

400

Wheel Type Solid Pneu Solid Pneu Solid Pneu

Weight kg 53 50 137 111 133 107

Trailer with 400mm high wire mesh fixed ends and removable sides

WGTR321

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

Cap. kg

Deck L x W mm

Deck Height mm

Wheel Dia. mm

500

1200 x 600

450

250

750

1500 x 750

500

400

1000

1800 x 900

500

400

Wheel Type Solid Pneu Solid Pneu Solid Pneu

Weight kg 66 63 113 87 152 126

Ref

Price

WGTR351 WGTR351P WGTR352 WGTR352P WGTR353 WGTR353P

£508.60 £524.10 £679.80 £679.80 £774.50 £774.50

TURNTABLE TRAILERS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

95


TURNTABLE TRAILERS

96 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

TURNTABLE TRAILER WITH DROP DOWN SIDE PANELS

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

General purpose hand pulling trailers with steel load retaining panels. Ends are removable and slide out - sides are either fully removable or simply fold down. Ends & Sides height: 200mm. Finish: Blue epoxy chassis, yellow epoxy sides. >> 3 deck sizes

Handle dimensions:

>> MDF or steel deck

Overall height above deck: 560mm

>> Solid rubber or pneumatic tyres

Overall length: Deck length + 240mm

>> Loop handle >> Parking brake option OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TEE BAR HANDLE factory fitted at time of manufacture as alternative to loop handle, at no extra cost. Add suffix “T” to reference. PARKING BRAKE Factory fitted at time of manufacture. Brake is applied when handle is raised to vertical position. Ref: WGPB1 (extra) £66.55

WGTR126DDS

Deck Size mm

1200 x 600

1500 x 750

2000x1000

Deck Height mm

Capacity kg

Wheel Diameter mm

Tyre Type MDF Deck

425

350

200

450

500

260

450

500

500

Price

Wt kg

Ref

Solid

51

WGTR120DDS

Pneu

53

WGTR121PDDS

250

Solid

55

750

400

Solid

500

750

400

500

1000

500

Steel Deck

Price

Wt kg

Ref

£428.35

56

WGTR220DDS

£443.40

£465.25

58

WGTR221PDDS

£466.95

WGTR121SDDS

£446.55

60

WGTR221SDDS

£451.55

95

WGTR126DDS

£598.55

111

WGTR226DDS

£621.95

Pneu

72

WGTR126PDDS

£598.55

88

WGTR226PDDS

£621.95

400

Solid

105

WGTR127DDS

£643.35

121

WGTR227DDS

£666.15

1000

400

Pneu

82

WGTR127PDDS

£643.35

98

WGTR227PDDS

£666.15

500

1000

400

Solid

142

WGTR130DDS

£748.80

171

WGTR230DDS

£788.85

500

1000

400

Pneu

120

WGTR130PDDS

£748.80

149

WGTR230PDDS

£788.85

TURNTABLE TRAILER WITH TUBULAR SUPPORTS

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

General purpose hand pulling trailers with tubular load retaining panels. Ends are fixed - sides lift off and are fully WGTR126TU

removable. Ends & Sides height: 610mm. Finish: Blue epoxy chassis and ends, Yellow epoxy sides. >> 3 deck sizes >> MDF or steel deck >> Solid rubber or pneumatic tyres >> Loop handle >> Parking brake option Handle dimensions: Overall height above deck: 560mm Overall length: Deck length + 240mm

Deck Size mm

1200 x 600

1500 x 750

2000x1000

96

Deck Height mm

Capacity kg

Wheel Diameter mm

Tyre Type

MDF Deck Wt kg

Ref

Price

425

350

200

Solid

56

WGTR120TU

450

500

260

Pneu

58

WGTR121PTU

450

500

250

Solid

60

500

750

400

Solid

500

750

400

500

1000

500

Steel Deck

Price

Wt kg

Ref

£535.50

61

WGTR220TU

£550.55

£572.40

63

WGTR221PTU

£574.10

WGTR121STU

£553.75

65

WGTR221STU

£558.75

100

WGTR126TU

£728.55

116

WGTR226TU

£751.95

Pneu

77

WGTR126PTU

£728.55

93

WGTR226PTU

£751.95

400

Solid

110

WGTR127TU

£773.35

126

WGTR227TU

£796.15

1000

400

Pneu

87

WGTR127PTU

£773.35

103

WGTR227PTU

£796.15

500

1000

400

Solid

147

WGTR130TU

£882.20

176

WGTR230TU

£922.25

500

1000

400

Pneu

125

WGTR130PTU

£882.20

154

WGTR230PTU

£922.25

TURNTABLE TRAILERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


TURNTABLE TRAILERS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 97 TURNTABLE TRAILERS WITH MESH CAGE SUPPORTS

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

WGTR126MS

Detachable mesh sides. General purpose hand pulling trailers with steel 50 x 50mm mesh load retaining panels. Ends are fixed - sides are

Mesh size 50 x 50mm

lift off and fully removable. Finish: Blue epoxy chassis and ends, yellow epoxy sides.

Panel heights above deck 760mm

>> Fixed mesh ends - detachable mesh sides

Handle dimensions:

>> Sides 760mm high

Overall height above deck: 560mm

>> 3 deck sizes

Overall length: Deck length + 240mm

>> MDF or steel decks >> Front turntable steering with loop handle >> Solid or pneumatic tyres >> Flush MDF deck polyurethane coated >> Parking brake option

Deck Size mm

1200 x 600

1500 x 750

2000 x 1000

Deck Height mm

Capacity kg

Wheel Dia. mm

Tyre Type

MDF Deck Weight kg

Ref

Weight kg

Ref

425

350

200

Solid

59

WGTR120MS

£533.70

64

WGTR220MS

£548.70

450

500

260

Pneu

61

WGTR121PMS

£570.60

46

WGTR221PMS

£572.25

450

500

250

Solid

63

WGTR121SMS

£551.90

48

WGTR221SMS

£556.90

500

750

400

Solid

104

WGTR126MS

£708.65

120

WGTR226MS

£732.10

500

750

400

Pneu

81

WGTR126PMS

£708.65

97

WGTR226PMS

£732.10

500

1000

400

Solid

114

WGTR127MS

£753.50

130

WGTR227MS

£776.25

500

1000

400

Pneu

91

WGTR127PMS

£753.50

107

WGTR227PMS

£776.25

500

1000

400

Solid

152

WGTR130MS

£846.00

181

WGTR230MS

£886.00

500

1000

400

Pneu

130

WGTR130PMS

£846.00

159

WGTR230PMS

£886.00

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TEE BAR HANDLE factory fitted at time of manufacture as alternative to loop handle, at no extra cost. Add suffix “T” to reference.

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

Price

Steel Deck

Price

PARKING BRAKE Factory fitted at time of manufacture. Brake is applied when handle is raised to vertical position. Ref: WGPB1 (extra) £66.55

TURNTABLE TRAILERS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

97


CENTRE AXLE TRUCKS

98 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

DOUBLE ENDED CENTRE AXLE TRUCKS

Fixed tubular ends Deck height at centre line 460mm

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

Fixed panel ends and drop down steel sides Panel height above deck 230mm

MAX LOAD 350 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

Tubular or steel panel end frames with optional drop down sides which

Deck height: 460mm at centre line.

are hinged on strong steel pins and securely latched. Sides available

End and side panel height: 230mm above deck.

with panel ends only.

Wheels: High quality red centres with roller bearings.

Angle deck frame with inset polyurethane coated plywood platform. Fully welded chassis constructed from rectangular hollow section and tubular steel. Sturdy tubular ground supports with welded steel

400mm diameter. Choice of solid rubber or pneumatic tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy chassis and end panels. Yellow epoxy drop down sides.

protector pads.

Construction

Tyre Type Solid

Fixed tubular ends

Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic Solid

Fixed steel panel ends

Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic Solid

Fixed panel ends and drop down steel sides

Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic

98

Effective Deck W x L mm

Max Overall W x L mm

800 x 1500

800 x 1780

1000 x 2000 800 x 1500

1000 x 2280 800 x 1780

Weight kg

Ref

Price

63

WGWT07

£372.80

48

WGWT07P

£370.65

105

WGWT071

£520.00

91

WGWT071P

£520.00

67

WGWT08

£402.00

54

WGWT08P

£403.05

109

WGWT081

£547.40

97

WGWT081P

£547.40

1000 x 2000

1000 x 2280

750 x 1500

860 x 1780 (sides dropped)

78

WGWT09

£484.70

65

WGWT09P

£630.05

950 x 2000

1060 x 2280 (sides dropped)

120

WGWT091

£630.05

108

WGWT091P

£484.25

CENTRE AXLE TRUCKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


TRAILERS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 99 TRAILERS

WGTR110P

WGTR112P

WGTR160

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

MAX LOAD 1000 KG

Single Ackerman Steering

Turntable Steering

Front steering with rigid back

Front axle mounted ball race

axle. Limited turning circle with

turntable. Highly manoeuvrable

100% stability

with tight turning circle.

MADE IN BRITAIN

Standard deck height 510mm. Braced and reinforced all steel welded chassis with high quality polyurethane coated ply decks inset and finished flush. Protected all round by steel side frame. Fixed optional headboard complete with drop down sides and tailgate. All with polyurethane coated ply panels. Wheels: Large 400mm diameter roller bearing wheels

UDL Capacity

1000kg

Deck Size mm

1500 x 800

Wheel Diameter x Tread

400 x 100

400 x 110

400 x 100

400 x 110

Tyre Type

solid

pneumatic

solid

pneumatic

Wt.

112kg

85kg

137kg

110kg

Ref:

WGTR100

WGTR100P

WGTR110

WGTR110P

TURNTABLE flat bed

with either solid or pneumatic tyres.

Price

Finish: Blue epoxy.

TURNTABLE with headboard sides & tailgate

Handles Loop handles are supplied as standard. T bar handles can be supplied at no extra cost. Please specify T bar handle when ordering.

ACKERMAN with headboard sides & tailgate Price

>> Flat Bed

£612.60

£693.65

£693.65

142kg

115kg

175kg

148kg

Ref:

WGTR102

WGTR102P

WGTR112

WGTR112P

£803.30

£803.30

£899.20

£899.20

Wt.

107kg

80kg

129kg

102kg

Ref:

WGTR150

WGTR150P

WGTR160

WGTR160P

£623.00

£623.00

£691.20

£691.20

Wt.

137kg

110kg

167kg

140kg

Ref:

WGTR152

WGTR152P

WGTR162

WGTR162P

£806.70

£806.70

£873.95

£873.95

Price

1 Tonne hand pull turntable or ackerman steering 2 Options

£612.60 Wt.

Price ACKERMAN flat bed

2000 x 1000

>> Headboard Sides and Tailgate

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

TRAILERS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

99


TOWING TRAILERS

100 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

1000KG LONG LOAD TOWING TRAILER

DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS

MAX LOAD 1000 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

For in-plant operation. Welded steel construction with sturdy metal platforms and side frame superstructures. Ball bearing turntable plates 405mm diameter, 35mm towing eye, 400mm diameter wheels with solid rubber tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy. Deck Length: 3000mm Drawbar : 1500mm Platforms: 800 x 300mm Load length: 5 - 6m Weight: 145kgs Order Ref: TR502 £1484.10

2000KG POLE OR TIMBER TOWING TRAILER

DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS

MAX LOAD 2000 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

For in-plant operation. Heavy steel tube centre pole welded to front cross bolster and turntable top frame. Ball bearing turntable plates 610mm diameter. Rear carriage adjustable at intervals of 305mm to give length between bolsters of 2m minimum up to 3.9m max. Detachable chock posts 610mm high. Distance between posts 1115mm. Heavy duty triangular drawbar with 35mm diameter towing eye, locks in vertical position when not in use. ‘Stop’ prevents drawbar from dropping below 230mm from the ground. Finish: Blue epoxy. Loading height: 660mm Overall width: 1220mm Capacity: 2000kg

100

TOWING TRAILERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Wheels

Dia. x Tread mm

Weight kg

Ref

Price

Solid rubber

405 x 100

300

WGTR501

£1888.75

Pneumatic 6 ply

460 x 125

285

WGTR501P £2065.25

Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


TURNTABLE STEERING HEAVY DUTY TOWING TRAILERS

DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Turntable Steering Capacities from 1 tonne to 3 tonne.

Good solo manoeuvring in confined spaces. For in-plant operation - maximum towing speed 8 kph (5 mph). Fully welded steel chassis. Anti-drop tow bar.

TURNTABLE TRAILERS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 101

35mm tow eye - rear hitch and pin. Finish: Blue epoxy. Flush ply decks - sanded and coated. Turntable Steering Good solo manoeuvring in confined spaces.

Maximum UDL kg

1000

Deck height mm

500

500

515

550

575

720

Wheels

Solid

Pneumatic

Solid

Pneumatic

Solid

Pneumatic

Dia x tread mm

400 x 100

400 x 110

400 x 100

500 x 120

455 x 120

610 x 150

Deck 2 x 1m

Wt: 200kg

Wt: 185kg

Wt:220kg

Wt:205kg

Wt: 250kg

Wt: 235kg

Ref

WGTR601

WGTR601P

WGTR602

WGTR602P

WGTR603

WGTR603P

Price

£1088.00

£1088.00

£1261.85

£1450.35

£1572.90

£1641.20

Deck 2.5 x 1.25m

Wt: 230kg

Wt: 215kg

Wt: 250kg

Wt: 235kg

Wt: 285kg

Wt: 270kg

Ref

WGTR611

WGTR611P

WGTR612

WGTR612P

WGTR613

WGTR613P

Price

£1217.65

£1217.65

£1382.85

£1573.25

£1676.30

£1745.70

2000

3000

DOUBLE ACKERMAN STEERING HEAVY DUTY TOWING TRAILERS

Rear hitch and pin.

DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Double Ackerman Steering Front and rear steering for accurate tracking in train For in-plant operation - maximum towing speed 8 kph (5 mph). Fully welded steel chassis. 35mm tow eye - rear hitch and pin. Finish Blue epoxy. Flush ply decks - sanded and coated. Double Ackerman steering for towing in lines. Special Service As manufacturers we are able to offer custom built Maximum UDL

1000kg

2000kg

3000kg

Deck height mm

500

500

515

550

575

720

types of superstructure to

Wheels

Solid

Pneumatic

Solid

Pneumatic

Solid

Pneumatic

suit individual requirements.

Dia x tread mm

400 x 100

400 x 110

400 x 100

500 x 120

455 x 120

610 x 150

Deck 2 x 1m Weight:

200kg

185kg

220kg

205kg

250kg

235kg

Ref

WGTR700

WGTR700P

WGTR710

WGTR710P

WGTR720

WGTR720P

Price

£1216.85

trailers with many styles and

£1216.85

£1449.45

£1608.20

£1742.20

£1802.10

Deck 2.5 x 1.25m Weight: 230kg

215kg

250kg

235kg

285kg

270kg

Ref

WGTR730

WGTR730P

WGTR740

WGTR740P

WGTR750

WGTR750P

Price

£1467.25

£1467.25

£1649.20

£1830.05

£1918.50

£1979.35

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

Alternative deck sizes and capacities also available.

TURNTABLE AND ACKERMAN TRAILERS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

101


HAND GRIPS & LOAD STRAPS / SACK TRUCKS

102 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

PROTECTIVE HAND GRIPS / LOAD STRAPS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Protective Hand Grips Fitted as standard to all sack trucks without loop handles. High impact, semiflexible plastic. Comfortably contoured, protector runs full length of grip. Also available for fixing to existing trucks.(hole for riveting to any 25mm outside diameter tube). Colour: Red. Red Ref: WGEC010 £10.25

Load Straps Designed to enable trucks to be fully utilized with larger loads, particularly when transporting a variety of products. Easy to use and a great help in cutting down the number of necessary journeys. Snap on to 25mm outside diameter tube (covers most of our truck range). Integral friction locking buckle. The strap is simply pulled through into position. Use for load retention only, not suitable for lifting. Load Strap: Ref. WGSTP1 £10.25 N.B. Colour depends on current stock

SACK TRUCKS

MAX LOAD 200 KG

DELIVERED IN 18 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

The Trader Range of Stainless Steel Sack Trucks. High quality range of three sack trucks manufactured from sheet and tube stainless steel. Suitable for use in the food and drink industry. Red centred wheels, two models with solid rubber tyres, one model with pneumatic tyres. Safety hand protectors fitted as standard.

WGST20SS

Model

WGST20SS

WGST21SS WGST206PSS

Capacity kg

150

200

200

Overall Height x Width mm

1075 x 485

1175 x 535

1300 x 535

Toe L x W mm

150 x 375

200 x 420

200 x 286

Back Frame H x W mm

805 x 370

965 x 420

1300 x 280

Wheel Diameter. mm

160

200

260

Tyre

Solid

Solid

Pneumatic

Weight kg

9

12

12

Ref

WGST20SS

WGST21SS WGST06PSS

Price

£318.50

£364.20

WGST06PSS

102

HAND GRIPS & LOAD STRAPS / SACK TRUCKS

Tel: 01446 772614

£364.05

WGST21SS

Loadtek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


RUXXAC HAND TRUCKS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Designed to fold into compact size for easy storage

Ruxxac Business

>> Ideal for both business and domestic use

Hand Truck

>> Unfolds in seconds

Ref: WG471/RX/BUS/125

>> Toe plate and wheels open simultaneously >> Aluminium toe plate >> Designed with synthetic handles for comfortable steering >> Puncture proof wheels

RUXXAC HAND TRUCKS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 103

Ruxxac BusinessXL Hand Truck Ref: WG472/RX/BXL/125

Ruxxac Exclusive Hand Truck Ref: WG475/RX/EX/125

Capacity (kg)

Open Height (mm)

Folded Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Thickness Folded (mm)

Toe Plate Depth (mm)

Toe Plate Width (mm)

Weight (kg)

Ref

Price

125

1030

685

490

55

250

490

5.7

WG471/RX/BUS/125

£109.00

125

1130

735

490

55

410

490

6

WG472/RX/BXL/125

£129.00

125

1130

735

490

55

410

490

6

WG475/RX/EX/125

£199.00

RUXXAC HAND TRUCKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

103


RUXXAC HAND TRUCKS

104 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

RUXXAC CROSS HAND TRUCK

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Designed to fold into compact size >> Space saving storage >> Ideal for both business and domestic use >> Extra wide wheels with ball bearings >> Moves easily on uneven or soft grounds >> Aluminium toe plate >> Steel parts chromed >> Puncture proof wheels

Capacity (kg)

Open Height (mm)

Folded Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Thickness Folded (mm)

Toe Plate Toe Plate Depth (mm) Width (mm)

Weight (kg)

Ref

Price

75

1110

720

615

120

410

6.3

WG475/RX/TR/75

£149.00

RUXXAC PARCEL HAND TRUCK

480

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Designed to fold into compact size >> Space saving storage >> Ideal for both business and domestic use >> Stable grid of 50 x 100 mm between the bars >> Aluminium toe plate >> Steel parts chromed >> Puncture proof wheels

Capacity (kg)

Open Height (mm)

Folded Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Thickness Folded (mm)

Toe Plate Depth (mm)

Toe Plate Width (mm)

Weight (kg)

Ref

Price

125

1120

-

490

80

410

490

6

WG473/RX/PAR/125

£129.00

RUXXAC JUMBO HAND TRUCK

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Designed to fold into compact size >> Space saving storage >> Ideal for both business and domestic use >> Suitable for moving bulky and awkwardly shaped loads >> Plastic hand protection grip handles >> Aluminium toe plate >> Pneumatic wheels

104

Capacity (kg)

Open Height (mm)

Folded Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Thickness Folded (mm)

Toe Plate Depth (mm)

Toe Plate Width (mm)

Weight (kg)

Ref

Price

250

1250

870

655

120

460

595

12.8

WG474/RX/JU/250

£299.00

RUXXAC HAND TRUCKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


SACK TRUCK

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 105 PAINLESS SELF-SUPPORTING SACK TRUCK

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

This patented product is brand new to the UK market place. This innovative new product is the worlds first and only self-supporting sack truck. Allowing you to work safer and smarter, the high kick bar on the subframe enables the sack truck complete with its load to tilt to 45° angle. The sack truck supports the entire load weight reducing strain on the user and allowing hands to be free to open doors and move around with ease.The sack truck

View product on YouTube

loads in the upright position like standard sack trucks. >> Overall dimensions H x W mm: 355 x 1380 >> Foot-iron W x D mm: 355 x 175 >> Wheels: 2 x 300mm diameter pneumatic rubber tyred. 2 x 100mm polyurethane tyred swivel castors >> Weight: 18kg Ref: HHS120 £179.00

SACK TRUCK

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

105


BUDGET SACK TRUCKS

106 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

BUDGET UNIVERSAL SACK TRUCKS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Universal Sack Truck

Universal Sack Truck

>> Durable red stove

>> An all-round sack truck for

enamelled paint finish

everyday general use

>> Solid rubber wheels

>> Pneumatic wheels

>> 150kg capacity

>> Curved back design >> 200kg capacity

Ref: WG403/KI/150 Ref: WG415/KI/2093/200

Universal Sack Truck

P Shape Handle Truck

>> Durable red stove

>> The P-Shaped handle enables

enamelled paint finish

106

one-handed steering

>> Solid rubber wheels

>> Pneumatic wheels

>> 200kg capacity

>> 200kg capacity

REF: WG403/KI/200

Ref: WG422/KI/P/200

Delivery Driver’s Truck

Heavy Duty Appliance Truck

>> Ideal for deliveries and everyday use

>> Fitted with anti-scratch strip

>> Solid rubber wheels

>> Pneumatic wheels

>> 200kg capacity

>> 200kg capacity

Ref: WG404/KI/99/200

Ref: WG422/KIAPL/200

Capacity

Dimensions (H x W)

Footplate (L x W)

Wheels Diameter

Weight

Ref

Price

150kg

1070 x 480mm

200 x 360mm

200mm

9kg

WG403/KI/150

£54.00

200kg

1070 x 480mm

200 x 360mm

200mm

9kg

WG403/KI/200

£59.00

200kg

1210 x 470mm

170 x 340mm

200mm

9kg

WG404/KI/99/200

£69.00

200kg

1200 x 580mm

240 x 355mm

260mm

10.5kg

WG415/KI/2093/200

£69.00

200kg

1300 x 590mm

205 x 355mm

260mm

12.5kg

WG422/KI/P/200

£69.00

200kg

1330 x 550mm

225 x 500mm

260mm

16kg

WG422/KIAPL/200

£79.00

BUDGET SACK TRUCKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


SACK TRUCKS Meticulous build quality in a red epoxy finish

SACK TRUCKS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 107 MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

3 PLATE TOE MODELS

with a choice of solid or softride pneumatic tyres. WGST22P

Exceptional value.

WGST22

WGST21

WGST20

Large plate toe model available with choice of 200mm dia solid tyres: Ref ST22 (illustrated) or 260mm diameter pneumatic tyred wheels: Ref ST22P

WGST22

Capacity kg

150

200

250

250

Overall Height x Width mm

1070 x 495

1185 x 540

1300 x 610

1300 x 680

Toe L x W mm

150 x 375

200 x 430

250 x 500

250 x 500

Frame H x W mm

850 x 370

960 x 415

1070 x 500

1070 x 500

Wheel dia. mm

160

200

200

260 (pneu)

Weight kg

10

14

17

17

Ref

WGST20

WGST21

WGST22

WGST22P

Price

£85.10

£95.65

£121.90

£133.10

3 FOLDING TOE MODELS WGST22FP

WGST22F

WGST21F

WGST20F

Large folding toe model available with choice of 200mm dia solid tyres: Ref ST22F (illustrated) or 260mm diameter pneumatic tyred wheels: Ref ST22FP

WGST22F

Capacity kg

250

200

150

250

O/a Height x Width mm

1300 x 610

1185 x 540

1070 x 495

1300 x 680

Toe L x W mm

420 x 420

330 x 300

320 x 300

420 x 420

Frame H x W mm

1070 x 500

960 x 415

850 x 370

1070 x 500

Wheel dia. mm

200

200

160

260 (pneu)

OPTIONAL EXTRA: LOAD STRAP

Weight kg

16

12

9

16

Ref. WGSTP1 Price: £10.25

Ref

WGST22F

WGST21F

WGST20F

WGST22FP

Price

£138.70

£109.90

£105.30

£149.90

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

SACK TRUCKS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

107


ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCKS

108 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

LIGHTWEIGHT ALUMINIUM FOLDING SACK TRUCKS

MAX LOAD 90 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Lightweight and compact sack truck >> Designed for light commercial use >> Folding toeplate >> Telescopic handle >> Easy storage >> Easy transportation

Capacity

Dimension (H x W)

Footplate (L x W)

Wheels Diameter

Weight Ref

Price

90kg

1120 x 400mm

240 x 350mm

160mm

6.5kg

£49.00

ALUMINIUM DUAL PURPOSE SACK TRUCK

WG430/KI/F/90

MAX LOAD 200 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Aluminium all-in-one versatile sack truck and trolley >> Serves as both sack truck and platform trolley >> Folds and unfolds at click of a catch >> Two sizes available >> 200kg capacity

Capacity Dimensions (H x W) Footplate (L x W) Platform Size (L x W)

Weight

Ref

Price

200kg

1310 x 510mm

190 x 460mm

1050 x 310mm

19kg

WG435/KI/S

£199.00

200kg

1560 x 510mm

190 x 460mm

1300 x 310mm

20kg

WG436/KI/L

£299.00

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 200 KG

THREE WAY ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCK

>> Aluminium all-in-one versatile trolley >> Serves as both sack truck and platform trolley >> Folds and unfolds at click of a catch >> Middle position allows support of load at an angle

108

Capacity

Overall (H x W)

Footplate (L x W)

Platform Size (L x W)

Weight

Ref

Price

200kg

1310 x 510mm

185 x 460mm

1050 x 310mm

19kg

WG443/KI/3WAY

£179.00

ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCKS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 180-250 KG

Aluminium Sack Truck with Skids

Heavy Duty Aluminium Sack Truck

>> Fitted with low friction skids to

>> Lightweight yet strong alloy

help go up and down

truck with slightly curved back

steps/kerbs

>> 180kg capacity

>> 180kg capacity

>> Puncture Proof wheels

>> Pneumatic wheels

>> Fitted with low friction skids to

ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCKS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 109

help go up and down Ref: WG444/KI/AL/180

steps/kerbs Ref: WG444/KIH/180

Premium Magliner

Aluminium Sack Truck

Aluminium Truck >> Light weight yet very >> Durable popular Magliner

heavy duty sack truck

hand truck

>> 200kg capacity >> Weight 12kg

>> Solid rubber wheels

>> Solid rubber wheels

>> 225kg capacity

Ref: WG445/KI/GL/300

Ref: WG111-E1-825

Aluminium Sack Truck

Premium Tall Magliner

with Folding Toe

Aluminium Truck

>> Versatile aluminium

>> Wide footplate ensures loads are well-balanced and stable

hand truck with foldable footplate

>> Pneumatic wheels

>> Pneumatic wheels

>> 225kg capacity

>> 200kg capacity Ref: WG230-G1-1060 Ref: WG434/BI/AL/200

Capacity

Dimensions (H x W)

Footplate (L x W)

Wheels Diameter

Weight

Ref

Price

180kg

1080 x 500mm

205 x 300mm

260mm

8kg

WG444/KI/AL/180

£89.00

180kg

1305 x 520mm

275 x 320mm

260mm

8.5kg

WG444/KIH/180

£99.00

250kg

1260 x 510mm

190 x 355mm

260mm

12kg

WG445/KI/GL/300

£99.00

225kg

1245 x 460mm

220 x 355mm

200mm

9kg

WG111-E1-825

£126.76

200kg

1310 x 500mm

240 x 240-280mm

260mm

10.5kg

WG434/BI/AL/200

£129.00

225kg

1320 x 520mm

228 x 457mm

260mm

11kg

WG230-G1-1060

£178.08

ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

109


SACK TRUCKS

110 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

VERSATILE TRADER TRUCK

WGST12/ZP

WGST12P WGST12

WGST12P/ZP

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 200 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

This modern sack truck is available in bright zinc plated or blue epoxy finish. Choice of solid rubber or pneumatic tyres. All welded steel construction, fitted with protective hand grips as standard.

Capacity kg

200

200

200

200

Back

curved

curved

curved

curved

Height mm

1100

1100

1100

1100

Width o/a mm

580

580

580

580

Frame width mm

400

400

400

400

Front/rear mm

440

500

440

500

Toe width mm

410

410

410

410

Toe depth mm

230

230

230

230

Toe type

solid

solid

solid

solid

Tyre dia mm

200

260

200

260

Tyre type

solid

pneumatic

solid

pneumatic

Blue

Blue

Zinc

Zinc

Epoxy

Epoxy

Plated

Plated

Weight kg

12

13

12

13

Ref

WGST12

WGST12P

WGST12/ZP

WGST12P/ZP

Price

£113.05

£124.25

£137.20

£148.35

Finish

110

SACK TRUCKS

Tel: 01446 772614

OPTIONAL EXTRA LOAD STRAP:

Ref. WGSTP1 Price: £10.25

Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


TRADITIONAL SACK TRUCKS

200kg capacity Curved back WGST61

WGST63

WGST62

WGST35

TRADITIONAL SACK TRUCKS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 111

200kg capacity Flat back WGST02

WGST52

125kg capacity Curved back

DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS

MAX LOAD 125-200 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

Traditional, strong, parallel back sack trucks with a multitude of uses. High load capacity trucks. Fully welded construction from tube, bar and sheet steel. Choice of straight or curved backs. Open or solid toes and backs, with 160 or 200mm diameter solid rubber tyred wheels. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Capacity kg

200

Back

curved / open curved / open curved / open curved / open flat / open flat / solid

200

Height mm

1065

1065

965

965

1090

1090

Width o/a mm

515

515

515

515

406

406

Frame width mm 370

370

370

370

395

395

Front/rear mm

420

420

380

380

450

450

Toe width mm

380

380

380

380

406

406

Toe depth mm

180

180

200

200

200

200

Toe type

solid

open

open

solid

solid

solid

Wheel dia mm

200

200

160

160

200

200

LOAD STRAP:

Weight kg

14

14

10

10

11

15

Ref. WGSTP1

Ref

WGST63

WGST35

WGST61

WGST62

WGST02

WGST52

Price: £10.25

Price

£128.40

£122.70

£101.15

£106.85

£110.10

£133.30

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

125

125

200

200

OPTIONAL EXTRA

TRADITIONAL SACK TRUCKS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

111


ROUGH TERRAIN / SPLAY-BACK TRUCKS

112 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

ROUGH TERRAIN TRUCK 6 MODEL RANGE

MAX LOAD 350 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Made for rough ground and tough work. Choose from Solid or pneumatic tyres and 3 toe iron sizes. The large diameter wheels cope with rough and uneven ground with ease.

Toe depth 450mm

Solid tyred wheels should be chosen if the truck is likely to frequently come in contact with sharp objects. The trucks are heavily built and very strong, coping easily with the maximum load rating of 350kg. Protective handgrips are fitted as standard and this also helps handling over rough terrain. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Capacity kg

350

Back

Flat

Height mm

1140

Width Overall mm

605

Frame Width mm

430

Toe Width mm

395

Tyre Diameter mm

355

Toe depth 305mm Front/rear

610mm

610mm

685mm

685mm

830mm

830mm

Toe depth

230mm

230mm

305mm

305mm

450mm

450mm

Tyre type

solid

pneumatic

solid

pneumatic

solid

pneumatic

Weight kg

29

23

30

24

32

26

Ref

WGST10S

WGST10P

WGST101S WGST101P WGST102S

WGST102P

Price

£185.25

£179.65

£187.30

£184.85

£181.65

£190.45

Toe depth 230mm

TRADITIONAL SPLAY-BACK TRUCKS

MAX LOAD 200 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

An original design still meeting today’s demands. Originally designed for use in markets, but suitable for many other applications. All models are manufactured from tough welded angle and tube with a one piece toe iron and centre strap for increased load support. 200mm diameter solid rubber or 260mm pneumatic tyred wheels with roller bearing centres. Protective hand grips as standard. Finish: Blue epoxy.

112

Capacity kg

200

Back

Curved

Height mm

1170

Width Overall mm

635

Frame Width mm

510

Toe Width mm

355

Front/rear mm

445

520

588

672

740

Toe depth mm

230

305

305

450

450

Tyre dia mm

200

200

260

200

260

Tyre type

Solid

Solid

Pneumatic

Solid

Pneumatic

Weight kg

17

18

18

20

20

Ref

WGST25

WGST26

WGST26P

WGST27

WGST27P

Price

£148.05

£150.75

£161.95

£153.05

£163.50

ROUGH TERRAIN / SPLAY-BACK TRUCKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Loadtek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


EURO LOOP HANDLE TRUCKS

MAX LOAD 200 KG

DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Continuous loop handles give convenient handling at all angles. Wide backs WGST19

WGST15

and choice of large fold-up toe or fixed toe plate, make these trucks very versatile. Mounted on 200mm diameter solid rubber tyred wheels. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Capacity kg

200

Back

Flat

Height mm

1150

Width Overall mm

595

Frame Width mm

400

Front/rear mm

225 (Toe Folded)

480

600 (Toe Down)

Toe width mm

330

410

Toe depth mm

395

255

Toe type

open folding

solid

Weight kg

14kg

16kg

Ref

WGST19

WGST15

Price

£153.15

£137.90

HIGH BACKED SACK TRUCKS

MAX LOAD 200 KG

DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS

EURO TRUCKS / HIGH BACKED TRUCKS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 113

MADE IN BRITAIN

Ideally suited for the movement of cases, cartons and crates. High back allows for stacking of load. Steel welded construction. Choice of solid rubber or pneumatic tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy.

WGST06

WGST06P

Capacity kg

200

Back

Flat

Height mm

1300

Frame Width mm

275

Toe Width mm

290

Toe Depth mm

230

Toe Type

Solid

Width overall mm

450

490

Front/rear mm

500

560

Toe width mm

290

290

Tyre dia mm

200

260

Tyre type

solid

pneumatic

Weight kg

12

13

Ref

WGST06

WGST06P

Price

£113.20

£125.15

OPTIONAL EXTRA LOAD STRAP:

Ref. WGSTP1 Price: £10.25

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

EURO TRUCKS / HIGH BACKED TRUCKS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

113


BUDGET HEAVY DUTY SACK TRUCKS

114 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

BUDGET HEAVY DUTY SACK TRUCKS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

High Back Sack Truck with Mesh Back

Heavy Duty Sack Truck with Folding Toe

>> With mesh back to stop

>> Fixed toeplate & larger folding

smaller items falling through

tubular toe for bulky items

>> Pneumatic/Solid rubber wheels

>> Pneumatic/Solid rubber wheels

Ref: WG420/ME/6253/HBM

Ref: WG446/CO/90/DFL

Heavy Duty 3-way Sack Truck

Heavy Duty Sack Truck

>> Functions both as a

>> Fitted with large hard-wearing

sack truck and platform trolley.

wheels for rough terrain

>> Pneumatic/solid rubber wheels

>> Pneumatic wheels

Ref: WG447/CO/91/3WAY

Ref: WG416/CO/01B/400 Ref: WG416/CO/94/450

White Goods Appliance Hand Truck Universal Tall Sack Truck with Skids

>> Ideal for moving white

>> Fitted with skids to help

goods and home appliances

overcome curbs and stairs

>> Pneumatic wheels

>> Pneumatic/solid rubber wheels

>> Replaceable rubber

>> Two height options

114

protector-strips

>> 250kg capacity

>> 250kg capacity

Ref: WG424/CO/58/SK/250

Ref: WG449/CO/03/WG

Ref: WG424/CO/58/SK/B/250

Ref: WG448/CO/73/WG

Capacity

Dimensions (H x W)

Footplate (L x W)

Wheels Diameter

Weight

Ref

Price

300kg

1350 x 500mm

300 x 475mm

260mm

19.5kg

WG420/ME/6253/HBM

£209.00

300kg

1260 x 620mm

290(600) x 420(340)mm

260mm

19kg

WG446/CO/90/DFL

£129.00

300kg

1310 x 750mm

305(610) x 410(345)mm

100/260mm

20kg

WG447/CO/91/3WAY

£189.00

400kg

1160 x 710mm

290 x 500mm

300mm

15.5kg

WG416/CO/01B/400

£139.00

450kg

1170 x 620mm

230 x 500mm

300mm

18.5kg

WG416/CO/94/450

£159.00

250kg

1320 x 550mm

270 x 300mm

260mm

14.5kg

WG424/CO/58/SK/250

£119.00

250kg

1600 x 550mm

300 x 300mm

260mm

18.5kg

WG424/CO/58/SK/B/250

£139.00

250kg

1075 x 560mm

155 x 340mm

260mm

15.5kg

WG449/CO/03/WG

£119.00

250kg

1320 x 630mm

250 x 350mm

260mm

15.5kg

WG448/CO/73/WG

£139.00

BUDGET HEAVY DUTY SACK TRUCKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


MODEL ST55 3-POSITION TRUCK

MAX LOAD 250 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Strong and very versatile, these trucks have a multitude of uses. Tubular welded construction. Solid toe plate L x W mm: 200 x 420. Wheels: 200mm diameter rubber tyred wheels. Rear Castors: 100mm diameter swivel castors with rubber tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy. Weight: 17kg. Ref: WGST55 £197.90

THREE POSITION TRUCKS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 115

View product on YouTube

Positive retention in each truck position.

Sack truck

Platform truck

4 wheel transporter

Overall L x H x W:

Overall L x H x W: 950 x 750 x 550mm

Overall L x H x W:

460 x 1185 x 550mm

Effective platform L x H x W: 905 x 260 x 420mm

1110 x 880 x 550mm

MODEL ST56 3-POSITION TRUCK

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 400 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

Super heavy duty. Rectangular section and round tube welded construction. Wheels: 200mm diameter solid, or 260mm diameter pneumatic, rubber tyred wheels. Rear Castors: 125mm diameter swivel castors with rubber tyres and roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy

Capacity kg

400

Toe Plate L x W mm

200 x 475

Weight kg

23

Solid Tyre Order Ref

WGST56

Pneumatic Tyre Order Ref

WGST56P £228.85

£213.85

Positive retention in each truck position.

Sack Truck Overall L x H x W mm: ST56 / ST56P: 585 x 1250 x 480 Trader models WGST55 and WGST56 are easy to change from mode to mode. Select mode before loading.

Platform Truck

4 Wheel Transporter

Overall L x H x W mm

Overall L x H x W mm:

ST56 / ST56P: 1250 x 830 x 480

ST56 / ST56P:

Effective platform L x H x W mm:

1170 x 930 x 480

ST56: 1085 x 250 x 475 ST56P: 1085 x 320 x 475

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

THREE POSITION TRUCKS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

115


STAIRCLIMBER SACK TRUCKS

116 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk MAX LOAD 200 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

STAIRCLIMBER

MADE IN BRITAIN

These trucks are ideal for transporting bulky loads up and down steps or stairs, or over rough ground. Stairclimbing star wheel configuration. Constructed from all welded tubular frame with integral loop handles. Fixed solid toe model

Choice of folding open toe or fixed solid toe. Wheels: 160mm diameter steel centred wheels with roller bearings and rubber tyres. Finish: Red epoxy.

Folding open toe model Fixed solid toe model Capacity kg

Folding open toe model

200

200

O/a Height x Width mm 1150 x 580

1150 x 580

Toe L x W mm

400 x 330

200 x 420

Back frame H x W mm

1080 x 415

1080 x 415

Wheel dia. mm

160

160

Weight kg

20

21

Ref

WGSM20

WGSM21

Price

£200.05

£187.50

OPTIONAL EXTRA: LOAD STRAP

Ref. WGSTP1 Price: £10.25

STAIRCLIMBING TRUCKS

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Fitted with star wheel system to provide the greatest ease in Folds for handy storage and transportation.

transporting loads up and down steps and stairways. Large toe folds and locks to frame for compact storage. The star wheel system also helps transportation over rougher terrain making these trucks ideal for locations with variable terrain. Wheels: 160mm diameter steel centred wheels with roller bearings and rubber tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Capacity kg

110

80

Back

flat

flat / folding

Height mm

1090

1090 / 600

Width o/a mm

470

470

Frame width mm

305

305

Front/rear mm

370 / 720

370 / 720

Toe width mm

245

245

Toe depth mm

350

350

Toe type

open

open

Tyre dia mm

160

160

Tyre type

solid

solid

Finish

Blue epoxy

Blue epoxy

Weight kg

14

14

Ref

WGSM12

WGSM22

Price

£152.10

£175.80

OPTIONAL EXTRA: LOAD STRAP

Ref. WGSTP1 Price: £10.25

116

STAIRCLIMBER SACK TRUCKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Loadtek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


STAIRCLIMBING TRUCKS

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS

Fitted with star wheel system to provide the greatest ease in transporting loads up and down steps and stairways. The star wheel system also helps transportation over rougher terrain making these trucks ideal for locations with variable terrain. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Capacity kg

240

250

125

200

125

Back

flat

flat

flat

flat

flat

Height mm

1300

1150

1150

1150

1150

Width o/a mm

460

595

595

595

595

Frame width mm

280

400

400

400

400

Front/rear mm

635

665

705

405/810

445/850

Capacity: 240kg

Toe width mm

290

420

420

330

330

Tall back with loop

Toe depth mm

230

300

300

405

405

handles and solid

Toe type

solid

solid

solid

open

open

steel toe

Tyre dia mm

160

160

200

160

200

Tyre type

solid

solid

Pneumatic

solid

Pneumatic

Weight kg

18

21

21

19

19

Ref

WGSM13

WGSM23

WGSM23P

WGSM16

WGSM16P

Price

£135.35

£200.30

£312.40

£205.20

£325.05

WGSM23

WGSM23P

WGSM13

WGSM16

Capacity: 250kg

Capacity: 200kg

Euro loop handles

Euro loop handles

and solid steel toe

and folding open toe

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

STAIRCLIMBER SACK TRUCKS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 117

STAIRCLIMBER SACK TRUCKS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

117


STAIRCLIMBERS

118 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

STAIRCLIMBER / SACK TRUCK

MAX LOAD 200 KG

DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

This sack truck is fitted with the star-wheel stairclimbing configuration, but it has a simple locking device which enables the star-wheel system to be locked, thus turning the stairclimber into a standard sack truck. Loop handles provide convenience in use in both modes - either pushing or pulling. Tubular steel construction with sheet steel toe. Finish: Red epoxy. The star wheel system also helps transportation over rougher ground. This feature, together with the star wheel lock, provides the ideal solution to WGSM28

encountering varying terrain.

Star-wheel locking device By simply turning the locking handle, the star-wheel configuration is locked, turning the stairclimber into a standard sack truck. Turning the handle back, reverts the truck to full stairclimbing use. Locking star-wheel model Capacity kg

200

Overall Height x Width mm

1190 x 590

Toe L x W mm

420 x 215

Back frame H x W mm

1025 x 410

Wheel diameter mm

160

Weight kg

23

Ref

WGSM28

Price

£285.60

OPTIONAL EXTRA: LOAD STRAP

Ref. WGSTP1 Price: £10.25

STAIRCLIMBING CHAIR SHIFTER

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Steel pan base takes the rear legs of the chairs. The star wheel system also helps transportation over rougher ground. Base pan W x D: 585 x 155mm. Overall frame height 1295mm. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Wheels

Wt. kg Overall H x W x D mm Ref

Price

Solid tyres

18

£202.05

1300 x 590 x 500

WGSM31

WGSM31

Other chairshifters available - see page 290.

118

STAIRCLIMBERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


PORTABLE LOADERS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 119 PORTABLE LOADERS The Ezi-Lift portable range is ideal where space is at a premium or access is difficult, all are highly manoeuvrable.

All Ezi-Lift products

WGELP 200 122

are guarded for operator protection

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

MAX LOAD 200 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES PLATFORM

Wheels: 2 x 200mm diameter bright zinc plated steel centred wheels with

W x Projection 485 x 470mm

roller bearings and solid rubber tyres. The front of the straddle legs are fitted

Ref: WGRPP 6 £78.90

with cast iron rollers. Finish: Fully powder coated throughout. Colours: orange and grey. All models are supplied complete with a load retention frame which includes anchor points for load retention straps. Protective hand grips are fitted as standard.

RETENTION STRAPS

per strap Ref: WGSTP2 £11.50 BRAKING SYSTEM

Factory fitted at time of order Ref: WGELBS1 £92.20

2 Capacities; 4 Lift heights Maximum load capacities kg

200

Maximum lift height mm

1220

Load centres mm

Gearbox Manual Ezi-Lift gearbox has a self sustaining mechanism

305

Overall dimensions

which holds the load at any point immediately the handle is

Lowered height mm

1500

released. Enclosed sprocket and chain drive, guarded for

Fully raised height mm

1660

operator protection.

Width mm

680

Front to rear mm

IMPORTANT Always ensure the load is in the fully lowered position before

735

Fork dimensions

moving the lifter. All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator

Width mm

315

Projection mm

450

Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 No:3073 and

Lowered height mm

65

subsequent Amendment 1994 No:2063.

Height. of straddle legs mm

65

Approx. vertical lift per one handle revolution mm

27

protection. All lifting equipment supplied complies to the

All Ezi-Lift lifting devices are supplied complete with instructions covering the use of the machine, maximum load labels or plates, recommended load centres, data sheets on

Capacity kg

Lift height mm

Weight kg

Ref

Price

Health & Safety together with a signed Test Certificate and

200

1220mm

42kg

WGELP 200 122

£852.20

declaration of conformity.

Ezilift Tel: 01446 772614

PORTABLE LOADERS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

119


GENERAL PURPOSE LIFTERS

120 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

GENERAL PURPOSE LIFTERS

WGELI 250 122

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

MAX LOAD 250 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator protection.

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES:

IMPORTANT: Always ensure the load is in the fully lowered position before moving the lifter. All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator protection. All lifting equipment supplied complies to the Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 No:3073 and subsequent Amendment 1994 No:2063.

With swivelling hook. Lowered height to centre of hook: 265mm Jib adds 200mm to lift height,

All Ezi-Lift lifting devices are supplied complete with instructions covering the use of the machine, maximum load labels or plates, recommended load centres, data sheets on Health & Safety together with a signed Test Certificate and declaration of conformity.

Ref: WGELIJ £36.40 BOOM

Length x Dia. 500 x 50mm Ref: WGELIB £30.35 PLATFORM

2 Capacities; 3 Lift Heights

W x Projection 485 x 470mm

Maximum load capacities kg

250

Maximum lift height mm

1220

Ref: WGRPP6 £78.90 RETENTION STRAPS

Load centres mm

305

Overall dimensions

per strap Ref: WGSTP2 £11.50

Lowered height mm

1450

Fully raised height mm

1660

Width mm

550

Front to rear mm

870

Platform

120

JIB

Width mm

315

Projection mm

450

Lowered height mm

65

Height. of straddle legs mm

65 Approx

Approx.vertical lift per one handle revolution mm

27/30

Capacity kg

Lift height mm

Weight kg

Ref

Price

200

1220

40

WGELI 250 122

£920.10

GENERAL PURPOSE LIFTERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

Ezilift


MIDI WINCH LIFTERS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 121 MIDI WINCH LIFTERS

WGELIM 200 150

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

MAX LOAD 250 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

The Midi range of general purpose lifters is ideal for many locations and uses, particularly where the 1500mm lift height is required. Fitted with rear castors and total stop brakes for full stability. Wheels: 2 x 125mm diameter nylon wheels with polyurethane tyres and ball bearings. Castors fitted with total stop brakes as standard. The front of the straddle legs are fitted with cast iron rollers. Winch: Enclosed sprocket and chain drive, guarded for operator protection. Manual winch unit with self sustaining feature to hold the load at any level when the lever is released. Load retention frame: All midi models are supplied with load retention frame fitted as standard. Frame incorporates anchor points for load retention straps. Finish: Main frame and masts in orange powder coating. Forks, carriage and

All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator protection.

retention frame finished in grey powder coating. Documentation: All Ezi-Lift lifting devices are supplied complete with instructions covering the use of the machine, maximum load labels or plates, recommended load centres, data sheets on Health & Safety together with a signed Test Certificate and declaration of conformity.

Model

Lift height

Weight

Ref

Price

Winch

1500 mm

60 kg

WGELIM 250 150

£1126.50

All lifting equipment supplied complies to the Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 No: 3073 and subsequent Amendment 1994 No:2063.

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES:

Factory fitted in place of

IMPORTANT: Always ensure the load is in the fully lowered position before moving the lifter.

standard forks at time of order JIB

With swivelling hook.

250 kg Capacity; Maximum lift 1500 mm Maximum load capacities kg

250

Maximum lift height mm

1500

Load centres mm Overall dimensions

305

Lowered height mm

1845

Fully raised height mm

1985

Width mm

640

Front to rear mm Fork dimensions

890

Jib adds 200mm to lift height. Lowered height to centre of hook 265mm. Ref: WGELIJM £38.85 BOOM

Length x Diameter. 600 x 50mm Ref: WGELIB £32.80 PLATFORM

Platform: Width x Projection

Width mm

410

485 x 470mm

Projection mm

500

Ref: WGRPP10 £91.10

Lowered height mm

65

Ht. of straddle legs mm

65

Approx vertical lift per one handle revolution mm

27

Ezilift Tel: 01446 772614

RETENTION STRAPS

per strap Ref: WGSTP2 £11.50

MIDI WINCH LIFTERS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

121


BUDGET LIFTERS

122 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

BUDGET WINCH LIFTERS

MAX LOAD 250 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Lightweight and compact lifters Winch Lifter - WGWSB150 >> Doubles as sack truck >> Removable extension mast >> Legs have 2 ball bearings each for short horizontal movement >> Removable platform >> Special attachments are available - please contact us Winch Lifter - WGM200 >> Versatile and easy to operate WGWSB150

>> Comes with platform and forks >> Other attachments are available - please see below >> All swivel wheels - great, manoeuvrability

WGM200

Capacity

Lift height

Lift

Ref

Price

150 kg

1070/1700mm

Manual

WGWSB150

£675.00

200 kg

1500mm

Manual

WGM200

£685.00

OPTIONAL EXTRAS PLATFORM Ref: WSB150-PL £75.00 V-PLATFORM Ref: WSB150-VPL £86.00 CRADLE Ref: WSB150-CR £99.00

BUDGET ELECTRIC MINI LIFTERS

WGE100 WGE250

122

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 100-250 KG

>> Electric motor

>> Portable hand control unit

>> Electric overload protection

>> Hand control cable

>> Service free battery

>> Comes with platform and forks

>> Automatic battery charger

>> Other attachments are available

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES & ATTACHMENTS

SINGLE BOOM

DOUBLE SPINDLE

Ref: WG1/KI/MSS

Ref: WG1/KI/MSD

Price: £60.00

Price: £75.00

Capacity

Lift height

Lift

Ref

Price

V BLOCK

ROTATOR

100 kg

1700mm

Electric

WGE100

£1375.00

Ref: WG1/KI/MSV

Ref: WG1/KI/MSR

150 kg

1500mm

Electric

WGE150

£1485.00

Price: £45.00

Price: £POA

250kg

1900mm

Electric

WGE250

£1725.00

BUDGET LIFTERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


500 UNIVERSAL

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

MAX LOAD 500 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

So versatile it‘s 7 machines in one! For winch specification - see page 121.

Hand Winch Maximum load capacity kg

500

Maximum lift height mm

1725

Load centres mm

MIDI WINCH LIFTERS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 123

300

Overall dimensions Lowered height mm

2130

Fully raised height mm

2130

Width mm

815

Front to rear mm

1210

Adjustable forged forks

All Ezi-Lift products

Max width mm

655

Projection mm

600

Actual fork width mm

65

Lowered height mm

85

Height of straddle legs mm

85

Ground clearance mm

35

When fitted with a winch, vertical lift per handle revolution:

30/33mm

are guarded for operator protection.

Stacker

Capacity

Weight

Ref

Price

Winch

500kg

138kg

WGMSU 500 W

£1734.25

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

Simply change the accessory to increase its uses. 500 Universals are supplied fitted with forged forks as standard. These forks are easily removed for the fitting of accessories, which simply slide onto the rear carrier, and are retained with a single 10mm set pin.

DRUM CLAW

JIB

PLATFORM

Max load: 250kg. For transporting of 210 litre

Max load: 500kg

Max load: 500kg

tight head drums at low level only.

Ref: WGMSU513 £140.10

Ref: WGMSU512 £96.05

BOOM

DRUM TINES

DRUM CLAMP

Max load: 500kg

Max load: 300kg

Max load: 300kg

Ref: WGMSU510 £144.35

Ref: WGMSU511 £304.35

Ref: WGMSU514 £171.25

Ref: WGMSU515 £306.60

Ezilift Tel: 01446 772614

MIDI WINCH LIFTERS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

123


PALLET STACKERS

124 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

MANUAL LIFT PALLET STACKERS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Standard Stackers >> Robust construction >> 500, 1000 or 1500kg capacity >> 1200mm to 3000mm lift height >> Fixed or adjustable forks >> Swivel castor steer wheels >> Safety valve prevents overloading Special versions available, including attachments, special sizes, lift heights or capacities, galvanised and stainless steel finish and more. Straddle Stackers >> Robust construction >> 1000kg capacity WGKI 500/1600A

>> 1600mm or 2500mm lift height

WGKI 1000/1200

>> Adjustable forks fitted as standard >> Can handle closed-bottom pallets up to 1200 x 1200mm

Capacity Lift height Lift

WGKI 1000/2500A

WGKI 1000/1600SA

Forks

Legs

Ref

Price

500kg

1600mm

Manual Adjustable Standard WGKI 500/1600 A

£965.00

1000kg

1200mm

Manual Fixed

Standard WGKI 1000/1200

£1085.00

1000kg

1600mm

Manual Fixed

Standard WGKI 1000/1600

£1145.00

1000kg

2500mm

Manual Fixed

Standard WGKI 1000/2500

£1435.00

1000kg

3000mm

Manual Fixed

Standard WGKI 1000/3000

£1490.00

1500kg

1600mm

Manual Fixed

Standard WGKI 1500/1600

£1665.00

1000kg

1600mm

Manual Adjustable Standard WGKI 1000/1600 A

£1195.00

1000kg

2500mm

Manual Adjustable Standard WGKI 1000/2500 A

£1490.00

1000kg

1600mm

Manual Adjustable Straddle

WGKI 1000/1600 SA £1375.00

1000kg

2500mm

Manual Adjustable Straddle

WGKI 1000/2500 SA £1720.00

ELECTRIC LIFT PALLET STACKERS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Battery powered lift, manual traction >> Ideal for small to medium sized warehouses >> 1000kg or 1500kg capacity Lift height from 1.6m to 3.7m >> Fork widths 545mm >> Fork length 1150mm >> Minimum recommended aisle width: 2200mm WGVKIE 1000/3000

124

>> Straddle legs and other special versions available on request

Capacity

Lift height

Lift

Ref

Price

1000kg

1600mm

Electric

WGVKIE 1000/1600

£2295.00

1000kg

2500mm

Electric

WGVKIE 1000/2500

£2525.00

1000kg

3000mm

Electric

WGVKIE 1000/3000

£2640.00

1000kg

3500mm

Electric

WGVVE1000/3500

£4145.00

PALLET STACKERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


MINI HAND PALLET TRUCKS

HAND PALLET TRUCKS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 125 MAX LOAD 500 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

For use in vans and/or with small pallets. >> Capacity: 500kg >> 3 position control lever >> Low profile forks >> Polyurethane steering wheels and single nylon load rollers >> Lift height: 60 – 170mm >> Lightweight - weighs only 35kg >> Ideal for use in vehicles or for handling small pallets >> NB: This pallet truck is not suitable for standard Euro or GKN pallets

Fork Length mm

Width Over Forks mm

Capacity kg

Ref

Price

800

380

500

WGLLT500

£285.00

STANDARD PALLET TRUCKS

MAX LOAD 2200 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Capacity: 2200kg >> Fork size ideal for Euro-pallets >> 3 position control lever >> Tapered forks >> Nylon steer wheels and single nylon load rollers >> Lift height: 85 – 200mm

Fork Length mm

Width Over Forks mm

Capacity kg

Ref

Price

1150

550

2200

WGDF25-550x1150

£299.00

HEAVY DUTY PALLET TRUCKS

MAX LOAD 2500 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Designed for heavy duty industrial use Special Fork Sizes

>> Choice of fork sizes

& Capacities

>> 3 position control lever >> Comfortable grip, rubberised plastic handle >> Tapered forks >> Nylon steer wheels and single nylon load rollers as standard >> Choice of different wheel materials and special sizes >> Optional parking and travel brakes >> Lift height: 85 – 200mm >> 3000, 4000, 5000kg capacity also available >> Galvanised and stainless steel versions also available

Fork Length mm

Width Over Forks mm

Ref

Price

800

540

WGMA25-540x800

£329.00

1000

540

WGMA25-540x1000

£329.00

1150

540

WGMA25-540x1150

£329.00

1220

540

WGMA25-540x1220

£339.00

1000

680

WGMA25-680x1000

£355.00

1150

680

WGMA25-680x1150

£355.00

1220

680

WGMA25-680x1220

£365.00

HAND PALLET TRUCKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

125


HAND PALLET TRUCKS

126 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

VERY HEAVY DUTY PALLET TRUCKS

MAX LOAD 3000-3500 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Designed for very heavy duty use >> Lift height: 85-205mm >> Fork widths: 540 or 680mm >> Fork lengths: 1150 or 1220mm >> Nylon steer and load wheels as standard >> Polyurethane, rubber and steel wheels available on request

Capacity

Fork Length

Width Over Forks

Ref

Price

3000kg

1150mm

540mm

WGMA30-540x1150

£459.00

3000kg

1220mm

540mm

WGMA30-540x1220

£459.00

3000kg

1150mm

680mm

WGMA30-680x1150

£459.00

3000kg

1220mm

680mm

WGMA30-680x1220

£459.00

3500kg

1150mm

540mm

WGMA35-540x1150

£585.00

3500kg

1220mm

680mm

WGMA35-680x1220

£585.00

EXTRA LONG HEAVY DUTY PALLET TRUCKS

MAX LOAD 2000 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Nylon Steering wheels and single or tandem nylon load rollers as standard >> Choice of different wheel materials >> Optional parking and travel brakes >> Special fork lengths from 500 to 4000mm and widths from 300 to 2900mm can be made to order >> 3000, 4000 and 5000kg capacity also available >> Lift height: 85 - 200mm Capacity kg

Fork length mm

Width over forks mm

Order Ref

Price

2000

1500

540

WGMA20-540x1500

£515.00

2000

1800

540

WGMA20-540x1800

£595.00

2000

2000

540

WGMA20-540x2000

£645.00

Top quality, full specification, extra long hand pallet

2000

1500

680

WGMA20-680x1500

£555.00

trucks. Made from high grade steel to the latest design.

2000

1800

680

WGMA20-680x1800

£645.00

Note: See separate section for wheel & brake options.

2000

2000

680

WGMA20-680x2000

£760.00

PRINTER’S HEAVY DUTY PALLET TRUCKS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 2500 KG

Ideal for narrower and/or shorter pallets used in the printing industry. >> Capacity: 2500kg >> 3 position control lever >> Comfortable rubberised plastic handle >> Nylon steering wheels and single nylon load rollers as standard >> Choice of different wheel materials >> Optional parking and travel brakes >> Lift height: 75 – 190mm

126

Capacity kg

Fork Length Width Over mm Forks mm

Order Ref

Price

2500kg

800mm

460mm

WGPT25-460x800

£345.00

2500kg

900mm

450mm

WGMA25-450x900

£385.00

2500kg

1000mm

450mm

WGMA25-450x1000

£385.00

HAND PALLET TRUCKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


LOW PROFILE PALLET TRUCKS

HAND PALLET TRUCKS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 127 MAX LOAD 1500 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Designed for handling very low pallets or stillages where a standard truck will not fit >> Lift height: 51-170mm >> Fork widths: 540 or 680mm >> Fork lengths: 1000, 1150, 1220mm >> Nylon steer and tandem nylon load wheels as standard

Special Fork Sizes

>> Polyurethane and rubber wheels available on request

& Capacities

Capacity

Fork Length

Width Over Forks

Ref

Price

1500kg

1000mm

540mm

WGMA15-51-540x1000

£495.00

1500kg

1150mm

540mm

WGMA15-51-540x1150

£495.00

1500kg

1220mm

540mm

WGMA15-51-540x1220

£495.00

1500kg

1000mm

680mm

WGMA15-51-680x1000

£495.00

1500kg

1150mm

680mm

WGMA15-51-680x1150

£495.00

1500kg

1220mm

680mm

WGMA15-51-680x1220

£495.00

EXTRA LOW PROFILE PALLET TRUCKS

MAX LOAD 1000 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Designed for handling very low pallets or stillages where a standard or even low profile truck will not fit >> Lift height: 35-96mm >> Fork widths: 530 or 680mm >> Fork length: 1120mm >> Nylon steer wheels and steel load wheels as standard

Capacity

Fork Length

Width Over Forks

Ref

Price

1000kg

1120mm

530mm

WGMA10/35-530x1120

£645.00

1000kg

1120mm

680mm

WGMA10/35-680x1120

£645.00

ADJUSTABLE PALLET TRUCKS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 2200 KG

A hand pallet truck with adjustable width over forks to allow the handling of different sized pallets with one machine. Available in three fork lengths and two width ranges. Width over forks is adjustable either from 400 to 520mm (ideal for the printing industry) or from 530 to 680mm (for general warehouse and transportation use). >> Revolutionary design >> Adjustable width over forks >> Economical and practical solution >> High quality robust build >> Lift height: 76 - 196mm

Fork Length mm

Width Over Forks mm

Capacity kg

Order Ref

910

400-520

2200

WGPTA22MS £395.00

Price

1060

400-520

2200

WGPTA22M

£395.00

1160

400-520

2200

WGPTA22ML

£395.00

910

530-680

2200

WGPTA22LS

£395.00

1060

530-680

2200

WGPTA22LM

£395.00

1160

530-680

2200

WGPTA22L

£395.00

HAND PALLET TRUCKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

127


HAND PALLET TRUCKS

128 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

GALVANISED PALLET TRUCKS

MAX LOAD 2500 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Hot dip galvanised or zinc plated pallet trucks >> Ideal for meat, seafood, dairy and pharmaceutical industries. >> Lift height: 85-205mm >> Fork widths: 540 or 680mm >> Fork lengths: 1000 or 1150mm >> Nylon steer and tandem nylon load wheels as standard >> Other wheels available on request Special Fork Sizes & Capacities Capacity

Fork Length Width Over Forks

Ref

Price

2500kg

1000mm

540mm

WGMA25G-540x1000

£595.00

2500kg

1150mm

540mm

WGMA25G-540x1150

£595.00

2500kg

1000mm

680mm

WGMA25G-680x1000

£595.00

2500kg

1150mm

680mm

WGMA25G-680x1150

£595.00

STAINLESS STEEL PALLET TRUCKS

MAX LOAD 2000 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Ideal for environments where hygiene is paramount >> Designed for environments where the pallet truck will come into contact with corrosive substances such as salt water, acids and various chemicals >> Lift height: 90-205mm >> Fork widths: 540 or 680mm >> Fork lengths: 1000 or 1150mm >> Nylon steer and tandem nylon load wheels as standard >> Other wheels available on request

Capacity

Fork Length Width Over Forks

Ref

Price

2000kg

1000mm

540mm

WGMA20S-540x1000

£2395.00

2000kg

1150mm

540mm

WGMA20S-540x1150

£2395.00

2000kg

1000mm

680mm

WGMA20S-680x1000

£2495.00

2000kg

1150mm

680mm

WGMA20S-680x1150

£2495.00

WEIGHING PALLET TRUCKS

MAX LOAD 2200 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Ideal for instant checking of incoming or outgoing goods >> 0.5kg increments >> 0.1% accuracy >> 2200kg capacity >> Lift height: 85 - 200mm or 75 - 190mm >> Fork widths: 560 or 690mm

128

Special Fork Sizes

>> Fork length: 1150mm

& Capacities

>> Rubber steer wheels and tandem polyurethane load rollers

Capacity kg

Fork Length mm

Width Over Forks mm

Ref

Price

2200

1150

560

WGLMWS-560x1150

£995.00

2200

1150

690

WGLMWS-690x1150

£1095.00

HAND PALLET TRUCKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


SEMI-ELECTRIC PALLET TRUCKS

POWERED PALLET TRUCKS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 129 MAX LOAD 1500 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Designed for light duty applications >> 1 - 2 hours battery life >> Manual lift / Electric drive >> Precision steering >> High capacity electric motor >> Built in charger >> Highly manoeuvrable with 180° steering

Capacity

Fork Length Width Over Forks

Ref

Price

1500kg

1000mm

540mm

WGLEMP15/540x1000

£1995.00

1500kg

1150mm

540mm

WGLEMP15/540x1150

£1995.00

1500kg

1000mm

680mm

WGLEMP15/680x1000

£1995.00

1500kg

1220mm

680mm

WGLEMP15/680x1220

£1995.00

ELECTRIC PALLET TRUCK

MAX LOAD 1500 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Compact design >> Designed for light to medium duty applications >> 3 - 4 hours battery life >> Integral charger >> Maintenance free batteries >> Rechargeable from any standard wall socket

Capacity Fork Length

Width Over Battery Forks

Ref

Price

1500kg

1000mm 520mm

2x12V/75Ah WGLEPT15/520x1000 £2750.00

1500kg

1150mm

2x12V/75Ah WGLEPT15/520x1150

1500kg

1000mm 680mm

2x12V/75Ah WGLEPT15/680x1000 £2750.00

1500kg

1150mm

2x12V/75Ah WGLEPT15/680x1150

ELECTRIC PALLET TRUCK

520mm 680mm

£2750.00 £2750.00

MAX LOAD 2000 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Compact design >> Designed for light to medium duty applications >> 6 - 8 hours battery life >> Rechargeable from any standard wall socket >> 3000, 5000 and 8000kg options >> Galvanised or stainless steel finish also available

Capacity Fork Length

Width Over Battery Forks

Ref

2000kg

540mm

WGLEPT20/540x1150 £4650.00

1150mm

24V/240Ah

Price

POWERED PALLET TRUCKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

129


PALLET TRUCKS / PALLET TILTERS

130 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

ROUGH TERRAIN PALLET TRUCKS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 500-1200 KG

>> Transports loads on uneven ground >> Little maintenance required >> Great manoeuvrability >> Adjustable width over fork

WGTNV500

>> Wheels fitted onto sealed bearings >> Pneumatic tyres >> Ideal for building sites, garden centres, farms etc. Special Versions Available

WGTNV1200

Capacity

Fork Length

Width Over Forks

Max Pallet Size

Ref

Price

500kg

620mm

170 - 570mm

600 x 800mm

TNV500

£795.00

1200kg

800mm

340 - 650mm 1000 x 1200mm TNV1200

£1095.00

1500kg

820mm

320 - 660mm 1200 x 1200mm

TNV1500

£1165.00

1200kg

880mm

170 - 570mm

TNE1200

£7495.00

1200 x 1200mm

WGTNV1500

MANUAL & ELECTRIC PALLET TILTERS

WGTNE1200

MAX LOAD 1000 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Forks can be tilted up to 90O >> Handle can be turned and locked in position away from the work area >> Both models supplied with parking brake and foot protectors as standard

WGLT10M

>> Manual type: lift and tilt are performed by hand hydraulic action >> Electric type: lifting and lowering functions are built into handle, tilting action is operated by remote control

Capacity Angle of Tilt

Lift / Tilt

Fork Width Fork Length

Ref

Price

1000kg

90o

Manual

560mm

800mm

WGLT10M

£945.00

1000kg

90o

Electric

560mm

800mm

WGLT10E

£1949.00

WGLT10E

130

PALLET TRUCKS / PALLET TILTERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


HIGH LIFT PALLET TRUCKS

HIGH LIFT PALLET TRUCKS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 131 MAX LOAD 1000-1500 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> The high lifters easily lift up to 1000 or 1500kg >> Automatically braked when raised above 400mm >> Helps minimise back strain >> Three position control lever >> Automatic descending speed control

WGMHL540E

>> Quick lift as standard on manual model >> Manual lift in case of flat battery

WGMHL540M

Fork Dimensions (L x W)

Lift Type

Capacity

Ref

Price

1170 x 540mm

Manual

1000kg

WGMHL540M

£539.00

1170 x 680mm

Manual

1000kg

WGMHL680M

£549.00

1170 x 560mm

Manual

1500kg

WGHBL15-560M

£599.00

1170 x 680mm

Manual

1500kg

WGHBL15-680M

£629.00

1170 x 540mm

Electric

1000kg

WGMHL540E

£1545.00

1170 x 680mm

Electric

1000kg

WGMHL680E

£1595.00

1170 x 560mm

Electric

1500kg

WGHBL15-560E

£1645.00

1170 x 680mm

Electric

1500kg

WGHBL15-680E

£1695.00

SKID LIFTERS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 500-1000 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

>> Raise pallets or other items to correct working height >> Helps minimise back strain WGPL50

>> Combination of high lift pallet truck and lift table >> Fully welded heavy duty steel frame >> Total stop brake on castor wheel >> Foot operated pedal for easier and faster lifting >> Steering tiller handle on 1000kg models for easier and comfortable turning

Capacity

Fork Width

Fork Length

Platform Size (L x W)

Ref

Price

500kg

526mm

1115mm

1115 x 538mm

WGPL50S

£629.00

500kg

690mm

1115mm

1115 x 703mm

WGPL50L

£629.00

1000kg

526mm

1115mm

1115 x 538mm

WGPL100S £699.00

1000kg

690mm

1115mm

1115 x 703mm

WGPL100L

£699.00

WGPL100

HIGH LIFT PALLET TRUCKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

131


POWERED PALLET STACKERS

132 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

UNIVERSAL FULLY POWERED STACKERS

MAX LOAD 1000 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Designed specifically for small warehouses and factories. LES models have fixed width wrapover forks and are designed for handling

WGLES10.16

Euro pallets and other open bottom pallets and cages. >> Battery powered lift and drive >> Light and versatile; compact and reliable >> Suitable for small factories and warehouses >> Wrapover forks >> On board charger >> Chargeable from standard 230V/13A 3-pin socket >> CE certified >> Full 12 months warranty

WGLES10.30

Max Lift Height mm

Capacity Forks kg L x W mm

Overall Lowered Height mm

Mast

Battery

Ref

Price

1600

1000

1150 x 560

1990

Single

12V / 120Ah

WGLES10.16

£3600.00

3000

1000

1150 x 560

1990

Double 12V / 120Ah

STANDARD POWERED PALLET STACKER

WGLES10.30 £3995.00

MAX LOAD 1200 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Compact design >> Up to 5 hours continuous use per day. >> Battery: 2 x 12V / 130Ah

WGF12 APE 3.5

>> Mast type: Duplex >> Optional straddle legs >> Optional adjustable forks

WGF12 APE 1.6

>> Optional attachments: booms, crane jibs, drum clamps etc

Capacity

Max Lift Height

Forks (L x W)

Ref

Price

1200kg

1600mm

1150 x 540mm

WGF12 APE 1.6

£7895.00

1200kg

2500mm

1150 x 540mm

WGF12 APE 2.5

£7995.00

1200kg

3000mm

1150 x 540mm

WGF12 APE 3.0

£8295.00

1200kg

3500mm

1150 x 540mm

WGF12 APE 3.5

£8595.00

Optional straddle legs

WGAPE-STR

£980.00

Optional adjustable forks

WGAPE-ADJ

£860.00

Options

HEAVY DUTY COUNTERBALANCED PALLET STACKER

MAX LOAD 1000 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Pallet stackers suitable for use with any pallet type. >> Built-in battery charger >> Tilting mast >> Suitable for Euro and UK type pallets >> Multi-function tiller head >> Fully powered >> Adjustable forks: 200 to 580mm

132

Capacity

Max Lift Height

Forks Length

Mast

Battery

Ref

Price

1000kg

2500mm

1070mm

Duplex

24V/240Ah

WGLCS10.25

£8,495.00

1000kg

3300mm

1070mm

Duplex

24V/240Ah

WGLCS10.33

£8,995.00

1200kg

2500mm

1070mm

Duplex

24V/280Ah

WGLCS12.25

£8,995.00

1200kg

3300mm

1070mm

Duplex

24V/280Ah

WGLCS12.35

£9,995.00

POWERED PALLET STACKERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


BUDGET SCISSOR TABLES

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Our range of scissor lift tables consist of medium to

WGBSL25

heavy duty single and diouble, manual and electric lift tables which are easy to operate. >> Capacity range from 150kg to 1500kg >> Heavy duty design >> Great stability and manoeuvrability >> Foot pump to lift platform >> Hand lever to release / lower platform >> Can be used safely at any height

MOBILE SCISSOR LIFT TABLES

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 133

>> Special bespoke designs available >> Both swivel wheels are fitted with total stop brakes as standard

WGTXL500L

WGTXL1000

Capacity

Platform (L x W)

Closed Height

Raised Height

Handle Height

Wheels Diameter Weight

Ref

Price

150kg

700 x 450mm

225mm

740mm

935mm

100mm

43kg

WGTXL150

£295.00

200kg

1000 x 500mm

340mm

1000mm

1055mm

200mm

70kg

WGTXL200

£345.00

250kg

830 x 500mm

330mm

910mm

1085mm

150mm

78kg

WGBSL25

£365.00

300kg

855 x 500mm

340mm

915mm

970mm

125mm

75kg

WGTXL300

£385.00

500kg

855 x 500mm

280mm

910mm

970mm

125mm

79kg

WGTXL500

£425.00

500kg

1600 x 800mm

310mm

910mm

970mm

125mm

134kg

WGTXL500L

£645.00

700kg

1220 x 610mm

230mm

1075mm

935mm

100/125mm

158kg

WGBZ70B

£875.00

750kg

1010 x 520mm

442mm

1000mm

1100mm

150mm

120kg

WGBSL75

£525.00

800kg

1000 x 510mm

420mm

1000mm

970mm

150mm

115kg

WGTXL800

£545.00

1000kg

1015 x 515mm

380mm

1010mm

970mm

150mm

121kg

WGTXL1000

£635.00

1500kg

1220 x 610mm

420mm

1010mm

970mm

150mm

142kg

WGTXL1500

£725.00

MOBILE SCISSOR LIFT TABLES

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

133


MOBILE SCISSOR LIFT TABLES

134 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

BUDGET DOUBLE MANUAL SCISSOR LIFT TABLES

MAX LOAD 150-800 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Capacity range from 150kg to 800kg >> Heavy duty design >> Great stability and manoeuvrability >> Foot pump to lift platform >> Hand lever to release/lower platform

WGTXL680D

>> Special bespoke designs available

Capacity

Platform (L xW) Closed Height

Raised Height

Handle Height

Wheels Diameter

Weight

Ref

Price

150kg

830 x 500mm

435mm

1450mm

1050mm

150mm

91kg

WGBSL15D

£395.00

300kg

1010 x 520mm

435mm

1620mm

1130mm

150mm

134kg

WGBSL30D

£525.00

450kg

1030 x 610mm

295mm

1555mm

950mm

130/160mm

143kg

WGSCL450DM £795.00

500kg

1010 x 520mm

450mm

1500mm

1185mm

150mm

144kg

WGBSL50D

£575.00

680kg

1210 x 610mm

475mm

1510mm

1020mm

150mm

176kg

WGTXL680D

£625.00

800kg

1220 x 610mm

485mm

1500mm

970mm

150mm

181kg

WGTXL800D

£685.00

BUDGET ELECTRIC DOUBLE SCISSOR LIFT TABLES

MAX LOAD 300-800 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Robust construction >> Simple handle mounted control pad >> Easily accessible battery unit >> 12V maintenance free battery >> 700W dc power pack

WGESL50D

Capacity

Platform (L xW)

Closed Height

Raised Height

Handle Height

Wheels Dia.

Weight

Ref

Price

300kg

1010 x 520mm

495mm

1600mm 1180mm

150mm

183kg

WGESL30D/ES30D

£1645.00

500kg

1010 x 520mm

435mm

1618mm

1180mm

150mm

198kg

WGESL50D/ES50D

£1795.00

800kg

1010 x 520mm

510mm

1440mm

1180mm

150mm

208kg

WGESL80D/ES80D

£1895.00

BUDGET LOW PROFILE SCISSOR LIFTS

>> Low profile pallet positioner

WGHY1001

WGHU1000

MAX LOAD 1000 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Safe 415V 3-phase operation >> Safety anti-trap bar under table edge >> WGHY1001 model is suitable for all pallets up to 1100 x 1200mm >> WGHU1000 model is suitable for open-bottom pallets e.g. Euro Pallets

134

Type

Capacity

Platform (L x W)

Closed Height

Raised Height

Weight

Ref

Price

Table with ramp

1000kg

1420 x 1140mm

85mm

860mm

91kg

WGHY1001

£2245.00

U-shape

1000kg

1420 x 1140mm

85mm

860mm

134kg

WGHU1000

£2245.00

MOBILE SCISSOR LIFT TABLES

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


MOBILE LIFT TABLES

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 135 STAINLESS STEEL MOBILE LIFT TABLES

WGSSL200

WGSSL500

DELIVERED IN 18 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Suitable for a variety of lifting and loading operations.

Manufacture: British design and manufacture to comply with BS EN

Also ideal as a variable height work table for use in food

1570 - 1: 2011 + AI:2014. Fully welded steel construction. All Ezi-Lift

preparation and other clean areas.

products are guarded for operator protection.

Stainless Steel mobile lift table. 200kg & 500kg Capacity;

Wheels: Front, 200kg: 125mm diameter; 500kg: 160mm diameter

Max lift 800 & 1000 mm. Each machine is supplied with

nylon wheels fitted with polyurethane tyres, ball bearing journals.

a test certificate, operating instructions and a product

Rear, swivel castors, fitted with total stop brakes and 125mm

Health and Safety Data sheet.

diameter polyurethane tyred nylon wheels, ball bearing journals.

All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator protection

Finish: The lift table is manufactured from 304 Stainless Steel. (note: hydraulic pump, foot pedal and ram not stainless). Operation: Foot operated hydraulics to lift and lower the table.

Maximum load capacity kg

200

500

Table W x L mm

500 x 900

600 x 1100

Raised height mm

800

1000

280

360

length mm

1125

1310

width mm

500

600

height mm

935

980

Weight kg

54

114

Ref

WGSSL200

WGSSL500

Price

£2205.45

£2935.55

Lowered height mm Overall dimensions

Ezilift Tel: 01446 772614

Maintenance: Hydraulic pump and ram unit is easily removed for maintenance and is fitted with a hose burst valve. Table top is hinged when in the fully lowered position, for easy access to working parts.

MOBILE LIFT TABLES

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

135


ROLLING CORNERS, PLATFORMS AND SKATES

136 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

ROLLING CORNERS

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Sold in sets of 4, rolling corners allow large items to be moved with little effort. Manufactured from formed and welded sheet steel, platforms fitted with 3mm thick black ribbed rubber matting. Metalwork finished in high quality powder coating. Wheels: 3 castors, all swivel with 50mm wheels with grey non marking rubber tyres. IMPORTANT: Weight must be evenly distributed on the four corners.

Platform Height mm

20

Overall H x L x W mm

75 x 300 x 300

Capacity kg (over 4 corners)

400

600

Weight kg (set of 4)

8

10

Finish

Grey Epoxy

Orange Epoxy

Order Ref:

WGRMD1

WGRMD2

Price

£173.45

£208.70

WGRMD2

WGRMD1

ROLLER PLATFORMS

MAX LOAD 500 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Unique, tough and versatile. A heavy load shifter fitted with 3 heavy duty WGRMD3

swivel castors housing white nylon wheels 50mm diameter. Steel deck with ribbed rubber pad.

STACKING BAR CRADLES

Deck Height mm

90

Side Lengths mm

300 x 300 x 300

Capacity kg (over 4 corners)

500

Weight kg (set of 4)

10

Finish

Yellow Epoxy

Order Ref:

WGRMD3

Price

£156.95

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MAX LOAD 1000 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

Flexible stacking cradles for storage of varying lengths of bar, tube, flats, and angles. Stacked at a maximum of 5 high with a load capacity of 1000kg per cradle. Fitted with 127mm square pallet feet and finished in blue epoxy.

Overall H x D x L mm

Effective W x H mm

Wt. kg

Ref

Price

470 x 790 x 385

610 x 305

21

WGSBC1

£99.05

625 x 790 x 385

610 x 460

24

WGSBC2

£104.35

470 x 1095 x 385

915 x 305

25

WGSBC3

£106.15

625 x 1095 x 385

915 x 460

28

WGSBC4

£112.04

Units MUST be sited on solid level ground.

136

ROLLING CORNERS, PLATFORMS AND SKATES

Tel: 01446 772614

Loadtek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


BEAM TROLLEY

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MAX LOAD 350 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

Easy transportation of long loads in factories, showrooms and warehouses, for carpets, floor coverings, poles and timber products. Tubular construction throughout with centre axle mounted with large 400mm diameter pneumatic tyred wheels for maximum mobility and soft ride, or 400mm diameter solid rubber tyred wheels.

BEAM / CARPET TROLLEY

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 137

Finish: Blue epoxy. We can manufacture to your special sizes on request.

Overall H x W x L mm

420 x 660 x 1010

Capacity kg

350

Tyres

400mm Solid

400mm Pneumatic

Weight kg

26

13

Order Ref

TP46

TP46P

Price

£204.35

£192.45

Softride Pneumatic Tyres

CARPET TROLLEY

DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

MAX LOAD 500 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

Maximum 5 high. Flexible stacking cradles for storage of varying lengths of: bar, tube, flats, angles etc. Load capacity per cradle 1000kg. Fitted with 127mm square pallet feet. Finish: Red epoxy.

Overall H x W x L mm

505 x 550 x 1540

Central Frame Height mm

420

Capacity kg

500

Tyres

400mm Solid

400mm Pneumatic

Weight kg

27

14

Order Ref

TP42

TP42P

Price

£177.75

£169.05

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

BEAM / CARPET TROLLEY

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

137


BAR AND SHEET STORAGE

138 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

VERTICAL BAR RACK

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Fully welded steel construction with steel base 600 x 250mm storage bays. Pre-drilled for bolting to floor (fixings not supplied), finished in blue epoxy.

No. of bays

O/A H x D x L mm

Weight. kgs

Ref

Price

4

1500 x 600 x 1200

84

WGVBR4

£287.65

6

1500 x 600 x 1800

108

WGVBR6

£370.80

8

1500 x 600 x 2400

135

WGVBR8

£441.15

MULTI-HEIGHT SHEET RACK

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Ideal for off-cuts and other variable sizes of sheet and plate. Fitted with sheet steel base and pre-drilled for floor fixing. Finished in blue epoxy.

FULL-HEIGHT SHEET RACK

Overall H x W x D mm

1000 x 1400 x 800

Support Bar Heights mm

400 : 550 : 700 : 850 : 1000

Distance Between Bars mm

160

Weight kg

75

Order Ref

MPR

Price

£280.10

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Multipurpose rack with formed sheet steel base. Pre-drilled for floor fixing (bolts not supplied), finished in blue epoxy.

138

BAR AND SHEET STORAGE

Tel: 01446 772614

Overall H x W x D mm

1220 x 1080 x 1015

Distance Between Uprights mm

305

Central Support Beam Height mm

575

Weight kg

53

Order Ref

FHSR

Price

£309.55

Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


STANDARD SHEET RACK

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 25 DAYS

Vertical storage of all sheet material with floor bracing for sheet support. Finished in blue epoxy.

HORIZONTAL BAR RACK

Overall H x L x W mm

Bays

Capacity Tonne

Wt. kg

Ref

Price

1040 x 2060 x 1200

4

4

152

WGSPR1

£834.40

1040 x 2060 x 1400

5

5

170

WGSPR2

£951.10

1040 x 2060 x 1600

6

6

188

WGSPR3

£1092.85

1040 x 2060 x 1800

7

7

206

WGSPR4

£1220.35

1040 x 2060 x 2000

8

8

224

WGSPR5

£1397.30

1040 x 2060 x 2200

9

9

242

WGSPR6

£1512.80

1040 x 2060 x 2400

10

10

260

WGSPR7

£1666.25

DELIVERED IN 25 DAYS

BAR AND SHEET STORAGE

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 139

MADE IN BRITAIN

Single or double sided freestanding units with a maximum load of 500kg per level single sided, 1000kg per level double sided. Six storage levels on single sided units, seven levels on double sided units. Starter bay - 2 uprights + cross bracing Extension bay - 1 upright + cross bracing Centre line of uprights: 1575mm. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

Description

O/A H x D x L mm

Wt. kg

Ref

Price

Single sided starter bay

1880 x 860 x 2445

100

WGHBR1

£743.90

Single sided extension bay

1880 x 860 x 2010

53

WGHBR1E

£429.05

Double sided starter bay

1985 x 920 x 2445

128

WGHBR2

£861.95

Double sided extension bay

1985 x 920 x 2010

68

WGHBR2E

£468.20

BAR AND SHEET STORAGE

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

139


PLATE HANDLING

140 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

HI-FRAME PLATE TRUCKS

DELIVERED IN 18 DAYS

MAX LOAD 500-750 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

The Big Plate Trucks. Capacity 500 and 750kg. Heavy duty angle chassis with high tubular support frame for sheet material transport and storage. Fully welded throughout. Open frame or ply deck. Finish: Blue epoxy. Wheels: 2 swivel 2 fixed castors with rubber tyred wheels, bright steel centres and roller bearings.

Open frame model

UDL Capacity

500 kg

750 kg

Overall height mm

1500

1570

Frame height mm

1175

1175

Max load depth mm

450

450

Overall L x W mm

2250 x 700

2250 x 700

Wheel diameter mm

200

250

Platform height mm

285

355

Weight kg

84

92

Ref

WGTP31

WGTP32

Price

£518.05

£646.45

Platform height mm

300

370

Weight kg

94

104

Ref

WGTP31P

WGTP32P

Price

£561.50

£691.45

Open frame

Ply deck

Ply deck model

STANDARD PLATE TRUCKS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 500 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

Welded angle chassis with removable bars, 2 supplied (extras available). Support bar height 725mm from deck with a deck height of 275mm. Wheels: 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with 200mm diameter rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Platform L x W mm

Bars (2 supplied)

Ply Platform

Position

Centres mm

Weight kg

Ref

Price

1000 x 700

5

168

46

WGTP35

£326.45

1200 x 800

6

155

54

WGTP36

£340.15

Optional Extras

Ref

Price

1000 mm length additional Support Bars

WGTP7

£26.80

1200 mm length additional Support Bars

WGTP8

£28.85

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES

Extra (pair) Ref: WGB013 £15.25 View product on YouTube

140

PLATE HANDLING

Tel: 01446 772614

Loadtek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


PLATFORM AND FRAME DOLLIES

MAX LOAD 300 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

A range of dollies to suit most industrial needs. Steel frame construction with a choice of deck types in a compact 600 x 600mm deck size. Finish: Blue epoxy. Wheels: 4 swivel castors with 125mm diameter rubber tyred roller bearing wheels with bright zinc plated centres. WGTD602

Deck type

timber

steel

open frame

Capacity kgs

300

300

300

Deck L x W mm

600 x 600

600 x 600

600 x 600

Platform height mm

198

198

198

Wheel dia. mm

125

125

125

Weight kgs

19

21

15

Ref:

WGTD600

WGTD601

WGTD602

Price

£137.50

£136.60

£111.55

PLATFORM / PLATE AND SHEET HANDLING

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 141

WGTD600

WGTD601

SHEET BUGGIES

MAX LOAD 300 KG

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

For in-plant or on-site use; timber and metal sheets, frames and doors, chipboard and hardboard. Tubular steel construction, with plastic hand grips and finished in blue epoxy. Wheels: 2 axle mounted 200mm diameter solid tyred wheels, or 260mm diameter pneumatic tyred wheels (all wheels roller bearings).

WGTP41

Platform Type

Plywood

Ribbed Rubber

Capacity kg

300

300

Overall H x W mm

1220 x 550

1220 x 590

Platform L x W mm

800 x 250

500 x 200

Handle Length mm

2000

1180

Weight kg

19

Wheels mm

200 Solid

260 Pneumatic

200 Solid

260 Pneumatic

Order Ref

WGTP41

WGTP41P

WGTP40

WGTP40P

Price

£230.20

£242.00

£181.50

£193.05

21

WGTP40

Loadtek Tel: 01446 772614

PLATFORM / PLATE AND SHEET HANDLING

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

141


FURNITURE MOVERS

142 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

HYDRAULIC FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT MOVER SETS

MAX LOAD 1800 KG

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> For professional transport of heavy and bulky items >> Ideal for removal, maintenance and installation applications >> Hydraulic lifting mechanism >> A set consists of two transport units >> Supplied with two 5 metre long securing load straps >> Steering handle for direct control >> Polyurethane wheels

Capacity (kg)

Raised Height (mm)

Dimensions W x D x H (mm)

Toe Plate W x D (mm)

Toe Plate Thickness (mm)

Wheels DIA (mm)

Weight (kg)

Ref

Price

1800

345

650 x 425 x 1240

590 x 60

7

Ø 150

90

WGFML180

£795.00

FURNITURE & APPLIANCE MOVER SET

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MAX LOAD 600 KG

>> Robust lifting mechanism >> Designed for use with heavy and bulky items >> Ideal for removal, maintenance and installation applications >> Manual lift using spindle winch with safety stop >> A set consists of two transport units >> Supplied with two 5 metre long securing load straps >> Polyurethane wheels

142

Capacity (kg)

Raised Height (mm)

Dimensions W x D x H (mm)

Toe Plate W x D (mm)

Toe Plate Thickness (mm)

Wheels DIA (mm)

Weight (kg)

Ref

Price

600

410

600 x 410 x 810

225 x 120

7

Ø 150

25

WGFML60

£495.00

FURNITURE MOVERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


LIGHT DUTY APPARATUS CASTORS WGDRLGRG

WGDRLTPR

WGDRLTPRAZ

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

WGGDGRG

WGLWATPR/BJ

WGDR2GRG

WGDR2NY

Braked Castor

Price

WGDRLNY

50mm Wheel Tread Width

Load Cap.

Overall Plate Height Dim.

Plate

Wheel Type

Bearing Offset

Swivel Castor

Price

Fixed Castor

Price

17mm

40kg

73mm

50 x 50mm

35 x 35mm

Rubber

Plain

25mm

WG50DRL4GRG

20mm

40kg

73mm

50 x 50mm

35 x 35mm

Synthetic Rubber

Plain

25mm

WG50DRL4TPR

£2.61 WG50DRL4GRGSWB £3.33

-

-

£2.69 WG50DRL4TPRSWB

£3.41

-

20mm

40kg

73mm

50 x 50mm

35 x 35mm

Anti-Static

Plain

25mm

-

WG50DRL4TPRAZ

£3.56 WG50DR4TPRAZSWB £4.12

-

17mm

40kg

72mm

50 x 50mm

35 x 35mm

Synthetic Rubber

Plain

-

28mm

WG50GD4GRG

£3.80 WG50GDL4GRGSWB £5.54

WG50GD8GRG

20/20mm

60kg

72mm

60 x 60mm

46 x 46mm

Synthetic Rubber

£3.17

Plain

26mm

WG50DR24GRG

£3.48 WG50DR24GRGWB

£4.75

-

20/20mm

60kg

72mm

60 x 60mm

46 x 46mm

-

Nylon

Plain

26mm

WG50DR24NY

£3.48 WG50DR24NYSWB

£4.75

-

20mm

40kg

73mm

50 x 50mm

-

35 x 35mm

Nylon

Plain

25mm

WG50DRL4PP

£2.61 WG50DRL4PPSWB

£3.33

-

-

Overall Height

Plate Dim.

Plate

Wheel Type

Bearing

Offset

Swivel Castor

Price

Price

Fixed Castor

Price

LIGHT DUTY APPARATUS CASTORS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 143

75mm Wheel Tread Width

Load Cap.

35mm

200kg 100mm 60 x 60mm 43 x 43mm Rubber

Plain

32mm

WG75DRL4GRG

£3.96 WG75DRL4GRGSWB

£4.75

-

-

30mm

150kg 100mm 60 x 60mm 43 x 43mm Synthetic Rubber

Plain

32mm

WG75DRL4TPR

£4.75 WG75DRL4TPRSWB

£4.75

-

-

32mm

150kg 100mm 60 x 60mm 43 x 43mm Anti-Static

Plain

32mm

WG75DRL4TPRAZ £5.94 WG75DR4TPRAZSWB £5.94

-

-

30mm

80kg

103mm 65 x 65mm

Plain

35mm

WG75GD4GRG

£6.89 WG75GDL4GRGSWB

£8.47

WG75GD8GRG £5.07

21mm

50kg

100mm 60 x 60mm 43 x 43mm Nylon

Plain

32mm

WG75DRL4PP

£3.96 WG75DRL4PPSWB

£4.75

-

Price

Fixed Castor

Price -

45 x 45mm Synthetic Rubber

Braked Castor

-

100mm Wheel Tread Load Width Cap.

Overall Height

Plate Dim.

Plate

Wheel Type

Bearing

Offset

27mm 80kg

130mm 75 x 75mm 57 x 57mm Rubber

Plain

38mm

WG100DRL4GRG

£3.75

WG100DRL4GRGSWB

£5.97

-

27mm 75kg

130mm 75 x 75mm 57 x 57mm Synthetic Rubber Plain

38mm

WG100DRL4TPR

£3.75

WG100DRL4TPRSWB

£6.53

-

-

27mm 75kg

130mm 75 x 75mm 57 x 57mm Anti-Static

38mm

WG100DRL4TPRAZ

£4.40

WG100DR4TPRAZSWB

£5.66

-

-

24mm 80kg

124mm 65 x 65mm 45 x 45mm Synthetic Rubber Plain

39mm

WG100GD4GRG

£5.27

WG100GDL4GRGSWB

£5.71

WG100GD8GRG

£4.31

32mm 90kg

135mm 67 x 77mm 51.5 x 51.5 Synthetic Rubber Plain

38mm

WG100LWATPR

£5.05

WG100LWATPRSWB

£7.01

-

-

32mm 90kg

135mm 67 x 77mm 51.5 x 51.5 Synthetic Rubber Ball

38mm

WG100LWATPRBJG £7.71

WG100LWATPRBJGSWB £8.02

-

-

27mm 80kg

130mm 75 x 75mm 57 x 57mm Nylon

38mm

WG100DRL4PP

WG100DRL4PPSWB

-

-

Plain

Plain

Swivel Castor

Price

£5.23

Braked Castor

£4.70

125mm Wheel Tread Width

Load Cap.

Overall Height

Plate Dim.

Plate

Wheel Type

Bearing Offset

Swivel Castor

Price

Braked Castor

Price

Fixed Castor

Price

27mm

100kg

153mm

75 x 75mm

57 x 57mm

Rubber

Plain

40mm

WG125DRL4GRG

£4.70

WG125DRL4GRGSWB

£5.58

-

-

27mm

90kg

153mm

75 x 75mm

57 x 57mm

Synthetic Rubber Plain

40mm

WG125DRL4TPR

£4.70

WG125DRL4TPRSWB

£5.58

-

-

27mm

90kg

153mm

75 x 75mm

57 x 57mm

Anti-Static

Plain

40mm

WG125DRL4TPRAZ

£5.58

WG125DR4TPRAZSWB

£6.45

-

-

32mm

110kg

160mm

67 x 77mm

51.5 x 51.5

Synthetic Rubber Plain

41mm

WG125LWATPR

£5.79

WG125LWATPRSWB

£7.01

-

-

32mm

110kg

160mm

67 x 77mm

51.5 x 51.5

Synthetic Rubber Ball

41mm

WG125LWATPRBJG £7.01

WG125LWATPRBJGSWB £8.23

-

-

27mm

100kg

153mm

75 x 75mm

57 x 57mm

Nylon

40mm

WG125DRL4PP

WG125DRL4PPSWB

-

-

Overall Height

Plate Dim.

Plate

Plain

£4.70

£5.58

150mm Wheel Tread Width

Load Cap.

Wheel Type

Bearing Offset Swivel Castor

Price

Braked Castor

Price

£7.19

WG150LWATPRSWB

Fixed Price Castor

32mm 130kg 184.5mm 67 x 77mm 51.5 x 61.5mm Synthetic Rubber Plain

45mm WG150LWATPR

£12.24 -

-

32mm 130kg 184.5mm 67 x 77mm 51.5 x 61.5mm Synthetic Rubber Ball

45mm WG150LWATPRBJG £9.37 WG150LWATPRBJGSWB £14.42 -

-

LIGHT DUTY APPARATUS CASTORS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

143


MEDIUM DUTY STAINLESS STEEL CASTORS

144 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

MEDIUM DUTY STAINLESS STEEL CASTORS SSDRNY

SSDRPNO

80mm Wheel

SSDRGRB

SSDRHTBJG

SSDRBNB

106mm Overall Height / 105 x 85mm Plate Dimensions / 80 x 60mm Plate / 37.5mm Offset

Tread Width

Load Capacity

Wheel Type

Bearing Swivel Castor

Price

Braked Castor

Price

Fixed Castor

Price

35mm

200kg

Nylon

Plain

WGSS80DR4NY

£18.64

WGSS80DR4NYSWB

£22.35

WGSS80DR8NY

£14.85

30mm

100kg

Poly Nylon

Plain

WGSS80DR4PNO

£19.21

WGSS80DR4PNOSWB

£22.91

WGSS80DR8PNO

£15.42

32mm

100kg

Elastic Poly Nylon

Plain

WGSS80DR4EPN

£20.26

WGSS80DR4EPNSWB

£23.96

WGSS80DR8EPN

£16.47

30mm

65kg

Grey Rubber

Roller

WGSS80DR4GRB

£17.86

WGSS80DR4GRBSWB

£21.56

WGSS80DR8GRB

£14.07

30mm

200kg

Phenolic (High Temp)

Ball

WGSS80DR4HTBJ260 £31.54

WGSS80DR4HTBJ260SWB

£35.24

WGSS80DR8HTBJ260

£27.75

34mm

150kg

Blue Elastic Rubber

Roller

WGSS80DR4BNB

WGSS80DR4BNBSWB

£22.69

WGSS80DR8BNB

£15.20

100mm Wheel

£18.99

128mm Overall Height / 105 x 85mm Plate Dimensions / 80 x 60mm Plate / 40mm Offset

Tread Width

Load Capacity

Wheel Type

Bearing Swivel Castor

Price

Braked Castor

Price

Fixed Castor

Price

35mm

200kg

Nylon

Plain

WGSS100DR4NY

£18.99

WGSS100DR4NYSWB

£22.65

WGSS100DR8NY

£13.68

30mm

150kg

Poly Nylon

Plain

WGSS100DR4PNO

£19.73

WGSS100DR4PNOSWB

£23.39

WGSS100DR8PNO

£14.42

32mm

150kg

Elastic Poly Nylon

Plain

WGSS100DR4EPN

£22.17

WGSS100DR4EPNSWB

£25.83

WGSS100DR8EPN

£16.86

30mm

80kg

Grey Rubber

Roller

WGSS100DR4GRB

£18.38

WGSS100DR4GRBSWB

£22.04

WGSS100DR8GRB

£13.07

32mm

220kg

Phenolic (High Temp)

Ball

WGSS100DR4HTBJ260 £36.11

WGSS100DR4HTBJ260SWB

£39.77

WGSS100DR8HTBJ260

£30.80

34mm

180kg

Blue Elastic Rubber

Roller

WGSS100DR4BNB

WGSS100DR4BNBSWB

£23.65

WGSS100DR8BNB

£14.68

125mm Wheel

£19.99

152mm Overall Height / 105 x 85mm Plate Dimensions / 80 x 60mm Plate / 47mm Offset

Tread Width

Load Capacity

Wheel Type

Bearing Swivel Castor

Price

Braked Castor

Price

Fixed Castor

Price

35mm

270kg

Nylon

Plain

WGSS125DR4NY

£19.21

WGSS125DR4NYSWB

£23.09

WGSS125DR8NY

£17.90

35mm

200kg

Poly Nylon

Plain

WGSS125DR4PNO

£20.56

WGSS125DR4PNOSWB

£24.44

WGSS125DR8PNO

£19.25

32mm

175kg

Elastic Poly Nylon

Plain

WGSS125DR4EPN

£21.87

WGSS125DR4EPNSWB

£25.74

WGSS125DR8EPN

£20.56

37mm

100kg

Grey Rubber

Roller

WGSS125DR4GRB

£18.38

WGSS125DR4GRBSWB

£22.26

WGSS125DR8GRB

£17.08

40mm

250kg

Phenolic (High Temp)

Ball

WGSS125DR4HTBJ260

£37.37

WGSS125DR4HTBJ260SWB

£41.25

WGSS125DR8HTBJ260

£36.07

36mm

250kg

Blue Elastic Rubber

Roller

WGSS125DR4BNB

£20.56

WGSS125DR4BNBSWB

£24.44

WGSS125DR8BNB

£19.25

150mm Wheel

185mm Overall Height / 135 x 105mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate / 65mm Offset

Tread Width

Load Capacity

Wheel Type

Bearing

Swivel Castor

Price

Braked Castor

Price

Fixed Castor

Price

42mm

200kg

Elastic Poly Nylon

Plain

WGSS150DR4EPN

£48.13

WGSS150DR4EPNSWB

£62.47

WGSS150DR8EPN

£40.25

160mm Wheel

195mm Overall Height / 135 x 105mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate / 65mm Offset

Tread Width

Load Capacity

Wheel Type

Bearing

Swivel Castor

Price

Braked Castor

Price

Fixed Castor

Price

45mm

350kg

Nylon

Plain

WGSS160DR4NY

£39.55

WGSS160DR4NYSWB

£53.88

WGSS160DR8NY

£31.67

38mm

250kg

Poly Nylon

Plain

WGSS160DR4PNO

£42.65

WGSS160DR4PNOSWB

£56.98

WGSS160DR8PNO

£34.76

40mm

175kg

Grey Rubber

Roller

WGSS160DR4GRB

£37.94

WGSS160DR4GRBSWB

£52.27

WGSS160DR8GRB

£30.06

45mm

350kg

Blue Elastic Rubber

Roller

WGSS160DR4BNB

£42.86

WGSS160DR4BNBSWB

£57.19

WGSS160DR8BNB

£34.98

200mm Wheel

144

SSDREPN

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

237mm Overall Height / 135 x 105mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate / 65mm Offset

Tread Width

Load Capacity

Wheel Type

Bearing

Swivel Castor

Price

Braked Castor

Price

Fixed Castor

Price

60mm

350kg

Nylon

Plain

WGSS200DR4NY

£48.22

WGSS200DR4NYSWB

£58.85

WGSS200DR8NY

£37.72

50mm

350kg

Poly Nylon

Plain

WGSS200DR4PNO

£56.06

WGSS200DR4PNOSWB

£66.69

WGSS200DR8PNO

£45.56

50mm

250kg

Elastic Poly Nylon

Plain

WGSS200DR4EPN

£64.34

WGSS200DR4EPNSWB

£74.97

WGSS200DR8EPN

£53.84

50mm

205kg

Grey Rubber

Roller

WGSS200DR4GRB

£46.30

WGSS200DR4GRBSWB

£56.93

WGSS200DR8GRB

£35.81

45mm

350kg

Blue Elastic Rubber

Ball

WGSS200DR4BNB

£60.11

WGSS200DR4BNBJSWB

£70.74

WGSS200DR8BNB

£49.61

MEDIUM DUTY STAINLESS STEEL CASTORS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


LIGHT / MEDIUM DUTY INDUSTRIAL CASTORS WGDRNY

WGDRPNO

WGDREPN

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

WGDRPSB

WGDRBSB

WGDRBNB

80mm Wheel - 106mm Overall Height / 105 x 85mm Plate Dimensions / 80 x 60mm Plate Tread Width

Load Capacity

Wheel Type

Bearing

Offset

Swivel Castor

Price

Braked Castor

Price

Fixed Castor

Price

35mm

200kg

Nylon

Plain

37.5mm

WG80DR4NY

£5.88

WG80DR4NYSWB

£7.45

WG80DR8NY

£5.23

30mm

100kg

Poly Nylon

Plain

37.5mm

WG80DR4PNO

£6.45

WG80DR4PNOSWB

£8.02

WG80DR8PNO

£5.79

32mm

100kg

Elastic Poly Nylon

Plain

37.5mm

WG80DR4EPN

£7.49

WG80DR4EPNSWB

£9.06

WG80DR8EPN

£6.84

30mm

65kg

Rubber Red Centre

Roller

37.5mm

WG80DR4PSB

£5.10

WG80DR4PSBSWB

£6.66

WG80DR8PSB

£4.44

30mm

65kg

Rubber Steel Centre

Roller

37.5mm

WG80DR4BSB

£5.05

WG80DR4BSBSWB

£6.62

WG80DR8BSB

£4.40

34mm

150kg

Blue Elastic Rubber

Roller

37.5mm

WG80DR4BNB

£6.23

WG80DR4BNBSWB

£7.80

WG80DR8BNB

£5.58

LIGHT / MEDIUM DUTY CASTORS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 145

100mm Wheel - 128mm Overall Height / 105 x 85mm Plate Dimensions / 80 x 60mm Plate Tread Width

Load Capacity

Wheel Type

Bearing

Offset

Swivel Castor

Price

Braked Castor

Price

Fixed Castor

Price

35mm

200kg

Nylon

Plain

40mm

WG100DR4NY

£6.14

WG100DR4NYSWB

£7.80

WG100DR8NY

£5.49

30mm

150kg

Poly Nylon

Plain

40mm

WG100DR4PNO

£6.88

WG100DR4PNOSWB

£8.54

WG100DR8PNO

£6.23

32mm

150kg

Elastic Poly Nylon

Plain

40mm

WG100DR4EPN

£9.32

WG100DR4EPNSWB

£10.98

WG100DR8EPN

£8.67

30mm

80kg

Rubber Red Centre

Roller

40mm

WG100DR4PSB

£5.18

WG100DR4PSBSWB

£6.84

WG100DR8PSB

£4.53

30mm

80kg

Rubber Steel Centre

Roller

40mm

WG100DR4BSB

£5.40

WG100DR4BSBSWB

£7.06

WG100DR8BSB

£4.75

34mm

180kg

Blue Elastic Rubber

Roller

40mm

WG100DR4BNB

£7.14

WG100DR4BNBSWB

£8.80

WG100DR8BNB

£6.49

125mm Wheel - 152mm Overall Height / 105 x 85mm Plate Dimensions / 80 x 60mm Plate Tread Width

Load Capacity

Wheel Type

Bearing

Offset

Swivel Castor

Price

Braked Castor

Price

Fixed Castor

Price

35mm

270kg

Nylon

Plain

47mm

WG125DR4NY

£7.54

WG125DR4NYSWB

£9.15

WG125DR8NY

£6.97

35mm

200kg

Poly Nylon

Plain

47mm

WG125DR4PNO

£8.89

WG125DR4PNOSWB

£10.50

WG125DR8PNO

£8.32

32mm

175kg

Elastic Poly Nylon

Plain

47mm

WG125DR4EPN

£10.19

WG125DR4EPNSWB

£11.80

WG125DR8EPN

£9.63

37mm

100kg

Rubber Red Centre

Roller

47mm

WG125DR4PSB

£6.14

WG125DR4PSBSWB

£7.75

WG125DR8PSB

£5.58

37mm

100kg

Rubber Steel Centre

Roller

47mm

WG125DR4BSB

£6.49

WG125DR4BSBSWB

£8.10

WG125DR8BSB

£5.92

36mm

250kg

Blue Elastic Rubber

Roller

47mm

WG125DR4BNB

£8.89

WG125DR4BNBSWB

£10.50

WG125DR8BNB

£8.32

160mm Wheel - 195mm Overall Height / 135 x 105mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate Tread Width

Load Capacity

Wheel Type

Bearing

Offset

Swivel Castor

Price

Braked Castor

Price

Fixed Castor

Price

45

350kg

Nylon

Plain

65mm

WG160DR4NY

£15.12

WG160DR4NYSWB

£17.29

WG160DR8NY

£13.11

38

175kg

Rubber Red Centre

Roller

65mm

WG160DR4PSB

£12.98

WG160DR4PSBSWB

£15.16

WG160DR8PSB

£10.98

40

175kg

Rubber Steel Centre

Roller

65mm

WG160DR4BSB

£14.07

WG160DR4BSBSWB

£16.25

WG160DR8BSB

£12.07

45

350kg

Blue Elastic Rubber

Roller

65mm

WG160DR4BNB

£14.07

WG160DR4BNBSWB

£16.25

WG160DR8BNB

£12.07

200mm Wheel - 237mm Overall Height / 135 x 105mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate Tread Width

Load Capacity

Wheel Type

Bearing

Offset

Swivel Castor

Price

Braked Castor

Price

Fixed Castor

Price

60

350kg

Nylon

Plain

68mm

WG200DR4NY

£18.91

WG200DR4NYSWB

£21.13

WG200DR8NY

£17.51

50

205kg

Rubber Red Centre

Roller

68mm

WG200DR4PSB

£15.51

WG200DR4PSBSWB

£17.73

WG200DR8PSB

£14.11

50

205kg

Rubber Steel Centre

Roller

68mm

WG200DR4BSB

£16.73

WG200DR4BSBSWB

£18.95

WG200DR8BSB

£15.33

50

350kg

Blue Elastic Rubber

Ball

68mm

WG200DR4BNB

£24.26

WG200DR4BNBSWB

£26.48

WG200DR8BNB

£22.87

LIGHT / MEDIUM DUTY CASTORS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

145


HEAVY / EXTRA HEAVY DUTY CASTORS

146 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

HEAVY / EXTRA HEAVY DUTY CASTORS WGDRH/ GDHNY

WGDRH/ GDHCI

WGDRH/ GDHPNBJ

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

WGGDHPXBJ

WGDRH/ GDHBNB

WGDRH/ GDHRT

WGDRH/ GDHE ABJ

WGDRH/ GDHPTBJ

WGDRH/ GDHPRBJRP

WGDRH/ GDHPTABJ

WGDRH/ GDHE PABJ

100mm Wheel - 128mm Overall Height / 105 x 85mm Plate Dimensions / 80 x 60mm Plate / 39mm Offset Tread Width

Load Capacity

Wheel Type

Bearing

Swivel Castor

Price

Braked Castor

Price

Fixed Castor

Price

35mm

200kg

Nylon

Roller

WG100DRH4NYB

£10.72

WG100DRH4NYBSWB

£12.81

WG100DRH8NYB

£9.76

38mm

250kg

Poly Nylon

Ball

WG100DRH4PNBJ

£14.98

WG100DRH4PNBJSWB

£17.08

WG100DRH8PNBJ

£14.03

36mm

200kg

Blue Elastic Rubber

Roller

WG100DRH4BNB

£8.19

WG100DRH4BNBSWB

£10.28

WG100DRH8BNB

£7.23

40mm

180kg

Elastic Rubber Ally Centre

Ball

WG100DRH4EABJ

£21.95

WG100DRH4EABJSWB

£24.05

WG100DRH8EABJ

£21.00

40mm

250kg

Poly on Aluminium

Ball

WG100DRH4PTABJ

£20.56

WG100DRH4PTABJSWB

£22.65

WG100DRH8PTABJ

£19.60

125mm Wheel - 105 x 85mm Plate Dimensions / 80 x 60mm Plate / 44mm Offset Tread Width

Load Capacity

Overall Height

Wheel Type

Bearing

Swivel Castor

Price

Braked Castor

Price

Fixed Castor

Price

35mm

270kg

152

Nylon

Roller

WG125DRH4NYB

£12.28

WG125DRH4NYBSWB

£14.37

WG125DRH8NYB

£11.33

38mm

280kg

166

Poly Nylon

Ball

WG125DRH4PNBJ

£16.73

WG125DRH4PNBJSWB

£18.82

WG125DRH8PNBJ

£15.77

36mm

250kg

166

Blue Elastic Rubber

Roller

WG125DRH4BNB

£9.98

WG125DRH4BNBSWB

£12.07

WG125DRH8BNB

£9.02

38mm

200kg

152

Elastic Rubber Ally Centre

Ball

WG125DRH4EABJ

£24.83

WG125DRH4EABJSWB

£26.92

WG125DRH8EABJ

£23.87

38mm

350kg

166

Poly Cast Iron

Ball

WG125DRH4PTBJ

£24.92

WG125DRH4PTBJSWB

£27.01

WG125DRH8PTBJ

£23.96

40mm

300kg

152

Poly on Aluminium

Ball

WG125DRH4PTABJ

£22.35

WG125DRH4PTABJSWB

£24.44

WG125DRH8PTABJ

£21.39

150mm Wheel - 194mm Overall Height / 135 x 110mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate / 55mm Offset Tread Width

Load Capacity

Wheel Type

Bearing

Swivel Castor

Price

Braked Castor

Price

Fixed Castor

Price

45mm

700kg

Nylon

Ball

WG150GDH4NYBJ

£38.16

WG150GDH4NYBJSWB

£41.90

WG150GDH8NYBJ

£30.71

45mm

800kg

Cast Iron

Ball

WG150GDH4CIBJ

£41.08

WG150GDH4CIBJSWB

£44.82

WG150GDH8CIBJ

£33.63

50mm

430kg

Poly Nylon

Ball

WG150GDH4PNBJ

£36.11

WG150GDH4PNBJSWB

£39.86

WG150GDH8PNBJ

£28.66

50mm

400kg

Elastic Rubber CI Centre

Ball

WG150GDH4RTBJ

£41.51

WG150GDH4RTBJSWB

£45.26

WG150GDH8RTBJ

£41.51

50mm

800kg

Poly Cast Iron

Ball

WG150GDH4PTBJ

£47.79

WG150GDH4PTBJSWB

£51.53

WG150GDH8PTBJ

£47.79

50mm

650kg

Round Profile Poly Cast Iron

Ball

WG150GDH4PTBJRP

£52.14

WG150GDH4PTBJRPSWB

£51.53

WG150GDH8PTBJRP

£52.14

50mm

550kg

Poly on Aluminium

Ball

WG150GDH4PTABJ

£41.49

WG150GDH4PTABJSWB

£45.24

WG150GDH8PTABJ

£41.49

160mm Wheel - 199mm Overall Height / 135 x 110mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate / 55mm Offset Tread Width

Load Capacity

Wheel Type

Bearing

Swivel Castor

Price

Braked Castor

Price

Fixed Castor

Price

45mm

350kg

Blue Elastic Rubber

Roller

WG160GDH4BNB

£28.58

WG160GDH4BNBSWB

£32.32

WG160GDH8BNB

£28.58

50mm

350kg

Elastic Rubber Ally Centre

Ball

WG160GDH4EABJ

£48.74

WG160GDH4EABJSWB

£52.49

WG160GDH8EABJ

£48.74

50mm

600kg

Poly on Aluminium

Ball

WG160GDH4PTABJ

£42.38

WG160GDH4PTABJSWB

£46.13

WG160GDH8PTABJ

£42.38

50mm

600kg

Elastic Urethane 80 Shore A

Ball

WG160GDH4EPABJ

£46.57

WG160GDH4EPABJSWB

£50.31

WG160GDH8EPABJ

£46.57

200mm Wheel - 239mm Overall Height / 135 x 110mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate / 55mm Offset Tread Width

Load Capacity

Wheel Type

Bearing

Swivel Castor

Price

Braked Castor

Price

Fixed Castor

Price

50mm

800kg

Nylon

Ball

WG200GDH4NYBJ

£45.74

WG200GDH4NYBJSWB

£49.05

WG200GDH8NYBJ

£38.25

45mm

800kg

Cast Iron

Ball

WG200GDH4CIBJ

£46.17

WG200GDH4CIBJSWB

£49.48

WG200GDH8CIBJ

£38.68

50mm

600kg

Poly Nylon

Ball

WG200GDH4PXBJ

£37.42

WG200GDH4PXBJSWB

£40.73

WG200GDH8PXBJ

£29.93

50mm

600kg

Elastic Rubber CI Centre

Ball

WG200GDH4RTBJ

£49.48

WG200GDH4RTBJSWB

£52.79

WG200GDH8RTBJ

£41.99

50mm

450kg

Elastic Rubber Ally Centre

Ball

WG200GDH4EABJ

£56.19

WG200GDH4EABJSWB

£59.50

WG200GDH8EABJ

£48.70

50mm

800kg

Poly Cast Iron

Ball

WG200GDH4PTBJ

£56.41

WG200GDH4PTBJSWB

£59.72

WG200GDH8PTBJ

£48.92

50mm

800kg

Round Profile Poly Cast Iron

Ball

WG200GDH4PTBJRP

£64.29

WG200GDH4PTBJRPSWB

£59.72

WG200GDH8PTBJRP

£56.80

50mm

800kg

Poly on Aluminium

Ball

WG200GDH4PTABJ

£48.87

WG200GDH4PTABJSWB

£52.18

WG200GDH8PTABJ

£41.38

50mm

800kg

Elastic Urethane 80 Shore A

Ball

WG200GDH4EPABJ

£54.01

WG200GDH4EPABJSWB

£57.32

WG200GDH8EPABJ

£46.52

250mm Wheel - 291mm Overall Height / 135 x 110mm Plate Dimensions / 105 x 80mm Plate / 55mm Offset

146

Tread Width

Load Capacity

Wheel Type

Bearing

Swivel Castor

Price

Braked Castor

Price

Fixed Castor

Price

60mm

800kg

Nylon

Ball

WG250GDH4NYBJ

£66.60

WG250GDH4NYBJSWB

£69.22

WG250GDH8NYBJ

£60.33

50mm

800kg

Cast Iron

Ball

WG250GDH4CIBJ

£69.65

WG250GDH4CIBJSWB

£72.27

WG250GDH8CIBJ

£63.38

50mm

700kg

Elastic Rubber CI Centre

Ball

WG250GDH4RTBJ

£61.33

WG250GDH4RTBJSWB

£63.95

WG250GDH8RTBJ

£55.06

50mm

500kg

Elastic Rubber Ally Centre

Ball

WG250GDH4EABJ

£95.79

WG250GDH4EABJSWB

£98.40

WG250GDH8EABJ

£89.52

50mm

800kg

Poly Cast Iron

Ball

WG250GDH4PTBJ

£71.22

WG250GDH4PTBJSWB

£73.83

WG250GDH8PTBJ

£64.95

HEAVY / EXTRA HEAVY DUTY CASTORS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

SHELVING & RACKING 147 - 174 If you require shelving or racking systems, we provide a wide range of equipment, with value, standard of heavy duty options available, depending on your needs. Our range includes stockroom shelving and warehouse racking systems, with longspan or shortspan variants; heavy duty pallet racking; and an extensive range of accessories, including floor markers, waste disposal sack and magnetic letters and numbers - all manufactured in the UK to the highest levels of specification.

SHELVING RACKING RACKING PROTECTION BARRIERS & POSTS MEZZANNINE FLOORING SIGNS, LABELS & MARKERS WASTE DISPOSAL SACKS PLATES & RAMPS WHEEL CHOCKS DOCK LIGHTS DOCK BUMPERS TRAFFIC LIGHTS CONVEYORS

Tel: 01446 772614

148-150, 153-157 151-152, 158-161 161 162-163 164-165 166-168 169 170-171 172 172 173 173 174

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


SHELVING

148 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

STANDARD DUTY SHELVING

DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

Simple, tap together, fully adjustable shelving for quick and economic storage solutions. Take a standard bay profile and tailor it to your needs by adding additional shelf levels. Just Shelving maximises the storage of archive boxes, bankers boxes, box files, arch file, magazine holders and much more. 5 Shelf units with 18mm chipboard. Bays comprise 4 uprights, 5 shelf levels with J beams, beam ties as required, feet and assembly instructions. Bays are available with 4 upright colours as standard and will be supplied with Light Grey beams unless otherwise specified. More sizes are available please ask for details.

Size (H x W x D) mm

Shelves

Shelf Load Kg

Ref

Price

1980 x 900 x 300

5

360

WGSX001GU

£142.60

1980 x 1200 x 300

5

350

WGSX002GU

£178.25

1980 x 900 x 450

5

320

WGSX004GU

£149.50

1980 x 1200 x 450

5

350

WGSX005GU

£189.75

Standard Colour Choice:

Red (RD)

HEAVY DUTY SHELVING

Blue (GB)

Dark Grey (GX)

Light Grey (GU)

DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

Strong and robust adjustable shelving for manufacturing, engineering and production environments. The heavy duty design offers simple and fast assembly, giving you quick solutions to your storage needs. 3 Shelf units with 18mm chipboard. Bays comprise 4 uprights, 3 shelf levels with channel beams, beam ties as required, feet and assembly instructions. Bays are available with 4 upright colours as standard and will be supplied with Light Grey beams unless otherwise specified. More sizes are available please ask for details.

Unpack and assemble framework by simply tapping together.

148

Size (H x W x D) mm

Shelves

Shelf Load Kg

Ref

Price

1980 x 1500 x 450

3

510

WGSX020GU

£179.40

1980 x 1500 x 600

3

275

WGSX021GU

£192.05

1980 x 1800 x 600

3

365

WGSX024GU

£224.25

1980 x 1800 x 900

3

210

WGSX025GU

£270.25

1980 x 2400 x 600

3

445

WGSX013GU

£258.75

1980 x 2400 x 900

3

210

WGSX014GU

£307.05

With the framework complete, just put the shelves into position.

SHELVING

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


VALUE SHELVING

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

Economy shelving system - great for the office, stockrooms or stores. >> 175kg UDL* capacity per shelf >> Economy system for general use

VALUE SHELVING

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 149

>> No nuts or bolts - just tap together for simple assembly >> Steel structure with chipboard decks >> Shelves adjust every 35mm

Size (H x W x D) mm

Shelf Load UDL kg

Ref

Price

1780 x 900 x 300

175

WG150A

£51.70

1780 x 900 x 450

175

WG150B

£58.45

1780 x 900 x 600

175

WG150C

£64.00

*UDL = Uniformly Distributed Load

SMALL BUSINESS STARTER KIT

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

A great 5-piece starter kit for your business or home. Size (H x W x D) mm

Ref

Price

4 bays 1780 x 900 x 300 + 1 Bench

WGSK1

£254.85

4 bays 1780 x 900 x 450 + 1 Bench

WGSK2

£282.90

4 bays 1780 x 900 x 600 + 1 Bench

WGSK3

£302.70

>> Kit contains: >> 4 x 5-shelf units >> 1 x Assembly mallet >> 1 x Workbench >> 3 x Bay connector sets

Bay connectors and mallet included

VALUE SHELVING

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

149


STOCKROOM SHELVING

150 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

BIG 340 SHELVING

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

Classic stockroom shelving is the original low profile boltless shelving. >> Amazing value, incredibly strong 2mm thick steel shelf beams >> Simple, rapid assembly with no nuts, bolts or clips just tap together with a rubber mallet >> Each shelving bay comes with 6 levels >> Each shelf carries up to 340kg UDL* >> Powder coated in high visibility orange and blue >> Shelves adjust in height every 38mm >> Complete with 15mm chipboard decks and protective plastic feet >> Tie plates for joining bays and wall brackets are also available >> Choose from 1980mm >> 2440mm and 3050mm high shelving available please call for details

Size (H x W x D) mm

Shelf Load UDL kg

Shelving Unit Ref

Price

1980 x 915 x 305

340

WGB31909036BO £97.80

WGB3XL0903O £19.25

1980 x 915 x 455

340

WGB31909046BO

£107.40

WGB3XL0904O £20.85

1980 x 915 x 610

340

WGB31909066BO £117.05

WGB3XL0906O £24.05

1980 x 915 x 730

340

WGB31909076BO

WGB3XL0907O

1980 x 915 x 915

340

WGB31909096BO £141.05

WGB3XL0909O £27.25

1980 x 1220 x 305 200

WGB31912036BO

£107.40

WGB3XL1203O

£20.85

1980 x 1220 x 455 200

WGB31912046BO

£121.85

WGB3XL1204O

£24.05

1980 x 1220 x 610

200

WGB31912066BO

£131.45

WGB3XL1206O

£25.65

1980 x 1220 x 730

200

WGB31912076BO

£141.05

WGB3XL1207O

£27.25

1980 x 1220 x 915

200

WGB31912096BO

£150.60

WGB3XL1209O

£30.45

£126.65

Extra Level Ref

Price

£25.65

LABELS, RACKING STRIPS & MARKERS ON PAGES 166-168

Protective plastic feet

*UDL = Uniformly Distributed Load

Boltless assembly

150

STOCKROOM SHELVING

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


CLASSIC WAREHOUSE RACKING

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

The Original Boltless Orange and Blue Racking, used by thousands of businesses and homes across the UK. Classic Warehouse Racking is a timeless design so simple to build yet incredibly strong. >> Amazing value and comprehensive choice of sizes >> Simple, rapid assembly with no nuts, bolts or clips just tap together with a rubber mallet

WAREHOUSE RACKING

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 151

>> Strong ‘C’ Section main beams for maximum durability >> Each shelf carries up to 400kg UDL* >> Powder coated in high visibility orange and blue >> Levels adjust every 38mm >> Complete with 15mm chipboard decks and protective plastic feet >> Tie plates for joining bays, metal feet and wall brackets are also available >> For 3000mm high bays please call for details

400KG UDL*

400KG UDL*

Size (H x W x D) mm

Shelf Load Shelving Unit UDL kg Ref

Price

Extra Level Ref

Price

1980 x 1525 x 455

400

WGB41915044BO

£161.90

WGB4XL1504O

£36.90

1980 x 1525 x 610

400

WGB41915064BO

£176.35

WGB4XL1506O

£41.70

1980 x 1525 x 760

400

WGB41915074BO

£190.75

WGB4XL1507O

£46.50

1980 x 1525 x 915

400

WGB41915094BO

£200.40

WGB4XL1509O

£51.30

1980 x 1525 x 1220

400

WGB41915124BO

£224.40

WGB4XL1512O

£56.10

1980 x 1830 x 455

400

WGB41918044BO

£176.35

WGB4XL1804O

£41.70

1980 x 1830 x 610

400

WGB41918064BO

£195.55

WGB4XL1806O

£46.50

1980 x 1830 x 760

400

WGB41918074BO

£205.20

WGB4XL18070

£51.30

1980 x 1830 x 915

400

WGB41918094BO

£214.80

WGB4XL1809O

£56.10

1980 x 1830 x 1220

400

WGB41918124BO

£243.65

WGB4XL1812O

£60.95

1980 x 2440 x 455

400

WGB41924044BO

£214.80

WGB4XL2404O

£51.30

1980 x 2440 x 610

400

WGB41924064BO

£229.25

WGB4XL2406O

£56.10

1980 x 2440 x 760

400

WGB41924074BO

£253.25

WGB4XL2407O

£60.95

1980 x 2440 x 915

400

WGB41924094BO

£272.50

WGB4XL2409O

£65.75

1980 x 2440 x 1220

400

WGB41924124BO

£291.75

WGB4XL2412O

£70.55

LABELS, RACKING STRIPS & MARKERS ON PAGES 166-168

Strong ‘C’ Section Steel Beams

*UDL = Uniformly Distributed Load

WAREHOUSE RACKING

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

151


LONGSPAN RACKING

152 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

BULK STORAGE LONGSPAN RACKING

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

If you like your racking big, strong and very long then look no further. Our Longspan Racks are perfect for bulky items and really heavy loads up to 850kg. >> Bolted frames with powder coated posts and galvanised bracing supplied fully assembled >> Sturdy beam connectors lock into posts and come with safety clips >> Each level carries up to 850kg UDL* >> Powder coated in high visibility Orange and Blue

850kg UDL*

>> Levels complete with 22mm P2 chipboard decking >> Choice of 3 heights, 4 widths and 2 depths

Bulk Storage Longspan 1 x Frame†

Bulk Storage Longspan 1 x Level††

Description (H x D) mm

Ref

Price

Description (W x D) mm

Capacity kg Ref

Price

Frame 2000 x 600

WGMLF206B

£62.30

Level 1825 x 600

850

WGMLXLS1860

£53.90

Frame 2000 x 900

WGMLF209B

£67.35

Level 1825 x 900

850

WGMLXLS1890

£57.25

Frame 2500 x 600

WGMLF256B

£74.05

Level 2225 x 600

710

WGMLXLS2260

£69.00

Frame 2500 x 900

WGMLF259B

£80.80

Level 2225 x 900

710

WGMLXLS2290

£75.75

Frame 3000 x 600

WGMLF306B

£82.50

Level 2300 x 600

775

WGMLXLS2360

£72.40

Frame 3000 x 900

WGMLF309B

£90.90

Level 2300 x 900

775

WGMLXLS2390

£82.50

Level 2700 x 600

550

WGMLXLS2760

£85.85

Level 2700 x 900

550

WGMLXLS2790

£94.25

Supplied assembled with footplates

*UDL = Uniformly Distributed Load

Supplied with 22mm thick chipboard decks. Load capacity per frame is 3600kg UDL at a max. beam pitch of 500mm.

††

1 x Frame

2 x Levels

How to order: Order frames and levels separately. To order your longspan racking, select the size and quantity of blue frames required and then choose the corresponding number of orange shelves required. We recommend all frames are bolted to the floor.

LABELS, RACKING STRIPS & MARKERS ON PAGES 166-168

152

LONGSPAN RACKING

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


BOLTLESS INDUSTRIAL SHELVING

BOLTLESS INDUSTRIAL SHELVING

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 153 DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Shelving for everyday use up to 800kg bay capacity providing exceptional value for money. >> Galvanised steel >> 750, 1000, 1300mm, widths available >> 300, 400, 500, 600mm depths available >> 100kg shelf capacity >> Lots of accessories available >> 4 frame finishes as standard >> Modular in design >> Easy to assemble and adjust

Assembling without stiffening beams helps create our budget shelving option, yet still offers an industrial duty bay capacity. Choose your upright finish

Blue

Red

Grey

Galvanised

(Please specify when ordering) LABELS, RACKING STRIPS & MARKERS ON PAGES 166-168

Height (mm)

1850

2000

2200

2500

Qty Shelves

4

5

5

6

Width Depth Starter

Extension

Starter

Extension

Starter

Extension

Starter

750

WGFEL18375G*

WGFEL18375A*

WGFEL20375G*

WGFEL20375A*

WGFEL22375G*

WGFEL22375A*

WGFEL25375G*

Price

Price

Price

Price

Price

300 400 500 600

1000

300 400 500 600

1300

300 400 500 600

£76.00

£49.00

£85.00

£57.00

£89.00 Price

WGFEL18475G

WGFEL18475A

WGFEL20475G

WGFEL20475A

WGFEL22475G*

Price

Price

Price

Price

Price

£81.00

£54.00

£92.00

£63.00

WGFEL20575G

WGFEL20575A WGFEL22575G

Price

Price

Price

£88.00

Price

£59.00

£99.00

WGFEL18675G

WGFEL18675A

WGFEL20675G

Price

Price

Price

£94.00

£64.00

£70.00

WGFEL20675A

£106.00 Price

£76.00

Price

WGFEL1831A*

WGFEL2031G*

WGFEL2031A*

WGFEL2231G*

Price

Price

Price

Price

Price

£76.00

£51.00

£81.00

£57.00

WGFEL1841G

WGFEL2041G

WGFEL2041A

WGFEL2241G*

Price

Price

Price

Price

Price

£83.00

£57.00

£96.00

WGFEL1851G

WGFEL1851A

WGFEL2051G

Price

Price

Price

£89.00

£63.00

£69.00

WGFEL2051A

£103.00 Price

£76.00

£100.00 Price

WGFEL2251G Price

WGFEL1861A

WGFEL2061G

WGFEL2061A

WGFEL2261G

Price

Price

Price

Price

Price

£74.00

£111.00

£82.00

£115.00 Price

WGFEL18313G*

WGFEL18313A*

WGFEL20313G*

WGFEL20313A*

WGFEL22313G*

Price

Price

Price

Price

Price

£83.00

£58.00

£88.00

WGFEL18413G

WGFEL18413A

WGFEL20413G

Price

Price

Price

£91.00

£66.00

£64.00

WGFEL20413A

£106.00 Price

£79.00

Price

£110.00 Price

WGFEL18513G

WGFEL18513A

WGFEL20513G

WGFEL20513A

WGFEL22513G

Price

Price

Price

Price

Price

£99.00

WGFEL18613G Price

£72.00

WGFEL18613A

£102.00 Price

£88.00

£115.00

£88.00

WGFEL20613A

WGFEL22613G

Price

Price

Price

£125.00

£96.00

WGFEL22613A

£130.00 Price

£100.00 Price

£83.00

WGFEL25413A*

£126.00 Price

£93.00

WGFEL25513A

£136.00 Price

WGFEL25613G

£97.00

WGFEL25313A*

£114.00 Price

WGFEL25513G

£90.00 Price

£89.00

WGFEL2561A*

£132.00 Price

WGFEL25413G*

£80.00 Price

WGFEL22513A

£120.00 Price

WGFEL20613G

£71.00 Price

WGFEL22413A

£81.00

WGFEL2551A

£122.00 Price

WGFEL25313G*

£73.00

WGFEL2541A*

£113.00 Price

WGFEL2561G*

£85.00 Price

WGFEL22313A

£101.00 Price

WGFEL22413G*

£75.00 Price

WGFEL2261A

£92.00

WGFEL2531A

£104.00 Price

WGFEL2551G

£84.00

WGFEL25675A

£127.00 Price

WGFEL2541G*

£72.00 Price

WGFEL2251A

£104.00 Price

WGFEL1861G £96.00

WGFEL2241A*

£76.00

WGFEL25575A

£120.00 Price

WGFEL2531G

£61.00 Price

£69.00

WGFEL25475A*

£110.00 Price

WGFEL25675G

£89.00 Price

WGFEL2231A*

£89.00 Price

WGFEL1841G

£79.00 Price

WGFEL22675A

£120.00 Price

WGFEL1831G*

WGFEL25475G*

£69.00 Price

WGFEL25375A*

£104.00 Price

WGFEL22575A WGFEL25575G

£110.00 Price

WGFEL22675G Price

WGFEL22475A*

£99.00 Price

WGFEL18575G WGFEL18575A

£60.00 Price

Extension

£103.00

WGFEL25613A

£150.00 Price

£115.00

* Bay requires floor fixing, because of the height to depth ratio. Fixings included.

BOLTLESS INDUSTRIAL SHELVING

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

153


CORNER SHELVING

154 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

CORNER SHELVING

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Full utilisation of space when installing shelving into corners >> Can be connected to standard shelving (see page 152) >> Fast and easy boltless assembly >> Other sizes available - just ask.

Standard shelves leave

Corner shelf utilises corner

wasted corner space

space more efficiently

LABELS, RACKING STRIPS & MARKERS ON PAGES 166-168

mm

0 100

100 0

mm

mm

0 100

100 0

mm

mm

0 100

100 0

mm

3000mm

2500mm

2000mm

Shelving height

Shelving height

Shelving height

9 stiffening beams

8 stiffening beams

7 stiffening beams

14 galvanised steel shelves

12 galvanised steel shelves

10 galvanised steel shelves

bay load 1400kg

bay load 1200kg

bay load 1000kg

2500mm

Choose your upright finish

Height

2000mm

3000mm

Depth mm

Ref

Price

Ref

Price

Ref

Price

324

WGFLTE2031

£175.00

WGFLTE2531

£209.00

WGFLTE3031

£244.00

424

WGFLTE2041

£188.00

WGFLTE2541

£225.00

WGFLTE3041

£262.00

524

WGFLTE2051

£201.00

WGFLTE2551

£241.00

WGFLTE3051

£281.00

624

WGFLTE2061

£215.00

WGFLTE2561

£259.00

WGFLTE3061

£302.00

Blue

Red

Grey

Galvanised

(Please specify when ordering)

154

CORNER SHELVING

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


HEAVY DUTY CHROME SHELVING

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

Fantastic Chrome Shelving with a nickel chrome finish. The wire finish is chrome plated then treated with a transparent coating which resists corrosion. >> Wire bars are welded front to back for extra strength >> Super looking nickel chrome finish

CHROME SHELVING

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 155

>> Available in 4 heights >> No nuts or bolts for easy assembly >> Improved product visibility and air circulation >> Less moisture and dust accumulation >> Hard wearing smooth snag Afree finish >> Shelves adjust every 25mm >> Full range of accessories available >> Adjustable levelling feet >> Maximum bay load 1,000 kilos

Simple assembly

LABELS, RACKING STRIPS & MARKERS ON PAGES 166-168

W x D mm

Shelf Load UDL*

1625mm High 4 Shelves Ref

Price

1800mm High 4 Shelves Ref

Price

Extra Chrome Shelves

Price

460 x 460

200kg

WGCS44

£95.45

WGCS446

£120.45

WGCXL44

£19.00

915 x 355

300kg

WGCS93

£120.60

WGCS936

£126.55

WGCXL93

£29.95

915 x 460

300kg

WGCS94

£134.85

WGCS946

£140.80

WGCXL94

£34.70

915 x 610

300kg

WGCS96

£146.75

WGCS966

£152.70

WGCXL96

£37.10

1220 x 355

250kg

WGCS123

£146.75

WGCS1236

£152.70

WGCXL123

£38.30

1220 x 460

250kg

WGCS124

£158.75

WGCS1246

£164.60

WGCXL124

£41.85

1220 x 610

250kg

WGCS126

£182.50

WGCS1266

£188.40

WGCXL126

£44.25

1520 x 460

200kg

WGCS154

£186.25

WGCS1546

£192.15

WGCXL154

£44.25

1520 x 610

200kg

WGCS156

£206.45

WGCS1566

£212.40

WGCXL156

£49.00

1820 x 460

200kg

WGCS184

£201.90

WGCS1846

£208.85

WGCXL184

£49.00

1820 x 610

200kg

WGCS186

£221.95

WGCS1866

£227.90

WGCXL186

£53.75

*UDL = Uniformly Distributed Load

CHROME SHELVING

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

155


COMPARTMENT SHELVING

156 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

COMPARTMENT SHELVING

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Ideal for small volume picking. >> Compliments existing BITO range >> Uprights available in 4 finishes >> Fast and easy boltless assembly

Ref: WGPH184.13.63G

Choose your upright finish

Ref: WGPH183.10.133G

Blue

Red

Grey

Galvanised

(Please specify when ordering)

Starter Bay

Height 1850mm

156

Extension Bay

Min Compartment Size (mm)

Starter Bay

Bay Width

Bay Depth

QTY Comp’s

HxWxD

Ref

Price

Extension Bay Ref

Price

1000mm

300mm

10

310 x 475 x 300

WGPH183.10.61G

£215.00

WGPH183.10.61A

£180.00

1000mm

300mm

21

210 x 295 x 300

WGPH183.10.82G

£250.00

WGPH183.10.82A

£220.00

1000mm

300mm

28

210 x 245 x 300

WGPH183.10.83G

£280.00

WGPH183.10.83A

£250.00

1000mm

300mm

48

110 x 245 x 300

WGPH183.10.133G

£340.00

WGPH183.10.133A

£310.00

1000mm

400mm

10

310 x 475 x 400

WGPH184.10.53G

£230.00

WGPH184.10.53A

£195.00

1000mm

400mm

21

210 x 295 x 400

WGPH184.10.82G

£270.00

WGPH184.10.82A

£230.00

1000mm

400mm

28

210 x 245 x 400

WGPH184.10.83G

£295.00

WGPH184.10.83A

£260.00

1000mm

400mm

48

110 x 245 x 400

WGPH184.10.133G

£365.00

WGPH184.10.133A

£330.00

1000mm

400mm

10

210 x 625 x 400

WGPH184.13.61G

£235.00

WGPH184.13.61A

£210.00

1000mm

400mm

20

210 x 295 x 400

WGPH184.13.63G

£270.00

WGPH184.13.63A

£235.00

COMPARTMENT SHELVING

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


INCLINED SHELVING - STATIC

INCLINED SHELVING

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 157 DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Ideally suited for containers in Euro size. >> Makes picking easier and faster >> Easy to assemble and adjust >> Shelves adjustable on 25mm increments >> Max load 100kg per shelf, 800kg per bay Starter Bay Shelving Height mm

Shelving Depth mm

Ref

Price

1.850

524 (600mm shelf)

WGESS18.613G

£165.00

Shelving Height mm

Shelving Depth mm

Ref

Price

1.850

524 (600mm shelf)

WGESS18.613A

£135.00

Extension Bay

Choose your upright finish

Blue Starter Bay

Extension Bay

Red

Grey

Additional inclined shelf level Ref

Price

WGSBS613.4

£25.70

Galvanised

(Please specify when ordering)

INCLINED SHELVING - MOBILE

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Ideally suited for containers in Euro size. >> With or without bins >> Complete with 4 castors, 2 swivel with brakes and 2 fixed >> Ergonomic carry handle >> Max load 100kg per shelf, 500kg per bay

Single Sided

Double Sided

Containers available in red or blue

Ref: WGRW64271D

Ref: WGRW64271

- please specify.

Description

No of levels

Bay Dimensions WxHxD

Bin Details

Code

Price

Low - With bins

2

1358 x 1020 x 524

6 off XL64271

WGRWL64271

£350.00

Low - No bins

2

1358 x 1020 x 524

N/A

WGRWL1354

£265.00

High - With bins 4

1358 x 1800 x 524

12 off XL64271

WGRW64271

£495.00

High - No bins

4

1358 x 1800 x 524

N/A

WGRW1354

£310.00

Description

No of levels

Bay Dimensions WxHxD

Bin Details

Code

Price

Low - With bins

2x2

1358 x 1020 x 1100

12 off XL64271

WGRWL64271D

£610.00

Low - No bins

2x2

1358 x 1020 x 1100

N/A

WGRWL1354D

£440.00

High - With bins 4 x 2

1358 x 1800 x 1100

24 off XL64271

WGRW64271D

£870.00

High - No bins

1358 x 1800 x 1100

N/A

WGRW1354D

£540.00

4x2

Ref: WGRW1354

INCLINED SHELVING

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

157


158 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

PALLET RACKING Our Heavy-duty Pallet Racking is fully FEM compliant and conforms to all the latest safety regulations. >> Choose from our comprehensive range of frames, beams and accessories direct from stock for fast delivery >> Designed for storing palletised loads with fork lift trucks >> Frames are bolted and supplied assembled with floor fixings and levelling plates >> Beams are supplied in pairs with integrated locking pins for even greater safety >> Manufactured to BSEN ISO9001 quality standards with 5-year manufacturer’s warranty >> Corrosion resistant powder coated beams and frame uprights with galvanised cross bracing >> Please contact us for advice and installation Pallet Racking Frames* Height x Depth mm

Capacity kg

Ref

Price

2500 x 900

9000

WGMPF2590

£107.60

3000 x 900

9000

WGMPF3090

£120.90

3500 x 900

9000

WGMPF3590

£134.25

4000 x 900

9000

WGMPF4090

£147.75

4500 x 900

9000

WGMPF4590

£157.50

5000 x 900

9000

WGMPF5090

£170.90

2500 x 1100

9000

WGMPF2511

£110.85

3000 x 1100

9000

WGMPF3011

£124.80

3500 x 1100

9000

WGMPF3511

£138.70

4000 x 1100

9000

WGMPF4011

£152.75

4500 x 1100

9000

WGMPF4511

£162.55

5000 x 1100

9000

WGMPF5011

£176.55

*Supplied with floor fixings and levelling plates

Pallet Racking Beams** Length x Profile mm

Capacity kg

Ref

Price

1150 x 80 x 50

2200

WGMP2B1122

£57.85

1350 x 100 x 50

2250

WGMP2B1322

£67.50

1825 x 120 x 50

2450

WGMP2B1824

£75.55

2225 x 120 x 50

2150

WGMP2B2221

£86.75

2700 x 130 x 50

2000

WGMP2B2702

£102.85

2700 x 130 x 50

3600

WGMP2B2736

£118.90

3300 x 130 x 50

3600

WGMP2B3336

£151.05

**Beams are supplied in pairs with integrated locking pins for even greater safety IMPORTANT: Pallet Racking must be installed by a professional, qualified team onto a structurally sound base. Single bays or single level configurations are not recommended. If in doubt, please call for advice.

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 159

159

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


PALLET RACKING

160 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

ADJUSTABLE PALLET RACKING

DELIVERED IN 10-18 DAYS

Simple and quick to install using standard tools. >> Frames are pierced on a 75mm pitch to allow for positioning of beams >> Beam loads are 2000kg per pair, uniformly distributed load >> Graphite grey uprights, galvanised cross braces and high visibility Yellow Orange (RAL2000) beams as standard

Extra Level, 1 Pair Of Beams & Clips Dimensions W x D (mm)

Ref

Price

2250 x 900

WGPL229

£103.20

2250 x 1100

WGPL2211

£103.20

2700 x 900

WGPL279

£141.60

2700 x 1100

WGPL2711

£141.60

Galvatite Steel Decking Dimensions W x D (mm)

160

Capacity UDL (kg)

Ref

Price

2250mm Wide Bays Dimensions W x D (mm)

Beam Levels

Starter Bay Ref

Price

Extension Bay Ref

Price

3000 x 2250 x 900

2

WGPS22930

£520.80

WGPE22930

£366.00

4800 x 2250 x 900

3

WGPS22948

£760.80

WGPE22948

£537.60

4

WGPS22960

£955.20

WGPE22960

£686.40

2250 x 900

2000

WGPSL2290

£289.20

6000 x 2250 x 900

2250 x 1100

2000

WGPSL2211

£337.20

3000 x 2250 x 1100

2

WGPS221130

£530.40

WGPE221130

£370.80

2700 x 900

2000

WGPSL2790

£165.60

4800 x 2250 x 1100

3

WGPS221148

£774.00

WGPE221148

£544.80

2700 x 1100

2000

WGPSL2711

£252.00

6000 x 2250 x 1100

4

WGPS221160

£970.80

WGPE221160

£694.80

PALLET RACKING

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


Racking Upright Protectors Racking end protection barriers manufactured from formed 4mm mild steel. 400mm high and brightly epoxy coated yellow finish. Rack protection must be bolted to the floor (fixings not supplied). ‘L’ shaped protector gives protection to the end and fornt of the upright, ‘U’ shaped protector gives protection to the front and both sides of the upright. Internal clearance on the ‘U’ shaped protector 155mm. Description

Dimensions H x W x D mm

Ref

Price

U-Shape upright protector

406 x 250 x 290

WGREP-1

£44.40

L-Shape upright protector

406 x 195 x 195

WGREP-2

£37.25

WGREP-1

RACKING PROTECTORS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 161

WGREP-2

Racking End Protector Kits Specification as Racking Upright Protectors above, but supplied with formed sheet steel connection beam. WGREP-1/930

Type

U-Shape

L-Shape

WGREP-2/930

Kit length (internal) mm

Overall Dimensions H x W x D mm

Order Ref

Price

930

427 x 1020 x 290

WGREP-1/930

£108.50

1130

427 x 1220 x 290

WGREP-1/1130

£111.10

2030

427 x 2120 x 290

WGREP-1/2030

£120.85

2430

427 x 2520 x 290

WGREP-1/2430

£125.95

930

427 x 1025 x 195

WGREP-2/930

£94.20

1130

427 x 1225 x 195

WGREP-2/1130

£96.80

2030

427 x 2125 x 195

WGREP-2/2030

£106.55

2430

427 x 2525 x 195

WGREP-2/2430

£111.65

2700mm Wide Bays Dimensions W x D (mm)

Beam Levels

Starter Bay

Other frame heights, depths, beam lengths and

Extension Bay

Ref

Price

Ref

Price

3000 x 2700 x 900

2

WGPS27930

£596.40

WGPE27930

£442.80

4800 x 2700 x 900

3

WGPS27948

£874.80

WGPE27948

£651.60

6000 x 2700 x 900

4

WGPS27960

£1107.60

WGPE27960

£838.80

3000 x 2700 x 1100

2

WGPS271130

£606.00

WGPE271130

£446.40

4800 x 2700 x 1100

3

WGPS271148

£888.00

WGPE271148

£658.80

6000 x 2700 x 1100

4

WGPS271160

£1123.20

WGPE271160

£846.00

load capacities are available. Please contact us for further information. Bays must be securely floor fixed - customers must ensure that existing floors are suitable for the loads imposed on them

RACKING PROTECTORS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

161


BARRIERS

162 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

WAREHOUSE IMPACT BARRIERS

DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

Steel Barrier System. Designed to suit all applications and can be tailor made to your specifications.

Twin Channel >> 750mm high >> Posts 100W x 100Dmm

Length up to 1250 mm

1251 - 2500mm Long

Barrier System

Ref

Price

Ref

Price

Twin Channel

WGW100/1250

£230.00

WGW100/2500

£270.00

Heavy Duty Rail

WGW101/1250

£242.00

WGW101/2500

£287.00

Impact Barrier

WGW101S/1250

£306.00

WGW101S/2500

£355.00

Low Level Tubular

WGW103/1250

£200.00

WGW103/2500

£236.00

>> Channel rails 100 x 50mm

Heavy Duty Rail >> 750mm high >> Posts 100W x 100Dmm >> Rail 310mm high

Base plates with floor fixings included.

Orange RAL2011 as standard. Alternative colours and finishes available at extra cost.

Low Level Tubular >> Heavy Duty

Impact Barrier

>> 500mm high posts

>> 750mm high

>> 89mm diameter rail

>> Posts 100W x 100Dmm >> Rail 200 x 8mm flat

PROTECTION POSTS

DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

3 variations to suit light to heavy duty applications. >> Alternative heights are available >> Standard items available to short lead time >> Pre-drilled base plates with floor fixings included

162

Dimensions Per Post H x Diameter mm Ref

Price

Per Quantity 5 (each) Ref

Price

760 x 89

WGPP10

£115.00

WGPP10/5

£93.00

915 x 114

WGPP20

£128.00

WGPP20/5

£117.00

1100 x 168

WGPP30

£208.00

WGPP30/5

£172.00

BARRIERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


BLACK & YELLOW CORNER PROTECTION HOOP

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

The AUTOPA Black & Yellow Corner Protection Hoop. The AUTOPA range of Black & Yellow products are ideal for providing High Visibility protection in both internal and external warehousing environments. The product is designed to be located in any corner where protection against accidental damage is required.

Dimensions

Weight

Ref

Price

500mm

19.0kg

WG138177765

£179.00

1000mm

22.0kg

WG138177775

£229.00

Product details

Accessories & installation parts

Ref

Price

76mm outside diameter galvanised steel tube.

M12 Expanding Bolt (9 required per hoop)

WG138100994

£1.50

Installation & use

M12 Foundation Bolt (9 required per hoop)

WG138100993

£3.00

Each leg requires bolting down to a suitable concrete surface

M12 Rawl Bolt (9 required per hoop)

WG138100995

£3.80

PROTECTION BARRIERS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 163

(not less than 300mm cubed) by means of three 12mm bolts. This product is guaranteed for 12 month (if installed and used correctly).

BLACK & YELLOW LOW LEVEL PROTECTION RAIL

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

The AUTOPA Black & Yellow Low Level Protection Rail. The Low Level Protection Rail is made in 76mm outside diameter tube, is coated yellow with black reflective bands and is available in 500mm, 1,000mm & 2,000mm long versions (500 & 1,000 versions shown).

Product details 76mm outside diameter galvanised steel tube. Installation & use

Dimensions

Weight

Ref

Price

500mm

4.0kg

WG138177905

£39.00

1000mm

6.0kg

WG138177910

£79.00

2000mm

12.0kg

WG138177915

£119.00

Accessories & installation parts

Ref

Price

M12 Expanding Bolt (4 required per rail)

WG138100994

£1.50

M12 Foundation Bolt (4 required per rail)

WG138100993

£3.00

M12 Rawl Bolt (4 required per rail)

WG138100995

£3.80

Please refer to Corner Protection Hoop installation information above.

HANDRAIL BARRIER

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

MADE IN BRITIAN

The barrier is manufactured from 51mm diameter heavy duty form ERW steel tube. 4mm thick sheet steel feet complete with holes for floor fixings (fixings not supplied). Brightly epoxy coated yellow finish.

Barrier Length mm

Overall Height mm

1000 1530 2060 2600

975

Order Ref

Price

WGBAR-1

£116.45

WGBAR-2

£122.50

WGBAR-3

£128.55

WGBAR-4

£134.60

WGBAR-3

PROTECTION BARRIERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

163


The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

MEZZANINE FLOORS Mezzanine floors are a cost effective means of achieving greater utilisation of vertical space within your existing premises. Typically designed and fabricated to suit your exact requirements, they can be manufactured to fill defined spaces without you necessarily having to undertake major reconfiguration.

Loading requirements are taken into

Harsh environmental requirements and

account when the initial design

conditions can be accounted for - steel

discussions take place - office space,

plate, mesh or moisture resistant timber

storage, assembly and retail uses can

decking, galvanised structural steel

all be accommodated easily.

components, and fire protection can all be easily incorporated within the design

Personnel / customer access and bulk

as necessary.

loading facilities are carefully considered and then incorporated as necessary,

Planning applications are not normally

with current building regulations

required when introducing a mezzanine

guidelines forming part of the proposal in

floor within your premises, although

order to ensure compliance with existing

building regulations approval is a

UK legislation.

requirement. We are happy to advise you and handle this undertaking as necessary

Special finishes can be introduced for

on your behalf for a small fee as part of

staircase and handrail componentry -

the mezzanine provision.

stainless steel, glass infill panels, timber capping and tread overlays and powder coating are all feasible options when considering aesthetics.

For further information about Mezzanine Floor installation or to arrange a free site survey please contact us.

164

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 165

165

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


LABEL HOLDERS / RACKING STRIPS

166 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

MAGNETIC / SELF ADHESIVE LABEL HOLDERS

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

Our magnetic and self-adhesive label holders are supplied from stock in pre-cut lengths but special sizes can be supplied on request. Each holder is supplied with white card inserts and a cover strip. Pre-printed inserts can also be supplied for each of the holders incorporating barcodes and location codes. Please contact our sales office for further details. Magnetic are ideal for applications where regular changes are required, easier and quicker to move than adhesive backed holders. They are also suitable for use in cold stores. >> Instant and highly visible identification >> Easy to update and cut to size >> Standard sizes supplied from stock

Easy to update and move. Available in rolls of up to 50 metres. Magnetic Label Holders - Brown

Magnetic Label Holder Rolls - Brown

Self Adhesive Label Holders - White

Size

Pack

Ref

Price

Size

Ref

Price

Size

Pack

Ref

Price

20 x 80mm

100

WGML28X

£37.80

30mm x 5m

WGMLR3/5

£28.20

15 x 80mm

100

WGAL18

£40.50

30 x 80mm

100

WGML38

£45.30

40mm x 5m

WGMLR4/5

£36.90

30 x 80mm

100

WGAL38

£55.20

40 x 80mm

100

WGML48

£59.70

50mm x 5m

WGMLR5/5

£45.30

50 x 80mm

100

WGAL58

£68.10

50 x 80mm

100

WGML58

£73.80

30mm x 10m

WGMLR3/10

£55.80

15mm x 1m

10

WGAL1/10

£31.50

60 x 100mm

100

WGML610

£85.20

40mm x 10m

WGMLR4/10

£73.20

30mm x 1m

10

WGAL3/10

£42.90

80 x 200mm

50

WGML820

£114.00

50mm x 10m

WGMLR5/10

£90.00

50mm x 1m

10

WGAL5/10

£50.40

MAGNETIC EASY WIPE RACKING STRIP

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

The magnetic easy wipe racking strip provides a fast and cost effective updating system for identifying product codes and stock level information. >> Write on - Wipe off >> Easily cut to size >> Cost effective >> Use wet wipe marker pens only Available in Blue (B), Green (G), Red (R), White (W), Yellow (Y). Please add colour reference to code when ordering.

Size

Ref

Price

Size

Ref

Size

Ref

Price

10mm x 10m

WGMSR1

£12.90

30mm x 10m

WGMSR3 £30.00

70mm x 10m

WGMSR7

£53.70

15mm x 10m

WGMSR15

£18.30

40mm x 10m

WGMSR4 £38.40

80mm x 10m

WGMSR8

£57.60

20mm x 10m

WGMSR2

£22.40

50mm x 10m

WGMSR5 £45.90

90mm x 10m

WGMSR9

£61.80

25mm x 10m

WGMSR25

£26.40

60mm x 10m

WGMSR6 £46.50

100mm x 10m

WGMSR10

£67.20

MAGNETIC SELFADHESIVE STRIP

Price

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

Supplied in 4 widths each backed with a strong permanent self-adhesive for mounting onto steel surfaces. This magnetic strip is ideal for many jobs in the factory or warehouse, eliminating the need for drilling or other methods of fixing.

166

Size (H x W)

Adhesive

Ref

Price

13mm x 30m

Clear

WGMSSA/13

£66.30

20mm x 10m

Foam

WGMSSA/20

£35.40

25mm x 10m

Foam

WGMSSA/25

£43.20

50mm x 10m

Foam

WGMSSA/50

£55.20

LABEL HOLDERS / RACKING STRIPS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


FLOOR GRAPHIC MARKERS

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

Each of the highly visible markers are printed onto the underside of a clear PVC film and then laminated on the back surface with an aggressive permanent adhesive. They are suitable for use on dry, clean, flat sealed surfaces and although designed for the floor, the markers can be used on walls or anywhere a tough permanent sign is required.

FLOOR MARKERS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 167

>> High visibility graphic floor signs >> Designed to highlight warnings or special requirements >> Each sign is 430mm diameter

Size: 430mm diameter Ref: WGFM01 – WGFM35 Language: English Price: £18.90

FLOOR SIGNALS

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

A simple but effective solution for marking out areas on the floor. Tough PVC with an aggressive adhesive capable of withstanding everyday traffic in a busy warehouse environment. Available in 6 different shapes and 6 different colours (Red, Black, White, Yellow, Green, Blue). Ideal for use in 5S and Lean areas.

FRAMES 4 FLOORS

Size

Pack

Ref

Price

300 x 300mm

10

WGFS/+

£21.00

200 x 200mm

10

WGFS/L

£14.40

Circle 90mm diameter

100

WGFS/0

£33.00

200 x 300mm

10

WGFS/T

£14.40

300 x 100mm

10 (5 right, 5 left)

WGFS/F

£14.40

90mm

100

WGFS/A

£33.00

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

Tough, flat colour coded floor identification frames available in 2 sizes (A4 and DL) and in 6 colour choices. Ideal for identifying bulk stack locations or to highlight important information.

Description

Ref

Price

DL Blue pk 10

WGFFDLB/10

£31.80

DL Black pk 10

WGFFDLBK/10

£31.80

DL Green pk 10

WGFFDLG/10

£31.80

DL Red pk 10

WGFFDLR/10

£31.80

DL Yellow pk 10

WGFFDLY/10

£31.80

DL Mix pack pk 10

WGFFDLMIX/10

£31.80

DL Yellow/Black pk 10

WGFFDLBY/10

£39.00

A4 Blue pk 10

WGFF4B/10

£54.00

A4 Black pk 10

WGFF4BK/10

£54.00

A4 Green pk 10

WGFF4G/10

£54.00

A4 Red pk 10

WGFF4R/10

£54.00

A4 Yellow pk 10

WGFF4Y/10

£54.00

A4 Mix pack pk 10

WGFF4MIX/10

£54.00

A4 Yellow/Black pk 10

WGFF4BY/10

£62.70

FLOOR MARKERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

167


POCKETS

168 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

INDUSTRIAL STRENGTH CLEAR POCKETS

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

>> Industrial quality pockets with welded edges >> Keeps documentation clean >> Suits A3-A7 inserts in vertical and horizontal formats A range of document pockets to suit most environments with magnetic or selfadhesive fixings. Also available as clip on and tie on to suit wire bins and cages. The magnetic pockets are supplied with a magnetic strip along the top, so that they can be simply lifted and relocated when necessary. The adhesive pockets are supplied with an aggressive adhesive tape along the top and bottom edge for a permanent fixing. A7 pocket has aggressive adhesive to the top edge only. Size mm (H x W)

Suitable for documents

Pack

Magnetic Ref

Price

Self-adhesive Ref

Price

215 x 310

A4 Horizontal

10

WGMP4H/10

£27.90

WGAP4H/10

£19.20

310 x 220

A4 Vertical

10

WGMP4V/10

£27.90

WGAP4V/10

£19.20

155 x 230

A5 Horizontal

10

WGMP5H/10

£22.80

WGAP5H/10

£15.90

215 x 160

A5 Vertical

10

WGMP5V/10

£22.80

WGAP5V/10

£15.90

316 x 215

A3 Horizontal

10

WGMP3H/10

£58.80

WGAP3H/10

£53.10

436 x 215

A3 Vertical

10

WGMP3V/10

£58.80

WGAP3V/10

£53.10

60 x 110

A7 Horizontal

100

WGMP7H/100

£77.40

WGAP7H/100

£58.50

FRAMES 4 DOCS

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

>> A unique range of colour coded frames >> Magnetic or self-adhesive >> To fit A3 - A5 >> Available in 5 colours: Blue, Black, Green, Red & Yellow >> Can be used vertically or horizontally

TICKET POUCHES - MAGNETIC & SELF-ADHESIVE

Size

Pack

Magnetic Ref

Price

Self-adhesive Ref

Price

A5

10

WGMFD5/10

£45.60

WGSFD5/10

£46.80

A4

10

WGMFD4/10

£56.70

WGSFD4/10

£58.50

A3

10

WGMFD3/10

£87.00

WGSFD3/10

£89.40

A2

10

WGMFD2/10

£144.00

WGSFD2/10

£141.00

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

Available in Red, Black, Blue, Yellow and Green.

>> Cost effective ticket pouches in 4 sizes >> Suitable for racking or shelving >> Magnetic or self-adhesive fixing >> 5 colour options allow areas to be colour coded >> Complete with white card insert >> Clear front for easy barcode scanning >> Open on top & side to enable easy updates >> Ideal for 5S & lean manufacturing systems

Magnetic or Self-adhesive fixing options:

Self-Adhesive

Magnetic

Size

Pack

Ref

Price

Size

Pack

Ref

Price

30 x 100

100

WGSAP310

£55.80

30 x 100

100

WGMP310

£64.20

40 x 120

100

WGSAP412

£58.80

40 x 120

100

WGMP412

£75.90

60 x 100

100

WGSAP610 £61.80

60 x 100

100

WGMP610

£88.20

60 x 140

100

WGSAP614

60 x 140

100

WGMP614

£102.00

£69.00

Operating Temperature Range –Magnetic Minimum temperature: -5°C, Maximum temperature: +40°C, Adhesive: -20°C to +40°C (When applied at 10°C)

168

POCKETS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


TROLLEY AND ROLL CAGE SACKS Rollcage sack - suits cages up to 800mm wide

Trolley sack- suits trolleys up to 580mm wide

WASTE DISPOSAL SACKS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 169 DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

Keep your picking areas clean and tidy as you go by fitting these recycling sacks. >> Organise waste packaging materials as you go >> Easy collection & segregation of waste >> Hard wearing and re-usable >> Can be overprinted for volume orders >> Trolley sack available with single or double pockets Trolley sack capacity

Cage sacks are simple to hang, quick to secure, and allow for volume overprinting.

Cage sack capacity

Description

Single Pack Ref

Price

Cagesack

WGC2B/1 £29.70

Single WGT1B/1 Pocket Sack

£16.50

Double WGT2B/1 £21.90 Pocket Sack

RACKSACK WASTE DISPOSAL SACKS

Pack of 5 Ref

Price

Pack of 10 Ref

Price

WGC2B/5 £142.80

WGC2B/10 £285.00

WGT1B/5

WGT1B/10

£80.70

WGT2B/5 £104.70

£160.50

WGT2B/10 £209.10

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

>> Easy collection of waste >> Easy to fix, easy to remove >> Helps waste segregation >> Hard wearing and re-usable >> Hook fixings supplied Suitable for most warehouse racking systems, the Racksack quickly fixes to the end of your racking frame. Designed for racking and shelving systems between 900mm and 1100mm. Easily removed and emptied. 14 Design options available, 13 printed waste segregation options and a completely blank sack. Please add sack type reference to code when ordering. Custom printed designs including company names and some logos can be arranged. Size mm

Pack

Ref

Price

1000 x 920

1

WGRSB1

£23.40

1000 x 920

5

WGRSB5

£108.30

1000 x 920

10

WGRSB10

£199.50

Colour choice of blue or green – please stipulate when ordering.

WASTE DISPOSAL SACKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

169


DOCK LEVELLERS

170 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

DOCK PLATES

DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS

>> Safe vehicle access from a loading dock >> High tensile aluminium >> Anti-slip tread surfaces >> Loop-type lifting handle >> Lighter plates, suitable for manual positioning

Dimensions W x L mm

Max Height Diff mm

Capacity kg

Weight kg

Ref

Price

915 x 1220

178

770

32

WG3648

£587.10

915 x 1220

178

1360

33

WGH3648

£697.68

1220 x 610

76

2040

22

WG4824

£462.84

1220 x 915

127

1360

32

WG4836

£585.96

1220 x 915

127

2450

43

WGH4836

£697.68

1220 x 1220

178

1020

42

WG4848

£709.08

1220 x 1220

178

1810

56

WGH4848

£850.44

1220 x 1525

228

810

52

WG4860

£829.92

1220 x 1525

228

1450

70

WGH4860

£1,006.62

1525 x 915

127

1700

39

WG6036

£677.16

1525 x 915

127

3040

52

WGH6036

£811.68

1525 x 1220

178

1270

51

WG6048

£829.92

1525 x 1220

178

2270

69

WGH6048

£1,005.48

1525 x 1525

228

1020

64

WG6060

£983.82

Optional Fork Truck Lifting Handles (pair)

WGFTH-1

£132.24

Optional Side Curbs with Castors

WGSCC-2

£216.60

Optional Fixed Span Locking Legs

WGFSL-1

£51.87

Please note - non-standard sizes are also available.

DOCK BOARDS

DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS

>> Optional adjustable spanlocks allow safe operation where it is necessary for vehicle to stand away from loading dock >> Optional fork lift handles for easy movement >> Chain fitting sets prevent movement of board in ground level container loading

Please note - non-standard sizes are also available.

170

Dimensions W x L mm

Useable Width mm

Max Height Diff mm

Max Load kg

Weight kg

Ref

Price

1520 x 910

1450

130

3640

52

WG8-6036

£927.96

1520 x 1220

1420

180

3640

73

WG8-6048

£1097.82

1520 x 1520

1420

230

3640

90

WG8-6060

£1291.62

1520 x 1830

1420

280

3640

115

WG8-6072

£1502.52

1520 x 910

1450

130

5450

62

WG12-6036

£1051.08

1520 x 1220

1420

180

5450

86

WG12-6048

£1258.56

1520 x 1520

1420

230

5450

115

WG12-6060

£1504.80

1520 x 1830

1420

280

5450

135

WG12-6072

£1744.20

1830 x 910

1750

130

5450

72

WG12-7236

£1166.22

1830 x 1220

1730

180

5450

100

WG12-7248

£1412.46

1830 x 1520

1730

230

5450

130

WG12-7260

£1697.46

1830 x 1830

1730

280

5450

155

WG12-7272

£1983.60

1520 x 1520

1390

230

6360

115

WG14-6060

£1507.08

1830 x 1830

1680

280

6360

160

WG14-7272

£2000.70

Optional Adjustable Spanlocks (pair)

WGASL/1

£383.04

Optional Fork Truck Lifting Handles (pair)

WGFTH1

£132.24

Optional Ground Level Loading Fittings (set)

WGGLF1

£182.40

DOCK LEVELLERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


HINGED BRIDGE PLATES

DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS

>> A hinged rail will accommodate one or more bridge plates, which can be slid sideways into position as required >> Locate into a hinge rail (sold seperatley) fixed to the loading dock >> 75mm wide guidelines are painted along sides of plates >> Plates can be stored either lowered against dock face, or vertically (locking clamp is provided)

Dimensions W x L mm

Span mm

Max Height Max Load Weight Ref Diff mm kg kg

Price

1524 x 510

550

62

4000

32

WGBH6020

£570.00

1524 x 460

500

53

3250

22

WGB-6018

£503.88

1524 x 510

550

62

3000

26

WGB-6020

£508.44

1524 x 980

1020

145

2500

55

WGBH6038

£860.70

1220 x 980

1020

145

2250

44

WGBH4838

£722.76

1220 x 1280

1320

194

1000

48

WGBX4850

£786.60

1220 x 980

1020

145

1000

36

WGB-4838

£620.16

1220 x 1280

1320

194

500

46

WGB-4850

£747.84

Hinge Rail with Clips & Fixings (in multiples of 2.5m lengths) WGHRCF-1

£232.56

Lifting handle for bridgeplates

£56.09

WGHRH-1

BRIDGE PLATES / ACCESS RAMPS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 171

Please note - non-standard sizes are also available.

GROUND LEVEL CONTAINER ACCESS RAMPS

DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS

Designed to allow access into standard shipping containers that are located at ground level. Typically supplied in 6,000kg or 10,000kg capacities to suit your operations. Two heavy duty steel designs available depending on the nature of the goods to be (un)loaded: Ramp only - a one piece design, moved from the front by FLT. Provides a steady slope incline to access the container floor. Ramp and platform - a one piece design, moved from the side by FLT. Provides a level working platform (typically 1850mm in length) to allow horizontal access and thus prevent tightly packed goods from impacting the top of the container. A lightweight aluminium version is also available for more lightweight applications.

Please note - these units are designed to be used with standard shipping containers. Anti-slip grit surface is available as an optional extra.

Movement by simple fork truck pocket allows quick and easy movement by one operative only

(Note - Ramp and Platform design requires side-shift functionality of the fork truck to aid/simplify positioning)

Lightweight aluminium

Heavy duty steel

Description

Dimensions W x L mm

Container floor height

Max Load kg

Weight kg

Ref

Price

Steel - Ramp Only

2200 x 1250

150

6000

275

WGGLAR-R-6

£1012.32

Steel - Ramp Only

2200 x 1250

150

10000

290

WGGLAR-R-10

£1174.20

Steel - Ramp & Platform

2200 x 3000

150

6000

750

WGGLAR-P-6

£1924.32

Steel - Ramp & Platform

2200 x 3000

150

10000

860

WGGLAR-P-10

£2294.82

Lightweight Aluminium Ramp

1220 x 1525

150

810

52

WGGLAR-4860

£881.22

Please note - non-standard sizes are also available.

BRIDGE PLATES / ACCESS RAMPS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

171


WHEEL CHOCKS & DOCK LIGHTS

172 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS

WHEEL CHOCKS

WGTWC-1 & 2

Wheel chocks are a low cost effective way of preventing the unexpected movement of vehicles whilst either parked or being loaded and unloaded. >> All chocks have a safety grip face for maximum adhesion

WGTWC8

between vehicle wheel and chock >> Moulded units have built-in lifting handles

WGTWC3

>> Optional anti-theft chain available for WGTWC-1, WGTWC-3

WGTWC10

and WGTWC-10

Description

L x W x H mm

Weight kg

Ref

Price

Moulded Wheel Chock

270 x 190 x 190

6.5

WGTWC-1

£33.52

Retaining Chain

5 Metres Long

1

WGTWC-2

£31.81

Cast Aluminium Chock

400 x 180 x 180

3.25

WGTWC-3

£88.46

MYR Chock

150 x 175 x 150

3.5

WGTWC-8

£24.17

Steel Chock

268 x 200 x 230

4.5

WGTWC-10

£35.91

STANDARD PLUS DOCK LIGHT

DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS

>> The Standard Plus Dock Light moves in two planes and pivots

>> Available in 80W halogen or 12W LED versions, both with

at three points, allowing the light to be accurately positioned to illuminate the inside area of a vehicle during loading and unloading

equal 1,000 lumen light output >> Full metal guards are included, to protect against

>> The installation of a Dock light provides additional safety and convenience to the loading dock operatives

theft & breakages >> Arm length 1060mm

>> When not in use the unit can be swung to one side of the

>> Optional LED versions available with same light output

doorway opening

but lower running costs >> IP21 for indoor applications only

Supply voltage

Lamp

Weight kg

Ref

Price

240v

80W Halogen

7

WGTWDL-3-240

£216.60

110v

80W Halogen

7

WGTWDL-3-110

£216.60

110-240v

12W LED

7

WGTWDL-3L-240

£256.50

WGTWDL-3-240

DELUXE DOCK LIGHT

DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS

>> The Deluxe Dock Light is similar in design to the Standard Plus unit, but has an IP rating of IP54 making it ideal for both indoor and outdoor aplications >> Features an 8.5W LED head for reduced power consumption, providing approximately 450 lumens light output >> Switches included for stand alone operation, or the units can be supplied without switches for integration into existing controls >> Arm length of 1000mm when fully extended WGTWDL-4L-240

172

Supply voltage

Lamp

Weight kg

Ref

Price

240v

LED

6.5

WGTWDL-4L-240

£311.22

WHEEL CHOCKS & DOCK LIGHTS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS

HEAVY DUTY DOCK BUMPER SELECTION >> Serious consideration should always be given to fitting Dock Bumpers at loading bays. They reduce damage to loading docks, equipment and buildings caused by vehicle impact and consequently significantly reduce maintenance bills. >> Optional fixings are available for securing bumpers. WGTWB-1018-2

WGTWB-1018-4

WGTWB-1018-6

Rectangular Bumpers >> Standard units have tapered side for improve appearance WGTWB-1030-2

WGTWB-1030-2

WGTWB-E-100

Type

W x L x T mm

No. of holes

Weight kg

Recommended Fixings

Ref

Price

2

254 x 457 x 50

2

7.5

TWB-F4

TWB-1018-2

£33.29

2

254 x 457 x 101

2

14

TWB-F4

TWB-1018-4

£63.27

2

254 x 457 x 150

2

18.5

TWB-F5

TWB-1018-6

£76.84

2

254 x 762 x 50

3

13

TWB-F4

TWB-1030-2

£51.30

2

254 x 762 x 101

3

22

TWB-F4

TWB-1030-4

£80.60

4

100x to order x 100

-

10/m

TWB-F1

TWB-E-100

£69.43

Holes in ‘D’ Section Bumper Price/Hole (optional)

TWB-EH

£13.22

Fixing strip for TWB-E (optional)

TWB-EST

£3.99

Extruded D Section Bumper >> Photo above shows the application of a D section bumper fitted to a dock edge. >> Can be provided in lengths up to 3,000mm >> Can be assembled end to end for long runs >> Holes can be incorporated for 12mm fixings or bumpers can be fitted with an optional fixing strip through the centre if required >> Contact us for fixing recommendations as many require use of additional special washers

TRAFFIC LIGHTS

DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS

Deluxe LED

Ultra Bright LED

>> High impact ABS outer casing and lens hoods to reduce interference from other light sources, with large shatterproof Polycarbonate lenses. >> 150mm diameter lenses. >> Based on the Deluxe model with LED light heads. >> Features a very powerful output for increased visibility. >> The average LED lifetime is significantly greater than that of standard bulbs. >> The unit comes with a five-year warranty. >> Suitable for wall or post mounting. >> 5W power consumption.

>> With 24 LED’s per array, these traffic lights are approximately equivalent in brightness to a 60W incandescent lamp, but offer significant energy savings. >> Compact, easy to install design >> Supplied with 4m of cable for electrical installation >> 100mm diameter LED array >> Unit measures approx. 270x140x50mm >> High visibility units – LED’s in direct view; no lens required >> A regulated power supply with a maximum voltage of 24.5v DC is required. We recommend our power supply is used to ensure correct voltages.

Deluxe LED without sensor

24 LED per array without sensor

Ref: TDL-2L-N/S

Ref: TDL-4L-24-N/S

Ref: TDL-4L-TR

Weight: 4 kg

Weight: 4 kg

Weight: 4 kg

Price: £462.84

Price: £192.66

Price: £82.88

100-240V AC > 24VDC Power Supply

DOCK BUMPERS & TRAFFIC LIGHTS

Tel: 01446 772614

DOCK BUMPERS & TRAFFIC LIGHTS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 173

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

173


CONVEYORS

174 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

EXPANDING CONVEYORS

DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS

Standard construction 50mm diameter plastic rollers or skatewheels. >> All metal parts zinc plated

Roller

>> 100mm swivel braked castors with locking knob

Higher load capacity suits ridged base loads. Telescopic leg supports are included.

>> Roller pitch 125mm when fully extended >> Three different heights available Three different heights are available, L2 is supplied unless otherwise specified. L1 470-700mm

L2 670-1100mm

L3 920-1500mm

Roller Conveyors Conveyor Length

400mm Wide

600mm Wide

Extended Closed Ref

Price

Ref

Price

2.00

0.94

WGPR-400-2.0

£321.00

WGPR-600-2.0

£414.00

3.50

1.56

WGPR-400-3.5

£500.00

WGPR-600-3.5

£648.00

5.00

2.18

WGPR-400-5.0

£678.00

WGPR-600-5.0

£882.00

6.50

2.80

WGPR-400-6.5

£856.00

WGPR-600-6.5 £1116.00

8.00

3.42

WGPR-400-8.0 £1035.00

WGPR-600-8.0 £1350.00

9.50

4.04

WGPR-400-9.5 £1213.00

WGPR-600-9.5 £1584.00

Prices are ex-works prices only – carriage is extra, price on application

Roller on loadings at maximum extension Roller

Products to be conveyed must touch 3 rollers.

400W mm

100kg per meter

Boxes 250mm or more are suitable, 250mm

600W mm

125kg per meter

or less are not suitable.

Skatewheel

Skatewheel Conveyors

Very compact when folded - suits flat base loads only. Telescopic leg supports are included.

Conveyor Length

400mm Wide

600mm Wide

Extended Closed

Ref

2.00

0.626

WGPW-400-2.0 £410.00

Price

WGPW-600-2.0 £443.00

Ref

Price

3.50

1.016

WGPW-400-3.5 £643.00

WGPW-600-3.5 £696.00

5.00

1.406

WGPW-400-5.0 £876.00

WGPW-600-5.0 £949.00

6.50

1.796

WGPW-400-6.5 £1108.00

WGPW-600-6.5 £1201.00

8.00

2.186

WGPW-400-8.0 £1341.00

WGPW-600-8.0 £1454.00

9.50

2.576

WGPW-400-9.5 £1573.00

WGPW-600-9.5

£1707.00

Prices are ex-works prices only – carriage is extra, price on application

Roller on loadings at maximum extension Skatewheel

174

400W mm

80kg per meter

600W mm

100kg per meter

Connecting Hooks

Optional End Stops

Use to link two conveyors Ref: WGCONH £25.00

Roller Ref: WGRES £32.00

Plate Ref: WGPES £32.00

CONVEYORS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

STORAGE 175 - 225 Modular, stand alone or wall mounted, plastic or steel, we offer a wide selection of lockers, cabinets, cupboards, bins and container systems with many different options available. Depending on your requirements, our storage equipment ranges from laptop charging to personal item lockers; wall, bin or drawer cabinets; volume, mesh door or hazardous cabinets; disposal, oily rag, hazardous or grit bins; drawer or bin cabinets; and a selection of containers, trolleys, trucks and carriers to meet every need.

LOCKERS CABINETS HAZARDOUS BINS PLASTIC CONTAINER SYSTEMS PLASTIC CONTAINERS SKIP BINS

176-179 180-193,196-199 195 200-210 211-223 224-225

175

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


LOCKERS

176 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

STRONG PLASTIC LOCKERS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

These stylish stackable plastic lockers are ideal for swimming pools, schools, commercial and industrial environments. >> Locker combinations - 4 x STLK01, 3 x STLK02 and 2 x STLK03 all measure the same height when stacked (1800mm) >> Strong lockers moulded in tough polyethylene, will not dent like steel lockers >> Hard wearing material will not rust or corrode >> Available in a wide variety of colours >> Anti-theft, with a double locking design >> Supplied as standard with padlockable or key operated locks

Small, medium and large plastic lockers avaliable in various colours

Description

Dimensions (L x W x H)

Colours

Ref

Price

Small plastic locker

320 x 460 x 450mm

£94.50

320 x 460 x 600mm

red, yellow, blue, green, grey

WGSTLK01

Medium plastic locker

WGSTLK02

£108.00

Large plastic locker

320 x 460 x 900mm

WGSTLK03

£129.00

WGSTLK01K

£378.00

WGSTLK02K

£324.00

Single modualr units

Locker kits - Full height stacks Small plastic locker kit (4 compartments)

320 x 460 x 1800mm

Medium plastic locker kit (3 compartments)

320 x 460 x 1800mm

Large plastic locker kit (2 compartments)

320 x 460 x 1800mm

WGSTLK03K

£258.00

Sloping top

320 x 460 x 150mm

WGSTST01

£29.50

Wet / harsh environment key cam lock

N/A

WGHCLOCK

£16.90

Coin return lock for dry environments

N/A

WGCRLOCK1

£19.25

Coin return lock for wet environments

N/A

WGCRLOCK2

£23.50

Powder coated steel stand two locker

640 x 465 x 147/176mm

WGSTAND2

£62.00

Powder coated steel stand three locker

960 x 465 x 147/176mm

WGSTAND3

£67.50

Powder coated steel stand four locker

1280 x 465 x 147/176mm

WGSTAND4

£72.00

red, yellow, blue, green, grey

Accessories

176

N/A

LOCKERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


MILD STEEL MODULAR LOCKERS

DELIVERED IN 5 DAYS N.B: Quantity and postcode restrictions apply.

Mild Steel Modular Lockers for maximum security. Epoxy-polyester powder coat colours with BioCote® protection. Standard Body colour is Light Grey (RAL 7035) Choice of door colours:

MODULAR LOCKERS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 177

Light Grey (RAL 7035) Blue (RAL 5002)

Standard Dead Lock

Red (RAL 3020)

This simple and economical

Door colour option must be specified at point of order

cam lock provides user access with a small, easily replaced key. The lock is supplied with two keys and a master key is available.

Single-Door >> Fixed top shelf. >> Fixed garment hanging rail (except 300mm deep) >> Two coat hooks Two-Door >> One intermediate fixed shelf. >> Each compartment has a fixed garment hanging rail (except for 300mm deep) >> Each compartment has two coat hooks. Three-Door >> Two intermediate fixed shelves Four-Door >> Three intermediate fixed shelves Six-Door >> Five intermediate fixed shelves >> Full range of accessories available

Height mm

Width mm

Depth mm

No. of doors

Ref

Price

1800

300

300

1

WGZ12211

£83.60

1800

300

300

2

WGZ12212

£93.50

1800

300

300

3

WGZ12213

£113.30

1800

300

300

4

WGZ12214

£122.10

1800

300

300

6

WGZ12216

£148.50

1800

300

450

1

WGZ12511

£97.90

1800

300

450

2

WGZ12512

£107.80

1800

300

450

3

WGZ12513

£128.70

1800

300

450

4

WGZ12514

£138.60

1800

300

450

6

WGZ12516

£167.20

MODULAR LOCKERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

177


LOCKERS

178 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

LAPTOP CHARGING UNITS

DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS

These purpose-designed locker units provide a safe sanctuary and charging facility for laptops and real peace of mind for users. >> Full height locker accommodates ten laptops. >> Half height locker accommodates five laptops. >> Single door locker version allows access to all compartments under one key. >> Key-operated cam locks with two keys are supplied as standard. The cam locks through the door and frame for added security. Hasp & Staple Padlock fitting also available. >> Choice of door colours, light grey, blue or red. >> Single standard UK 3-pin socket in each compartment >> The maximum current consumption in normal use is 1amp per compartment.

Type

Height mm

Width mm

Depth mm

Ref

Price

Single Door

1800

450

450

WGM15511GU00LCS

£476.30

Ten Door

1800

450

450

WGM1551TGU00LCS

£666.60

Five Door

900

450

450

WGM15515GU00LCS

£418.00

PERSONAL ITEM LOCKERS

DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS

Personal Item Lockers provide secure storage and charging facility for small but valuable possessions in public areas and throughout the workplace. >> Choose from four or eight-doors. >> Units can be hung on walls, fitted on top of each other or side to side. >> Key-operated cam locks are supplied as standard. >> Options are Hasp & Staple fitting (for use with a padlock) and coin return lock (four-door only) at an additional cost. >> Choice of door colours, light grey, blue or red. >> Single standard UK 3-pin socket in each compartment >> The maximum current consumption in normal use is 1amp per compartment.

178

Type

Height mm

Width mm

Depth mm

Ref

Price

Four Door

915

250

155

WGA100641POCF

£319.00

Eight Door

915

250

155

WGA100681POCF

£431.20

LOCKERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


IN CHARGETM LOCKERS

LOCKERS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 179 DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS

In ChargeTM Lockers - providing power to your security. With trailing cables, the risk of theft and health & safety issues, finding access to safe and protected power points is a common problem in today’s workplace. In ChargeTM Lockers are specifically designed to help overcome this and provide a secure, easy and safe solution. Choice of door colours,

A choice of sizes to suit many applications, all with locking and colour options.

light grey, blue or red.

Lockers are fully portable as a single unit- simply place the unit in a convenient location, plug the unit into a power point and the lockers are ready for use.

All doors are independently earthed to the locker body.

One side of the locker and the doors are perforated to help prevent heat build-up during charging.

Choice of locks to suit different applications Each shelf has an additional front-to-rear reinforcing box section to strength.

Each compartment is fitted with either one or two standard UK three-pin sockets depending on the locker size.

Power lead is supplied with fitted RCD plug. Lead plugs into the In ChargeTM Locker enabling easy replacement of the lead if damaged.

No. of doors

Height mm

4

1800

6

1800

8

Width mm

Price

Supply Voltage 230v.

Depth mm

Ref

300

300

WGM12214GU00TCS

£345.40

consumption in normal use

300

300

WGM12216GU00TCS

£441.10

is 1amp per compartment.

1800

300

300

WGM12218GU00TCS

£525.80

4

1800

300

450

WGM12514GU00TCS

£364.10

6

1800

300

450

WGM12516GU00TCS

£462.00

8

1800

300

450

WGM12518GU00TCS

£548.90

The maximum current

LOCKERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

179


EURO CABINET SYSTEM

180 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

EURO CABINET SYSTEM

DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Strong steel storage cabinet system for tough environments. The Euro cabinet system is a versatile range of steel work cabinets which combine to form complete working layouts. Individual cabinets are detailed on pages 184 - 185. This page shows ‘easy order’ popular combinations as examples. Constructed from 18 and 20swg steel sheet. Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys. Drawers on ball bearing runners, 25kg capacity. Individual drawers in combination units lockable. 7 & 8 drawer cabinets lockable as unit. Powder coated finish, grey cabinets, blue doors and drawer fronts, other colours on request. Ref: WGECO £2390.70

180

EURO CABINET SYSTEM

Tel: 01446 772614

Redditek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


EURO CABINET SYSTEM

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 181 Popular Combinations Ref

Cabinet combination

Price

ECA

EC0903; EC0900; WC10; WP05; WTL10

£1094.95

ECB

EC0900; EC0904; WC02; WC10 WTL15

£1177.95

ECC

EC0901; EC0900; EC0904; 2xWC10; WTB20

£1665.00

ECE

EC2005; EC0903; EC0900; WC10; WP05; WTL10

£1426.10

ECH

EC0900; EC0901; EC0920B; EC0917E; EC0905; EC0904; WTB10; WTB20

£2487.45

ECJ

EC0904; EC0900; EC0901; EC0905; WTL20; WTL10

£1729.65

ECK

EC0905; EC0901; EC0900; WTB20

£1288.65

ECL

EC0900F; 2xEC0901; EC0920B; EC0917E; EC0905 EC0900; EC0904; 2xWTB10; WTB20

£2777.65

ECM

EC0904;EC0920B; EC0905; 2xWTB10

£1622.25

ECN

EC0920L; EC0901; EC0900; WTL10

£944.95

ECO

EC0903; EC0900; EC0910; EC2005; WC01 2xWC05; WP09; WP04; TSO; WTL20

£2390.70

ECP

EC0920B; EC0904; 2xEC0917E; EC0905; EC0901; EC0906; EC0910; WTB10; WTB15; WTB20

£3623.75

ECA

ECB

ECC

ECH

ECE

ECJ

ECL

ECM

Note: These selected combinations shown here can be varied with alternative worktops or individual units to suit your particular needs. See individual cabinet details on pages 182 – 185.

ECK ECN

Redditek Tel: 01446 772614

EURO CABINET SYSTEM

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

181


WALL CABINETS

182 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

WALL CABINETS

MAX LOAD 50 KG

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Heavy duty wall cupboards manufactured from 1mm steel sheet, with high quality grey epoxy cabinet finish and a choice of cabinet door colours. Standard H x D: 600 x 300mm with 1 fixed shelf in all cabinets. 400 and 500mm width units have single lockable door. 800 and 1000mm width units have 2 lockable doors. Available with or without internal drawers (not 1000mm), (400 and 500mm single drawer, 800mm 2 drawers). Fixing holes provided (no fixings supplied).

Drawers

Without drawers

Door colour

400mm

500mm

800mm

1000mm

Blue

WGWC01B

WGWC02B

WGWC05B

WGWC10B

Red

WGWC01R

WGWC02R

WGWC05R

WGWC10R

Green

WGWC01G

WGWC02G

WGWC05G

WGWC10G

Grey

WGWC01GY

WGWC02GY

WGWC05GY

WGWC10GY

£157.30

£161.30

£215.20

£260.80

Blue

WGWC03B

WGWC04B

WGWC06B

-

Red

WGWC03R

WGWC04R

WGWC06R

-

Green

WGWC03G

WGWC04G

WGWC06G

-

Grey

WGWC03GY

WGWC04GY

WGWC06GY

-

£187.30

£202.95

£267.70

-

Price With drawers

Price

182

WALL CABINETS

Tel: 01446 772614

Redditek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


EURO 900 FLOOR CABINET SYSTEM

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

EURO 900 FLOOR CABINET SYSTEM

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 183 MADE IN BRITAIN

900mm high - ‘working height’ storage cabinet system. Range of cabinets constructed from 18 and 20swg steel sheet. Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, supplied with 2 keys. Drawers on telescopic slides, individual drawers in combination units lockable. 7 & 8 drawer cabinets lockable as unit. Powder coated finish, grey cabinets, blue doors and drawer fronts, other colours on request. Drawer capacity: 45kgs UDL. Euro cabinets can be combined to form comprehensive work / storage layouts. See previous page for ‘easy order’ example layouts.

WGEC0904 W x D: 1000 x 500mm 2 drawers, cupboard, 1 adjustable shelf Ref: WGEC0904 £437.60

WGEC0900

WGEC0900F

WGEC0901

WGEC0902

W x D: 500 x 500mm

W x D: 500 x 500mm

W x D: 500 x 500mm

W x D: 500 x 500mm

Cupboard with 2 adjustable shelves

Fire resistant cupboard with

1 drawer, cupboard with 1

2 drawers, cupboard with 1

Ref: WGEC0900 £239.20

1 punched adjustable shelf, 1

adjustable shelf

adjustable shelf

removable sump, warning sticker,

Ref: WGEC0901 £286.15

Ref: WGEC0902 £341.60

yellow finish Ref: WGEC0900F £298.55

WGEC0903

WGEC0910

WGEC0915

WGEC0905

W x D: 500 x 500mm

W x D: 1000 x 500mm

W x D: 1000 x 500mm

W x D: 1000 x 500mm

8 drawers (ht:85mm)

Cupboard, 2 adjustable shelves

Sliding door cupboard, 2

7 drawers (ht: 2x 140, 5x 85mm)

Ref: WGEC0903 £474.90

Ref: WGEC0910 £312.05

adjustable shelves

Ref: WGEC0905 £550.70

Ref: WGEC0915 £353.05

Worktop - Depth 500mm Laminate (with rear upstand)

Laminate (without rear upstand)

W: 500mm

Ref: WGWTB05 £102.35

W: 500mm Ref: WGWTL05 £89.20

W: 1000mm Ref: WGWTB10 £147.60

W: 1000mm Ref: WGWTL10 £101.90

W: 1500mm Ref: WGWTB15 £184.65

W: 1500mm Ref: WGWTL15 £115.25

W: 2000mm Ref: WGWTB20 £230.70

W: 2000mm Ref: WGWTL20 £141.25

Redditek Tel: 01446 772614

EURO 900 FLOOR CABINET SYSTEM

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

183


TALL CABINET SYSTEM

184 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

TALL CABINET SYSTEM 1500, 1800, 2000MM

A flexible range of tough steel cabinets 3 heights - 2 widths - hinged or sliding doors - with a range of accessories to create just the storage solution you need.

Quarter rear louvre panel (option) Quarter rear tool panel (option) Tool panel reinforced door (louvre panel doors option) Tool clips (option) Leverlock handle with 2 rod locking top and bottom, 2 keys Drawer unit (option) Full width robust doors for maximum aperture Adjustable shelves - 50mm pitch - shelf capacity 45kg Base pre-drilled for floor fixing - recommended (fixings not supplied)

EASY ORDER Complete cabinet (as above) comes with: >> 1 drawer (at 1010mm) >> 2 adjustable shelves >> Quarter louvre panel back >> Quarter tool panel back >> Tool panel doors with 10 tool hooks 1800mm high Ref: WGEC1837 £646.75 2000mm high Ref: WGEC2037 £668.00

SLIDING DOOR W x D: 1000 x 500mm

DOUBLE DOOR W x D: 1000 x 500mm

SINGLE DOOR W x D: 500 x 500mm Height

Shvs Ref

1500mm 3

WGEC1515 £489.95

1500mm 3

WGEC1510 £468.00

1500mm

2

WGEC1505 £317.20

1800mm 4

WGEC1815 £500.50

1800mm 4

WGEC1810 £490.95

1800mm

2

WGEC1805 £337.25

2000mm 4

WGEC2015 £519.15

2000mm 4

WGEC2010 £509.90

2000mm 2

WGEC2005 £352.20

1800mm 0

WGEC1800 £420.30

Extra shelf WGECA024

2000mm 0

WGEC2000 £440.55

Height

Shvs Ref

Extra shelf WGECA025

OPTIONAL EXTRAS:

Price

£27.60

Height

Shvs Ref

Price

Price

£23.90

ADJUSTABLE SHELF - CAPACITY 45KG 1000mm wide shelf Ref: WGECA025 £27.60 500mm wide shelf Ref: WGECA024 £23.90 QUARTER REAR LOUVRE PANEL

DRAWER UNIT Internal W x D: 888 x 375mm Front height: 95mm. Available at 50mm pitch (min 100mm between drawers) please state height when ordering. Max 12 drawers to cabinet. Only one drawer to be opened at a time Ref: WGECA020 £96.35

184

TALL CABINET SYSTEM

Tel: 01446 772614

Please state position height when ordering. Max 4 per cabinet Ref: WGECA023 £33.90 QUARTER REAR TOOL PANEL Please state position height when ordering. Max 4 per cabinet. Ref: WGECA022 £33.90

TOOL CLIPS (SET OF 10) LOUVRE PANEL DOORS Replaces standard tool panel doors (factory fitted) Accepts size 2 & 3 bins (see page 136 for container bin packs) Ref: WGECA021 £13.85

3 single hooks, 3 double hooks, 2 snap-in hooks, 1 hammer hook, 1 pliers hook (For additional hooks see page 255) Ref: WGECA009 £34.95

Redditek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


EURO TALL EASY ORDER

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

A selection of cabinet and extras combinations

Note: Only items listed are included, not photographic props.

that provide single reference ordering.

Cabinet with 8 drawers, half tool panel back, 1 shelf, tool

Cabinet with 2 drawers (base & 560mm) 1 shelf, half louvre

panel doors and 1 pack of assorted tool clips

panel back, 24 x No.2 bins, 12 x No.3 bins tool panel doors and

1800mm high Ref: WGEC1831 £1,293.50

1 pack of assorted tool clips

2000mm high Ref: WGEC2031 £1,308.75

1800mm high Ref: WGEC1832 £764.05

EURO TALL - EASY ORDER

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 185

2000mm high Ref: WGEC2032 £780.25

Cabinet with 4 drawers (base, 460, 760 & 860mm), 2 shelves, half

Cabinet with 4 drawers (from base) 2 shelves, half louvre panel

tool panel back, tool panel doors and 1 pack of assorted tool clips

back, 16 x No.2 bins, 18 x No.3 bins tool panel doors and 1 pack of

1800mm high Ref: WGEC1833 £935.70

assorted tool clips

2000mm high Ref: WGEC2033 £953.00

1800mm high Ref: WGEC1834 £986.55

Cabinet with full louvre panel back,

Cabinet with full tool panel panel back,

tool panel doors and 1 pack of assorted tool clips

tool panel doors and 1 pack of assorted tool clips

1800mm high Ref: WGEC1835 £583.25

1800mm high Ref: WGEC1836 £590.60

2000mm high Ref: WGEC2035 £602.45

2000mm high Ref: WGEC2036 £610.80

Redditek Tel: 01446 772614

2000mm high Ref: WGEC2034 £1,004.80

EURO TALL - EASY ORDER

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

185


BIN CABINETS

186 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

BIN CABINETS LOUVRE SUPPORT

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

Robust, heavy duty steel cupboards with plastic bin combinations with louvre or shelf bin support systems. Heavy duty steel cupboard with full louvre back to accept plastic storage bins. Overall H x W x D: 2000 x 1000 x 500mm. Lockable doors supplied with 2 keys, finished in epoxy grey cabinet and blue doors. Empty cupboard to accept your own bins, or choice of units complete with bins.

Empty unit. Cupboard with Louvre back (no bins) Ref: WGBCL01 £591.65

78 bin unit. Cupboard with 42 x No. 2 bins; 20 No. 3 bins; 16 No. 4 bins Ref: WGBCL78 £747.00

BIN CABINETS SHELF SUPPORT

54 bin unit. Cupboard with 30 x No. 3 bins; 24 No. 4 bins Ref: WGBCL54 £755.10

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

60 bin unit. Cupboard with 60 x No. 3 bins Ref: WGBCL60 £739.85

126 bin unit. Cupboard with 126 x No. 2 bins Ref: WGBCL126 £730.85

MADE IN BRITAIN

Cupboard with steel adjustable shelves (25mm pitch) to accept your own bins, or choice of units complete with bins. Empty unit. Cupboard with shelves (no bins) 4 Shelves Ref: WGBCS04 £553.20 8 Shelves Ref: WGBCS08 £642.55 10 Shelves Ref: WGBCS10 £696.50 12 Shelves Ref: WGBCS12 £750.45 Extra shelf Ref: WGBCSES £27.00

44 bin unit. Cupboard with 11 shelves and 44 No. 4 bins Ref: WGBCS48 £917.55

186

BIN CABINETS

Tel: 01446 772614

66 bin unit. Cupboard with 11 shelves and 66 No. 3 bins. Ref: WGBCS72 £856.55

68 bin unit. Cupboard with 12 shelves, 24 No. 2 bins, 24 x No. 3 bins and 20 x No. 4 bins. Ref: WGBCS72C £918.15

54 bin unit. Cupboard with 9 shelves, 24 x No. 2 bins, 18 x No. 3 bins, 12 x No. 4 bins and 4 drawer unit. Ref: WGBCS60 £1151.65

Redditek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


MOBILE DRAWER CABINETS

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

Fully welded mobile drawer cabinets, mounted on 4 swivel 125mm castors 800 Series

WGMDC602

WGMDC601

(2 braked) with blue resilex wheels and roller bearings. Drawers on telescopic slides with 45kg capacity. Internal drawer size W x D: 425 x 450mm. Drawer heights: 90mm and 185mm. All drawers ready equipped to accept adjustable small parts divider storage system (dividers optional extra - see below). Drawers lockable as a unit, 2 keys provided. Fitted with 3 sided lipped tool tray top with cushioned matting (laminate top available as optional extra - see below) Finish: Grey epoxy body (BS00A05), Blue epoxy drawers (BS18E53). Other

MOBILE DRAWER CABINETS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 187

colours available on request.

600 Series

WGMDC801

WGMDC802

MOBILE MAINTENANCE CABINETS

Overal H x W x D mm

Cabinet W x D mm

Drawers 90 mm

185 mm

Ref

Price

780 x 500 x 615

500 x 500

3

780 x 500 x 615

500 x 500

1

1

WGMDC601

£389.05

2

WGMDC602

980 x 500 x 615

500 x 500

£375.15

5

1

WGMDC801

980 x 500 x 615

500 x 500

£460.30

3

2

WGMDC802

£446.95

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

Fully welded mobile drawer cabinets, mounted on 4 swivel 125mm castors (2 braked) with blue resilex wheels and roller bearings. Drawers on telescopic slides with 45kg capacity. Internal drawer size

WGMDC812

W x D: 425 x 450mm. Drawer heights: 90mm and 185mm. All drawers ready equipped to accept adjustable small parts divider storage system (dividers optional extra - see below). Drawers lockable as a unit, 2 keys provided. Cupboard door fitted with recessed handle with integral lock with 2 rods locking top and bottom, tool panel and 1 adjustable shelf. Fitted with 3 sided lipped tool tray top with cushioned matting (laminate top available as optional extra - see below). Finish: Grey epoxy body (BS00A05), Blue epoxy drawers (BS18E53). Other colours available on request.

OPTIONAL EXTRAS WGMDC811

Overall H x W x D mm

Cabinet W x D mm

Drawers

Ref

Price

90mm 185mm

980 x 1120 x 500 1000 x 500 5

1

WGMDC811 £602.10

980 x 1120 x 500 1000 x 500 3

2

WGMDC812 £586.40

Redditek Tel: 01446 772614

DRAWER TROLLEY TOP

DRAWER DIVIDER PACK

18mm Laminate top with plasic edging (replaces lipped tray) Ref: WGLWT01 £51.00 Maintenance trolley top Ref: WGLWT02 £64.95

Complete with 2 vertical and 9 horizontal dividers for 90mm deep Ref: WGDDP01 £44.75 for 185mm deep Ref: WGDDP02 £55.35

MOBILE DRAWER CABINETS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

187


CB CUPBOARDS / STAINLESS STEEL CABINETS

188 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

CB CUPBOARDS

DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Range of steel cabinets constructed to imperial sizes, designed to combine with existing imperial size cabinets. Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys. Powder coated finish in grey as standard, blue doors on request. Shelf capacity 50kgs, maximum 250kgs per cabinet.

Size H x W x D

Shelves

Ref

Price

915 x 457 x 457mm

1 adjustable shelf

WGCB 11

£183.05

915 x 915 x 457mm

2 adjustable shelves

WGCB 60

£296.10

1220 x 915 x 457mm

2 adjustable shelves

WGCB 65

£303.40

1830 x 915 x 457mm

3 adjustable shelves

WGCB 70

£394.25

1830 x 915 x 305mm

3 adjustable shelves

WGCB 80

£360.00

Size

(Imperial)

Ref

Price

457 x 457mm

(18” x 18”)

WGES1

£21.85

915 x 457mm

(36” x 18”)

WGES2

£30.35

915 x 305mm

(36” x 12”)

WGES4

£28.30

Extra Shelves OPTIONAL EXTRAS:

Upgrade to 100kgs per shelf, maximum 400kgs for cabinet. Ref: WGCBHD £17.35

STAINLESS STEEL CABINETS

DELIVERED IN 25 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

A range of stainless steel cabinets manufactured from 304 grade stainless. Ideal for clean and hygienic work environments. Stainless Steel CB Cupboards are supplied complete with adjustable shelves, leverlock handle with 2 rods locking top and bottom and 2 keys.

Cabinet

Extra Shelf

188

CB CUPBOARDS / STAINLESS STEEL CABINETS

Tel: 01446 772614

Size (H x W x D) mm

Shelves

Ref

Price

915 x 457 x 457

1

WGCB11SS

£551.85

915 x 915 x 457

1

WGCB60SS

£763.45

1220 x 915 x 457

2

WGCB65SS

£895.70

1830 x 915 x 457

3

WGCB70SS

£1,189.55

457 x 457

WGES1SS

£33.65

915 x 457

WGES2SS

£49.30

Redditek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


STANDARD CUPBOARDS

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

A versatile and robust range of steel cupboards providing secure storage in the workplace. Cupboards meet the stringent requirements of BS EN 14073:2004 (Parts 1, 2 & 3) and BS EN14074:2004. Cupboards feature: >> Door vertical stiffening for added strength

STEEL CUPBOARDS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 189

>> Adjustable shelves on a 25mm vertical pitch >> Shelves carry a maximum of 78kg UDL >> Choice of door colours, light grey, red or blue. Height mm

Width mm

Depth mm

Shelves

Ref

Price

984

915

505

2

WGCH961CGU29S12

£344.30

1820

915

505

3

WGC1961CGU29S13

£235.40

Handle designed for easier operation, allows door closing without the key.

LARGE VOLUME CUPBOARDS

Three point locking as standard.

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS

Spacious storage of larger items in the workplace. Large Volume Cupboards are available with various internal configurations and feature the following: >> Semi-concealed hinges >> Magnetic door catches >> Door vertical stiffening for added strength >> High quality lock operating 3-point locking bars >> Shelves supported on clips, height adjustable on 25mm increments >> Robust, all-steel construction >> Choice of door colours, light grey, red, blue or green Height mm

Width mm

Depth mm

Shelves

Ref

Price

1829

1220

457

3

WGC7248A3S13GU

£421.30

Large Volume Cupboards have a high quality metal lock operation with a 3 point locking system.

STEEL CUPBOARDS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

189


FIRST AID / PPE CABINETS

190 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

FIRST AID CABINETS

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

Storage cabinets for First Aid supplies and equipment >> Instantly recognisable >> Clear identification labelling >> Clean, durable white powder coated finish Wall-fixing Cabinets >> Strong welded 20swg steel construction >> Fixed shelf and internal drawer tray(s), lock with 2 keys >> Cabinets pre-drilled for fixing (fixings not included) >> Powder coated finish >> Identification labelling Floor-standing Cabinets >> Strong welded 20swg steel construction >> Shelves adjustable to 25mm pitch >> Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys >> Powder coated finish >> Identification labelling

Type

Floor Cabinet First Aid Cabinets - White BS00E55

Wall Cabinet

Extra shelf

PPE CABINETS

H x W x D mm

Shelves

Drawer Trays

Ref

Price

915 x 457 x 457

1

-

WGFAC10

£183.05

915 x 915 x 457

2

-

WGFAC60

£296.10

1220 x 915 x 457

2

-

WGFAC65

£303.40

1830 x 915 x 457

3

-

WGFAC70

£394.25

600 x 400 x 300

1

1

WGFAWC3

£187.30

600 x 500 x 300

1

1

WGFAWC4

£202.95

600 x 800 x 300

1

2

WGFAWC6

£262.70

457 x 457

WGES1

£21.85

915 x 457

WGES2

£30.35

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

Storage cabinets for Personal Protective equipment. Designed and manufactured to meet the requirements of The Personal Protective Equipment at Work Regulations 1994. PPE Cabinets >> Strong welded 20swg steel construction >> Shelves adjustable to 25mm pitch >> Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys >> Powder coated finish >> Identification labelling PPE Cabinets Cabinet Grey BS00A05 Doors BS18E53 Cabinets

Extra Shelves

H x W x D mm

Shelves

Ref

Price

915 x 457 x 457

1

WGPPE10

£183.05

915 x 915 x 457

2

WGPPE60

£296.10

H x W x D mm

Shelves

Price

1220 x 915 x 457

2

WGPPE65

£303.40

457 x 457

WGES1

£21.85

1830 x 915 x 457

3

WGPPE70

£389.25

915 x 457

WGES2

£30.35

1830 x 915 x 457

*

WGPPE71

£484.65

*WGPPE71 complete with centre divider, 3 adjustable shelves and hanging rail.

190

FIRST AID / PPE CABINETS

Tel: 01446 772614

Redditek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


POLYCARBONATE DOOR CABINETS

DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Strong welded construction with polycarbonate door panels for enclosed visibility whilst maintaining security. Wall-fixing Cabinets >> Strong welded 20swg steel construction >> Fixed shelf, lock with 2 keys >> Cabinets pre-drilled for wall fixing (fixings not included) >> Powder coated finish, body: grey (BS00A05) >> Doors: Blue, grey, green, yellow or red (Blue supplied if not specified) Floor-standing Cabinets >> Strong welded 20swg steel construction. >> Shelves adjustable to 25mm pitch >> Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys >> Powder coated finish, body: grey (BS00A05) >> Doors / shelves: blue, grey, green, yellow or red

POLYCARBONATE / MESH DOOR CABINETS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 191

(Blue supplied if not specified)

Type

H x W x D mm

Shelves

Ref

Price

915 x 457 x 457

1

WGCBP11

£220.60

915 x 915 x 457

1

WGCBP60

£340.15

1220 x 915 x 457

2

WGCBP65

£390.75

1830 x 915 x 457

3

WGCBP70

£476.60

Wall Cabinet 600 x 1000 x 300

1

WGWCP10

£296.10

457 x 457

WGES1

£21.85

915 x 457

WGES2

£30.35

Floor Cabinet

Extra shelf

MESH DOOR CABINETS

DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Strong welded construction with mesh door panels for visibility and ventilation whilst maintaining security. >> Strong welded 20swg steel construction. >> Shelves adjustable to 25mm pitch. >> Leverlock handles with 2 rod locking top and bottom, 2 keys >> Powder coated finish, body: grey (BS00A05) >> Doors / shelves: Blue, grey, green, yellow or red (Blue supplied if not specified)

Type

Cabinet WGCBM71

WGCBM65

Extra shelf

H x W x D mm

Shelves

Ref

Price

915 x 457 x 457

1

WGCBM11

£198.45

915 x 915 x 457

1

WGCBM60

£308.40

1220 x 915 x 457

2

WGCBM65

£304.00

1830 x 457 x 457

3

WGCBM29

£343.65

1830 x 915 x 457

3

WGCBM70

£406.60

1830 x 915 x 457

*

WGCBM71

£489.65

457 x 457

WGES1

£21.85

915 x 457

WGES2

£30.35

*CBM71 complete with centre divider, 3 adjustable shelves and hanging rail.

Redditek Tel: 01446 772614

POLYCARBONATE / MESH DOOR CABINETS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

191


HAZARDOUS CABINETS

192 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

HAZARDOUS CABINETS

DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Storage cabinets for hazardous materials. Strong welded 20swg steel construction. Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys. Pesticide/chemical cabinets have door vents to prevent fume build-up. Adjustable punched trays to contain spills and allow them to drain into removable sump. Removable sump for convenient removal of spills. Powder coated finish. Warning stickers. Shelf capacity 35kgs, maximum 250kgs per cabinet.

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: Upgrade to 80kgs per shelf, maximum 400kgs for cabinet. Ref: WGFBHD £17.35

Reinforced doors Door vents in pesticide/ chemical cabinets prevent build-up of fumes Lever handles and two rod locking and 2 keys Shelf trays have punched drain holes to allow any spillages to drain into base sump Shelf trays are adjustable to a 25mm pitch Removable sump collects any spillages and permits convenient removal.

Flammable Cabinet

Acid Cabinet

Pesticide / Chemical Cabinet

Coshh Cabinet

D. Grey BS632

White RAL9003

Red RAL3020

L. Grey BS00A05

Yellow BS08E51

192

HAZARDOUS CABINETS

Tel: 01446 772614

Green RAL6029

Redditek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


HAZARDOUS CABINETS

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

Flammable Liquids Storage All cabinets meet the requirements of the Highly Flammable and Liquefied Petroleum Gases Regulations 1972 (Section 5 Part D), The Health and Safety Executive Guide HS(G)51 1990 and the Factory Inspectorate

HAZARDOUS CABINETS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 193

Certificate of Approval No 1 Parts 3 and 4. The maximum volume of any flammable liquid with a flashpoint below 32˚C that may be stored in a flame resistant cabinet within a workroom is 50 litres (regardless of the total capacity of the storage cabinet).

Flammable Cabinets Yellow BS08E51

Item

Cabinet

Extra shelf

Stand

H x W x D mm

Shelves

Sump Cap. Ltrs

Flammable Yellow

Flammable Coshh D. Grey L. Grey

Acid White

Pesticide/chemical Red

Green

Price

457 x 457 x 457

1

14.5

WGFB2

WGFB2G

WGCFB2

WGAFB2

WGPFB2

WGPFB2G

£153.50

610 x 457 x 457

1

14.5

WGFB4

WGFB4G

WGCFB4

WGAFB4

WGPFB4

WGPFB4G

£155.00

712 x 355 x 305

2

4.0

WGFB5

WGFB5G

WGCFB5

WGAFB5

WGPFB5

WGPFB5G

£179.05

915 x 457 x 457

1

14.5

WGFB10

WGFB10G

WGCFB10

WGAFB10

WGPFB10

WGPFB10G

£191.80

712 x 915 x 457

1

27.0

WGFB15

WGFB15G

WGCFB15

WGAFB15

WGPFB15

WGPFB15G

£270.10

915 x 915 x 457

1

27.0

WGFB20

WGFB20G

WGCFB20

WGAFB20

WGPFB20

WGPFB20G

£286.85

900 x 1200 x 500

1

42.5

WGFB22

WGFB22G

WGCFB22

WGAFB22

WGPFB22

WGPFB22G

£431.60

1220 x 915 x 457

2

27.0

WGFB25

WGFB25G

WGCFB25

WGAFB25

WGPFB25

WGPFB25G

£346.50

1525 x 915 x 457

3

27.0

WGFB26

WGFB26G

WGCFB26

WGAFB26

WGPFB26

WGPFB26G

£376.95

1830 x 457 x 457

3

14.5

WGFB29

WGFB29G

WGCFB29

WGAFB29

WGPFB29

WGPFB29G

£325.55

1830 x 915 x 457

3

27.0

WGFB30

WGFB30G

WGCFB30

WGAFB30

WGPFB30

WGPFB30G

£405.90

1800 x 1200 x 500

3

42.5

WGFB40

WGFB40G

WGCFB40

WGAFB40

WGPFB40

WGPFB40G

£518.25

457 x 457

WGES1

WGES1

WGES1

WGES1

WGES1

WGES1

£21.85

915 x 457

WGES2

WGES2

WGES2

WGES2

WGES2

WGES2

£30.35

1200 x 500

WGES5

WGES5

WGES5

WGES5

WGES5

WGES5

£34.10

460 x 355 x 305

WGSS10

WGSS10G

WGCSS10

WGASS10

WGPSS10

WGPSS10G

£97.90

460 x 915 x 457

WGSS11

WGSS11G

WGCSS11

WGASS11

WGPSS11

WGPSS11G

£104.25

460 x 457 x 457

WGSS12

WGSS12G

WGCSS12

WGASS12

WGPSS12

WGPSS12G

£85.80

Storage cabinets for hazardous materials. Strong welded 20swg steel

Stands

construction. Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys.

460mm high stand

Pesticide/chemical cabinets have door vents to prevent fume build-up. Adjustable punched trays to contain spills and allow them to drain into removable sump. Removable sump for convenient removal of spills.

355 x 305mm suitable for FB5 915 x 457mm suitable for FB15 and FB20 457 x 457mm suitable for FB2, FB4 and FB10

Powder coated finish. Warning stickers. Shelf capacity 35kgs, maximum 250kgs per cabinet.

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: Upgrade to 80kgs per shelf, maximum 400kgs for cabinet Ref: WGFBHD £17.35

Redditek Tel: 01446 772614

HAZARDOUS CABINETS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

193


STAINLESS STEEL CABINETS

194 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

STAINLESS STEEL CABINETS

DELIVERED IN 25 DAYS

Stainless Steel Hazardous FB Cabinets are supplied

Type

MADE IN BRITAIN

Size (H x W x D) mm

Shelves

Sump Ref Cap. Litres

Price

removable sump, leverlock handle with 2 rods locking

915 x 457 x 457

1

14.5

WGFB10SS

£554.90

top and bottom and 2 keys.

915 x 915 x 457

1

27

WGFB20SS

£779.60

1220 x 915 x 457

2

27

WGFB25SS

£932.35

1830 x 915 x 457

3

27

WGFB30SS

£1,293.65

457 x 457

WGES1SS

£33.65

915 x 457

WGES2SS

£49.30

complete with punched adjustable shelf trays,

Cabinet

Extra Shelf

Punched Shelf Trays Removable sump contains spillages and permits convenient removal.

OILY RAG BINS

DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

>> Strong 16swg steel construction. >> Hinged lid with tubular lift handle. >> Available with or without removable steel liner >> Powder coated finish red

Type

Oily rag bin

194

STAINLESS STEEL CABINETS

Tel: 01446 772614

Size (H x W x D) mm

Liner

Ref

Price

680 x 410 x 410

No

WGORB01

£170.70

830 x 600 x 450

No

WGORB02

£197.55

680 x 410 x 410

Yes

WGORB03

£212.00

830 x 600 x 450

Yes

WGORB04

£253.15

Redditek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


HAZARDOUS BINS

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS

Flat top or sloping top bins >> Strong 14swg steel construction >> Hinged lid with restraining arm, hasp and staple >> Welded seams >> Drain plug >> Powder coated finish >> Colour choice: red, yellow, grey, white >> Warning stickers

Flat top bin

Sloping top bin

WALL MOUNTED CIGARETTE DISPOSAL BINS

H x W x D mm

Ref

Price

500 x 600 x 350

WGFTB01

£250.75

600 x 600 x 600

WGFTB02

£304.70

600 x 1200 x 600

WGFTB03

£413.70

900/500 x 900 x 750

WGSTB04

£456.45

900/500 x 1200 x 750

WGSTB05

£524.60

HAZARDOUS BINS / CIGARETTE BINS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 195

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS

>> Stainless steel or powder coated steel >> Range of stylish options - will look good and provide convenient and efficient cigarette disposal >> Stainless steel liner - fitted as standard >> Internal removable, long-lasting, zintec steel liner, collects the cigarettes and provides for easy removal for emptying. >> Wall mounted cigarette bin Small 370 x 200 x 70mm Powder coated steel

Ref: WGCD001 £109.00

Stainless steel

Ref: WGCD002 £139.30

Large 445 x 245 x 70mm

Redditek Tel: 01446 772614

Powder coated steel

Ref: WGCD003 £116.25

Stainless steel

Ref: WGCD004 £149.75

HAZARDOUS BINS / CIGARETTE BINS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

195


STEEL BIN CABINETS

196 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

STEEL BIN CABINETS

DELIVERED IN 25 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

All units supplied complete and fully assembled ready for immediate use.

Finish Powder coated finish in a choice of colours: Grey (as standard) Colour Options: Red Blue Green Full range of 72 models see next page.

Bin sizes

Bin capacity

Shelf capacity

Widths: 148mm (6 bins across) 222mm (4 bins across) 296mm (3 bins across) 445mm (2 bins across) 900mm (1 bin across)

10kg 12.5kg 15kg 20kg 30kg

60kg 50kg 45kg 40kg 30kg

Heights: 148mm (12 bins down) 220mm (8 bins down) 293mm (6 bins down) 440mm (4 bins down)

Depths Cabinet: 377, 427, 532mm Internal: 305, 355, 460mm Shelf: 253, 304, 409mm

Shelf Profiles Dished D Flush

F

Shelf Profile Sizes: Dished 50mm Flush 25mm Lipped 50mm

Lipped L “F” Flush shelves supplied unless other specified

196

STEEL BIN CABINETS

Tel: 01446 772614

Cabinet heights

Doors

Full height: 1820mm

Doors are available as an option for all units. Twin steel doors, lock and 2 keys

Cabinet width All cabinets: 942mm

Height 1820mm

Ref WGSBC6D £224.40

Redditek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


STEEL BIN CABINETS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 197

72 bins Bin size W x H: 148 x 148mm

48 bins Bin size W x H: 222 x 148mm

36 bins Bin size W x H: 296 x 148mm

24 bins Bin size W x H: 445 x 148mm

Depth mm

Ref: 1820mm Price high units

Depth mm

Ref: 1820mm Price high units

Depth mm

Ref: 1820mm Price high units

Depth mm

Ref: 1820mm Price high units

305

WGSBC601

£581.40

305

WGSBC604

£523.20

305

WGSBC607

£478.10

305

WGSBC610

£436.45

355

WGSBC602

£636.20

355

WGSBC605

£565.95

355

WGSBC608

£511.65

355

WGSBC611

£466.35

460

WGSBC603

£698.25

460

WGSBC606

£625.05

460

WGSBC609

£565.70

460

WGSBC612

£514.55

48 bins Bin size W x H: 148 x 220mm

32 bins Bin size W x H: 222 x 220mm

24 bins Bin size W x H: 296 x 220mm

16 bins Bin size W x H: 445 x 220mm

Depth mm

Ref: 1820mm Price high units

Depth mm

Ref: 1820mm Price high units

Depth mm

Ref: 1820mm Price high units

Depth mm

Ref: 1820mm Price high units

305

WGSBC613

£505.90

305

WGSBC616

£444.25

305

WGSBC619

£404.85

305

WGSBC622

£366.85

355

WGSBC614

£546.95

355

WGSBC617

£477.00

355

WGSBC620

£437.80

355

WGSBC623

£390.75

460

WGSBC615

£601.25

460

WGSBC618

£541.10

460

WGSBC621

£481.65

460

WGSBC624

£426.20

36 bins Bin size W x H: 148 x 293mm

8 bins Bin size W x H: 445 x 440mm

18 bins Bin size W x H: 296 x 293mm

12 bins Bin size W x H: 445 x 293mm

Depth mm

Ref: 1820mm Price high units

Depth mm

Ref: 1820mm Price high units

Depth mm

Ref: 1820mm Price high units

Depth mm

Ref: 1820mm Price high units

305

WGSBC625

£494.05

305

WGSBC646

£331.30

305

WGSBC631

£388.60

305

WGSBC634

£358.20

355

WGSBC626

£548.15

355

WGSBC647

£349.30

355

WGSBC632

£413.60

355

WGSBC635

£392.85

460

WGSBC627

£582.25

460

WGSBC648

£384.00

460

WGSBC633

£454.60

460

WGSBC636

£420.55

Redditek Tel: 01446 772614

STEEL BIN CABINETS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

197


DRAW CABINETS

198 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

SYSTEM ‘D’ DRAWER CABINETS

DELIVERED IN 25 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

High density small parts storage system.

Steel construction throughout. All cabinets 895mm wide. Cabinet depths: 305 and 460mm. Available with or without lockable doors. (doors not available for 535mm and 675mm high units). Drawer dividers available for further stock separation (not available for 205 x 180mm size drawers). Steel drawers have rear retaining lip to hold drawer in unit while contents.

32 drawers (combination) 1070mm high

W x H

18 drawers:

135 x 75mm

6 drawers:

280 x 75mm

8 drawers:

205 x 180mm

Depth mm

Without doors

Price

305

WGDCD33

£545.75

460

WGDCD34

£619.75

Depth mm

With doors

Price

305

WGDCD33D

£678.10

460

WGDCD34D

£753.40

Finish: powder coated - drawers: grey Cabinets in choice of: grey, red, blue, green or yellow (grey supplied if not specified) are viewed / accessed.

198

DRAW CABINETS

Tel: 01446 772614

Redditek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


DRAW CABINETS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 199

Drawer W x H: 135 x 75mm

Drawer W x H: 280 x 75mm

Drawer W x H: 205 x 180mm

Drawer D: 285 or 440mm

Drawer D: 285 or 440mm

Drawer D: 285 or 440mm

Divider slots at 20mm centres

Divider slots at 20mm centres

30 drawers - 675mm high

15 drawers - 535mm high

8 drawers - 535mm high

Depth Without mm doors

Price

Depth mm

Without doors

Price

Depth mm

Without doors

Price

305

WGDCD00

£559.55

305

WGDCD19

£386.45

305

WGDCD25

£276.60

460

WGDCD01

£590.50

460

WGDCD20

£409.35

460

WGDCD26

£289.65

60 drawers - 1070mm high

30 drawers - 1070mm high

20 drawers - 1070mm high

Depth Without mm doors

Price

Depth mm

Without doors

Price

Depth Without mm doors

Price

305

WGDCD06

£943.35

305

WGDCD21

£601.85

305

WGDCD27

£445.55

460

WGDCD07

£978.85

460

WGDCD22

£649.65

460

WGDCD28

Price

Depth mm

With doors

Price

Depth With mm doors

Price

Depth With mm doors

£481.40

305

WGDCD06D £1082.25

305

WGDCD21D

£743.05

305

WGDCD27D

£588.20

460

WGDCD07D

460

WGDCD22D

£793.65

460

WGDCD28D

£624.90

£1119.95

90 drawers - 1600mm high

45 drawers - 1600mm high

28 drawers - 1500mm high

Depth mm

Without doors

Price

Depth mm

Without doors

Price

Depth Without mm doors

Price

305

WGDCD09

£1419.95

305

WGDCD23

£770.55

305

WGDCD29

£571.70

460

WGDCD10

£1471.75

460

WGDCD24

£836.90

460

WGDCD30

Depth mm

With doors

Price

Depth mm

With doors

Price

Depth With mm doors

Price

305

WGDCD09D

£1571.05

305

WGDCD23D

£916.30

305

WGDCD29D

£729.05

460

WGDCD10D

£1626.50

460

WGDCD24D

£979.15

460

WGDCD30D

£788.95

Packs of drawers and dividers

Packs of drawers and dividers

Packs of drawers

135mm wide x 75mm high

280mm wide x 75mm high

205mm wide x 180mm high

Steel Drawers Depth

£629.25

Ref

Price

Steel Drawers Depth

Ref

Price

Steel Drawers Depth

Ref

Price

6

285mm WGDCD12

£82.40

3

285mm WGDCD16

£53.00

3

285mm WGDCD31

£93.70

6

440mm WGDCD13

£88.05

3

440mm WGDCD17

£58.35

3

440mm WGDCD32 £100.95

Ref

Price

Dividers

Ref

Price

WGDCD15

£34.35

50

WGDCD18

£34.35

Dividers 50

-

Redditek Tel: 01446 772614

-

DRAW CABINETS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

199


MOBILE TRAY RACKS

200 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

MOBILE TRAY RACKS

MAX LOAD 200 KG

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Complete with specified Euro Container Box Trays external dimensions L x W 600 x 400mm. Rack construction: Welded square section steel tube construction with formed tray supports and steel top cover. Metal strap prevents trays being pushed through when loading. Wheels: 4 swivel castors with 100mm diameter nylon wheels. Finish: Blue epoxy coated. Full tray specifications and prices for extra trays: See Euro Containers panel, bottom of page.

WGCT210

Model

No of trays

Internal tray ht.

Weight kg

O/all rack ht.

Ref

Price

1

6 x PC005

105mm

38

1100mm

WGCT206

£347.90

2

8 x PC005

105mm

46

1405mm

WGCT208

£398.95

3

10 x PC005

105mm

53

1710mm

WGCT210

£450.15

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES

Extra (pair) Ref: WGB013 £15.35

WGCT208

WGCT206

EURO CONTAINERS

DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS

Robust grey plastic containers that can interstack modularly with various sizes. Ideal for protective storage during transportation of goods. Lids and dollies can be supplied separately. All containers and accessories are manufactured from high-density food grade polypropylene which has a temperature resistance from -5˚ C to +70˚ C.

External Dimensions mm

External Dimensions mm

Length

Width

Height

Length

Width

Height

22

600

400

120

555

358

30

600

400

170

560

360

52

600

400

270

560

60

600

400

320

552

Size litre

200

Ref

Price

105

WGPC005

157

WGPC020

358

257

353

304

Pallet Quantity No. on Pallet

Pallet Ref

Price

£21.05

72

WGPC005/72

£724.55

£23.35

52

WGPC020/52

£622.05

WGPC021

£24.90

36

WGPC021/36

£484.35

WGPC022

£27.65

32

WGPC022/32

£499.25

MOBILE TRAY RACKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


MOBILE TRAY RACKS

MAX LOAD 200 KG

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MOBILE TRAY RACKS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 201 MADE IN BRITAIN

Complete with specified Euro container box trays

WGCT606

600 x 400 external L x W. Rack construction: Welded square section steel tube construction with formed tray supports and steel top cover. Metal strap prevents WGCT604

trays being pushed through when loading. Overall rack L x W: 700 x 525mm Wheels: 4 swivel castors with 100mm diameter nylon wheels. Finish: Blue epoxy coated. 4 Deep Tray Models, 164mm and 220mm internal tray heights. Full tray specifications and prices for extra trays: See Euro Containers panel, bottom of left hand page.

WGCT508

WGCT506

No. of trays Internal tray height

Overall rack height

Weight

Ref

Price

6 x PC020

164mm

1420mm

42kg

WGCT506

£377.70

8 x PC020

164mm

1830mm

51kg

WGCT508

£435.50

4 x PC021

220mm

1250mm

37kg

WGCT604

£336.80

6 x PC021

220mm

1780mm

49kg

WGCT606

£411.25

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES

Extra (pair) Ref: WGB013 £15.35

MOBILE TRAY RACKS

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MAX LOAD 200 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

A versatile range of mobile steel racks. Welded square section steel tube construction with formed tray supports. Supplied complete with grey European 600 x 400mm plastic containers. WGCT401

Wheels: All swivel castors with 100mm diameter nylon wheels.

WGCT408

Finish: Red epoxy. Trays: 22 litre solid grey containers Ref: WGPC005

WGCT406

(for full specification see bottom of left hand page). WGCT405

No. of Trays

Overall size LxWxH

Weight

Uniform load total capacity

Ref

Price

2x5

955 x 650 x 945mm

50kg

200kg

WGCT405

£438.15

6

525 x 650 x 1100mm

33kg

200kg

WGCT406

£314.70

8

525 x 650 x 1405mm

41kg

200kg

WGCT408

£369.40

10

525 x 650 x 1710mm

48kg

200kg

WGCT410

£425.25

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES

Extra (pair) Ref: WGB013 £15.35

MOBILE TRAY RACKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

201


CONTAINER TROLLEYS

202 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

EURO DOLLY / TROLLEY

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS

Euro Dolly Euro Dolly with optional tug handle. Maximum total capacity: 250kg Finish: Blue epoxy. Wheels: 2 fixed, 2 swivel castors with 125mm diameter wheels, solid rubber tyres and roller bearings.

Containers are NOT included. For containers, please see below. Type

Overall dims L x W x H mm

Max Load Kgs

Weight kgs

Ref

Price

Euro Dolley

640 x 415 x 195

250

12

WGCT64

£93.45

Handle (optional)

920 x 305 x 30

1.5

WGTD804

£28.75

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES

Extra (pair) Ref: WGB032 £10.95

Euro Trolley Maximum total capacity: 350kg Finish: Blue epoxy. Wheels: 2 fixed, 2 swivel castors with 160mm diameter wheels, solid rubber tyres and roller bearings.

Designed to carry European 600 x 400mm range of containers in any combination of heights

Type

Overall dims L x W x H mm

Max Load Kgs

Weight Kgs

Ref

Price

Euro Trolley

950 x 615 x 985

350

24

WGCT81

£140.75

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES

Extra (pair) Ref: WGB024 £12.15

EURO CONTAINERS

DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS

Robust grey plastic containers that can interstack modularly with various sizes. Ideal for protective storage during transportation of goods. Lids and dollies can be supplied separately. All containers and accessories are manufactured from high-density food grade polypropylene which has a temperature resistance from -5˚ C to +70˚ C.

Size litre

202

External Dimensions mm

External Dimensions mm

Ref

Price

Pallet Quantity

Length

Width

Height

Length

Width

Height

No. on Pallet

Pallet Ref

Price

22

600

400

120

555

358

105

WGPC005

£21.05

72

WGPC005/72

£724.55

30

600

400

170

560

360

157

WGPC020

£23.35

52

WGPC020/52

£622.05

52

600

400

270

560

358

257

WGPC021

£24.90

36

WGPC021/36

£484.35

60

600

400

320

552

353

304

WGPC022

£27.65

32

WGPC022/32

£499.25

CONTAINER TROLLEYS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


SMALL PARTS STORAGE TRAY RACKS

MAX LOAD 200 KG

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

TRAY RACKS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 203 MADE IN BRITAIN

Complete with specified Euro container box trays (L x W x H) 400 x 300 x 120mm external. Rack construction: WGCT226

Welded square section steel tube construction with formed tray supports. Metal strap prevents trays from being pushed through when loading. Wheels: 4 swivel castors with 100mm diameter nylon wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy.

WGCT216

Model

No of trays

Overall size (H x W x D)

Weight

Ref

Price

1

12

1115 x 730 x 440mm

29kg

WGCT216

£443.25

2

24

1115 x 1420 x 440mm 49kg

WGCT226

£696.85

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES

Extra (pair) Ref: WGB10 £15.35 ADDITIONAL TRAYS

Ref: WGPC-023 (single tray) £16.45

ADJUSTABLE TRAY RACK

MAX LOAD 200 KG

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Complete with specified Euro container box trays. (L x W) 600 x 400mm external. Rack constructions: Welded square section steel tube base, formed sheet

WGCT271

steel uprights and zinc plated tray supports. Fully adjustable tray levels with 60 possible runner positions - making this tray WGCT272

rack extremely versatile. Just choose the container required and where to position it - multiple combinations - supplied complete with 10 x pairs of tray runners. Metal strap prevents trays from being pushed through when loading. Wheels: 4 swivel castors with 100mm diameter nylon wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Light grey epoxy. Weight: 25kgs empty Overall size (H x W x D): 1725 x 500 x 650mm.

Model

No of trays

Tray heights supplied

Ref

Price

4

Empty

None

WGCT270

£338.30

5

10

10 x 120mm

WGCT271

£474.45

6

8

3 x 120mm, 4 x 175mm, 1 x 235mm

WGCT272

£460.10

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES

Extra (pair) Ref: WGB103 £15.35

For additional trays, please see previous page.

View product on YouTube

TRAY RACKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

203


MOBILE TRAY RACKS

204 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

MOBILE TRAY RACKS

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MAX LOAD 200 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

Food Grade

WGCT316

With white non-toxic polyethylene trays. Capacity 200kg UDL all models. WGCT312

All welded angle construction. Finished in red epoxy. WGCT310

Plastic trays slide onto fixed metal tray supports. Metal strap prevents trays being pushed through when loading. Optional steel top cover. Wheels: 4 swivel castors, white nylon 100mm diameter wheels. Tray specification All round grip. Solid base and sides External H x W x L: 80 x 450 x 754mm Internal H x W x L: 68 x 412 x 717mm Thermal resistance: -30˚ C to +60˚ C Washable up to 110˚ C Alternative sizes or models to suit customers own containers available on request.

WGCT308

WGCT306

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES

Extra (pair) Ref: WGB103 £15.35 ADDITIONAL TRAYS

Ref: WGPC004 (single tray) £26.95 TOP COVER SHEET STEEL

(factory fitted) weight: 5 kg Ref: WGCT3 £30.35

MOBILE TRAY RACKS

No. of Trays

Overall floor area

Overall height

Weight

Ref

Price

6

780 x 530mm

890mm

36kg

WGCT306

£347.95

8

780 x 530mm

1120mm

45kg

WGCT308

£413.60

10

780 x 530mm

1320mm

53kg

WGCT310

£482.60

12

780 x 530mm

1580mm

62kg

WGCT312

£549.75

16

780 x 530mm

2000mm

74kg

WGCT316

£683.80

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MAX LOAD 150 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

Mobile tray racks with welded tubular and angle frame construction and drop-in ply shelves or Euro trays. Overall H x L x W : 1200 x 915 x 470mm. Wheels: 2 fixed — 2 swivel castors with 125mm diameter rubber tyred wheels. Swivel tiers can be tilted 15˚or 30˚ in either direction

Roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy. Tray specification (Stock Trolleys and Container Trolleys). Solid base/sides Hand grips 4 sides. External H x W x L: 118 x 400 x 600mm. Internal H x W x L: 105 x 355 x 554mm. Thermal resistance -30˚ C to +60˚ C. Washable up to 110oC Non toxic polyethylene. Not suitable for food or medical etc. Frame levels: 200; 650; 1200 mm

WGCT06

1 fixed, 2 swivel tiers

Equipment supplied

Construction

Weight

Ref

Price

3 x drop-in ply shelves

3 fixed tiers

24kg

WGCT04

£209.60

3 x drop-in grey trays (WGPC005)

3 fixed tiers

28kg

WGCT05

£238.50

3 x drop-in grey trays (WGPC005)

1 fixed, 2 swivel tiers

30kg

WGCT06

£297.60

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES

Extra (pair) Ref: WGB032 £10.95 ADDITIONAL GREY TRAYS

Ref: WGPC005 £21.05

204

MOBILE TRAY RACKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


MULTI-TRIP CONTAINER TROLLEY

MAX LOAD 50 KG

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

To carry 2 x 54ltr containers (containers extra). Welded tubular steel construction. Overall H x L x W: 1010 x 952 x 420mm. Blue epoxy finish Wheels: 4 x 125mm diameter castors fitted with grey non-marking tyres. Weight: 12kg

CONTAINER TROLLEYS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 205

Ref (without containers): WGCT03 £157.60

Attached Lid Containers

CONTAINER CARRIER TROLLEY

Capacity ltr

54

Internal H x L x W

547 x 365 x 345mm

External H x L x W

600 x 400 x 365mm

Order Ref

WGPC019

Price

£33.00

Lid Colour Options

B

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

R

Y

GN

MAX LOAD 50 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

To carry 2 x 50ltr containers without lids (containers extra). Welded tubular steel construction. Overall H x L x W: 940 x 1180 x 440mm. Blue epoxy finish Wheels: 4 x 125mm diameter swivel castors fitted with grey non-marking tyres. Weight: 14kg Ref (without containers): WGCT07 £159.70

Containers Capacity

50 litres

Lids

Without

Internal H x L x W

270 x 460 x 340mm

External H x L x W

300 x 600 x 400mm

Weight

2.3kg

Colour

Grey/ Light Grey

Ref

WGPC070

Price

£37.85

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: STEEL CLIPBOARD

(factory fitted) Blue epoxy finish Ref: WGT07 £28.65

CONTAINER TROLLEYS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

205


TAPERED TRUCKS / BOTTLE SKIPS

206 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

MOBILE TAPERED TRUCKS

DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS Please note: 7-10 days delivery applies to blue, red, & recycled black bins only.

Manufactured from 100% medium density food grade polyethylene. >> Lids available for all trucks >> Colours available: red, blue, green, yellow, natural >> Delivery is 10-15 days for green, yellow & natural colours >> Also available in Recycled Black (non food grade) >> Ref’s WGRB0317 and WGRB0412 are supplied with a plastic base for extra strength >> References WGRB0003, WGRB0120 and WGRB0121 are fitted with 4 x 75mm swivel castors >> Reference WGRB0227 is fitted with 4 x 100mm swivel castors >> References WGRB0317 and WGRB0412 are fitted with 2 x 100mm fixed and 2 x 100mm swivel castors >> WGRB0317K-RC & WGRB0412K-RC fitted with a plywood base

Ext. Dimensions LxWxH

Int. Dimensions LxWxH

Capacity Colour (liters) Truck Ref

460 x 460 x 510mm

410 x 410 x 410mm

72

460 x 460 x 760mm

410 x 410 x 660mm

118

630 x 530 x 690mm

560 x 465 x 580mm

825 x 480 x 750mm

Price

Lid Ref

Price

Recycled Black Truck Ref

WGRB0003 £60.00

WGRL0092

£21.45

WGRB0003K-RC £54.30

WGRL0092K-RC £21.45

WGRB0120

£67.15

WGRL0093

£21.45

WGRB0120K-RC

£60.00

WGRL0093K-RC £21.45

135

WGRB0121

£72.90

WGRL0094

£24.30

WGRB0121K-RC

£64.30

WGRL0094K-RC £24.30

740 x 410 x 645mm

200

WGRB0227

£84.30

WGRL0095

£25.75

WGRB0227K-RC

£74.30

WGRL0095K-RC £25.75

1010 x 685 x 725mm

905 x 575 x 590mm

320

WGRB0317

£118.60 WGRL0096

1345 x 730 x 755mm

1225 x 595 x 620mm

455

WGRB0412

£157.15

BOTTLE SKIPS

WGRL0097

£34.30 WGRB0317K-RC £41.45

WGRB0412K-RC

Price

Black lid ref

Price

£110.00 WGRL0096K-RC £34.30 £147.15

WGRL0097K-RC £41.45

DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS

Manufactured from 100% food grade medium density polyethylene. All trucks fitted with 4 x 2” swivel castors. Bolts moulded into base of truck to give greater strength, also makes the skips watertight. Available in blue and recycled black.

206

Ext. Dimensions L x W x H

Internal Dimensions L x W x H

Capacity Litres

Colour Truck Ref

Price

Recycled Black Truck Ref

Price

650 x 460 x 660mm

600 x 390 x 580mm

135

WGRB0111

£61.45

WGRB0111K-RC

£54.30

615 x 455 x 750mm

555 x 400 x 685mm

150

WGRB0113

£61.45

WGRB0113K-RC

£54.30

820 x 455 x 620mm

780 x 405 x 555mm

165

WGRB0115

£61.45

WGRB0115K-RC

£54.30

970 x 380 x 620mm

910 x 320 x 555mm

165

WGRB0118

£61.45

WGRB0118K-RC

£54.30

670 x 615 x 620mm

610 x 555 x 560mm

185

WGRB0119

£61.45

WGRB0119K-RC

£54.30

TAPERED TRUCKS / BOTTLE SKIPS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


PLASTIC CONTAINER TRUCKS WGCT82

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS

Capacity 360 litres. Welded steel angle construction with removable steel tube side bars to hold containers. Overall L x W x H: 1040 x 730 x 810mm Finish: Blue or red epoxy (to match container colour) Wheels: Standard: 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with 160mm diameter rubber tyred wheels with roller bearings. Balance Configuration: (highly manoeuvrable): 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with 160mm diameter rubber tyred wheels with

PLASTIC CONTAINER TRUCKS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 207

roller bearings. Container Bins: Red or blue, polyethylene, non-food quality with smooth snag-free interiors; suitable for general products including clothing and textiles. Containers are removable and stackable when empty. Containers are also available separately. Standard wheel configuration WGCT89

Temperature range -10˚ to +60˚ c Internal L x W x H: 930 x 640 x 610mm External L x W x H: 1040 x 730 x 615mm

Wheel type

Colour

Weight

Ref

Price

Standard

Blue

32kg

WGCT82

£290.95

Wheels

Red

32kg

WGCT88

£290.95

WGB024

£12.15

Optional total stop brakes (pair) Balance

Blue

32kg

WGCT87

£323.05

Wheels

Red

32kg

WGCT89

£323.05

Brakes not available on balance wheel models Balance wheel configuration

LAUNDRY TROLLEY

Extra bins and lids available on request.

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Versatile laundry trolley featuring a chrome plated steel tubular frame and a strong removable canvas sack. >> Easy to assemble >> Steel tubular frame with a chrome finish >> Plastic bumper protected corners >> Strong durable canvas sack WGCT82

>> 4 no. all swivel 100mm rubber castor (two braked)

Description

H x W x D (mm)

Capacity (kg) Ref

Price

Quad laundry trolley

880 x 920 x 550

100

WGLT/2

£168.00

Sack to suit quad laundry trolley

-

-

WGLT/2S

£24.00

PLASTIC CONTAINER TRUCKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

207


STORE AND DISTRIBUTION TROLLEYS

208 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

STORE AND DISTRIBUTION TROLLEYS

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MAX LOAD 150 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

Supplied complete with containers, this versatile mobile range offers good capacity and flexibility. Removable tote style, open fronted, red plastic containers for storage and distribution of a wide range of goods. Finish: grey epoxy. Wheels: 4 x 100mm diameter swivel castors fitted with grey non-marking rubber tyres and thread guards. Choice of tops: Flush sheet steel or recessed tray lined with ribbed rubber.

OPTIONAL EXTRA: TOTAL STOP BRAKES

Extra (pair) Ref: WGB051 £11.50

WGCT20

WGCT25

WGCT23

WGCT26

No.of tote containers Ext. H x W x L (mm)

208

Model

Top Surface

180 x 415 x 375

290 x 415 x 455

O/all H x W x L mm Load Cap. kg

Weight kg

Ref

Price

CT20

sheet steel

4

-

1010 x 510 x 590

150

27

WGCT20

£278.15

CT21

lined tray

4

-

1010 x 510 x 590

150

27

WGCT21

£289.15

CT22

sheet steel

2

1

1010 x 510 x 590

150

26

WGCT22

£265.70

CT23

lined tray

2

1

1010 x 510 x 590

150

26

WGCT23

£279.95

CT24

sheet steel

8

-

1010 x 510 x 1050

150

47

WGCT24

£421.55

CT25

lined tray

8

-

1010 x 510 x 1050

150

47

WGCT25

£440.90

CT26

sheet steel

2

4

1010 x 510 x 1050

150

45

WGCT26

£419.65

CT27

lined tray

2

4

1010 x 510 x 1050

150

45

WGCT27

£432.45

STORE AND DISTRIBUTION TROLLEYS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


STORE AND DISTRIBUTION TROLLEYS

MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

STORE AND DISTRIBUTION TROLLEYS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 209 MADE IN BRITAIN

Supplied complete with containers. Finish: Grey epoxy. All the trolleys on this and opposite page are fitted with 100mm diameter swivel castors with grey rubber non-marking tyres and thread guards.

WGCT28

OPTIONAL EXTRA: TOTAL STOP BRAKES

extra (pair) Ref: WGB051 £11.50

WGCT19

WGCT29

No. and type of containers

Containers H x W x L mm (exterior)

Overall H x W x L mm

Load capacity kg

Weight kg

Ref

Price

2 x tote

295 x 415 x 455

890 x 520 x 610

150

19

WGCT28

£201.80

4 x tote

295 x 415 x 455

890 x 540 x 1130

150

22

WGCT29

£265.85

2 x box

320 x 400 x 600

890 x 510 x 800

150

25

WGCT19

£224.85

ADDITIONAL CONTAINERS

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

Note: Tote bins PC007/PC008 will stack.

WGPC006

Container Type

Container H x W x L mm

Ref

Price

Box

320 x 400 x 600

WGPC006

£46.95

Tote

180 x 415 x 375

WGPC007

£21.55

Tote

295 x 415 x 455

WGPC008

£28.80

WGPC007

WGPC008

STORE AND DISTRIBUTION TROLLEYS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

209


PLASTIC CONTAINER SYSTEMS

210 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

CONTAINER SHELF TROLLEYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

A versatile range designed for 600 x 400 Euro containers and/or open fronted yellow stock boxes. Containers Use your own containers or choose from the selection below. General trolley specification: Welded steel tube and angle construction. WGCT47 - Capacity: 400kg UDL. 4 standard 600 x 400mm Euro containers per shelf (containers not included). Overall L x W x H: 1730 x 615 x 1315mm. Shelf heights: 235; 595; 955; 1315mm. Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel, 160mm diameter rubber tyred wheels with roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy. WGCT48 - Capacity: 350kg UDL. 3 standard 600 x 400mm Euro containers per shelf (containers not included). Overall L x W x H: 1280 x 650 x 1410mm. Shelf heights: 245; 520; 805;

WGCT47

1090mm. Shelf L x W: 1250 x 600mm. Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel, 160mm diameter rubber tyred grey non marking wheels with roller bearings. Finish: Red epoxy with varnished plywood shelves. WGCT49 - Capacity: 400kg UDL. Accepts 2 standard 600 x 400mm Euro containers, or 6 yellow stock boxes per shelf (containers not included. Overall L x W x H: 1280 x 450 x 1410mm. Shelf heights: 245; 520; 805; 1090mm. Shelf L x W: 1250 x 405mm. Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel, 160mm diameter rubber tyred grey non marking wheels with roller bearings. Finish: Red epoxy with varnished plywood shelves.

WGCT48

Overall size L x W x H mm

Capacity Kg

Weight kg

Ref

Price

1730 x 615 x 1315

400

75

WGCT47

£437.10

1280 x 650 x 1410

350

63

WGCT48

£386.35

1280 x 450 x 1410

400

51

WGCT49

£353.40

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

CONTAINERS

Plastic containers, available in packs, suitable for trolleys above. Suit models: WGCT46; WGCT47; WGCT48 & WGCT49 Capacity Internal Litres height Euro Containers

External Height

Weight Kgs

Min. Order

Ref

Price

Dark Grey Euro Containers - solid - L x W: 600 x 400mm

Euro Red Box

21

105mm

118mm

1.5

6

WGPC005

£21.05

33

164mm

175mm

1.87

6

WGPC020

£23.35

45

220mm

235mm

2.25

4

WGPC021

£24.90

60

300mm

319mm

2.73

4

WGPC022

£27.65

Suit models: WGCT46; WGCT47; WGCT48 & WGCT49 Euro Red Boxes - solid - L x W: 600 x 400mm 60

210

300mm

320mm

2.73

4

WGPC006

£46.95

PLASTIC CONTAINER SYSTEMS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


SEMI-OPEN FRONTED CONTAINERS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

A simple and effective small parts storage system for a wide range of materials. Manufactured from polypropylene, can be stacked or used with louvre panels, cabinets and shelving systems. Containers can be manufactured in specific brand colours for high volume users. >> Strong, heavy duty with reinforced base, sides and stacking rim

BIN CONTAINER PACKS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 211

>> Durable and resistant to most industrial solvents >> Capable of withstanding a temperature range of -15oC to +50oC >> Smooth inside faces guard against build of grease >> Index card slot for identification labels (not supplied) >> Available in 6 sizes and 4 colours as standard

Decription

No.2

No.3

No.4

No.5

No.6

No.7

Length mm

165

240

350

350

375

520

Width mm

100

150

205

205

420

310

Height mm

75

132

132

182

182

200

No. Per Pack

20

10

10

10

5

5

Order Ref

WGPC101

WGPC102

WGPC103

WGPC104

WGPC105

WGPC106

Price

£32.75

£34.95

£44.85

£60.25

£65.50

£68.00

No. Per Pallet

90

54

25

20

20

16

Order Ref

WGPC101/90 WGPC102/54

WGPC103/25

WGPC104/20

WGPC105/20

WGPC106/16

Price

£1,649.00

£842.50

£942.50

£1,002.50

£954.50

Pack Quantities

Pallet Quantities

£1,068.50

78 bin unit cupboard with 42 x No 2 bins.

Double sided louvre panel trolley

Workbench louvre panels

Find on page 186.

3 panel high complete with 108 x No 3 bins.

Find on page 257.

Find on page 54.

BIN CONTAINER PACKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

211


PLASTIC CONTAINER SYSTEMS

212 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

RK CONTAINER Manufactured from high quality 100% recycled polypropylene. These plastic storage trays are ideal for use in shelving or carousels and as well as being environmentally friendly they are economical in price. Complete with a 5 year warranty. WGRK4214.ECO WGRK4209.ECO WGRK4109.ECO

WGRK6109.ECO

WGRK6214.ECO

View online for more sizes and accessories. Depth mm

400

600

WGRK6209.ECO

Width mm

Height mm

Volume Weight (Litres) Capacity kg

Ref

Price

Ref 10+

Price 10+

Ref 100+

Price 100+

117

90

2.7

234

90

6

2.5

WGRK4109.ECO

£3.20

WGRK4109.ECO/10+

£2.88

WGRK4109.ECO/100+

£2.56

5.4

WGRK4209.ECO £4.95

WGRK4209.ECO/10+

£4.46

WGRK4209.ECO/100+

234

140

£3.96

9.9

9

WGRK4214.ECO

£6.00

WGRK4214.ECO/10+

£5.40

WGRK4214.ECO/100+

117

£4.80

90

4.2

4.5

WGRK6109.ECO

£5.50

WGRK6109.ECO/10+

£4.95

WGRK6109.ECO/100+

£4.40

234

90

9.4

9

WGRK6209.ECO £8.35

WGRK6209.ECO/10+

£7.52

WGRK6209.ECO/100+

£6.68

234

140

15.4

13.5

WGRK6214.ECO

WGRK6214.ECO/10+

£8.37

WGRK6214.ECO/100+

£7.44

RK CONTAINER IN SHELVING

£9.30

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

The shelving and bin tray combination maximises floor space and creates a clean and tidy area for storage and picking of small parts. Shelving is galvanised, easy to assemble and shelves adjustable on 25mm increments.

Starter Bay

Extension Bay

Why not add a carry / safety handle? >> Helps retain bin in shelf >> Doubles as a convenient carry handle >> Easy to fit Suits RK

Ref

Price Each

100+ Each

Type 109

WGTSB1

£1.25

£1.05

Type 209, 214 WGTSB2

£1.50

£1.25

WGSKR4209G.ECO Shelving Depth mm

Shelving Width mm

Shelving Height mm

400

1000

1850

600

212

1000

1850

Ref

Qty Bins per bay

Qty Shelves per bay

Starter Bay Ref

Price

Extension Bay Ref

Price

WGRK4109.ECO

112

14

WGSKR4109G.ECO

£370.00

WGSKR4109A.ECO

£350.00

WGRK4209.ECO

56

14

WGSKR4209G.ECO

£315.00

WGSKR4209A.ECO

£295.00

WGRK4214.ECO

40

10

WGSKR4214G.ECO

£270.00

WGSKR4214A.ECO

£245.00

WGRK6109.ECO

112

14

WGSKR6109G.ECO

£565.00

WGSKR6109A.ECO

£545.00

WGRK6209.ECO

56

14

WGSKR6209G.ECO

£470.00

WGSKR6209A.ECO

£450.00

WGRK6214.ECO

40

10

WGSKR6214G.ECO

£375.00

WGSKR6214A.ECO

£355.00

PLASTIC CONTAINER SYSTEMS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


SHELF BINS

SHELF BINS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 213 DELIVERED IN 5-15 DAYS

Available in 17 sizes, tough, blue polypropylene bins a practical alternative solution to cardboard or steel. Shelf bins are impervious to most oils, greases and chemicals and make the best use of available shelf space, particularly when used with shelving systems. The bin design includes a semi-open front, a facility for transparent dividers and a bin stop. For identification, durable plastic holders (complete with labels) are available. When not in use the bins will nest, reducing the amount of storage space required. WG066508 WG066507 WG066507 WG066505

BIN STOP

Type

L x W x H (mm)

Max Dividers per Bin

Pack Size

Ref

Price

3009 Bin

300 x 90 x 95

5

40

WG066501

£137.31

3012 Bin

300 x 120 x 95

3

30

WG066502

£114.60

3018 Bin

300 x 180 x 95

3

20

WG066503

£100.00

3024 Bin

300 x 240 x 95

3

15

WG066504

£81.02

4009 Bin

400 x 90 x 95

7

40

WG066505

£174.98

4012 Bin

400 x 120 x 95

4

30

WG066506

£153.84

4018 Bin

400 x 180 x 95

4

20

WG066507

£118.48

4024 Bin

400 x 240 x 95

3

15

WG066508

£105.44

4024-15 Bin

400 x 240 x 150

3

10

WG066509

£86.97

5009 Bin

500 x 90 x 95

9

40

WG066510

£211.94

5012 Bin

500 x 120 x 95

6

30

WG066511

£181.02

5018 Bin

500 x 180 x 95

6

20

WG066512

£138.81

5024 Bin

500 x 240 x 95

3

15

WG066514

£130.97

5024-15 Bin

500 x 240 x 150

3

10

WG066515

£121.64

6012 Bin

600 x 120 x 95

7

30

WG066516

£219.83

6024 Bin

600 x 240 x 95

7

15

WG066517

£142.75

6024-15 Bin

600 x 240 x 150

4

10

WG066518

£142.68

Bin Stop

80 x 40

N/A

100

WG066520

£65.68

P09 Divider

90 x 95

N/A

50

WG066525

£23.45

P12 Divider

120 x 95

N/A

50

WG066526

£25.76

P18 Divider

180 x 95

N/A

25

WG066527

£22.57

P24 Divider

240 x 95

N/A

25

WG066529

£33.76

P24-15 Divider

240 x 150

N/A

10

WG066530

£14.71

Label Holder inc. label

75 x 30

N/A

100

WG066536

£25.97

Please note: Bins are not supplied with dividers/ labels or bin stops, please order separately. 5-15 days delivery applies to blue bins only. Other colours are available. Delivery is 4-5 weeks for other colours - please contact our sales department for details.

SHELF BINS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

213


EURO STACKING CONTAINERS

214 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

EURO STACKING CONTAINERS GREY RANGE

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Euro Stacking Containers stack securely with other sizes. >> Standard Euro sizes for compatibility with 1200 x 1000mm or 1200 x 800mm pallet >> Compatible with many other standard Euro stacking containers >> Highly durable and easy to clean >> Ergonomic shell handles >> High stacking load >> Loads of sizes available online >> Keep your items safe and secure

Euro Stacking Container - Lids

>> Snap fit to Euro stacking container >> Secure with locking snap locks

Turn your containers into cases with

>> Drop on lids also available

hinged lids, snap locks and handles.

WG3-203-0 with handle WG3-203-0

Size (mm)

WG3-204-0

WG3-202-0

Pack Qty

Drop-On Lids Ref

Price

Ref

Price

for 200 x 150

5

WG3-944-0

£24.00

WG3-944-1

£24.00

for 300 x 200

5

WG3-215-0

£31.20

WG3-215-1

£31.20

for 400 x 300

5

WG3-214-0

£32.85

WG3-214-1

£32.85

for 600 x 400

5

WG3-213-0

£45.00

WG3-213-1

£45.00

for 800 x 600

2

WG3-223-0

£48.64

-

-

External Dimensions (mm) L x W x H

Internal Dimensions (mm) L x W x H

Cap. (Ltr)

WG3-202-0 with lid

Hinged Lids

Details*

OPTIONAL EXTRAS:

HINGE CLIP Ref: WG89-3-832 £0.91 (pair)

Ref

Pack Qty

Pack Price

External Dimensions (mm) L x W x H

SNAP LOCKS for hinged lids Ref: Snap lock £0.91 (pair)

Internal Dimensions (mm) L x W x H

Cap. (Ltr)

HANDLE on side or ends Ref: Handle £3.00 (each)

Details* Ref

Pack Qty

Pack Price

200 x 150 x 120 162 x 112 x 114

2

WG3-237-0

5

£29.00

600 x 400 x 145 567 x 367 x 130

26

WG3-6413-02 5

£92.40

300 x 200 x 120 258 x 158 x 114

5

WG3-206-0

5

£32.10

600 x 400 x 170

552 x 352 x 165

30

WG3-208-0

5

£85.60

300 x 200 x 220 260 x 160 x 217 9

WG3-210-0

5

£48.45

600 x 400 x 220 558 x 358 x 217

40

WG3-201-0

5

£93.40

400 x 300 x 65

WG3-211-0

5

£44.90

600 x 400 x 235 555 x 355 x 232 45

WG44-6424

5

£94.20

WG3-203-0

5

£51.70

600 x 400 x 278 561 x 361 x 262

53

WG3-6426-0

5

£119.60

WG3-4313-0

5

£64.05

600 x 400 x 278 556 x 356 x 275

53

WG3-6426-1

5

£122.75

400 x 300 x 145 364 x 264 x 142 12

WG3-4313-53 5

£68.35

600 x 400 x 325 556 x 356 x 320

60

WG3-202-0

5

£114.65

400 x 300 x 170 352 x 252 x 165 15

WG3-207-0

5

£59.05

600 x 400 x 425 558 x 358 x 422

90

WG3-209-0

2

£67.24

400 x 300 x 220 359 x 259 x 217 20

WG3-204-0

5

£65.30

800 x 600 x 120 748 x 548 x 113

45

WG3-222-0

2

£92.74

400 x 300 x 235 355 x 255 x 232 20

WG44-4324

5

£65.85

800 x 600 x 220 749 x 549 x 202

90

WG3-221-72

2

£94.26

400 x 300 x 270 352 x 252 x 268 25

WG3-212-0

5

£75.55

800 x 600 x 220 748 x 548 x 216

90

WG3-221-0

2

£68.32

400 x 300 x 325 352 x 252 x 320 30

WG3-205-0

5

£74.10

800 x 600 x 325 750 x 550 x 305

130

WG3-220-72

2

£105.78

600 x 400 x 75

WG3-227-0

5

£62.90

800 x 600 x 325 748 x 548 x 319

134

WG3-220-0

2

£86.28

WG3-200-0

5

£71.05

800 x 600 x 425 748 x 548 x 408

170

WG3-219-72

2

£126.82

WG3-6143-0

5

£92.40

800 x 600 x 425 748 x 548 x 422

175

WG3-219-0

2

£110.02

355 x 255 x 62

6

400 x 300 x 120 352 x 252 x 114 10 400 x 300 x 145 364 x 264 x 130 11

552 x 352 x 71

r/base

14

600 x 400 x 120 552 x 352 x 114 20 600 x 400 x 145 565 x 365 x 130 26

r/base

r/base

r/base

r/base

r/base

* r/base = with reinforced base • h/holes = with hand holes †Approximately 15mm internal height may be lost when stacked. Size (L x W)

Colour

Cap.

Ref

Price

610 x 410 x 170mm Red or Blue 250kg WGPLAS64D Dolly £35.53

214

Size (L x W)

Colour

Cap.

Ref

Price

800 x 600 x 200mm

Dark Grey

450kg

WGBK-86Dolly

£74.43

EURO STACKING CONTAINERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


EURO CONTAINER INSERTS Removable container inserts

EURO CONTAINER INSERTS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 215 DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Euro Case with inserts

For use with standard European size containers 600 x 400mm.

WG3-939-42

Euro Container with inserts

WG3-903-43

WG3-929-3

WG3-902-43 WG3-901-43

WG3-930-2

EURO CONTAINER DIVIDER STRIPS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

For use with standard European size containers 400 x 300, 600 x 600mm, 800 x 600mm Divider strips snap to size and interlock for ease of assembly, offering a

Euro Container with divider strips

flexible divider system.

Dimensions (mm) 139 x 89 x 99

WG80190

Weight (Kg)

Material

Details

Ref

Pack Qty

Price

-

Polypropylene 1/16

WG3-939-42 1

£2.81 *

177 x 139 x 99 -

Polypropylene 1/8

WG3-903-43 1

£3.64 *

277 x 177 x 99 -

Polypropylene 1/4

WG3-902-43 1

£4.57

355 x 277 x 99 -

Polypropylene 1/2 crossways

WG3-901-43 1

£7.77 *

555 x 89 x 99

-

Polypropylene 1/4 lengthways

WG3-930-2

1

£8.19 *

555 x 177 x 99 -

Polypropylene 1/2 lengthways

WG3-929-3

1

£9.55*

1100 x 190

0.54

Polypropylene

Divider strips

WG80190

10

£64.40

1100 x 150

0.44

Polypropylene

Divider strips

WG80150

10

£55.70

1104 x 88

0.22

Polypropylene

Divider strips

WG80088

10

£43.10

1104 x 45

0.11

Polypropylene

Divider strips

WG80045

10

£39.20

WG80150

All dimensions are shown in millimetres and displayed as L x W x H WG80088

*Delivery charge may apply if sold without Euro containers, please ask for details.

WG80045

EURO CONTAINER INSERTS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

215


EURO PICKING CONTAINERS

216 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

EURO PICKING CONTAINERS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Easy filling and emptying even when stacked >> Strong and durable design >> Can be easily transported using dollies >> Euro standard sizes for simple palletization

WGBK-OP64/22

>> Available with or without clear doors (600 x 400mm models only with doors) WGBK-OP64/27

>> 400 x 300mm & 600 x 400mm footprint sizes available with different

WGBK-OP64/32

>> Large pick access areas

heights available >> Drop on lids available >> Create container pick walls, see items below

External Dimensions (L x W xH) mm

WGBK-WD64/32

Ref:

Pack Qty.

Price

400 x 300 x 320

356 x 256 x 317

Open End

WGBK-OP43/32

5

£62.81

600 x 400 x 220

567 x 367 x 217

Open End

WGBK-OP64/22

5

£68.91

600 x 400 x 270

567 x 367 x 267

Open End

WGBK-OP64/27

5

£76.88

600 x 400 x 320

567 x 367 x 317

Open End

WGBK-OP64/32

5

£78.15

With Clear Drop Down Doors

ACCESSORIES: DROP-ON LIDS

Size mm

Ref

Pack Quantity Price

400 x 300

WGBK-DE43

5

£23.95

600 x 400

WGBK-DE64

5

£28.00

Ref

Price

Colour

Details

Open End Only

with lid

Size (L x W)

Internal Dimensions** (L x W xH) mm

Cap.

600 x 400 x 220

567 x 367 x 217

With Door

WGBK-WD64/22

5

£87.99

600 x 400 x 270

567 x 367 x 267

With Door

WGBK-WD64/27

5

£97.11

600 x 400 x 320

567 x 367 x 317

With Door

WGBK-WD64/32

5

£97.95

**If stacked without lids, internal height may be up to 20mm less.

610 x 410 x 170mm Red or Blue 250kg WGPLAS64D Dolly £35.53

PICK WALLS

Size (L x W)

Colour

Cap.

Ref

Price

800 x 600 x 200mm

Dark Grey

450kg

WGBK-86Dolly

£74.43

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Lightweight containers, easy to reconfigure >> Transform, build and breakdown in seconds

WGPWBK-OP64/32-20

>> Easy to clean >> Ready made combinations, making it easier for you to order and visualize >> A great alternative to fixed shelving

WGPWBK-OP64/22-32

216

WGPWBK-WD64/27-24

WGPWBK-OP64/27-24

WGPWBK-WD64/32-20

WGPWBK-WD64/22-32

Ref

Details

Wall Dimensions (W x D x H) mm

Container Type

Container Qty per Wall

Price

WGPWBK-OP64/22-32

Open end, no door

1600 x 600 x 1690

WGPWBK-OP64/27-24

Open end, no door

1600 x 600 x 1570

WGBK-OP64/22

32

£379.63

WGBK-OP64/27

24

WGPWBK-OP64/32-20

Open end, no door

£339.69

1600 x 600 x 1560

WGBK-OP64/32

20

WGPWBK-WD64/22-32

£299.23

Open end, with closable door

1600 x 600 x 1690

WGBK-WD64/22

32

£501.73

WGPWBK-WD64/27-24

Open end, with closable door

1600 x 600 x 1570

WGBK-WD64/27

24

£436.75

WGPWBK-WD64/32-20

Open end, with closable door

1600 x 600 x 1560

WGBK-WD64/32

20

£378.43

EURO PICKING CONTAINERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


RE-USABLE FOLDING DISTRIBUTION EURO CONTAINERS

FOLDING EURO CONTAINERS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 217 DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Fold flat to save up to 80% of space >> Stackable, folded or open >> Manufactured from recyclable polypropylene >> Lightweight, space saving and re-usable >> Complete range of interstacking sizes >> Lids, dollies and accessories available

ISO standard modular transport system

Folding Euro Containers Volume litres

External Dims H x L x W mm

Internal Dims H x L x W mm

Capacity kg

Description

Colour

Ref

Price*

22

220 x 400 x 300

215 x 370 x 270

25

Solid side folding box

Blue

WG-432-22

£15.00

22

230 x 400 x 300

210 x 370 x 270

25

Solid side folding box with lid

Blue

WG-432-22-DL

£18.00

40

275 x 530 x 350

260 x 500 x 320

40

Solid side folding box

Blue

WG-532-40

£20.00

44

220 x 600 x 400

215 x 570 x 330

40

Solid side folding box

Blue

WG-643-44

£19.00

44

220 x 600 x 400

215 x 570 x 330

40

Solid side folding box with lid

Blue

WG-643-44-DL

£26.00

60

315 x 600 x 400

300 x 570 x 370

60

Perforated side folding box

Blue

WG-643-61-blue

£24.00

60

315 x 600 x 400

300 x 570 x 370

60

Perforated side folding box

Yellow

WG-643-61-yell

£24.00

65

320 x 600 x 400

315 x 570 x 370

60

Solid side folding box

Blue

WG-643-66

£25.00

65

320 x 600 x 400

315 x 570 x 370

60

Solid side folding box with lid

Blue

WG-643-66-DL

£30.00

Dolly

165 x 600 x 400

250

Open deck, suits all 600 x 400 containers

Black

WG-643-110

£55.00

Dolly

200 x 800 x 600

450

Solid deck, double stack 600 x 400 containers

Black

WG-864-210

£69.00

Red

WG-643-89

£11.00

Tamper evident lid stoppers (pack of 100)

Snap-off security seal, suits all containers with lids

*inclusive delivery is subject to a minimum order value of £200.00.

FOLDING EURO CONTAINERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

217


EURO STACKING CONTAINERS

218 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

EURO STACKING CONTAINERS BASICLINE RANGE - SOLID

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Ergonomic hand holes (except shallow versions) >> High strength >> Excellent value for money >> Cold and heat resistant >> Euro standard sizes for simple palletization

Accessories Size (mm) External dimensions mm (L x W x H) 400 x 300 x 70 400 x 300 x 120 400 x 300 x 170 400 x 300 x 220 400 x 300 x 270 400 x 300 x 320 600 x 400 x 70 600 x 400 x 120 600 x 400 x 170 600 x 400 x 220 600 x 400 x 270 600 x 400 x 320

Internal dimensions mm (Base) L x W x H 367 x 268 x 67 367 x 268 x 117 367 x 268 x 167 367 x 268 x 217 367 x 268 x 267 367 x 268 x 317 567 x 367 x 67 567 x 367 x 117 567 x 367 x 167 567 x 367 x 217 567 x 367 x 267 567 x 367 x 317

Cap. Details (Ltr)

Ref

6.4 11.2 15.9 20.8 25.6 30 13.7 23.9 35.6 44.2 54.4 64.5

WGBK-ES43/70HG WGBK-ES43/12HG WGBK-ES43/17 WGBK-ES43/22 WGBK-ES43/27 WGBK-ES43/32 WGBK-ES64/70HG WGBK-ES64/12HG WGBK-ES64/17 WGBK-ES64/22 WGBK-ES64/27 WGBK-ES64/32

Hand grips Hand grips Hand holes Hand holes Hand holes Hand holes Hand grips Hand grips Hand holes Hand holes Hand holes Hand holes

Pack Price Qty. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

£32.05 £33.95 £37.95 £41.95 £47.90 £51.25 £38.85 £48.65 £55.80 £62.65 £71.45 £70.20

Drop-On Lids Pack Qty.

Price

400 x 300 WGBK-DE43

Ref

5

£23.95

600 x 400 WGBK-DE64

5

£28.00

Size (L x W)

Colour

Cap.

Ref

Price

610 x 410 x 170mm

Red or Blue

250kg

WGPLAS64D Dolly

£35.53

Size (L x W)

Colour

Cap.

Ref

Price

800 x 600 x 200mm

Dark Grey

450kg

WGBK-86 Dolly

£74.43

Products can be sold as single units, please ask for details and prices.

EURO STACKING CONTAINERS BASICLINE RANGE - VENTILATED

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Strong base >> Ventilated base and sides >> Food grade Polypropylene >> Ergonomic hand holes >> Easy to clean, ideal for food logistics >> Excellent value for money >> Euro standard sizes for simple palletization

Accessories Size (mm) External dimensions mm (L x W x H) 400 x 300 x 70 400 x 300 x 120 400 x 300 x 170 400 x 300 x 220 400 x 300 x 270 400 x 300 x 320 600 x 400 x 70 600 x 400 x 120 600 x 400 x 170 600 x 400 x 220 600 x 400 x 270

Internal dimensions mm (Base) L x W x H 367 x 268 x 58 367 x 268 x 108 367 x 268 x 158 367 x 268 x 208 367 x 268 x 258 367 x 268 x 308 567 x 367 x 55 567 x 367 x 105 567 x 367 x 155 567 x 367 x 205 567 x 367 x 255

600 x 400 x 320 567 x 367 x 305

Cap. Details (Ltr)

Ref

5.4 10.2 14.9 19.8 24.6 29 11.2 21.4 33.1 41.7 51.9

Hand grips Hand grips Hand holes Hand holes Hand holes Hand holes Hand grips Hand grips Hand holes Hand holes Hand holes

WGBK-EV43/70HG WGBK-EV43/12HG WGBK-EV43/17 WGBK-EV43/22 WGBK-EV43/27 WGBK-EV43/32 WGBK-EV64/70HG WGBK-EV64/12HG WGBK-EV64/17 WGBK-EV64/22 WGBK-EV64/27

62

Hand holes WGBK-EV64/32

Pack Price Qty. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

£32.05 £33.95 £37.50 £41.55 £46.65 £49.50 £39.70 £48.65 £54.55 £61.40 £69.80

Drop-On Lids Pack Qty.

Price

400 x 300 WGBK-DE43

Ref

5

£23.95

600 x 400 WGBK-DE64

5

£28.00

Size (L x W)

Colour

Cap.

Ref

Price

610 x 410 x 170mm

Red or Blue

250kg

WGPLAS64D Dolly

£35.53

Size (L x W)

Colour

Cap.

Ref

Price

800 x 600 x 200mm

Dark Grey

450kg

WGBK-86 Dolly

£74.43

£66.55

Products can be sold as single units, please ask for details and prices.

218

EURO STACKING CONTAINERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


ECONOMY RANGE CASES STACKABLE

ECONOMY RANGE CASES STACKABLE

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 219 DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Ergonomic hand holes or hand grips >> High strength >> Excellent value for money >> With hinged lids and snap locks >> Stackable >> Lightweight and easy to carry

External dimensions mm (L x W x H)

Internal dimensions mm (Base) LxWxH

Cap. Details (Ltr)

Ref

Pack Qty.

Price

400 x 300 x 85

367 x 268 x 67

6.4

Hand grips

WGBK-CASE43/70HG

5

£54.10

400 x 300 x 135

367 x 268 x 117

11.2

Hand grips

WGBK-CASE43/12HG

5

£56.05

400 x 300 x 185

367 x 268 x 167

15.9

Hand holes

WGBK-CASE43/17

5

£59.95

400 x 300 x 235

367 x 268 x 217

20.8

Hand holes

WGBK-CASE43/22

5

£63.95

400 x 300 x 285

367 x 268 x 267

25.6

Hand holes

WGBK-CASE43/27

5

£69.90

400 x 300 x 335

367 x 268 x 317

30

Hand holes

WGBK-CASE43/32

5

£73.25

600 x 400 x 85

567 x 367 x 67

13.7

Hand grips

WGBK-CASE64/70HG

5

£64.90

600 x 400 x 135

567 x 367 x 117

23.9

Hand grips

WGBK-CASE64/12HG

5

£74.75

600 x 400 x 185

567 x 367 x 167

35.6

Hand holes

WGBK-CASE64/17

5

£81.85

600 x 400 x 235

567 x 367 x 217

44.2

Hand holes

WGBK-CASE64/22

5

£88.65

600 x 400 x 285

567 x 367 x 267

54.4

Hand holes

WGBK-CASE64/27

5

£97.55

600 x 400 x 335

567 x 367 x 317

64.5

Hand holes

WGBK-CASE64/32

5

£96.25

Strong Snap Locks

Strong Hinged Lids

Accessories - Dollies Size (L x W)

Colour

610 x 410 x 170mm

Red or Blue

Cap.

Ref

250kg

WGPLAS64D Dolly

Price

Size (L x W)

Colour

£35.53

800 x 600 x 200mm

Dark Grey

Cap.

Ref

Price

450kg

WGBK-86 Dolly

£74.43

ECONOMY RANGE CASES STACKABLE

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

219


ATTACHED LID CONTAINERS

220 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

ATTACHED LID CONTAINERS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Securely stack with lids closed and nest with lids open, saving valuable storage space. >> Large variety of sizes and colours available

WGPLAS55LE/CLEAR

>> Pimple pads for easy removal of adhesive labels >> Label holders available on most models >> Tamper evident seals available >> Strong and robust >> Lightweight and easy to carry >> Euro sizes available for simple palletization >> Coloured options available for colour coding >> Easy to clean (food grade models available)

WGPLAS21

WGPLAS24ALC

WGPLAS40ALC

WGPLAS52ALC

WGPLAS55LE

WGPLAS62ALC

External mm LxWxH

Internal mm (Base) L x W x H

Capacity (Litres)

Weight Kg

Info

Colours

Ref

Pack Qty

Pack Price

Pack Qty

Pack Price

400 x 300 x 265

336 x 252 x 240

21.1

1.63

Recycled PP

Red Lid, Black Base

WGPLAS21ALC

5

£55.67

10

£94.67

400 x 300 x 310

332 x 249 x 285

24

1.74

Recycled PP Base Red Lid, Black Base

WGPLAS24ALC

5

£61.67

10

£106.67

600 x 400 x 250

533 x 355 x 230

40

2.9

Recycled PP Base Red Lid, Black Base

WGPLAS40ALC

5

£73.67

10

£134.00

600 x 400 x 310

517 x 349 x 283

52.7

2.9

Recycled PP Base Red Lid, Black Base

WGPLAS52ALC

5

£76.37

10

£139.40

5

£83.87

10

£154.40

WGPLAS55LE/CLEAR

5

£86.99

10

£160.64

WGPLAS62ALC

5

£79.67

10

£146.00

600 x 400 x 306

510 x 340 x 260

55

3.2

Virgin, PP

Blue, yellow, red, WGPLAS55LE green, orange, purple

600 x 400 x 306

510 x 340 x 260

55

3.2

Virgin, PP

Transparent

600 x 400 x 365

512 x 345 x 338

62

3.1

Recycled PP Base Red Lid, Black Base

Can be sold as single units, please ask for details and prices. Accessories can be found on page 221.

220

ATTACHED LID CONTAINERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


ATTACHED LID CONTAINERS (CONTINUED)

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Securely stack with lids closed and nest with lids open, saving valuable storage space. >> Wide comfortable handles >> Integral lid can not become separated from containers Can be sold as single units, please ask for details and prices.

ATTACHED LID CONTAINERS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 221

WGLC6 Black

WGLC3Coloured

External mm (L x W x H)

Internal mm (Base) L x W x H

WGLC3PLAS

Cap. (Ltrs)

1160 x 480 x 365 1000 x 370 x 330 126 710 x 460 x 368

597 x 374 x 330

80

710 x 460 x 368

597 x 374 x 330

80

710 x 460 x 368

597 x 374 x 330

80

WGLC3-V/PLASTOR/BLK/BLK

Weight Info Kg Recycled 7.5 PP Base Virgin, Food 4.3 Grade PP Recycled PP 4.3 Base

Blue, Red or WG10083ALC Green Red Lid, Black WGLC3PLAS Base

4.3

Black

Virgin PP

Colours

Ref

Pack Pack Qty Price

Pack Pack Qty Price

Black

WGLC6 Black

2

£72.80

5

£103.88 10

£191.09

5

£90.51

10

£164.33

WGLC3-V/PLASTOR/BLK/BLK 5

£99.51

10

£182.33

-

-

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: Info

Ref

Pack Qty

Pack Price

610 x 410 x 170mm. Red or Blue. All wheels swivel , 250kg capacity

WGPLAS64D Dolly

1

£35.53

Tamper evident seals (Pack of 500 seals)

WGBLO1

1 Pack (of 1000)

£31.33

Label Holders for 24 Litre ALCs

WGPLAS24 Label

10

£6.93

Label Holder for 40, 52 and 62 Litre Crates

WGPLAS40/52/62

10

£6.93

Label Holders for 55 Litre Crates

WGPLAS55LE/LABEL

10

£9.33

Label Holder for 80 Litre Crates

WGLC3 Label

10

£6.93

TAMPER EVIDENT SECURITY SEALS for all attached lid containers. Two required per container. Ref: WGBLO1

LABLE HOLDER COVER Ref: WGPLAS40/52/62

EURO DOLLY Ref: WGPLAS64D Dolly

ATTACHED LID CONTAINERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

221


STACK NEST CONTAINERS

222 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

BALE ARM CONTAINERS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Securely stack or nest with swinging bale arms, saving valuable storage space.

WGSN431802

>> Large variety of sizes >> Safe stacking >> Ventilated models for good air circulation >> Ideal for temperature controlled environments >> Ideal for fresh produce >> Pimple pads for easy removal of adhesive labels >> Easy to carry, lightweight with comfortable hand holes >> As found in leading supermarkets

WGSN641902

WGPLASBA6432

Bale Arm Containers (Maxinest) External mm (L x W x H)

Internal mm (Base) L x W x H

Capacity (Litres)

Weight (Kg)

Info

Colours

Ref

Pack Qty

Pack Price

Pack Qty

Pack Price

400 x 300 x 180

364 x 264 x 144

15

1

2 Bale Arms

Blue

WGSN431802

5

£46.55

10

£83.10

600 x 400 x 199

546 x 349 x 172

35

1.7

2 Bale Arms

Blue

WGSN641902

5

£52.70

10

£95.40

600 x 400 x 320

502 x 330 x 307

53

2.5

2 Bale Arms

Blue

WGPLASBA64/32

5

£70.65

10

£131.30

All products can be purchased as single units, please ask for details and prices.

180º STACK NEST CONTAINERS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Ideal for colour coding >> Stack or nest when rotated by 180º >> 50 Litre capacity >> Available in blue, green, red or black >> Food grade

WGPLASSN50

>> Heavy duty! Very durable! >> Far superior to anything you will find on the high street Products can be sold as single units, please ask for details and prices.

External mm (L x W x H)

Internal mm (Base) L x W x H

Capacity (Litres)

Weight (Kg)

Info

Colours

Ref

Pack Qty

Pack Price

Pack Qty

Pack Price

610 x 407 x 275

480 x 335 x 245

50

2

Solid Sides and Base

Blue, Red, or Green

WGPLASSN50

5

£66.50

10

£123.00

OPTIONAL EXTRAS:

222

Info

Ref

Pack of

Pack Price

600 x 400mm Euro dolly. All wheels swivel, 300kg capacity

WGRM90D Dolly

1

£57.15

STACK NEST CONTAINERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


PALLET BOXES

PALLET BOXES

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 223 DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

With 3 skids (*1210K3) or with feet (*1210F) Volume: 610 Litres. >> Made of high density polyethylene (HDPE) bottom and walls are solid

WGML1210F

>> Virgin material - guaranteed and certified

Box with 4 feet

>> Fully recyclable >> Resistant to infra-red and ultra-violet rays >> Resistant to extreme temperatures >> It can be stacked to facilitate transport, storage, materials handling >> Available in various configurations with options of four feet, three skids and dropon stackable lids

WGML1210K3

Box with 3 skids

External mm (L x W x H)

Internal mm (Base) L x W x H

Cap. (Ltr)

With Feet / Runners

Units Delivered on a Pallet

Ref

Pack Qty

Pack Price

Pack Qty

Pack Price

1200 x 1000 x 760

1108 x 908 x 600

610

4 Feet

1-3

WGML1210F

1

£200.28

3

£500.84

1200 x 1000 x 760

1108 x 908 x 600

610

3 Runners

1-3

WGML1210K3 1

£217.59

3

£552.77

COLLAPSIBLE PALLET BOXES

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Space saving, fully collapsible pallet boxes with drop down doors for easy access. Designed with pallet-style base, allowing for easy transportation with forklift or pallet truck, even when stacked. >> Stackable even with lid (see below) and when collapsed >> Easy access drop down doors on all sides. Can even be opened when pallet boxes are stacked >> Optional wheels available (for models with feet only) see below >> Also available in Euro (1200 x 800mm) sizes and with runners, please ask for details

WGPLASKLK1210

(with 4 feet) External mm LxWxH

Internal mm LxWxH

Capacity (Litres)

With Feet / Runners

Compatible with Wheels

Units Delivered on a Pallet

Ref

Pack Pack Qty Price

1200 x 1000 x 1000

1110 x 910 x 820

900

4 Feet

Yes

1-5

WGPLASKLK1210 1

Pack Pack Qty Price

£303.47 5

£1,317.35

Also available in Euro (1200 x 800mm) sizes and with runners, please ask for details.

OPTIONAL EXTRAS:

>> Stackable when on pallet boxes

>> Suits pallet boxes with

>> Robust

feet only

>> Compatible with all 1200 x 1000mm

>> All castors are braked and will

boxes above

require self-assembly

>> Also available in Euro (1200 x 800mm) DROP ON LIDS FOR PALLET BOXES

sizes, please ask for details

External Dimensions (L x W) 1200 x 1000 Ref: WG4410.820 £52.79

>> Pallet boxes with wheels have WHEELS FOR FOLDING PALLET BOXES

450kg max. load capacity

Braked (Set of 4) Ref: WGPLASMR04065 £58.00

PALLET BOXES

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

223


SKIPS AND BINS

224 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

TILTING SKIP BIN

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

Choice of two capacities – 200kg (200 litres) or 400kg (260 litres). Fabricated sheet steel body mounted on square frame chassis. Reinforced body rim. No sharp edges. Handle for pushing and load dumping. Load will not tip until retaining latch is released by the operator. Welded fork guides are available as an option. Finish: Blue epoxy Wheels: 200mm diameter axle mounted front wheels with single 200mm diameter rear swivel castor, fitted with solid rubber tyres and roller bearings.

Loose fitting perforated base and drain tap. OPTIONAL EXTRAS: TOTAL STOP BRAKES on single swivel castor. Ref: WGB013/1 £7.75

WHEELBARROW SKIP

Capacity

250kg

400kg

Body size L x W x H mm

1050 x 580 x 525

1200 x 630 x 700

Overall size L x W x H mm

1175 x 850 x 790

1320 x 900 x 970

Weight

68kg

75kg

Ref

WGSB08

WGSB10

Price

£476.50

£521.65

Including perf. base & drain tap Weight

71kg

78kg

Ref

WGSB08DT

WGSB10DT

Price

£555.85

£601.05

Fork lift pockets (factory fitted extra) 125 x 40mm Ref

WGSB/FP

WGSB/FP

Price

£87.50

£87.50

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

Fully welded construction in sheet steel with formed top edge and front nose strengthening. Tubular push handle continues down length of body for extra strength. Front and rear tubular supports allow for static and tipping use. Finish: Blue epoxy. Wheels: Fully supported tubular axle fitted with choice of 400mm diameter solid rubber or pneumatic tyred wheels with roller bearings.

224

Body dims L x W x H mm

Overall dims L x W x H mm

Weight Wheel Kgs type

Ref

Price

1155 x 625 x 460

1650 x 900 x 680

58

Solid

WGSB12

£373.75

1155 x 625 x 460

1650 x 900 x 680

47

Pneumatic

WGSB12P

£365.30

SKIPS AND BINS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


AUTOMATIC SELFTIPPING SKIPS

MAX LOAD 150 KG

DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Automatic self-tipping skips. A robust range of rear entry automatic tipping skips ideal for all types B2

B1

B2

of waste handling. The tipping mechanism is activated by running the container against the side of a larger container - see image below. For best performance the skip must be full. Designed for use with fork lift trucks but can also be used with Stackers (conversion kit required) and can be moved with pallet trucks. Manufactured from 2.5 or 3mm steel plate. See accessories below.

Volume (Litres)

External Size mm (L x W x H)

B1

B2

Ref

Price

150

815 x 760 x 580

630

230

WG305010

£299.00

300

1235 x 840 x 750

630

230

WG305011

£375.00

600

1525 x 865 x 870

630

230

WG305012

£469.00

900

1525 x 1215 x 870

630

230

WG305013

£579.00

1100

1700 x 1215 x 1045

630

230

WG305014

£665.00

1600

2073 x 1066 x 1248

630

230

WG305015

£759.00

2000

2073 x 1316 x 1248

1035

230

WG305016

£989.00

2500

2073 x 1566 x 1248

1035

230

WG305017

£1,199.00

3000

2073 x 1866 x 1248

1035

230

WG305018

£1,249.00

AUTOMATIC SELF-TIPPING SKIPS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 225

Accessories Description

Capacity kg

Height mm

Wheel Ø mm

Ref

Price

(A) Nylon wheel set

1050

190

150

WG30491

£85.00

(A) Nylon wheel set

1800

200

200

WG30100

£119.00

(B) Polyurethane wheel set

900

195

160

WG30087

£99.00

(B) Polyurethane wheel set

1200

240

200

WG30701

£145.00

(C) Stacker conversion kit

-

-

-

WG30089

£75.00

Fork Locking

-

-

-

WG30088

£49.00

Lids for tipping skips Practical lids for tipping skips. Colour: Grey Description

Size mm (L x W )

Ref

Price

Lid for 150 L tipping skip

815 x 760

WG305050

£79.00

Lid for 300 L tipping skip

1235 x 840

WG305051

£115.00

Lid for 600 L tipping skip

1525 x 865

WG305052

£135.00

Lid for 900 L tipping skip

1525 x 1215

WG305053

£165.00

Lid for 1100 L tipping skip

1700 x 1215

WG305054

£195.00

Lid for 1600 L tipping skip

2073 x 1066

WG305055

£219.00

Lid for 200 L tipping skip

2073 x 1316

WG305056

£245.00

Lid for 2500 L tipping skip

2073 x 1566

WG305057

£295.00

Lid for 3000 L tipping skip

2073 x 1866

WG305058

£345.00

(A) 2 fixed + 2 castor wheels

Manual tipping

Automatic tipping and return

(B) 2 fixed + 2 castor wheels

(C) Stacker conversion kit

AUTOMATIC SELF-TIPPING SKIPS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

225


The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

WORKSHOP 226 - 265 Our extensive selection of workshop equipment is constructed and built by skilled fabricators and welders to the highest UK specifications. A comprehensive range of workbenches caters for every requirement, with a choice of standard, 4 level and height adjustable models, with stainless steel, antistatic or timber and value, medium duty or heavy duty options available; along with many different workbench accessories. A selection of work desks, foreman’s desks, safety matting and pallet strapping systems complete the range.

WORKBENCHES TIMBER WORKBENCHES WORKBENCH ACCESSORIES WORK DESKS SAFETY MATTING PALLET STRAPPING SYSTEMS

228-251 252-253 254-257 258-259 260-261 262-265

227

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


WORKBENCHES

228 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

JUST BENCHES

DELIVERED IN 5-8 DAYS

Just Benches offer an economic benching system. Simple to build general purpose benches offering value for money solutions throughout the workplace. >> Bench height 928mm >> Supplied with metal foot plates and full assembly instructions >> Available in 4 upright colours with Light Grey beams >> Available in 2 widths and 2 depths >> 18mm FSC chipboard worktop and shelves Bench B Supplied with full depth lowershelf. Optional Melamine worktop, allows Bench B

cleaning - price on request. Bench C T-bar construction allows users to be seated on either side of the bench. Optional Melamine worktop, allows cleaning - price on request.

Standard Colour Choice: Blue (GB)

Red (RD)

Bench C

Bench B - Chipboard worktop W x D mm

VALUE WORKBENCHES

Ref

Dark Grey (GX)

Light Grey (GU)

Bench C - Chipboard worktop Price

W x D mm

Ref

Price

1800 x 750 WGJABB7518GU £158.70

1800 x 750 WGJABC7518GU £108.10

2400 x 750 WGJABB7524GU £184.00

2400 x 750 WGJABC7524GU £126.50

1800 x 900 WGJABB9018GU £174.80

1800 x 900 WGJABC9018GU £116.15

2400 x 900 WGJABB9024GU £203.55

2400 x 900 WGJABC9024GU £132.25

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

Our best selling ‘Award Winning’ benches. >> 300kg UDL* shelf capacity >> 16mm chipboard tops and steel centre supports >> Simple assembly in just 10 minutes >> Choose from standard chipboard or wipe-clean white melamine >> Shelves adjustable every 35mm in height

H x W x D mm

Top

Ref

Price

900 x 1400 x 600

Chipboard

WG350WBA

£77.70

900 x 1800 x 600

Chipboard

WG350WBB

£96.60

900 x 1400 x 600

Melamine

WG350WBAM

£93.90

900 x 1800 x 600

Melamine

WG350WBBM

£118.30

*UDL = Uniformly Distributed Load

228

WORKBENCHES

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


BIG800 SERIES BENCH

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

BiG800 Premium Boltless Workbenches Designed for intensive workshop use with a capacity of up to 800 kilos UDL per level, BiG800 workbenches are simple and quick to build but incredibly strong and stable. Manufactured from premium grade steel and available in a choice of popular colours, our huge stock of components ensures rapid 48 hour delivery. Please note that for ease of handling, chipboard decks wider than 1830 mm wide are supplied in 2 pieces. Benches with 2 shelves

>> Industrial strength workbenches with extra thick premium grade steel beams >> Boltless easy assembly – simply tap together with a rubber mallet >> Powder coated in a choice of 5 colour combinations >> 2 level benches with high density chipboard decks >> Extra shelves can be added for additional storage >> Shelves adjustable in height every 38 mm >> Tie plates for joining benches and optional feet are available >> 15mm thick high density chipboard shelves For the BiG800 benches, besides the standard Blue / Orange (BO), we can now offer Blue / Light Grey (BG) (as image), Two Tone Grey (TG), Red / Grey (RG) and Dark Grey / Orange (GO) at no extra cost.

PACKING BENCHES / 4 LEVEL WORKSTATIONS

>> 1525 wide benches – 800 kilos UDSWL per level >> 1830 wide benches – 610 kilos UDSWL per level >> 2440 wide benches – 500 kilos UDSWL per level H x W x D mm

Ref

Price

915 x 1525 x 455

WGB8WB1504BO

£111.05

915 x 1525 x 610

WGB8WB1506BO

£117.45

915 x 1525 x 915

WGB8WB1509BO

£132.80

915 x 1830 x 455

WGB8WB1804BO

£120.00

915 x 1830 x 610

WGB8WB1806BO

£127.70

915 x 1830 x 915

WGB8WB1809BO

£145.60

900 x 1830 x 1200

WGB8WB1812BO

£201.25

900 x 2440 x 455

WGB8WB2404BO

£146.90

915 x 2440 x 610

WGB8WB2406BO

£155.85

915 x 2440 x 915

WGB8WB2409BO

£177.60

915 x 2440 x 1220

WGB8WB2412BO

£249.45

HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES / PACKING BENCHES

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 229

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

Packing Benches Designed to aid efficiency in busy packing areas >> Chipboard decks >> Large deck capable of carrying a massive 300kg UDL* per level >> Comes with 2 reel bars and an adjustable bottom shelf >> Each reel can hold up to 50kg UDL suitable for most tubular wrapping materials >> 900mm high work surface H x W x D mm

Ref

Price

1500 x 1200 x 750

WGWSBPA

£158.00

1500 x 1800 x 750

WGWSPB

£171.55

4 Level Workstations Perfect for busy packing or workshop areas >> Standard 900mm height with choice of sizes >> 250mm deep rear shelf ideal for packaging >> All levels adjustable in height every 40mm >> Simple self assembly H x W x D mm

Ref

Price

1400 x 1400 x 600

WGWSA

£119.05

1800 x 1800 x 600

WGWSB

£146.35

HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES / PACKING BENCHES

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

229


TRADITIONAL 4-LEG WORKBENCH

230 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

TRADITIONAL SQUARE 4-LEG FRAME DESIGN

MAX LOAD 300 KG

DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS

MADE IN BRITIAN

WGA8-LA

Style ref ‘A’ capacity 300kg Construction: Fully welded steel 32 x 32mm legs. 50 x 25mm and 25 x 25mm cross members. Frame finished in light grey epoxy.

Worktop Options

Size L mm 1200

1500

1800

Standard Worktops W mm Laminate

Price

Vinyl

Price

600

WGA1-LA

£298.70

WGA1-V

750

WGA2-LA £311.75

WGA2-V

900

WGA3-LA £331.15

600

Price

Steel

Price

Stainless

Price

£343.35 WGA1-M

£271.20

WGA1-S

£347.90

WGA1-SS

£432.85

£359.15

WGA2-M

£279.85

WGA2-S

£360.50 WGA2-SS

£450.75

WGA3-V

£372.45

WGA3-M

£291.60

WGA3-S £373.30

WGA3-SS

£472.30

WGA4-LA £313.60

WGA4-V

£363.30 WGA4-M

£285.00

WGA4-S

£368.65

WGA4-SS

£454.75

750

WGA5-LA £350.60

WGA5-V

£380.30 WGA5-M

£293.85 WGA5-S £385.20

WGA5-SS

£482.95

900

WGA6-LA £389.90 WGA6-V

£394.50

WGA6-M

£311.45

WGA6-S

£397.45

WGA6-SS

£499.70

600

WGA7-LA

WGA7-V

£382.55

WGA7-M

£304.40

WGA7-S

£393.65

WGA7-SS

£476.45

750

WGA8-LA £393.80 WGA8-V

£397.95

WGA8-M

£315.65

WGA8-S £410.00

WGA8-SS

£505.80

900

WGA9-LA £425.20

£413.15

WGA9-M

£329.70

WGA9-S £426.15

WGA9-SS

£551.75

£355.65

WGA9-V

MDF

WGE3-ALA6

Lower Shelf (Extra) 600

WGA1-LSLA

£66.75

WGA1-LSV

£116.25

WGA1-LSM

£45.95

1200 750

WGA2-LSLA

£74.60

WGA2-LSV

£124.95 WGA2-LSM

£49.40

900

WGA3-LSLA

£86.35

WGA3-LSV

£130.65 WGA3-LSM

£52.95

600

WGA4-LSLA

£108.45

WGA4-LSV

£126.95 WGA4-LSM

£50.35

1500 750

WGA5-LSLA

£108.55

WGA5-LSV

£137.95

WGA5-LSM

£57.20

900

WGA6-LSLA

£131.80

WGA6-LSV

£143.60 WGA6-LSM

£65.05

600

WGA7-LSLA

£111.60

WGA7-LSV

£139.20 WGA7-LSM

£63.30

1800 750

WGA8-LSLA

£142.65

WGA8-LSV

£147.25

WGA8-LSM

£67.60

900

WGA9-LSLA

£164.55

WGA9-LSV

£152.85 WGA9-LSM

£71.15

Easy Order Workbench One reference for complete popular workbench and accessory combinations, as illustrated. You can specify blue, red or dark grey drawer and cupboard front colours (supplied in blue if not specified).

Worktops L x D mm

Laminate

Price

Vinyl

Price

Steel

Price

Frame: Square 4-leg - “A” (Illustrated - 300kg capacity) 1200 x 750 WGE3-ALA4 £1140.15

WGE3-AV4 £1188.85 WGE3-AST4 £1187.50

1500 x 750 WGE3-ALA5 £1207.15

WGE3-AV5 £1241.75

WGE3-AST5 £1236.90

1800 x 750 WGE3-ALA6 £1272.80 WGE3-AV6 £1289.00 WGE3-AST6 £1276.90

230

TRADITIONAL 4-LEG WORKBENCH

Tel: 01446 772614

OPTIONAL EXTRA: BRAKED CASTORS

2 x swivel and 2 x swivel braked castors fitted with 100mm blue resilex tyred wheels and roller bearings. Ref. WGAA-MOB £69.30

Redditek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 231

WGRE

WGRK

WGRC

WGRH

WGRD

WGRG

Left fitted Ref

Right fitted Ref

Price

Single drawer

140 x 410 x 430

WGLA

WGRA

£113.15

2 drawer unit

280 x 410 x 430

WGLE

WGRE

£172.95

3 drawer unit

420 x 410 x 430

WGLH

WGRH

£226.80

4 drawer unit

560 x 410 x 430

WGLK

WGRK

£345.85

Small cupboard

420 x 410 x 430

WGLC

WGRC

£119.85

Single drawer + small cpbd

560 x 410 x 430

WGLG

WGRG

£232.95

Large cupboard

560 x 410 x 430

WGLD

WGRD

£122.45

Retaining skirt -

For style A, DA, only 100mm high steel, 2 ends and back,

-

WGRS

£56.45

1800

Price

Accessory COLOURS: All above bench accessories and cupboard and drawer carcass:

Drawer fronts and doors available in a choice:

1200

Red

Top light frame c/w flourescent single WGTLF4 tube fitting and diffuser

Dark Grey

Tube length mm:

610

Top steel shelf 290mm deep, capacity 50kg

WGTSS4

Blue

Light Grey

Bench Length mm

Blue supplied if none specified.

Price

1500

£111.20 WGTLF5

Price

£123.05 WGTLF6

1220 £81.10

WGTSS5

£127.65

1220 £84.75

WGTSS6

£89.80

Rear panel 450mm high c/w paper clip

ABOVE BENCH ACCESSORIES Supplied separately - for simple on-site assembly.

Louvre panel

WGRLP4

£102.35 WGRLP5

£108.45 WGRLP6

£114.70

Tool panel

WGRTP4

£102.35 WGRTP5

£108.45 WGRTP6

£114.70

Multipanel Tool / louvre

WGRMP4

£102.35 WGRMP5

£108.45 WGRMP6

£114.70

Tiltbin panel Tiltbin/ WGRMTP4 £186.95 WGRMTP5 £193.85 WGRMTP6 £200.05 tool Rear service duct c/w 2x 13 amp twin WGRSD4 sockets (not wired)

£88.15

WGRSD5

£94.70

WGRSD6

£101.20

SES - 575mm Above Bench

TES - 1260mm Above Bench

Rear support posts Short posts

WGSES

£54.40

WGSES

£54.40

WGSES

£54.40

Tall posts

WGTES

£68.60

WGTES

£68.60

WGTES

£68.60

Long posts required

WGRA

H x W x D mm

Short/long post required

Lockable drawer and cupboard units bolt to the underside of the workbench frame, using captive nuts fitted to every frame, so they can be fitted or changed at any time. Cupboards have one fixed steel shelf.

Below bench accessory

No posts required

DRAWERS AND CUPBOARDS

Rear panel (4 types)

Louvre panel c/w papers clip

Multi panel (louvre / clip / tool)

Tool panel c/w papers clip

Tiltbin panel (tiltbins / clip / tool)

For the full range of available accessories, please see pages 254 to 257. For plastic bin packs see page 211.

Redditek Tel: 01446 772614

for tool clips see page 255.

for monitor arm see page 255.

TRADITIONAL 4-LEG WORKBENCH

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

231


456 HEAVYDUTY WORKBENCHES

232 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

456 HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES

MAX LOAD 450 KG

DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS

MADE IN BRITIAN

Style ref ‘A’ capacity 450kg Heavy duty square welded steel construction with choice of 25, 36 or 50mm thick worktops. 25mm worktops - 5 choices (36mm & 50mm worktops available on request). Fully welded steel 50 x 50mm legs 50 x 25mm cross members. Standard height 840mm 750 & 900mm available at no extra cost.

WGDA8-LA

Worktop Options

Size

Standard Worktops

L mm W Laminate mm 200

1500

1800

Price

Vinyl

Price

MDF

Price

Steel

Price

Stainless

Price

Lower Shelf Steel (Extra)

Price

600 WGDA1-LA

£325.55 WGDA1-V

£382.10 WGDA1-M

£310.10 WGDA1-S

£386.70 WGDA1-SS

£471.60 WGDA1-LSS

£67.55

750

£361.15 WGDA2-V £399.00 WGDA2-M

£319.00 WGDA2-S

£400.35 WGDA2-SS

£490.60 WGDA2-LSS

£73.55

WGDA2-LA

900 WGDA3-LA £380.90 WGDA3-V

£410.75 WGDA3-M £328.52 WGDA3-S

£411.68

WGDA3-SS

£510.65 WGDA3-LSS

£79.50

600 WGDA4-LA

£361.20 WGDA4-V

£401.15 WGDA4-M

£318.34 WGDA4-S

£406.50 WGDA4-SS

£492.60 WGDA4-LSS

£83.15

750

£397.70 WGDA5-V

£418.00 WGDA5-M £329.80 WGDA5-S

£422.84 WGDA5-SS

£520.60 WGDA5-LSS

£89.10

WGDA5-LA

900 WGDA6-LA

£436.95 WGDA6-V £429.80 WGDA6-M

£342.15 WGDA6-S

£432.80 WGDA6-SS £534.95 WGDA6-LSS

£91.40

600 WGDA7-LA

£410.00 WGDA7-V £438.00 WGDA7-M

£337.45 WGDA7-S

£432.85 WGDA7-SS

£515.65 WGDA7-LSS

£91.40

750

£446.00 WGDA8-V

£416.65 WGDA8-M £350.50 WGDA8-S

£450.10 WGDA8-SS £545.90 WGDA8-LSS

£95.50

£484.70 WGDA9-V £449.85 WGDA9-M £373.90 WGDA9-S

£462.80 WGDA9-SS £588.40 WGDA9-LSS

£103.15

WGDA8-LA

900 WGDA9-LA

Easy Order Workbench One reference for complete popular workbench and accessory combinations, as illustrated. You can specify blue, red or dark grey drawer and cupboard front colours (supplied in blue if not specified). WGE3-HDLA6

Worktops L x D mm

Laminate

Price

Vinyl

Price

Steel

Price

Frame: Heavy Duty - “DA” (450kg capacity) - 25mm tops 1200 x 750 WGE3-HDLA4 £1189.55

232

WGE3-HDV4

£1227.35

WGE3-HDST4 £1228.70

1500 x 750 WGE3-HDLA5 £1254.25 WGE3-HDV5

£1274.55

WGE3-HDST5 £1279.35

1800 x 750 WGE3-HDLA6 £1324.95

£1316.95

WGE3-HDST6 £1329.05

WGE3-HDV6

456 HEAVYDUTY WORKBENCHES

Tel: 01446 772614

Redditek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 233

WGRE

WGRK

WGRC

WGRH

WGRD

WGRG

Left fitted Ref

Right fitted Ref

Price

Single drawer

140 x 410 x 430

WGLA

WGRA

£113.15

2 drawer unit

280 x 410 x 430

WGLE

WGRE

£172.95

3 drawer unit

420 x 410 x 430

WGLH

WGRH

£226.80

4 drawer unit

560 x 410 x 430

WGLK

WGRK

£345.85

Small cupboard

420 x 410 x 430

WGLC

WGRC

£119.85

Single drawer + small cpbd

560 x 410 x 430

WGLG

WGRG

£232.95

Large cupboard

560 x 410 x 430

WGLD

WGRD

£122.45

Retaining skirt -

For style A, DA, only 100mm high steel, 2 ends and back,

-

WGRS

£56.45

1800

Price

Accessory COLOURS: All above bench accessories and cupboard and drawer carcass:

Drawer fronts and doors available in a choice:

1200

Red

Top light frame c/w flourescent single WGTLF4 tube fitting and diffuser

Dark Grey

Tube length mm:

610

Top steel shelf 290mm deep, capacity 50kg

WGTSS4

Blue

Light Grey

Bench Length mm

Blue supplied if none specified.

Price

1500

£111.20 WGTLF5

Price

£123.05 WGTLF6

1220 £81.10

WGTSS5

£127.65

1220 £84.75

WGTSS6

£89.80

Rear panel 450mm high c/w paper clip

ABOVE BENCH ACCESSORIES Supplied separately - for simple on-site assembly.

Louvre panel

WGRLP4

£102.35 WGRLP5

£108.45 WGRLP6

£114.70

Tool panel

WGRTP4

£102.35 WGRTP5

£108.45 WGRTP6

£114.70

Multipanel Tool / louvre

WGRMP4

£102.35 WGRMP5

£108.45 WGRMP6

£114.70

Tiltbin panel Tiltbin/ WGRMTP4 £186.95 WGRMTP5 £193.85 WGRMTP6 £200.05 tool Rear service duct c/w 2x 13 amp twin WGRSD4 sockets (not wired)

£88.15

WGRSD5

£94.70

WGRSD6

£101.20

SES - 575mm Above Bench

TES - 1260mm Above Bench

Rear support posts Short posts

WGSES

£54.40

WGSES

£54.40

WGSES

£54.40

Tall posts

WGTES

£68.60

WGTES

£68.60

WGTES

£68.60

Long posts required

WGRA

H x W x D mm

Short/long post required

Lockable drawer and cupboard units bolt to the underside of the workbench frame, using captive nuts fitted to every frame, so they can be fitted or changed at any time. Cupboards have one fixed steel shelf.

Below bench accessory

No posts required

DRAWERS AND CUPBOARDS

Rear panel (4 types)

Louvre panel c/w papers clip

Multi panel (louvre / clip / tool)

Tool panel c/w papers clip

Tiltbin panel (tiltbins / clip / tool)

For the full range of available accessories, please see pages 254 to 257. For plastic bin packs see page 211.

Redditek Tel: 01446 772614

for tool clips see page 255.

for monitor arm see page 255.

456 HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

233


456 MEDIUM WORKBENCHES

234 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

CANTILEVER FRAME DESIGN

DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS

MAX LOAD 300 KG

MADE IN BRITIAN

Style ref ‘C’ - capacity 300kg Standard height 840mm, 750 & 900mm available at no extra cost.

WGC8-LA

Worktop Options

Construction 50 x 25mm cross members with formed 1.5mm steel back, side and footrest panels.

Size

Standard Worktops

L mm

W mm

1200

900 1500

1800

Laminate

Price

Vinyl

Price

MDF

Price

600

WGC1-LA

£361.55

WGC1-V

£406.20

WGC1-M

£324.70

750

WGC2-LA

£373.95 WGC2-V

£421.45

WGC2-M

£332.20

WGC3-LA

£394.20

WGC3-V

£435.55

WGC3-M

£344.75

600

WGC4-LA

£385.30

WGC4-V

£435.05

WGC4-M

£342.25

750

WGC5-LA

£422.65

WGC5-V

£452.45

WGC5-M

£353.35

900

WGC6-LA

£462.00

WGC6-V

£466.55

WGC6-M

£369.55

600

WGC7-LA

£429.70

WGC7-V

£456.60

WGC7-M

£364.85

750

WGC8-LA

£467.10

WGC8-V

£471.25

WGC8-M

£374.25

900

WGC9-LA

£497.35

WGC9-V

£485.30

WGC9-M

£401.15

Frame finished in light grey epoxy.

Easy Order Workbench One reference for complete popular workbench and accessory combinations, as illustrated. You can specify blue, red or dark grey drawer and cupboard front colours (supplied in blue if not specified). WGE3-CLA6

Size

Worktops

L x D mm

Laminate

Price

Vinyl

Price

Frame: Cantilever - “CL” (300kg capacity)

234

1200 x 750

WGE3-CLA4

£1202.35

WGE3-CV4

£1249.80

1500 x 750

WGE3-CLA5

£1279.20

WGE3-CV5

£1309.00

1800 x 750

WGE3-CLA6

£1346.05

WGE3-CV6

£1350.20

456 MEDIUM WORKBENCHES

Tel: 01446 772614

Redditek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 235

WGRE

WGRK

WGRC

WGRH

WGRD

WGRG

Left fitted Ref

Right fitted Ref

Price

Single drawer

140 x 410 x 430

WGLA

WGRA

£113.15

2 drawer unit

280 x 410 x 430

WGLE

WGRE

£172.95

3 drawer unit

420 x 410 x 430

WGLH

WGRH

£226.80

4 drawer unit

560 x 410 x 430

WGLK

WGRK

£345.85

Small cupboard

420 x 410 x 430

WGLC

WGRC

£119.85

Single drawer + small cpbd

560 x 410 x 430

WGLG

WGRG

£232.95

Large cupboard

560 x 410 x 430

WGLD

WGRD

£122.45

Retaining skirt -

For style A, DA, only 100mm high steel, 2 ends and back,

-

WGRS

£56.45

1800

Price

Accessory COLOURS: All above bench accessories and cupboard and drawer carcass:

Drawer fronts and doors available in a choice:

1200

Red

Top light frame c/w flourescent single WGTLF4 tube fitting and diffuser

Dark Grey

Tube length mm:

610

Top steel shelf 290mm deep, capacity 50kg

WGTSS4

Blue

Light Grey

Bench Length mm

Blue supplied if none specified.

Price

1500

£111.20 WGTLF5

Price

£123.05 WGTLF6

1220 £81.10

WGTSS5

£127.65

1220 £84.75

WGTSS6

£89.80

Rear panel 450mm high c/w paper clip

ABOVE BENCH ACCESSORIES Supplied separately - for simple on-site assembly.

Louvre panel

WGRLP4

£102.35 WGRLP5

£108.45 WGRLP6

£114.70

Tool panel

WGRTP4

£102.35 WGRTP5

£108.45 WGRTP6

£114.70

Multipanel Tool / louvre

WGRMP4

£102.35 WGRMP5

£108.45 WGRMP6

£114.70

Tiltbin panel Tiltbin/ WGRMTP4 £186.95 WGRMTP5 £193.85 WGRMTP6 £200.05 tool Rear service duct c/w 2x 13 amp twin WGRSD4 sockets (not wired)

£88.15

WGRSD5

£94.70

WGRSD6

£101.20

SES - 575mm Above Bench

TES - 1260mm Above Bench

Rear support posts Short posts

WGSES

£54.40

WGSES

£54.40

WGSES

£54.40

Tall posts

WGTES

£68.60

WGTES

£68.60

WGTES

£68.60

Long posts required

WGRA

H x W x D mm

Short/long post required

Lockable drawer and cupboard units bolt to the underside of the workbench frame, using captive nuts fitted to every frame, so they can be fitted or changed at any time. Cupboards have one fixed steel shelf.

Below bench accessory

No posts required

DRAWERS AND CUPBOARDS

Rear panel (4 types)

Louvre panel c/w papers clip

Multi panel (louvre / clip / tool)

Tool panel c/w papers clip

Tiltbin panel (tiltbins / clip / tool)

For the full range of available accessories, please see pages 254 to 257. For plastic bin packs see page 211.

Redditek Tel: 01446 772614

for tool clips see page 255.

for monitor arm see page 255.

456 MEDIUM WORKBENCHES

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

235


ANTISTATIC WORKBENCHES

236 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

ANTISTATIC WORKBENCHES

MAX LOAD 300 KG

DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS

MADE IN BRITIAN

Static control cantilever and 4 leg workstations with conductive or static dissipative worksurfaces. Workbenches c/w earth grounding cord + press stud.

WGAS8-ALA

Cantilever Construction Medium duty (300kg) construction 14 & 16swg to BS6323. Cantilever leg design, fitted with 4 adjustable feet.

WGA8-ALA

4 Leg Construction Medium duty (300kg) Fully welded steel 32 x 32mm legs 50 x 25mm and 25 x 25mm cross members. Frame finished in light grey epoxy.

Worktop Options

Cantilever Design Size

ALA

Price

600

WGAS1-BFB

£399.00

WGAS1-ALA

750

WGAS2-BFB

£408.90

WGAS2-ALA

WGAS3-BFB

1200

900

1800

Worktop Price

D mm

1500

236

Worktop BFB

L mm

Worktop options:

4 Leg Design BFB

Price

ALA

Price

£442.40 WGA1-BFB

£336.15

WGA1-ALA

£379.50

£477.85

WGA2-BFB

£346.65

WGA2-ALA

£415.55

£420.50 WGAS3-ALA

£495.80

WGA3-BFB

£357.45

WGA3-ALA

£432.75

600

WGAS4-BFB

£425.75

WGAS4-ALA

£494.35

WGA4-BFB

£354.05

WGA4-ALA

£422.50

750

WGAS5-BFB

£445.15

WGAS5-ALA

£535.60

WGA5-BFB

£373.05

WGA5-ALA

£463.50

900

WGAS6-BFB

£457.10

WGAS6-ALA

£562.05

WGA6-BFB

£385.15

WGA6-ALA

£490.00

600

WGAS7-BFB

£453.55

WGAS7-ALA

£525.75 WGA7-BFB

£379.45

WGA7-ALA

£493.20

750

WGAS8-BFB

£483.05

WGAS8-ALA

£569.90

WGA8-BFB

£409.75

WGA8-ALA

£508.00

900

WGAS9-BFB

£495.05

WGAS9-ALA

£588.55

WGA9-BFB

£423.00

WGA9-ALA

£518.00

ANTISTATIC WORKBENCHES

Tel: 01446 772614

(BFB) Black fibreboard worksurface conductive resistance to ground: 1 x 10-3-1 x 10-5 ohms (ALA) Grey laminate worksurface static dissipative resistance to ground: 1 x 10-4-9 x 10-6 ohms

Redditek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


ANTISTATIC WORKBENCHES

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 237 ACCESSORIES - ABOVE BENCH Accessory

Ref

Price

Extension posts (pair) required for the following accessories Short

WGSES-A

£54.40

Tall

WGTES-A

£68.60

Top light frame with flourescent fitting and diffuser 1200

WGTLF4-A

£111.20

1500

WGTLF5-A

£123.05

1800

WGTLF6-A

£127.65

Top shelf - steel 290mm depth 1200

WGTSS4-A

£81.10

1500

WGTSS5-A

£84.75

1800

WGTSS6-A

£89.80

Top shelf - Dissipative laminate 290mm depth 1200

WGTDL4-A

£178.15

1500

WGTDL5-A

£192.35

1800

WGTDL6-A

£206.55

Rear louvre panel 450mm high 1200

WGRLP4-A

£102.35

1500

WGRLP5-A

£108.45

1800

WGRLP6-A

£114.70

Rear service duct 2 x 13amp sockets and insulators 1200

WGRSD4-A

£92.35

1500

WGRSD5-A

£100.75

1800

WGRSD6-A

£108.90

Supplied separately - for simple on-site assembly

COLOURS:

ACCESSORIES - BELOW BENCH Accessory H x W x D

Left fitted Right fitted Price

Single drawer 140 x 410 x 430mm

WGLA

WGRA

£113.15

2 drawer unit 280 x 410 x 430mm

WGLE

WGRE

£172.95

3 drawer unit 420 x 410 x 430mm

WGLH

WGRH

£226.80

4 drawer unit 560 x 410 x 430mm

WGLK

WGRK

£345.85

Small cupboard 420 x 410 x 430mm

WGLC

WGRC

£119.85

Single drawer + small cupboard 560 x 410 x 430mm

WGLG

WGRG

£232.95

Large cupboard 560 x 410 x 430mm

WGLD

WGRD

£122.45

ADDITIONAL ANTISTATIC EQUIPMENT Accessory

Ref

Price

General Earth bonding plug

WGADT001

£9.80

Wristband and cord

WGADT002

£14.65

Wriststrap connection point

WGADT003

£32.05

Straight cord

WGADT004

£10.05

Earth lead and plug

WGADT005

£9.45

Heel grounder

WGADT006

£15.05

Wristband tester

WGADT009

£172.20

Resistivity tester

WGADT010

£331.45

Bench mat with stud 1200 x 600mm

WGADT011

£125.50

Floor mat with stud 1200 x 1500mm

WGADT012

£261.00

Standard conductive chair

WGADT024

£180.50

Ergonomic conductive chair

WGADT022

£322.10

Arms (pair)

WGADT023

£31.75

WGADT020

£36.00

All above bench accessories and cupboard and drawer carcass:

Drawer fronts and doors available in a choice: Blue Red

Light Grey

Dark Grey Blue supplied if none specified.

WGADT002

WGADT004

WGADT001

WGADT003

WGADT020

Testers WGADT024

Matting WGADT009

WGADT010

WGADT005

WGADT006

Seating (medistat vinyl)

Sign Warning sign (rigid plastic)

Redditek Tel: 01446 772614

WGADT022

ANTISTATIC WORKBENCHES

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

237


CUPBOARD WORKBENCHES

238 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk MAX LOAD 300 KG

DELIVERED IN 15-18 DAYS

CUPBOARD BENCHES

MADE IN BRITIAN

Medium duty workbenches fitted with full length sliding door cupboard - capacity 300kg.

Fully boxed bench with sliding doors and half depth central shelf.

WGRE8-LA

COLOURS: All above bench accessories and cupboard and drawer carcass:

Drawer fronts and doors available in a choice: Blue Red

Light Grey

Dark Grey

Storage / cupboard benches

Construction:

are based on the square 4-leg

Welded steel square and

medium duty 456 range of

rectangular section frame.

workbenches. Full range of

(14 and 16swg to BS6323)

sizes and worktops available.

Worktop specifications:

Cupboards have single fixed

Plastic edge lipping is available as an

steel shelf.

option for laminate or vinyl worktops.

Blue supplied if none specified.

Worktop Options

For all stainless steel models see page 251.

Size W mm 600

WGRE1-LA

£655.05

WGRE1-V

£699.65

WGRE1-M

£618.20

WGRE1-SS

£789.20

1200

750

WGRE2-LA

£675.25

WGRE2-V

£722.65

WGRE2-M

£633.45

WGRE2-SS

£814.30

WGSSCB5

1500

1800

238

Standard Worktops

L mm

Laminate

Vinyl

Price

MDF

Price

Stainless

Price

900

WGRE3-LA

£693.45

WGRE3-V

£734.75

WGRE3-M £644.00 WGRE3-SS

£834.60

600

WGRE4-LA

£690.40

WGRE4-V

£740.15

WGRE4-M

£647.45

WGRE4-SS

£831.65

WGRE5-M £665.40

750

WGRE5-LA

£734.70

WGRE5-V

£764.50

WGRE5-SS

£867.10

900

WGRE6-LA

£779.20

WGRE6-V

£783.75 WGRE6-M £686.35 WGRE6-SS

£888.90

600

WGRE7-LA

£737.40

WGRE7-V

£764.35

WGRE7-M

£672.50

WGRE7-SS

£858.25

750

WGRE8-LA

£783.15

WGRE8-V

£787.25

WGRE8-M £689.15

WGRE8-SS

£895.10

900

WGRE9-LA

£819.80

WGRE9-V

£807.80

WGRE9-M £723.70

WGRE9-SS

£946.40

CUPBOARD WORKBENCHES

Tel: 01446 772614

Price

Redditek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 239 EASY ORDER WORKBENCH One reference for complete popular workbench and accessory combinations, as illustrated. You can specify blue, red or dark grey drawer and cupboard front colours (supplied blue if not specified).

Worktops L x D mm

Laminate

Price

Vinyl

Price

Frame: Medium Duty - RE (450kg capacity) - 25mm worktops WGE3-REV4

£1,173.80

1500 x 750

WGE3-RELA5

£1,214.00

WGE3-REV5

£1,243.85

1800 x 750

WGE3-RELA6

£1,284.90

WGE3-REV6

£1,289.00

WGE3-RELA6

Accessory COLOURS: All above bench accessories and cupboard and drawer carcass:

Drawer fronts and doors available in a choice:

1200

Red

Top light frame c/w flourescent single WGTLF4 tube fitting and diffuser

Dark Grey

Tube length mm:

610

Top steel shelf 290mm deep, capacity 50kg

WGTSS4

Blue

Light Grey

Bench Length mm

Blue supplied if none specified.

Price

1500

£111.20 WGTLF5

Price

£123.05 WGTLF6

1220 £81.10

WGTSS5

1800

Price £127.65

1220 £84.75

WGTSS6

£89.80

Rear panel 450mm high c/w paper clip

ABOVE BENCH ACCESSORIES Supplied separately - for simple on-site assembly.

Louvre panel

WGRLP4

£102.35 WGRLP5

£108.45 WGRLP6

£114.70

Tool panel

WGRTP4

£102.35 WGRTP5

£108.45 WGRTP6

£114.70

Multipanel Tool / louvre

WGRMP4

£102.35 WGRMP5

£108.45 WGRMP6

£114.70

Tiltbin panel Tiltbin/ WGRMTP4 £186.95 WGRMTP5 £193.85 WGRMTP6 £200.05 tool Rear service duct c/w 2x 13 amp twin WGRSD4 sockets (not wired)

£88.15

WGRSD5

£94.70

WGRSD6

£101.20

SES - 575mm Above Bench

TES - 1260mm Above Bench

Rear support posts Short posts

WGSES

£54.40

WGSES

£54.40

WGSES

£54.40

Tall posts

WGTES

£68.60

WGTES

£68.60

WGTES

£68.60

Long posts required

£1,126.40

Short/long post required

WGE3-RELA4

No posts required

1200 x 750

Rear panel (4 types)

Louvre panel c/w papers clip

Multi panel (louvre / clip / tool)

Tool panel c/w papers clip

Tiltbin panel (tiltbins / clip / tool)

For the full range of available accessories, please see pages 254 to 257. For plastic bin packs see page 211.

Redditek Tel: 01446 772614

for tool clips see page 255.

for monitor arm see page 255.

CUPBOARD WORKBENCHES

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

239


ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WORKBENCHES

240 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

BOLT ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WORKBENCHES

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MAX LOAD 300 KG

MADE IN BRITIAN

Style ref ‘BHB’ - capacity 300kg Height adjustable 4 leg bench using a simple bolt system. 9 standard sizes with choice of 5 standard worktop materials. Stepless height adjustable pillars formed from 2mm sheet steel allowing height adjustment from 650 to 950mm. Finished in light grey epoxy with a choice of worktops.

Quick and simple bolt fixing for adjustable leg frames.

WGBHB8-LA

Worktop Options

Size L mm 1200

1500

1800

Standard Worktops W mm

Laminate

Price

Vinyl

Price

MDF

Price

600

WGBHB1-LA

£419.35

WGBHB1-V

£464.00

WGBHB1-M

£382.55 WGBHB1-S

Steel

Price

£468.60 WGBHB1-SS

Stainless

Price £553.50

750

WGBHB2-LA

£433.45

WGBHB2-V

£480.85

WGBHB2-M

£391.65

WGBHB2-S

£482.20

WGBHB2-SS

£572.50

900

WGBHB3-LA

£451.35

WGBHB3-V

£492.65

WGBHB3-M

£401.95

WGBHB3-S

£493.50

WGBHB3-SS

£592.50

600

WGBHB4-LA

£435.50

WGBHB4-V

£485.20

WGBHB4-M

£392.40 WGBHB4-S

£490.55 WGBHB4-SS

£576.60

750

WGBHB5-LA

£471.25

WGBHB5-V

£500.95

WGBHB5-M

£401.90

WGBHB5-S

£505.85 WGBHB5-SS

£603.60

900

WGBHB6-LA

£507.15

WGBHB6-V

£511.70

WGBHB6-M

£414.35

WGBHB6-S

£514.75

WGBHB6-SS

£616.90

600

WGBHB7-LA

£476.90

WGBHB7-V

£503.85

WGBHB7-M

£412.00

WGBHB7-S

£514.90

WGBHB7-SS

£597.70

750

WGBHB8-LA

£515.90

WGBHB8-V

£520.05

WGBHB8-M

£421.95

WGBHB8-S

£532.10

WGBHB8-SS

£627.85

900

WGBHB9-LA

£546.05

WGBHB9-V

£534.10

WGBHB9-M

£449.95

WGBHB9-S

£547.05

WGBHB9-SS

£672.70

Easy Order Workbench One reference for complete popular workbench and accessory combinations, as illustrated.

WGE8-BHLA6

Worktops

240

L x D mm

Laminate

Price

Vinyl

Price

Steel

1200 x 750

WGE8-BHLA4

£884.60

WGE8-BHV4

£932.05

WGE8-BHST4

£933.35

1500 x 750

WGE8-BHLA5

£950.55

WGE8-BHV5

£980.30

WGE8-BHST5

£985.15

1800 x 750

WGE8-BHLA6

£1017.65

WGE8-BHV6

£1021.80

WGE8-BHST6

£1033.85

ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WORKBENCHES

Tel: 01446 772614

Price

Redditek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 241

WGRE

WGRK

WGRC

WGRH

WGRD

WGRG

Left fitted Ref

Right fitted Ref

Price

Single drawer

140 x 410 x 430

WGLA

WGRA

£113.15

2 drawer unit

280 x 410 x 430

WGLE

WGRE

£172.95

3 drawer unit

420 x 410 x 430

WGLH

WGRH

£226.80

4 drawer unit

560 x 410 x 430

WGLK

WGRK

£345.85

Small cupboard

420 x 410 x 430

WGLC

WGRC

£119.85

Single drawer + small cpbd

560 x 410 x 430

WGLG

WGRG

£232.95

Large cupboard

560 x 410 x 430

WGLD

WGRD

£122.45

Retaining skirt -

For style A, DA, only 100mm high steel, 2 ends and back,

-

WGRS

£56.45

1800

Price

Accessory COLOURS: All above bench accessories and cupboard and drawer carcass:

Drawer fronts and doors available in a choice:

1200

Red

Top light frame c/w flourescent single WGTLF4 tube fitting and diffuser

Dark Grey

Tube length mm:

610

Top steel shelf 290mm deep, capacity 50kg

WGTSS4

Blue

Light Grey

Bench Length mm

Blue supplied if none specified.

Price

1500

£111.20 WGTLF5

Price

£123.05 WGTLF6

1220 £81.10

WGTSS5

£127.65

1220 £84.75

WGTSS6

£89.80

Rear panel 450mm high c/w paper clip

ABOVE BENCH ACCESSORIES Supplied separately - for simple on-site assembly.

Louvre panel

WGRLP4

£102.35 WGRLP5

£108.45 WGRLP6

£114.70

Tool panel

WGRTP4

£102.35 WGRTP5

£108.45 WGRTP6

£114.70

Multipanel Tool / louvre

WGRMP4

£102.35 WGRMP5

£108.45 WGRMP6

£114.70

Tiltbin panel Tiltbin/ WGRMTP4 £186.95 WGRMTP5 £193.85 WGRMTP6 £200.05 tool Rear service duct c/w 2x 13 amp twin WGRSD4 sockets (not wired)

£88.15

WGRSD5

£94.70

WGRSD6

£101.20

SES - 575mm Above Bench

TES - 1260mm Above Bench

Rear support posts Short posts

WGSES

£54.40

WGSES

£54.40

WGSES

£54.40

Tall posts

WGTES

£68.60

WGTES

£68.60

WGTES

£68.60

Long posts required

WGRA

H x W x D mm

Short/long post required

Lockable drawer and cupboard units bolt to the underside of the workbench frame, using captive nuts fitted to every frame, so they can be fitted or changed at any time. Cupboards have one fixed steel shelf.

Below bench accessory

No posts required

DRAWERS AND CUPBOARDS

Rear panel (4 types)

Louvre panel c/w papers clip

Multi panel (louvre / clip / tool)

Tool panel c/w papers clip

Tiltbin panel (tiltbins / clip / tool)

For the full range of available accessories, please see pages 254 to 257. For plastic bin packs see page 211.

Redditek Tel: 01446 772614

for tool clips see page 255.

for monitor arm see page 255.

ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WORKBENCHES

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

241


ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WORKBENCHES

242 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT CANTILEVER WORKBENCHES

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MAX LOAD 300 KG

MADE IN BRITIAN

Style ref ‘AHB’ - capacity 300kg Manufactured from formed 2mm sheet steel with 50 x 25mm cross members.

WGAHB8-LA

Height adjustable 770mm to 1260mm Stepless height adjustable columns with retractable crank handle operating spindles and gears for smooth and precise adjustment from 770mm to 1260mm working height. Finished in light grey and black epoxy with choice of worktops.

Crank handle extends for operation and retracts under bench when not required

Adjustable columns.

Worktop Options

Size W mm

Laminate

Price

Vinyl

Price

MDF

Price

Steel

Price

Stainless

Price

1200

600 750

WGAHB1-LA WGAHB2-LA

£717.70 £730.00

WGAHB1-V WGAHB2-V

£762.35 £777.35

WGAHB1-M WGAHB2-M

£683.45 £691.00

WGAHB1-S WGAHB2-S

£766.90 £778.75

WGAHB1-SS WGAHB2-SS

£851.80 £869.05

900 600

WGAHB3-LA WGAHB4-LA

£744.75 £738.90

WGAHB3-V WGAHB4-V

£786.10 £788.60

WGAHB3-M WGAHB4-M

£697.30 £699.05

WGAHB3-S WGAHB4-S

£787.00 £794.00

WGAHB3-SS WGAHB4-SS

£885.95 £880.05

750 900

WGAHB5-LA WGAHB6-LA

£773.60 £807.50

WGAHB5-V WGAHB6-V

£803.40 £812.05

WGAHB5-M WGAHB6-M

£709.55 £719.15

WGAHB5-S WGAHB6-S

£808.20 £815.10

WGAHB5-SS WGAHB6-SS

£906.00 £917.30

600 750

WGAHB7-LA WGAHB8-LA

£781.35 £820.40

WGAHB7-V WGAHB8-V

£808.25 £824.60

WGAHB7-M WGAHB8-M

£719.70 £732.40

WGAHB7-S WGAHB8-S

£819.40 £836.60

WGAHB7-SS WGAHB8-SS

£902.15 £932.40

900

WGAHB9-LA

£844.30

WGAHB9-V

£832.30

WGAHB9-M

£748.15

WGAHB9-S

£845.20

WGAHB9-SS

£970.90

1500

1800

242

Standard Worktops

L mm

ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WORKBENCHES

Tel: 01446 772614

Redditek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 243

WGRE

WGRK

WGRC

WGRH

WGRD

WGRG

Left fitted Ref

Right fitted Ref

Price

Single drawer

140 x 410 x 430

WGLA

WGRA

£113.15

2 drawer unit

280 x 410 x 430

WGLE

WGRE

£172.95

3 drawer unit

420 x 410 x 430

WGLH

WGRH

£226.80

4 drawer unit

560 x 410 x 430

WGLK

WGRK

£345.85

Small cupboard

420 x 410 x 430

WGLC

WGRC

£119.85

Single drawer + small cpbd

560 x 410 x 430

WGLG

WGRG

£232.95

Large cupboard

560 x 410 x 430

WGLD

WGRD

£122.45

Retaining skirt -

For style A, DA, only 100mm high steel, 2 ends and back,

-

WGRS

£56.45

1800

Price

Accessory COLOURS: All above bench accessories and cupboard and drawer carcass:

Drawer fronts and doors available in a choice:

1200

Red

Top light frame c/w flourescent single WGTLF4 tube fitting and diffuser

Dark Grey

Tube length mm:

610

Top steel shelf 290mm deep, capacity 50kg

WGTSS4

Blue

Light Grey

Bench Length mm

Blue supplied if none specified.

Price

1500

£111.20 WGTLF5

Price

£123.05 WGTLF6

1220 £81.10

WGTSS5

£127.65

1220 £84.75

WGTSS6

£89.80

Rear panel 450mm high c/w paper clip

ABOVE BENCH ACCESSORIES Supplied separately - for simple on-site assembly.

Louvre panel

WGRLP4

£102.35 WGRLP5

£108.45 WGRLP6

£114.70

Tool panel

WGRTP4

£102.35 WGRTP5

£108.45 WGRTP6

£114.70

Multipanel Tool / louvre

WGRMP4

£102.35 WGRMP5

£108.45 WGRMP6

£114.70

Tiltbin panel Tiltbin/ WGRMTP4 £186.95 WGRMTP5 £193.85 WGRMTP6 £200.05 tool Rear service duct c/w 2x 13 amp twin WGRSD4 sockets (not wired)

£88.15

WGRSD5

£94.70

WGRSD6

£101.20

SES - 575mm Above Bench

TES - 1260mm Above Bench

Rear support posts Short posts

WGSES

£54.40

WGSES

£54.40

WGSES

£54.40

Tall posts

WGTES

£68.60

WGTES

£68.60

WGTES

£68.60

Long posts required

WGRA

H x W x D mm

Short/long post required

Lockable drawer and cupboard units bolt to the underside of the workbench frame, using captive nuts fitted to every frame, so they can be fitted or changed at any time. Cupboards have one fixed steel shelf.

Below bench accessory

No posts required

DRAWERS AND CUPBOARDS

Rear panel (4 types)

Louvre panel c/w papers clip

Multi panel (louvre / clip / tool)

Tool panel c/w papers clip

Tiltbin panel (tiltbins / clip / tool)

For the full range of available accessories, please see pages 254 to 257. For plastic bin packs see page 211.

Redditek Tel: 01446 772614

for tool clips see page 255.

for monitor arm see page 255.

ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT WORKBENCHES

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

243


INFINITE MODULAR WORKBENCH SYSTEM

244 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

INFINITE MODULAR WORKBENCH SYSTEM

MAX LOAD 1000 KG

DELIVERED IN 10-12 DAYS

MADE IN BRITIAN

HD Workbench System Framework is constructed from fabricated steel section with welded leg

1) Starter Benches

supports and bolt in multi-position cross rails which can be assembled in a

Start with a 2m or 3m starter workbench

variety of combinations to suit individual applications. MDF, Vinyl and Laminate worktop options

30 0 mm

600mm 300mm

Heavy duty modular design

Unit accessible from both sides for two people working together

Adjustable height from 840 - 940mm in 25mm increments

Base shelf supplied in 18mm plain cut MDF irrespective of finish of top shelf

WGIM3-M & US2000

Use starter and extension method to mix and match depths

244

Bench Description

Dimensions L x D (mm)

MDF Worktop 25mm Thick

Price

Laminate Worktop 25mm Thick

Price

Vinyl Worktop 25mm Thick

Price

Starter

2000 x 700

WGIM1-M

£383.25

WGIM1-LA

£490.65

WGIM1-V

£497.60

Starter and base

2000 x 700

WGIM1-MBS

£469.85

WGIM1-LABS

£577.30

WGIM1-VBS

£584.20

Starter

2000 x 1200

WGIM2-M

£430.00

WGIM2-LA

£566.30

WGIM2-V

£581.30

Starter and base

2000 x 1200

WGIM2-MBS

£560.55

WGIM2-LABS

£696.80

WGIM2-VBS

£711.85

Starter

2000 x 1400

WGIM3-M

£448.45

WGIM3-LA

£588.20

WGIM3-V

£603.25

Starter and base

2000 x 1400

WGIM3-MBS

£584.75

WGIM3-LABS

£724.50

WGIM3-VBS

£739.55

Starter

3000 x 700

WGIM4-M

£615.40

WGIM4-LA

£781.70

WGIM4-V

£792.10

Starter and base

3000 x 700

WGIM4-MBS

£784.05

WGIM4-LABS

£914.55

WGIM4-VBS

£960.75

Starter

3000 x 1200

WGIM5-M

£672.55

WGIM5-LA

£846.95

WGIM5-V

£857.35

Starter and base

3000 x 1200

WGIM5-MBS

£845.80

WGIM5-LABS

£1020.20

WGIM5-VBS

£1030.60

Starter

3000 x 1400

WGIM6-M

£678.30

WGIM6-LA

£938.20

WGIM6-V

£957.80

Starter and base

3000 x 1400

WGIM6-MBS

£866.60

WGIM6-LABS

£1126.45

WGIM6-VBS

£1146.10

Add-on

2000 x 700

WGIM7-M

£258.50

WGIM7-LA

£368.25

WGIM7-V

£375.15

Add-on and base

2000 x 700

WGIM7-MBS

£345.15

WGIM7-LABS

£454.85

WGIM7-VBS

£461.80

Add-on

2000 x 1200

WGIM8-M

£307.00

WGIM8-LA

£444.45

WGIM8-V

£459.50

Add-on and base

2000 x 1200

WGIM8-MBS

£437.55

WGIM8-LABS

£575.00

WGIM8-VBS

£590.00

Add-on

2000 x 1400

WGIM9-M

£324.90

WGIM9-LA

£465.80

WGIM9-V

£479.70

Add-on and base

2000 x 1400

WGIM9-MBS

£461.20

WGIM9-LABS

£602.10

WGIM9-VBS

£615.95

INFINITE MODULAR WORKBENCH SYSTEM

Tel: 01446 772614

Redditek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


2) Extension Benches

3) Accessories

Then use add on workbenches as required to create a run

Combine with easy to add accessories.

with infinite combinations. BENCH ACCESSORIES

2000 x 700mm Starter Workbench with MDF worktop, MDF base shelf, cabinet, triple drawer

Bench Description

Ref

Price

& leg socket. Ref: WGIM-EOB1 Price: £822.40

Cupboard Unit

WGRC / LC

£119.85

Single Drawer

WGRA / LA

£113.15

Two Drawer

WGRE / LE

£172.95

Three Draw

WGRH / LH

£226.80

Cupboard / Drawer

WGRG / LG

£232.95

2000mm Upper Shelf

WGUS2000

£135.15

3000mm Upper Shelf

WGUS3000

£187.10

2000mm Service Duct

WGRSD20

£115.50

3000mm Service Duct

WGRSD30

£179.05

INFINITE MODULAR WORKBENCH SYSTEM

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 245

3000 x 1200mm Workbench with MDF worktop and base shelf. Ref: WGIM5-MBS Price: £845.80

3000 x 1200mm Workbench with MDF worktop. Ref: WGIM5-M Price: £672.55

13 AMP SOCKET

Ref: WGSRDSO Price: £23.10

3000 x 1200mm Workbench with MDF worktop, MDF base shelf, combined cabinet and drawer unit. Ref: WGIM-EOB2 Price: £955.30

We can modify a standard model or custom build to your own specifications - please call for details.

Add on units can be bolted to different size benches to form combinations

Redditek Tel: 01446 772614

INFINITE MODULAR WORKBENCH SYSTEM

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

245


HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES

246 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

HEAVY DUTY - 450KG

DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS

MAX LOAD 450 KG

MADE IN BRITIAN

Strong, fully welded, steel construction makes these versatile workbenches suitable for the toughest of applications. Choice of worktops and range of accessories provides the best combination for your requirements.

Standard height 840mm 750 & 900mm available at no extra cost. Construction: Fully welded Heavy Duty: 40 x 40mm steel angle Worktops: Choice of 6: Steel, MDF, Blockboard, Laminate, Vinyl, Stainless Steel Finish: Dove grey electro-static paint WGM8-LA

Worktop Options

Size L mm

1200

1500

1800

Standard Worktops Laminate

Price

Vinyl

Price

MDF

Price

Steel

Price

Stainless

Price

600

WGM1-LA

£251.60

WGM1-V

£296.30

WGM1-M

£223.85

WGM1-S

£256.65

WGM1-SS

£385.75 WGHLS1

£63.84

750

WGM2-LA

£261.90

WGM2-V

£309.35

WGM2-M

£230.20

WGM2-S

£264.80

WGM2-SS

£401.05

WGHLS2

£68.30

900

WGM3-LA

£280.10

WGM3-V

£321.35 WGM3-M

£240.05

WGM3-S

£277.40

WGM3-SS

£421.20

WGHLS3

£72.75

600

WGM4-LA

£266.00 WGM4-V

£315.80 WGM4-M

£232.50 WGM4-S

£268.30

WGM4-SS

£407.20

WGHLS4

£69.10

750

WGM5-LA

£298.95

WGM5-V

£328.70 WGM5-M

£242.35

WGM5-S

£279.15

WGM5-SS

£431.35

WGHLS5

£74.40

900

WGM6-LA

£334.15

WGM6-V

£338.75 WGM6-M £253.90

WGM6-S

£289.85

WGM6-SS

£443.90 WGHLS6

£79.80

600

WGM7-LA

£305.15 WGM7-V

£332.10

WGM7-M

£250.40 WGM7-S

£282.60

WGM7-SS

£425.95 WGHLS7

£74.30

750

WGM8-LA

£339.00

WGM8-V

£343.15

WGM8-M

£258.50

WGM8-S

£294.20

WGM8-SS

£450.95 WGHLS8

£80.60

900

WGM9-LA

£372.60

WGM9-V

£360.55

WGM9-M £272.95

WGM9-S

£314.50

WGM9-SS

£499.15

£86.85

(2mm)

ACCESSORIES - FACTORY FITTED.

LOWER SHELF - (EXTRA)

Customise your workbench with cupboards,

Steel, full depth (welded to bracing)

drawers etc, see next page for details.

246

Lower Shelf Steel (Extra)

W mm

HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES

Tel: 01446 772614

WGHLS9

Price

(1.2mm)

Redditek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


ENGINEERING BENCH ACCESSORIES For both heavy duty and extra heavy duty workbenches.

Choose your selection of accessories for engineering benches from this page, add the reference numbers to that of your selected bench. All accessories for engineering benches are factory fitted, so must be ordered with workbench (no retro fit)

Accessory

2 drawer unit

3 drawer unit

H x W x L mm

Left fitting Ref

Right fitting Ref

Price £113.15

Single drawer

140 x 410 x 430

WGLH-11

WGRH-11

2 drawer unit

280 x 410 x 430

WGLH-13

WGRH-13

£172.95

3 drawer unit

420 x 410 x 430

WGLH-14

WGRH-14

£226.80

cupboard

600 x 410 x 430

WGLH-12

WGRH-12

£123.95

Single drawer + cupb’d

560 x 410 x 430

WGLH-15

WGRH-15

£232.95

1200mm

WGRSD-4

-

£88.15

1500mm

WGRSD-5

-

£94.70

1800mm

WGRSD-6

-

£101.25

Rear service duct with 2 x 13amp sockets Retaining skirt

rear only

WGRS1

-

£28.85

Retaining skirt

3 sides

WGRS3

-

£56.05

Vice plate

3 x 230 x 230

WGVP

-

£17.05

100mm engineering vice c/w vice plate and bolts

WGEV

-

£128.25

HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 247

Rear service duct Single drawer + Cupboard

Cupboard

Retaining skirt

Engineering vice and vice plate

WGE7M6

EASY ORDER WORKBENCH E7 workbench complete as illustrated: H: 840mm with MDF worktop, 1 drawer and 1 cupboard. Easy Order Refs: L x D mm

Heavy Duty

Price

1200 x 750

WGE7M4

£465.80

1500 x 750

WGE7M5

£482.70

1800 x 750

WGE7M6

£494.05 WGE11M6

E11 workbench complete as illustrated: H: 840mm with steel worktop, 3 side retaining skirt, lower shelf, 2 drawer unit and 1 cupboard. Easy Order Refs: L x D mm

Heavy Duty

Price

1200 x 750

WGE11M4

£685.95

1500 x 750

WGE11M5

£706.40

1800 x 750

WGE11M6

£726.10

Redditek Tel: 01446 772614

HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

247


EXTRA HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES

248 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

EXTRA HEAVY DUTY 750KG

DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS

MAX LOAD 750 KG

MADE IN BRITIAN

Strong, fully welded, steel construction makes these versatile workbenches suitable for the toughest of applications. Choice of worktops and range of accessories provides the best combination for your requirements.

Standard height 840mm 750 & 900mm available at no extra cost Construction: Fully welded Extra Heavy Duty: 50 x 50mm steel angle Worktops: Choice of 6: Steel, MDF, Blockboard, Laminate, Vinyl, Stainless Steel Finish: Dove grey electro-static paint WGH8-S

Worktop Options

Size

Standard Worktops

L mm W mm

Laminate

1200

1500

1800

Price

Vinyl

Price

MDF

Steel

Price

Stainless

Lower Shelf Steel (Extra)

Price

Price

600

WGH1-LA

£268.90

WGH1-V

£304.50

WGH1-M

£238.85

WGH1-S

£280.70

WGH1-SS

£403.10

WGHLS1

£63.84

750

WGH2-LA

£283.45

WGH2-V

£322.00

WGH2-M

£250.40

WGH2-S

£294.65

WGH2-SS

£422.45

WGHLS2

£68.30

900

WGH3-LA

£300.25

WGH3-V

£332.85

WGH3-M

£259.65

WGH3-S

£307.70

WGH3-SS

£441.35

WGHLS3

£72.75

600

WGH4-LA

£286.75

WGH4-V

£326.30

WGH4-M

£251.60

WGH4-S

£296.55

WGH4-SS

£426.50

WGHLS4

£69.10

750

WGH5-LA

£324.10

WGH5-V

£345.40

WGH5-M

£266.00

WGH5-S

£315.95

WGH5-SS

£456.50

WGHLS5

£74.40

900

WGH6-LA

£361.50

WGH6-V

£357.85

WGH6-M

£279.85

WGH6-S

£330.45

WGH6-SS

£471.25

WGHLS6

£79.80

600

WGH7-LA

£323.75

WGH7-V

£342.20

WGH7-M

£268.30

WGH7-S

£312.30

WGH7-SS

£444.60

WGHLS7

£74.30

750

WGH8-LA

£363.25

WGH8-V

£359.25

WGH8-M

£282.20

WGH8-S

£332.30

WGH8-SS

£475.25

WGHLS8

£80.60

900

WGH9-LA

£390.75

WGH9-V

£370.80

WGH9-M

£294.70

WGH9-S

£349.35

WGH9-SS

£517.40

WGHLS9

£86.85

ACCESSORIES - FACTORY FITTED

LOWER SHELF - (EXTRA)

Customise your workbench with cupboards,

Steel, full depth (welded to bracing).

drawers etc, see next page for details.

248

Price

EXTRA HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES

Tel: 01446 772614

Redditek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


ENGINEERING BENCH ACCESSORIES For both heavy duty and extra heavy duty workbenches.

Choose your selection of accessories for engineering benches from this page, add the reference numbers to that of your selected bench. All accessories for engineering benches are factory fitted, so must be ordered with workbench (no retro fit)

2 drawer unit

3 drawer unit

Accessory

H x W x L mm

Left fitting Ref

Right fitting Ref

Price

Single drawer

140 x 410 x 430

WGLH-11

WGRH-11

£113.15

2 drawer unit

280 x 410 x 430

WGLH-13

WGRH-13

£172.95

3 drawer unit

420 x 410 x 430

WGLH-14

WGRH-14

£226.80

cupboard

600 x 410 x 430

WGLH-12

WGRH-12

£123.95

Single drawer + cupb’d

560 x 410 x 430

WGLH-15

WGRH-15

£232.95

1200mm

WGRSD-4

-

£88.15

1500mm

WGRSD-5

-

£94.70

1800mm

WGRSD-6

-

£101.25

rear only

WGRS1

-

£28.85

Rear service duct with 2 x 13amp sockets Retaining skirt Retaining skirt

3 sides

WGRS3

-

£56.05

Vice plate

3 x 230 x 230

WGVP

-

£17.05

100mm engineering vice c/w vice plate and bolts

WGEV

-

£128.25

EXTRA HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 249

Rear service duct Single drawer + Cupboard

Cupboard

Retaining skirt

Engineering vice and vice plate

WGE7H6

EASY ORDER WORKBENCH E7 workbench complete as illustrated: H: 840mm with MDF worktop, 1 drawer and 1 cupboard. Easy Order Refs: L x D mm

Heavy Duty

Price

1200 x 750

WGE7H4

£486.00

1500 x 750

WGE7H5

£501.60

1800 x 750

WGE7H6

£517.75 WGE11H6

E11 workbench complete as illustrated: H: 840mm with steel worktop, 3 side retaining skirt, lower shelf, 2 drawer unit and 1 cupboard. Easy Order Refs: L x D mm

Heavy Duty

Price

1200 x 750

WGE11H4

£715.75

1500 x 750

WGE11H5

£743.20

1800 x 750

WGE11H6

£765.75

Redditek Tel: 01446 772614

EXTRA HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

249


STAINLESS STEEL WORKBENCHES

250 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

STAINLESS STEEL WORKBENCHES

DELIVERED IN 25 DAYS

MAX LOAD 450 KG

MADE IN BRITIAN

Stainless steel workbenches and tables for clean and hygienic work environments. Standard working height 840mm (900mm available on request).

WGSS526

Stainless Steel Workbenches - Style ref ‘WGSS’ Shelf Length

Depth 600mm

Price

Depth 750mm

Price

Depth 900mm

Price

1.2mm thick stainless steel (Grade 304)

1200mm

WGSS420

£465.80

WGSS426

£495.00

WGSS430

£518.40

corners welded. 75 x 50mm framework,

1500mm

WGSS520

£481.00

WGSS526

£510.20

WGSS530

£533.60

1800mm

WGSS620

£537.30

WGSS626

£572.35

WGSS630

£595.70

worktop with all edges turned down and 450kg capacity.

WGASS-8

Stainless Steel Medium Duty - Style ref ‘WGASS’

250

Shelf Length

Depth 600mm

Price

Depth 750mm

Price

Depth 900mm

Price

1200mm

WGASS-1

£495.55

WGASS-2

£516.25

WGASS-3

£528.40

1500mm

WGASS-4

£537.55

WGASS-5

£558.05

WGASS-6

£584.30

1800mm

WGASS-7

£576.55

WGASS-8

£602.80

WGASS-9

£629.00

STAINLESS STEEL WORKBENCHES

Tel: 01446 772614

Fully welded 304 grade stainless steel frame. 32 x 32mm legs with adjustable feet. 50 x 25mm and 25 x 25mm cross members. Removable stainless steel worktop. Capacity 300kg.

Redditek

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


Easy Order Stainless Workbenches

ACCESSORIES

Suitable for both WGSS and WGASS style workbenches.

(one ref for complete bench)

Lower Shelf - Full depth stainless steel lower shelf.

As illustrated to the below. Height: 840mm Stainless steel top and frame, with single drawer,

Accessory

HxWxD

Fitted left

Fitted right

Price

Drawer

140 x 410 x 430

WGSSDL

WGSSDR

£239.70

Cupboard

420 x 410 x 430

WGSSCL

WGSSCR

£292.05

cupboard and lower shelf. Capacity 450kg.

STAINLESS STEEL WORKBENCHES

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 251

WGSSEO526

Lower Shelf Full depth stainless steel lower shelf.

.

Shelf Length

Depth 600mm

Price

Depth 750mm

Price

Depth 900mm

Price

1200mm

WGSSL420

£101.80

WGSSL426

£113.55

WGSSL430

£125.20

1500mm

WGSSL520

£113.55

WGSSL526

£131.05

WGSSL530

£142.75

1800mm

WGSSL620

£131.05

WGSSL626

£148.60

WGSSL630

£166.15

Based on bench model style ‘WGSS’. Shelf Length

Depth 600mm

Price

Depth 750mm

Price

Depth 900mm

Price

1200mm

WGSSEO420

£1099.20

WGSSEO426

£1140.15

WGSSEO430

£1175.20

1500mm

WGSSEO520

£1126.10

WGSSEO526

£1172.90

WGSSEO530

£1207.90

1800mm

WGSSEO620

£1200.00

WGSSEO626

£1252.55

WGSSEO630

£1293.50

WGSSCB5

Stainless Steel Cupboard Bench All stainless steel construction, 1.2mm stainless steel top with edges turned up to form lip (standard), or down for flush top (option -please specify) with welded corners. Fully boxed with sliding doors with lock and fixed half depth shelf height 840mm. Capacity 300kg.

Shelf Length

Depth 750mm

Price

1200mm

WGSSCB4

£1329.60

1500mm

WGSSCB5

£1410.00

1800mm

WGSSCB6

£1502.85

Redditek Tel: 01446 772614

STAINLESS STEEL WORKBENCHES

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

251


TIMBER WORKBENCHES

252 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

TIMBER WORKBENCHES

DELIVERED IN 25 DAYS

MADE IN BRITIAN

Timber workbenches are recommended for use in industrial, commercial, schools, educational training centres and home workshops.

Standard Workbenches 840mm high. 900mm high version available at no extra cost.

WGT526H

Robust timber construction, choice of worktops and accessories. Finish: Clear varnish. Worktops Plywood: 36mm plywood with hardwood edge. Hardwood: 44mm hardwood. Lower shelf: 18mm MDF (fitted as standard) Accessories - Factory fitted Customise your workbench with cupboards, drawers etc, see next page for details. Construction Size mm

Plywood

Price

Hardwood

Price

Legs: 85 x 65mm

1200 x 750

WGT426P

£473.05

WGT426H

£690.15

Upper side rails: 144 x 28mm

1500 x 750

WGT526P

£504.65

WGT526H

£738.65

Lower side rails: 88 x 28mm

1800 x 750

WGT626P

£530.10

WGT626H

£823.55

WGT626P plus accessories

252

TIMBER WORKBENCHES

Tel: 01446 772614

Redditek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


TIMBER WORKBENCHES

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 253

WGT1212P

WGT1050P

WGT1212P plus accessories

WGT1050P plus accessories

Square Workbenches - 900mm high

Garage Benches - 900mm high

Designed for multiple users, working from multiple sides.

Designed for use where space is a premium, ideal for home use.

Size mm

Plywood

Price

Hardwood

Price

Size mm

Plywood

Price

Hardwood

Price

1200x1200

WGT1212P

£529.15

WGT1212H

£1031.00

1000x500

WGT1050P

£443.40

WGT1050H

£537.75

1000x700

WGT1070P

£468.25

WGT1070H

£618.05

ACCESSORIES Accessory

L/H/Side Fitted

R/H/Side Fitted

Price

Single Drawer

WGT1DL

WGT1DR

£70.10

4 Drawer

WGT4DL

WGT4DR

£225.50

Drawer/Cupboard

WGTDCL

WGTDCR

£144.50

Cupboard

WGTCL

WGTCR

£149.15

SAW RACK - 2 SLOTS

TOOL RACK - 5 SLOTS

Ref: WGTSR

Ref: WGTTR

Accessory

Ref

Price

100mm High Rear Skirt

WGTRS1

£29.15

1200mm Backboard

WGTPB4

£33.10

1500mm Backboard

WGTPB5

£38.30

1800mm Backboard

WGTPB6

£43.35

Tool Rack - 5 Slots

WGTTR

£34.40

Saw Rack - 2 Slots

WGTSR

£35.65

SINGLE DRAWER UNIT

CUPBOARD UNIT

Vice - Medium Duty

WGTMDV

£63.15

Vice - Heavy Duty

WGTHDV

£90.50

External dimensions (D x W x H): 430 x 410 x 155mm Internal dimensions (D x W x H): 355 x 330 x 100mm Ref: WGT1DL/R

External dimensions (D x W x H): 430 x 410 x 475mm Internal dimensions (D x W x H): 390 x 375 x 438mm Complete with removable shelf, height: 225mm Ref: WGTCL/R

4 DRAWER UNIT

DRAWER/CUPBOARD UNIT

External dimensions (D x W x H): 430 x 410 x 475mm Internal dimensions (D x W x H): 355 x 330 x 70mm per drawer Ref: WGT4DL/R

External dimensions (D x W x H): 430 x 410 x 475mm Cupboard Internal dimensions (D x W x H): 390 x 375 x 300mm Complete with removable shelf, height: 160mm Drawer Internal dimensions (D x W x H): 355 x 330 x 100mm Ref: WGTDCL/R

MEDIUM DUTY VICE

HEAVY DUTY VICE

Jaw dimensions 160 x 70mm, fully extendable 73mm internal Ref: WGTMDV

Jaw dimensions 330 x 50mm usable, fully extendable 155mm internal Ref: WGTHDV

Redditek Tel: 01446 772614

TIMBER WORKBENCHES

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

253


456 ACCESSORIES

254 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

BELOW BENCH ACCESSORIES

MADE IN BRITIAN

DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS

DRAWERS AND CUPBOARDS

Lockable drawer and cupboard units bolt to the underside of the workbench frame, using captive nuts fitted to every frame, so they can be fitted or changed at any time. Cupboards have one fixed steel shelf. Supplied fitted - (but are removable)

WGRA

WGRH

Below bench accessory

H x W x D mm

Left fitted Ref

Right fitted Ref

Price

Single drawer

140 x 410 x 430

WGLA

WGRA

£113.15

2 drawer unit

280 x 410 x 430

WGLE

WGRE

£172.95

3 drawer unit

420 x 410 x 430

WGLH

WGRH

£226.80

4 drawer unit

560 x 410 x 430

WGLK

WGRK

£345.85

Small cupboard

420 x 410 x 430

WGLC

WGRC

£119.85

Single drawer + small cpbd

560 x 410 x 430

WGLG

WGRG

£232.95

Large cupboard

560 x 410 x 430

WGLD

WGRD

£122.45

Retaining skirt -

For style A, DA, only 100mm high steel, 2 ends and back,

WGRS

£56.45

WGRE

WGRK

COLOURS:

WGRC

WGRD

All above bench accessories and cupboard and drawer carcass:

Drawer fronts and doors available in a choice: Blue Red

Light Grey

Dark Grey Blue supplied if none specified.

DRAWER INSERTS

Polypropylene box inserts used to bring order and organisation to drawer systems. All inserts are 69mm high and are individually removable. Colour: opaque WGRG

Ref: WGDIP-01 £29.70 18 x 55mm x 79mm; 6 x 79mm x 109mm Ref: WGDIP-02 £33.30 30 x 55mm x 79mm Ref: WGDIP-03 £28.50 8 x 55mm x 79mm; 2 x 79mm x 109mm; 3 x 109mm x 157mm; 2 x 55mm x 235mm Ref: WGDIP-04 £30.00 WGDIP-01

WGDIP-02

8 x 55mm x 79mm; 4 x 55mm x 235mm; 2 x 79mm x 159mm; 1 x 79mm x 109mm

WGDIP-03

254

WGDIP-04

456 ACCESSORIES

Tel: 01446 772614

Redditek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


TOOL HOOKS

DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS

Range of tool hooks and holders for use with tool panels (tools not included).

Hook description

Size

Ref

Price

30mm long

WGCP1-30

£3.45

60mm long

WGCP1-60

£3.45

90mm long

WGCP1-90

£3.45

30mm long

WGCP2-30

£5.65

60mm long

WGCP2-60

£5.65

30mm long

WGCP3-30

£3.45

60mm long

WGCP3-60

£3.45

17mm long

WGCP4-17

£5.65

20mm long

WGCP4-20

£5.65

12mm diameter

WGCP5-12

£2.90

18mm diameter

WGCP5-18

£2.90

24mm diameter

WGCP5-24

£2.90

30mm diameter

WGCP6-30

£2.90

50mm diameter

WGCP6-50

£6.35

Drill bit holder

22 bit capacity

WGCP7-22

£6.35

Drill holder

2 hook pack

WGCP8-02

£8.40

Spanner holder

8 slot

WGCP9-08

£6.35

Can holder

-

WGCP10-01 £32.80

Angle grinder holder

-

WGCP11-01

£32.80

Hammer holder

-

WGCP12-01

£5.65

Single hook WGCP4 Pliers hook WGCP1 Single hook

Double hook Single angled hook Pliers holder WGCP2 Double hook

Spring Clip

WGCP7 Drill bit holder

Pipe holder

WGCP10 Can holder

456 ACCESSORIES

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 255

WGCP5 Spring clip WGCP11 Angle grinder holder

WGCP9 Spanner holder

WGCP8 Drill holder

WGCP6 Pipe holder

MONITOR ARM

WGCP12 Hammer holder

WGCP3 angled hook

DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS

Fully height adjustable with quick height fixing clasp to rear of post.

Monitor Arm

Extended reach of 500mm from post mounting and can fold completely flush

Finish: Silver epoxy Please state position required.

back to the post. Capacity: Up to 19 inch monitors with a weight capacity of 10kgs.

Ref: WGCA-M001 £95.65

Clamp fixing to rear or through work surface. Compatible with both 75mm and 100mm VESA standard monitor mounts. Integrated cable management.

Deluxe Monitor Arm Bolts through work surface. Finish: Black Please state position required. Ref: WGCA-M002 £153.80

Redditek Tel: 01446 772614

456 ACCESSORIES

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

255


456 ACCESSORIES

256 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

WORKBENCH ACCESSORIES

DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS

THROUGH DESK CABLE TIDY

CPU MOUNT

Grey plastic through desk cable tidy.

Fixed CPU mount for underbench fastening the CPU

Please state position required.

vertically. Adjustable frame for width: 50 to 275mm.

Ref: WGCA-DTID £29.80

Adjustable frame for height 380 to 580mm. Ref: WGCA-C001 £64.10

REAR SERVICE DUCT OPTIONAL EXTRA’S

DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS

DATA SOCKETS

SINGLE PHASE BLUE SOCKET

Double or quadruple CAT 5e data sockets fitted to relevant rear service duct. Please state position required.

Single phase 16 amp blue socket fitted to the relevant rear service duct. Please state position required. Ref: WGRSD-SPB £30.15

CIRCUIT BREAKER

25 amp type AC residual current circuit breaker fitted to the relevant rear service Ref: WGRSD-CAT2

Ref: WGRSD-CAT4

duct. Please state position required.

(double socket) £13.30

(quadruple socket) £15.60

Ref: WGRSD-RCD £76.85

BRUSH CABLE OUTLETS

DOUBLE SAFETY SOCKET

Single or double width brush cable outlets to allow continuous

Double 13 amp safety socket. 30mA trip

cables to be wired through the rear service duct. Brush design

current. Replaces one of the current double

stops debris getting into the ducting. Fitted to the relevant

sockets supplied with the rear service duct.

service duct. Please state position required.

Ref: WGRSD-SS £33.45

ADDITIONAL DOUBLE SOCKET

Additional double socket, factory fitted to rear service duct. Position required with order. Ref: WGRSD-DS Ref: WGRSD-BR4

Ref: WGRSD-BR2

(double width)

(single width)

£10.70

£8.70

£15.40 USB SOCKET

USB socket, factory fitted to rear service duct. Position required with order. Ref: WGRSD-USB £15.40

256

456 ACCESSORIES

Tel: 01446 772614

Redditek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


ABOVE BENCH ACCESSORIES

456 ACCESSORIES

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 257 DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS

Supplied separately - for simple on-site assembly.

Bench Length mm

Tube length mm:

610

Top steel shelf 290mm deep, capacity 50kg

WGTSS4

1500

£111.20 WGTLF5

Price

£123.05 WGTLF6

1220 £81.10

WGTSS5

1800

Price £127.65

1220 £84.75

WGTSS6

£89.80

Louvre panel

WGRLP4

£102.35 WGRLP5

£108.45 WGRLP6

£114.70

Tool panel

WGRTP4

£102.35 WGRTP5

£108.45 WGRTP6

£114.70

Multipanel Tool / louvre

WGRMP4

£102.35 WGRMP5

£108.45 WGRMP6

£114.70

Tiltbin panel Tiltbin/ WGRMTP4 £186.95 WGRMTP5 £193.85 WGRMTP6 £200.05 tool SES - 575mm Above Bench

TES - 1260mm Above Bench

Rear panel 450mm high c/w paper clip

Rear service duct c/w 2x 13 amp twin WGRSD4 sockets (not wired)

£88.15

WGRSD5

£94.70

WGRSD6

£101.20

Rear support posts Short posts

WGSES

£54.40

WGSES

£54.40

WGSES

£54.40

Tall posts

WGTES

£68.60

WGTES

£68.60

WGTES

£68.60

Long posts required

Top light frame c/w flourescent single WGTLF4 tube fitting and diffuser

Price

Short/long post required

1200

No posts required

Accessory

Rear panel (4 types)

for tool clips see page 255.

Louvre panel c/w papers clip

Multi panel (louvre / clip / tool)

Tool panel c/w papers clip

Tiltbin panel (tiltbins / clip / tool)

for monitor arm see page 255.

For plastic bin packs see page 211. For the full range of available accessories, please see pages 254 to 257.

Redditek Tel: 01446 772614

456 ACCESSORIES

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

257


WORKDESKS

258 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

EURO WORKDESK

MADE IN BRITIAN

DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS

Workdesk on Freestanding Frame

>> Lockable workdesk

Static white epoxy tubular steel frame.

>> Sloping hinged working surface >> Wood front edge strip

Overall H x W x D mm 890 x 660 x 465

>> All steel construction >> Safety orange or blue epoxy finish

Colour

Orange

Order Ref

WGEWD-050 WGEWD-05B

Blue

Price

£260.15

£260.15

WGEWD-05O

Workdesk on Mobile Frame Base 4 x 100mm swivel castors with grey non-marking tyres, 2 with brakes. White epoxy tubular steel frame with 2 white epoxy sheet steel shelves. Overall H x W x D mm 890 x 660 x 465

WGEWD-06B

Colour

Orange

Order Ref

WGEWD-060 WGEWD-06B

Blue

Price

£358.20

£358.20

Workdesk on Cupboard Base Lockable cupboard with 2 shelves Grey cupboard with orange door. Overall H x W x D mm 890 x 570 x 470

WGEWD-07O

Colour

Orange

Blue

Order Ref

WGEWD-070

WGEWD-07B

Price

£400.40

£400.40

MADE IN BRITIAN

DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS

WORKDESK

>> Sloping working surface >> All steel construction WGWD-09

WGWD-10

>> Lockable hinged lid >> Wood front edge strip >> Grey epoxy finish

Workdesk Wall Unit (complete with wall brackets) Overall H x W x D mm 205 x 940 x 571 Order Ref

WGWD-08

Price

£187.80

Workdesk on Static Frame Base Overall H x W x D mm 1115 x 940 x 475 WGWD-08

Order Ref

WGWD-09

Price

£268.95

Workdesk on Cupboard Base 305mm depth lockable cupboard. Overall H x W x D mm 985 x 935 x 465

258

WORKDESKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Order Ref

WGWD-10

Price

£467.85

Redditek Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


WORKSHOP DESKS

MADE IN BRITIAN

DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS

>> Level working surface >> Lockable drawer 405 x 410 x 100mm

WGWD-03

>> Cubbyhole >> Small rear top shelf >> Grey epoxy finish

WORKSHOP DESKS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 259

Workdesk Wall Unit (complete with wall brackets) Overall H x W x D mm 380 x 915 x 485 Order Ref

WGWD-02

Price

£241.00

Workdesk on Static Frame Base Overall H x W x D mm 1270 x 915 x 485 Order Ref

WGWD-03

Price

£322.10

Workdesk on Cupboard Base Full depth lockable cupboard with adjustable shelf. Overall H x W x D mm 1270 x 915 x 485 Order Ref

WGWD-04

Price

£521.05

WGWD-04 WGWD-02

FOREMAN’S DESKS

MADE IN BRITIAN

DELIVERED IN 20 DAYS

Full width Lockable Drawer Lockable cupboard with 2 adjustable shelves Cupboard and drawer have separate keys. All grey, or grey with blue doors and drawer.

Overall H x W x D mm 1270 x 915 x 485

Redditek Tel: 01446 772614

Colour

Grey

Order Ref

WGFD-01G WGFD-01GB

Grey / Blue

Price

£510.85

£510.85

WORKSHOP DESKS

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

259


WORKPLACE MATTING

260 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

COBAMAT®

A range of extremely flexible interwoven PVC safety matting available in Black

Blue

Red

Green

a choice of bright colours and hole sizes for different applications. The open holes effectively trap swarf, debris and provide a drainage channel for spilt liquids. The matting is cross-ribbed in both directions to reduce the risk of slips, while at the same time providing comfort for prolonged standing. COBAmat® is fully reversible, easy to clean and resistant to mild acids and alkalis. All COBAmat® products are fire tested to DIN 54332 (B2) part of DIN 4102. Product height: 12mm.

COBAmat® can be made in custom widths and lengths as required. Contact us for more information. Bespoke sizes available.

COBAmat® Light Ideal for trapping larger swarf particles 30mm x 30mm hole size

Hole size

30x30mm

COBAmat® Standard An excellent all-rounder 22mm x 22mm hole size

Sizes (Bespoke sizes available)

Ref

Price

1.2m x 10m

WGCO0*1210

1.2m x 5m

WGCO0*1205

0.6m x 10m

Sizes (Bespoke sizes available)

Ref

Price

£796.34

1.2m x 10m

WGCS0*1210

£796.34

£399.28

1.2m x 5m

WGCS0*1205

£399.28

WGCO0*0610

£399.28

0.6m x 10m

WGCS0*0610

£399.28

0.6m x 5m

WGCO0*0605

£200.23

0.6m x 5m

WGCS0*0605

£200.23

0.9m x 10m

WGCO0*0910

£597.25

0.9m x 10m

WGCS0*0910

£597.25

£299.16

0.9m x 5m

WGCS0*0905

£299.22

0.9m x 5m

WGCO0*0905

COBAmat® Inter Increased slip-resistance 30mm x 10mm hole size

Hole size

30x10mm

260

Hole size

22x22mm

COBAmat® Heavy Tough construction for heavy duty use 22mm x 10mm hole size

Sizes (Bespoke sizes available)

Ref

Price

1.2m x 10m

WGCE0*1210

1.2m x 5m

WGCE0*1205

0.6m x 10m

Hole size

Sizes (Bespoke sizes available)

Ref

Price

£981.33

1.2m x 10m

WGCD0*1210

£1134.91

£490.95

1.2m x 5m

WGCD0*1205

£567.99

WGCE0*0610

£490.95

0.6m x 10m

WGCD0*0610

£567.99

0.6m x 5m

WGCE0*0605

£246.32

0.6m x 5m

WGCD0*0605

£284.02

0.9m x 10m

WGCE0*0910

£736.71

0.9m x 10m

WGCD0*0910

£850.88

0.9m x 5m

WGCE0*0905

£368.95

0.9m x 5m

WGCD0*0905

£425.18

22x10mm

WORKPLACE MATTING

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


WORKPLACE MATTING

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 261 DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

COBAMAT®

Workstation Heavy: 22mm x 10mm

Edged all round PVC mat >> Choose from two options: 1. Workstation Standard (hole size: 22mm x 22mm) 2. Workstation Heavy (hole size: 22mm x 10mm) >> Interwoven PVC mat with safety bevelled edging all round >> Open weave effectively traps debris >> Cross-ribbed in both directions to reduce slip-related accidents. >> Comfortable, anti-fatigue properties. Conforms to Slip Resistance Test EN13552 Category R10 >> Fire tested to DIN 54332 (B2) part of DIN 4102

Standard: 22mm x 22mm

Product height: 12mm. Hole size Heavy 22 x 10mm

Hole size Standard 22 x 22mm

FATIGUE FIGHTER II

Size

Ref

Price

1.2m x 1.8m

WGWD010701

£107.43

1.0m x 1.5m

WGWD010702

£199.67

0.6m x 1.2m

WGWD010703

£272.74

Size

Ref

Price

0.6m x 1.2m

WGWS010701

£82.14

1.0m x 1.5m

WGWS010702

£152.96

1.2m x 1.8m

WGWS010703

£209.76

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

The ultimate in durable anti-fatigue mats >> Dual fused layer construction for superior comfort and durability >> Tough PVC foam textured top surface for excellent resilience against wear and tear >> Low density under layer provides extremely effective underfoot cushioning >> Exceptional fatigue-relief properties – a real investment for the workplace >> Ideal for demanding locations, especially where regular turning is involved >> Tapered edges to reduce trip hazards >> Range of colours available Product height: 12.5mm Size

Colour

Ref

Price

0.6m x Linear Metre

Black

WGFF010005C

£50.62

0.6m x 0.9m

Black

WGFF010001

£62.42

0.6m x 18.3m

Black

WGFF010005

£759.21

0.9m x Linear Metre

Black

WGFF010003C

£75.34

0.9m x 3.65m

Black

WGFF010004

£309.88

0.9m x 1.5m

Black

WGFF010002

£124.27

0.9m x 18.3m

Black

WGFF010003

£1145.57

0.9m x 18.3m

Blue

WGFF020003

£1145.57

0.9m x 18.3m

Green

WGFF040003

£1145.57

1.2m x 18.3m

Black

WGFF010006

£1499.89

1.2m x Linear Metre

Black

WGFF010006C

£98.42

Colour options

WORKPLACE MATTING

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

261


PACKAGING

262 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

PALLET SHRINK SYSTEM

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

Propane Gas Pallet Shrink Gun >> Ergonomic design with integral stainless steel “stay cool” shield, weighs 1.3kg >> Wide area coverage for a quick and easy shrink process that minimises hot spots >> Tool in carry case with 8m hose, regulator, spare igniter, spanners and grease PK WGT (kg)

Ref

Price

6.00

WGSHRINKPRO-10

£405.00

>> Safety gloves & goggles included

Ripack Pallet Shrink Gun with 8M Hose >> Fitted with swivel connection, regulator and carry case >> Instant ignition, improved reliability and more power of up to 72kW gives higher productivity >> Patented swivel cold nozzle and propane gas connection with automatic valve shut-off makes this tool safe and easy to use PK WGT (kg)

Ref

Price

5.50

WGRIP-2200

£591.60

>> Hand tool weighs only 1.20kg. Total weight gun, accessories and case 5.50kgs

ADJUSTABLE TROLLEY

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

Trolley Adjustable for 13Kg, 19Kg, 47Kg Gas Cylinders with Tool Holster >> Heavy duty made with 32mm tubular steel and rubber wheels >> Holster and hook fixing suitable for various shrink tools

PK WGT (kg)

Ref

Price

7.30

WGGCT

£62.00

MOBILE SHRINK ROLL DISPENSER & FILM

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

>> Dispenser has one roll holder >> Made with 32mm steel sections on heavy duty castors (2 lockable), can be wall mounted >> PSS-1 adjustable from 1.2m to 2.0m wide holding up to 3 rolls of film. Additional spindle ref: WGSB

262

PK WGT (kg)

Ref

Price

15.70

WGPSS-1

£145.00

Centerfold film

WGT (kg)

Ref

Price

Pallet shrink film centrefolded 1.0m opening to 2.0m x approx 108m x 125micron

25

WG125-1-2M-25

£76.50

Pallet shrink film centrefolded 1.5m opening to 3.0m x approx 74m x 125micron

25

WG125-1.5-3M-25

£76.50

Pallet shrink film centrefolded 2.0m opening to 4.0m x approx 55m x 125micron

25

WG125-2-4M-25

£83.00

Pallet covers perforated on the roll

WGT (kg)

Ref

Price

Pallet shrink covers 110 micron (30 per roll) for euro pallet maximum 1.2m high

25

WGGPC-1210-30

£93.00

Pallet shrink covers 110 micron (26 per roll) for standard pallet maximum 1.2m high

25

WGGPC-1212-26

£84.50

PACKAGING

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


POLYPROPYLENE STRAPPING KIT

PACKAGING

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 263 DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

Kit-6 Heavy Duty 12mm PP Combination Mobile Strapping Kit

WGSTRKIT-6

>> Comprises of a 12mm combination tool (3010), dispenser (PMD), PP strapping (P12-200S) and seals (PP12-25-DISP) >> Tool tensions, crimps seal and cuts strapping and is suitable for use on a flat top surface Polypropylene strapping kit

WGT (kg)

Ref

Price

KIT-6 Heavy duty 12mm PP combination mobile strapping kit

24.10

WGSTRKIT-6

£175.00

Weight (kg)

Ref

Price

Tensioner and cutter for 12-19mm PP strapping

1.50

WG2219-BT

£44.50

PP strapping sealer for 12mm wide seals

1.70

WG32BS-12MM

£28.00

Combination tool for use with 12mm PP strapping (use PP12-25 seals)

3.50

WGP-3010

£86.00

Polypropylene Strapping System Polypropylene strapping tools WG2219-BT

WG32BS-12MM

Strapping and seals

WGP-3010

POLYPROPYLENE STRAPPING SYSTEM

Weight (kg)

Ref

Price

12mm x 2000m x 130kgs approx breaking strain. Black

8.80

WGP12-130S

£25.50

12mm x 1500m x 200kgs approx breaking strain. Black

8.80

WGP12-200S

£23.50

12mm x 25mm (1000 per box) semi-open

3.40

WGPP12-25-DISP £6.00

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

PSD - Portable Dispenser for PP Strapping Wound on Plastic Reels WGPSD

WGPMD

Weight 2.60kg Price: £31.50

Weight 5.70kg Price: £65.50

>> Integral carry handle and integral “instant stop” brake preventing strap run on >> PMD - Mobile dispenser for PP strapping wound on plastic reel >> Includes large tray for seals and tools and integral “instant stop” brake preventing strap run on

SEMI-AUTOMATIC STRAPPING MACHINE

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

>> Semi-automatic strapping machine for PP strapping 6-15.5mm wide >> Capable of 24 cycles per minute with manual tension control and height adjustable legs for 930mm maximum table height >> RoHS compliant and supplied ready to go with 12mm strapping fitted. >> Dimensions: W902mm x D586mm x H760mm, weight 85kg

WGTP-202CE

Weight (kg)

Ref

Price

Polypropylene machine strapping on cardboard cores

Weight (kg)

Ref

Price

85

WGTP-202CE

£660.00

12mm wide x 0.55mm thick x 3000m White, approx break strain 125kg

10.20

WG12-125-MC

£39.25

PACKAGING

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

263


PACKAGING

264 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

STEEL STRAPPING KITS

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

Steel Strapping Kits WGRWM-30 SS Seals

Weight (kg)

Ref

Price

RWM-30 dispenser, 4219-ST tensioner, 42SS-13MM sealer, 1 x RIB-13-W, 1 box 13-25SS seals

33

WGRIB-13-KIT

£225.00

RWM-30 dispenser, 4219-ST tensioner, 42SS-16MM sealer, 1 x RIB-16-W, 1 box 16-25SS seals

37

WGRIB-16-KIT

£230.00

RWM-30 dispenser, 4219-ST tensioner, 42SS-19MM sealer, 1 x RIB-19-W, 1 box 19-25SS seals

42

WGRIB-19-KIT

£240.00

Steel Strapping Tools & Strap

WG4219-ST

Feedwheel tensioning tool for strapping 13-19mm wide up to 0.89mm thick >> Sturdy tensioner for flat packages with no adjustments for strapping width required, use with 42SS type sealer and snap-on seals WG42SS-19MM

Weight (kg)

Ref

Price

0.92

WG42SS-13MM

£29.50

0.92

WG42SS-16MM

£29.50

0.92

WG42SS-19MM

£29.50

Steel strapping snap-on seals

Weight (kg)

Tensioner

Ref

Price

2.10

13-19mm

WG4219-ST

£69.00

Sealers for Steel Strapping 13mm, 16mm & 19mm Wide >> Robust double notch, use snap-on seals Steel strapping edges sheared & dressed for protected handling

Weight (kg)

Ref

Price

£7.75

Ribbon wound boxed 13mm x 0.5mm x 341m. Break strain 600kg

17

WGRIB-13W

£33.50

WG16-25SS

£8.00

Ribbon wound boxed 16mm x 0.5mm x 337m. Break strain 750kg

21

WGRIB-16W

£40.50

WG19-25SS

£8.75

Ribbon wound boxed 19mm x 25 0.5mm x 335m. Break strain 900kg

WGRIB-19W

£48.00

Weight (kg)

Ref

Price

13mm x 25mm x 0.5mm (1000 per box)

2.50

WG13-25SS

16mm x 25mm x 0.5mm (1000 per box)

2.70

19mm x 25mm x 0.5mm (1000 per box)

3.60

STEEL STRAPPING DISPENSER

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

Mobile Dispenser for up to 32mm Wide Ribbon Wound Strapping >> Includes tray for seals and tools

Weight (kg)

Ref

Price

13.20

WGRWM-30

£111.00

STEEL STRAPPING CUTTER

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

WGLMST-5

WGLMST-5

Seal-less combination tool for strapping 13-19mm wide up to 0.63mm thick >> Good quality tool at competitive price with adjustable guides for strapping width in use

WGSSC-30

WGSSC-30

Safety cutter for steel strapping up to 30mm wide >> Rubber pads secure strapping to prevent “springing”

264

Weight 4.10kg Price: £385.00

Weight 1.00kg Price: £39.50

PACKAGING

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


HAND STRETCH FILM & DISPENSER

PACKAGING

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 265 DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

Mobile dispenser for up to 32mm wide ribbon wound strapping >> Includes tray for seals and tools Pallet stretch film dispensers

Weight (kg)

Ref

Price

Dispenser for stretch film 400mm to 500mm wide on 38mm, 50mm or 78mm cores

1.25

WGSR500

£14.50

Heavy duty dispenser for stretch film 400mm to 1.85 500mm wide on 38mm, 50mm or 78mm cores

WGSR500

WG HSR-500-HD-1 £28.50

Pallet stretch film

Weight (kg)

Ref

Price

Clear cast 400mm x 300mm x 17 micron (6 rolls)

11.40

WG4030-17-6

£42.50

Clear cast 400mm x 300mm x 20 micron (6 rolls)

12.40

WG4030-20-6

£50.50

Clear brown 400mm x 200mm x 34 micron (6 rolls) 15.60

WG4020-34B-6

£56.50

Pallet stretch wrapper & film

WGHSR-500-HD-1

Manual, wrap height up to 2m high >> Reduces operator fatigue, eliminates bending and stretching WGMSW-M

>> Adjustable tension ensures consistent wrapping with reduced film wastage >> Can be moved to the load, no need for a dedicated wrapping area >> Dimensions: W560mm x D1150mm x H2100mm

WGPSW-E1

Mobile pallet stretch wrappers & film

Weight (kg) Ref

Price

Manual, wrap height up to 2m high

85.00

£1695.00

WGMSW-M

500mm x 600m x 12 micron cast stretch film 2.60

WG5060-12-HP £12.00

Mobile manual pallet wrapper

WGPSW-E1

130.00

£3740.00

Pallet wrapper with spring brake film tension for up to 2m high >> The machine offers two automatic wrapping programmes >> Standard turntable 1.65m diameter and wrap height 2.0m, larger turntable up to 1.8m diameter and wrap height up to 2.5m to order >> Options include horse-shoe turntable and photocell for black film recognition >> Dimensions: W1650mm x D2475mm x H2345mm

CARTON SHREDDER

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Cuts up to 320mm Wide x up to 12mm Thick >> E3 2017 compliant, up to 30% more energy efficient, using less electricity for the same performance. Soft start means less component wear and quieter operation >> Produces up to 2.3cu.m/hr void-fill with a recommended maximum continuous run time of 1 hour >> CP version produces flexible matting and CPS version produces 4mm wide cut strips Weight (kg) 92.00

Ref WGCP316S2I

Price £2088.00

STORAGE BAGS

>> Dimensions: W660mm x D660mm x H980mm, weight: 92kgs, footprint: 0.5sq m. Power: 230/240v

DELIVERED IN 2-3 DAYS

Self Standing, Hard Sided Storage Bags >> Transport and store recycling (PET bottles/ali cans etc.), laundry, useful for retail hot spots and in schools etc. >> Collapsible for storage, puncture resistant sides, lifting loops, made from 200gsm polypropylene, holds up to 1000 or 1500kg

Description

Weight (kg) Ref

Price

Self standing, hard sided storage bag 76cm x 76cm x 70cm

2.70

£26.00

WGSSB-A-4

PACKAGING

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

265


The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

OFFICE & PREMISES 266 - 308 This section of our catalogue includes an extensive selection of office and premises equipment ranging from furniture and whiteboards to entrance mats and car park bollards. Our Office & Premises range has been sourced for it’s durability and excellent material quality ensuring our customers receive the very best value for money.

WORKSTATIONS OFFICE SCREENS MAGAZINE RACKS WALL PLANNERS OFFICE BOARDS SCALES MATTING OFFICE FURNITURE CHAIR SHIFTERS / TROLLEYS BASKET TROLLEYS MAILROOM TROLLEYS BASKET TRUCKS STAIR SAFETY BIKE RACKS & SHELTERS BOLLARDS POSTS GRIT BINS SNOW PLOUGHS GRIT SREADERS

Tel: 01446 772614

268-269 270 271 272 273-276 277-279 280-284 285-289 290-293 294-295 296 297 298-299 300 301 302 303 304-305 306-308

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

267

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


WORKSTATIONS

268 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

FRACTION WORKSTATIONS

DELIVERED IN 3 - 5 DAYS

DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

(Option 1 - Supply Only)

(Option 2 - Supplied Assembled)

The Fraction range is the first choice in affordable and practical office furniture.

(A)

Fraction is available in three finishes and offers a comprehensive range of furniture including these desks, pedestals, meeting tables, bookcases and filing cabinets. Fraction comes with 25mm desk tops, silver or white powder coated steel cantilever frames and 2mm PVC edging on the tops. (A) Core Workstation

(B)

Option 2**

Dims (W x H x D)

Ref (Left hand)

Price

Price

1600 x 730 x 800/1200

WGZFPC1612(L)

£167.58

£196.31

1800 x 730 x 800/1200

WGZFPC1812(L)

£180.88

£206.48

Dims (W x H x D)

Ref (Right hand)

Price

Price

1600 x 730 x 800/1200

WGZFPC1612

£167.58

£196.31

1800 x 730 x 800/1200

WGZFPC1812

£180.88

£206.48

(B) Rectangular Workstation

Option 1*

Option 2**

Dims (W x H x D)

Ref (Left hand)

Price 1

Price 2

1200 x 730 x 800

WGZFP1208

£119.70

£123.29

1400 x 730 x 800

WGZFP1408

£129.01

£130.47

1600 x 730 x 800

WGZFP1608

£134.33

£140.05

1800 x 730 x 800

WGZFP1808

£140.98

£144.24

Option 1*

Option 2**

Dims (W x H x D)

Ref (Left hand)

Price

Price

1400 x 730 x 800/1200

WGZFPW1410(L)

£135.66

£155.01

1600 x 730 x 800/1200

WGZFPW1610 (L)

£139.65

£166.38

Dims (W x H x D)

Ref (Right hand)

Price

Price

1400 x 730 x 800/1200

WGZFPW1410(R)

£135.66

£155.01

1600 x 730 x 800/1200

WGZFPW1610(R)

£139.65

£166.38

(C) Wave Workstation

(C)

Option 1*

Top Colours White

Frame Colours Nova-oak

Beech

White

Silver

WGZFPDDC2000 WGFPFC4 WGZFPDDC1600 WGFPFC3

WGFPFC2

WGZFPDDC720

Option 1*

Option 2**

Description

Dims (W x H x D)

Ref (Left hand)

Price 1

Price 2

2 Drawer Filing Cabinet

475 x 730 x 600

WGFPFC2

£146.30

£176.56

3 Drawer Filing Cabinet

475 x 1020 x 600

WGFPFC3

£178.22

£198.10

4 Drawer Filing Cabinet

475 x 1320 x 600

WGFPFC4

£199.50

£216.66

720 High Storage Unit - Supplied with 1 shelf

800 x 730 x 600

WGZFPDDC720

£113.05

£152.62

1600 High Storage Unit - Supplied with 3 shelves

800 x 1600 x 400

WGZFPDDC1600

£168.91

£197.51

2000 High Storage Unit - Supplied with 4 shelves

800 x 2000 x 400

WGZFPDDC2000

£199.50

£255.56

WGGFS

£13.20

Additional Shelf

268

WORKSTATIONS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


FRACTION WORKSTATIONS

DELIVERED IN 3 - 5 DAYS (Option 1 - Supply Only)

WORKSTATIONS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 269 DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS (Option 2 - Supplied Assembled)

The Fraction range is the first choice in affordable and practical office furniture.

Nova-oak

Beech

(A) WGFPFP3D

(B)

(C) WGFPMP2D

(D) WGFPMP3D

(E) WGFPDHP63

WGFPDHP83

Option 1*

Option 2**

Description

Drawers

Dims (W x H x D)

Ref

Price 1

Price 2

(A) Fixed Pedestal

2

430 x 500 x 530

WGFPFP2D

£93.96

£107.73

(B) Fixed Pedestal

3

409 x 450 x 530

WGFPFP3D

£101.15

£114.38

(C) Low Mobile Pedestal

2

435 x 533 x 572

WGFPMP2D

£110.39

£124.49

(D) Low Mobile Pedestal

3

435 x 533 x 572

WGFPMP3D

£118.37

£130.47

(E) Desk High Pedestal

3

435 x 730 x 600

WGFPDHP63

£129.01

£154.41

(E) Desk High Pedestal

3

435 x 730 x 800

WGFPDHP83

£139.65

£166.98

*Option 1. Delivered within 3 working days to room of choice. Self assembly will be required. Left in packaging. **Option 2. Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days and fully assembled. Packaging removed and removed and recycled.

(G)

(F) WGZFPMT1608

WGFZPBT2400

(F) Rectangular Meeting Table

Option 1*

Dims (W x H x D)

Ref

Price

Price

1200 x 730 x 800

WGZFPMT1208

£109.06

£111.92

1600 x 730 x 800

WGZFPMT1608

£123.69

£140.05

Dims (W x H x D)

Ref

Price

£147.83

2400 x 730 x 1200

WGZFPBT2400

£245.39

1800 x 730 x 800

WGZFPMT1808

£131.67

Option 2**

(G) Barrel Shaped Meeting Table

Option 2**

(H)

(H) Circular Meeting Table

WGZFPCMT10D

Dims (W x H x D)

Ref

Price

Price

1000 x 730

WGZFPCMT10D

£114.38

£134.06

1200 x 730

WGZFPCMT12D

£121.03

£135.26

Option 1*

Option 2**

WORKSTATIONS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

269


OFFICE SCREENS

270 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

OFFICE SCREENS

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

Linking Screens

Desktop Screens

>> Flexible linking system allow the office screens to be

>> Clamp to any desktop to provide a designated work area

positioned at any angle required

and a degree of privacy

>> Fitted with height/angle adjustable feet, screw-down

>> Standard clamps open to 25mm max, larger

feet or castors also available at extra cost

opening clamps available at extra cost on request

Dimensions H x W mm

Straight Top Ref

Price

Wave Top Ref

Price

Dimensions H x W mm

Straight Top Ref

Price

Ref

Wave Top

1200 x 800

WGGA2-12-8

£204.79

WGGA2W-12-8

£229.54

Price

400 x 800

WGGAD1-4-8

£135.04

WGGAD1W-4-8

£159.80

1200 x 1200

WGGA2-12-12

£227.26

WGGA2W-12-12

£252.02

400 x 1200

WGGAD1-4-12

£139.50

WGGADW-4-12

£164.25

1200 x 1600

WGGA2-12-16

£236.27

WGGA2W-12-16

£261.03

400 x 1600

WGGAD1-4-16

£153.01

WGGAD1W-4-16

£177.76

1200 x 1800

WGGA2-12-18

£265.48

WGGA2W-12-18

£290.28

500 x 800

WGGAD1-5-8

£139.50

WGGAD1W-5-8

£164.25

1500 x 1200

WGGA2-15-12

£231.77

WGGA2W-15-12

£256.52

500 x 1200

WGGAD1-5-12

£157.52

WGGAD1W-5-12

£171.03

1500 x 1600

WGGA2-15-16

£272.26

WGGA2W-15-16

£297.01

500 x 1600

WGGAD1-5-16

£159.80

WGGAD1W-5-16

£182.27

1500 x 1800

WGGA2-15-18

£283.50

WGGA2W-15-18

£308.25

1800 x 1200

WGGA2-18-12

£261.03

WGGA2W-18-12

£285.88

1800 x 1600

WGGA2-18-16

£294.73

WGGA2W-18-16

£319.48

Floor Standing Screens >> Ideal for dividing open spaces in many locations such as schools, offices and universities

Stock Cara Fabrics

>> Fitted with height/angle adjustable feet, screw-down feet or

100% polyolefin, bright and easy to clean, fully flame retardant to BS

castors also available at extra cost

476 Part 7, Class 1.

Ronay

Tummel

Lora

Maree

Staffa

PLEASE NOTE: These items are made to order and to customer colour selection - therefore they are non-returnable.

270

Dimensions H x W mm

Straight Top Ref

Price

Wave Top Ref

Price

1200 x 800

WGGA1-12-8

£184.55

WGGA1W-12-8

£209.24

1200 x 1200

WGGA1-12-12

£198.01

WGGA1W-12-12

£222.76

1200 x 1600

WGGA1-12-16

£216.03

WGGA1W-12-16

£240.78

1200 x 1800

WGGA1-12-18

£243.01

WGGA1W-12-18

£267.76

1500 x 1200

WGGA1-15-12

£211.52

WGGA1W-15-12

£236.27

1500 x 1600

WGGA1-15-16

£252.02

WGGA1W-15-16

£276.77

1500 x 1800

WGGA1-15-18

£263.25

WGGA1W-15-18

£288.00

1800 x 1200

WGGA1-18-12

£243.01

WGGA1W-18-12

£263.25

1800 x 1600

WGGA1-18-12

£272.26

WGGA1W-18-16

£297.01

OFFICE SCREENS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


HORIZONTAL LITERATURE RACKS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Conventional document storage for floor or desktop. >> Rigid steel racks are supplied ready assembled >> May be linked vertically or horizontally, mounting hole provided >> Tan finish

MAGAZINE RACKS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 271

>> Non-scratch rubber feet

Colour Options

Number of pockets

H x W x D mm

Ref

Price

9

275 x 860 x 300

WG431

£154.00

Grey

12

362 x 860 x 300

WG432

£184.00

Black

15

450 x 860 x 300

WG434

£200.00

VERTICAL LITERATURE RACKS

Tan

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Exclusive Con-Tur® design eliminates curling of paper. Wall mounting or stand on floor. >> Pockets hold A4 magazines, or up to 150 sheets of paper (pocket opening is 216H x 223W x 19D mm) >> Top 65mm is visible to easy identification >> Prime steel, powder coated in choice of four colours >> Keyhole slots for easy wall mounting >> Optional legs for free standing use

Colour Options

Number of pockets

H x W x D mm

Ref

Price

5

515 x 250 x 105

WG403

£92.00

Grey

11

915 x 250 x 105

WG402

£117.00

Black

20

1475 x 250 x 105

WG400

£134.00

23

1665 x 250 x 105

WG401

£144.00

VERTICAL LITERATURE RACKS

Tan

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Full 360° rotation on ball bearing turntable. >> Models suitable for desk or floor standing

Colour Options

Number of pockets

H x W x D mm

Ref

Price

20

590 x 360 x 360

WG409

£300.00

Grey

44

1230 x 360 x 360

WG410

£450.00

Black

80

1545 x 360 x 360 WG416

£518.00

92

1735 x 360 x 360

£548.00

Tan

WG415

MAGAZINE RACKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

271


WALL PLANNERS

272 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

WALL PLANNERS

DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS

Designed to meet the need for instant information in an immediate and simple format. Annual/Weekly Kit

Weekly Kit

Annual Kit. Multi- application kit.

Multi- application kit. Schedule all

Schedule all plans over a year on

plans on a 7 day, weekly basis using

a daily basis. Comprises of 12 x

the larger size 3 T-Cards. Comprises

32 slot depth monthly panels, wall

7 x 54 slot depth day panels, index

supports, title strips, index panel,

panel, wall supports, header strips,

1 box of size 1 T-Cards (white)

magnetic label holders and 6 boxes*

and 5 boxes* of size 2 T-Cards.

of size 3 T-Cards.

W x H mm

Ref

Price

H x W mm

Ref

Price

805 x 655

WGDMY-365

£219.95

995 x 775

WGWPK-3

£294.95

General Purpose T-Card Planning Kit

Office Planner Kit

An economical, 54 slot depth (size 2)

Can be used as daily, weekly or job

yearly multi- application display board

planner kit. Kit contains 7 x 24 slot

kit. Kit contains 12 x 54 slot depth panels,

panels, index panel, 1 box of size 1

wall rails, day/month labels, index panel,

T-Cards (white), wall rails, 7 boxes*

1 box of size 1 T-Cards (white), 10 boxes*

Size 2 T-Cards in 7 colours.

T-Cards in 10 colours. W x H mm

Ref

Price

H x W mm

Ref

Price

805 x 960

WG29112

£299.95

480 x 480

WG29110

£95.95

CUSTOM BUILT T-CARD SYSTEMS

DELIVERED IN 7-10 DAYS

*Colours randomly selected

3 easy steps to form a T-Card system to your exact requirements. >> Step 1 - Select the system T-Card size(s), any combination of T-Card sizes can be accommodated >> Step 2 - Select the panel height (number of slots) any combination of panel widths, but only one height per system >> Step 3 - Select the numbers of panels (columns) required, calculate the system width and select the fixed wall rail support(s)

Step 1: 170gsm Card T-Cards T-Card

Dimensions A

Pack Ref QTY

C

D

15 28

49

16.5 100

WG200/10

£1.96

Size 1.5 15 45

53

36

100

WG200/15

£2.25

Size 2

15 60

85

48.5 100

WG200/20

£2.55

Size 3

15 92

120 80

100

WG200/30

£3.75

Size 4

15 124 180 112

100

WG200/40

£6.45

Size 1

Step 3: Fixed Walls Rails (pair)

Price

B

White, Red, Yellow, Pink, Green, Pale blue, Orange, Grey, Beige and Purple*

Step 2: T-Cards Panels

Width (mm)

Ref

Price (per pair)

388

WG30573

£36.95

481

WG30571

£39.95

645

WG30572

£45.95

772

WG30574

£51.95

Printer T-Cards

To Suit Width 655mm High T-Cards (mm) Ref

(32) Slots

955mm High

(54) Slots

Price

Ref

Price

Size 1

32

WG210/32

£11.95

WG210/54

£14.95

Size 1.5

48

WG215/32

£12.75

WG215/54

£16.95

64

WG220/32

£13.95

WG220/54

£18.95

T-Card Pack Size QTY

Ref

Size 2

Price (per pack)

Size 3

96

WG230/32

£15.75

WG230/54

£22.95

Size 2

180

WGPTC-2

£16.75

Size 4

128

WG240/32

£19.95

WG240/54

£28.95

Size 3

80

WGPTC-3 £16.75

No more handwritten T-Cards! Produce data straight from the computer.

*Please also note that the Size 4 T-Cards in colours Purple & Grey have been discontinued but remain for all other sizes.

272

WALL PLANNERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


PIVOTING MOBILE WHITEBOARDS

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

Pivoting mobile panels which save time and space and double your writing area. >> Aluminium frame with four heavy duty castors

WHITEBOARDS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 273

>> Double sided commercial panel >> 360° panel rotation, lockable in any position >> Pen tray >> Accepts magnetic accessories >> Grey powder coated steel frame with lockable castors >> Supplied in knockdown form for rapid on-site assembly

REVOLVING WHITEBOARDS

Board Size

Overall

Magnetic

W x H mm

W x H mm

Ref

Price

1200 x 900

1840 x 1300

WGM687430

£207.00

1200 x 1200

1840 x 1300

WGM687440

£239.00

1500 x 1200

1840 x 1600

WGM687540

£272.00

1800 x 1200

1840 x 1900

WGM68640

£315.00

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

Makes excellent use of space for notices and writing, ideal for busy offices and call centre environments. >> Sturdy black powder coated steel pole and base >> Boards rotate 360° >> Excellent space saving design takes up very little floor space

WHITEBOARDS ACCESSORIES

Board Size

Overall

W x H mm

W x H mm

1200 x 560

2015 x 560

Ref

Price

WG1018

£630.00

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

Standard Whiteboard

Deluxe Whiteboard

Starter Pack

Starter Pack

4 whiteboard markers

4 whiteboard markers

(assorted colours), non -

(assorted colours), magnetic

magnetic eraser, 250ml

eraser, 250ml whiteboard

whiteboard cleaner, 2 x non

cleaner, 2 x non abrasive

abrasive cloths

cloths, magnetic buttons

Ref: WG638009 £17.00

Ref: WG638010 £14.00

Magnetic Buttons

Eraser

>> Colourful bullet points

Refillable whiteboard eraser

>> Hold papers on board

Ref: WGVWBER £6.75

>> 20mm diameter (pack of 10) Ref: WGVWMAG20 £7.75

Replaceable erasing pads Ref: WGVWBERR £5.75

WHITEBOARDS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

273


NOTICEBOARDS

274 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

MODULAR DISPLAY PARTITIONS

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

A large panel divide/display system with double sided panels supported by sturdy steel legs. >> All panels have heavy duty aluminium frames and can be mounted landscape or portrait >> Panels are Velcro friendly, accept pins, colourfast and fire resistant to BS 5867 Part 2 1980 >> A simple hinge and securing disc allows easy removal and angled screening of the panels

Dimensions W x H mm

Ref

Price

Header Panel 1800 x 200 mm

WG432200

£110.00

Header Panel 1200 x 200 mm

WG432300

£84.00

Header Extension Pole

WG432399

£41.00

Special customised sizes are available, please contact us for more details.

Set

Description

Ref

Price

A

2 x (1800 x 900 mm Panels), 3 x Poles/Bases

WG427000A

£630.00

B

2 x (1800 x 1200 mm Panels), 3 x Poles/Bases

WG428000B

£641.00

C

3 x (1200 x 1200 mm Panels), 4 x Poles/Bases

WG429000C

£826.00

D

3 x (1800 x 1200 mm Panels), 4 x Poles/Bases

WG430000D

£946.00

E

3 x (1800 x 900 mm Panels), 4 x Poles/Bases

WG431000E

£859.00

F

6 x (1800 x 900 mm Panels), 4 x Poles/Bases, 1 x Header (1800 x 200 mm)*

WG432000A

£1,359.00

* Includes header extension poles

Colour Options

TAMPER PROOF SHOWCASES

Light Blue

Emerald

Black

Royal

Navy

Alfa Red

Yellow

Burgundy

Dark Grey

Light Grey

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

A stylish modern designed one door showcase for displaying notices, artwork, presentations etc. >> Satin silver anodised aluminium frame with flared corner caps. Two locks for added security >> The door is gas strut hinged at the top for vertical opening. Internal showcase with pinable backing. Velcro friendly and fire resistant. 9 standard colour options, please specify >> External showcases with magnetic white board surface. Woven fabric also available, please enquire. 100% waterproof IP55 certified to EN60529:1992

Dimensions

Internal Showcase

External Showcase

A4 Pages

W x H mm

Ref

Price

Ref

Price

8 Portrait A4

750 x 970

WG400210

£350.00

WG401830

£365.00

15 Portrait A4

1050 x 1185

WG400260

£472.00

WG401860

£502.00

18 Portrait A4

1050 x 1400

WG400270

£543.00

WG401870

£541.00

Colour Options Black

Green

External Post Mounting Kit for

Beige

Blue

permanent ground mounting.

Silver Grey

Red

Ref: WGSSPMX2

Dark Grey

Burgundy

Price: £285.50

274

Light Blue

NOTICEBOARDS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


ANTIBAC® NOTICEBOARD

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

>> Smooth aluminium frame with easy fix corners for wall mounting >> X-Static® antibacterial protection on all boards. Boards are either landscape/portrait orientation

Dimensions L x H mm

Internal L x H mm

Frame Depth mm

Weight kg

Ref

Price

900 x 600

836 x 536

22

5

WG270320

£133.00

600 x 900

536 x 836

22

5

WG270230

£133.00

1200 x 900

1136 x 836

22

9

WG270430

£165.00

900 x 1200

836 x 1136

22

9

WG270340

£165.00

1200 x 1200

1136 x 1136

22

11

WG270440

£189.00

1800 x 1200

1736 x 1136

22

16

WG270640

£296.00

2400 x 1200

2336 x 1136

22

22

WG270840

£307.00

NOTICEBOARDS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 275

Colour Options Rust Ice Blue Asparagus

ANTIBAC® TAMPERPROOF NOTICEBOARD

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

>> Lockable door with 3mm shatterproof PET glazing >> X-Static® antibacterial protection on all boards. Boards are either landscape/portrait orientation

Dimensions L x H mm

Internal L x H mm

Frame Depth mm

Weight kg

Ref

Price

600 x 900

534 x 834

44

9

WG260230

£239.00

900 x 600

834 x 534

44

9

WG260320

£239.00

900 x 900

834 x 834

44

12

WG260330

£257.00

900 x 1200

834 x 1134

44

15

WG260340

£280.00

1200 x 900

1134 x 834

44

15

WG260430

£280.00

1200 x 1200

1134 x 1134

44

19

WG260440

£370.00

Colour Options Rust Ice Blue Asparagus

NOTICEBOARDS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

275


NOTICEBOARDS

276 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

METROPOLITAN FRAME NOTICEBOARD

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

>> Attractive aluminium framed noticeboards >> Anodised satin silver aluminium frame >> Felt fabric covering is fire rated to BS 5867 Part 2 1980

Colour Options Green

Dimensions L x H x D mm

Ref

Price

Blue

900 x 600 x 22

WG406230

£61.00

Red

1200 x 600 x 22

WG406340 £93.00

Burgundy

1200 x 1200 x 22

WG406440 £102.00

Grey

1500 x 1200 x 22

WG406540 £135.00

Sky Blue

1800 x 1200 x 22

WG406640 £139.00

Black

2400 x 1200 x 22

WG406840 £159.00

DELUXE TAMPER PROOF ALUMINIUM NOTICEBOARD

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

>> Aluminium framed noticeboard with 3mm shatterproof PET cover or maximum protection >> Locking doors for full protection with either allen key or matching key locks >> Feltfabric is fire rated to BS 5867 Part 2 1980.

Colour Options Green Blue Red Burgundy Grey Sky Blue Black

METROPOLITAN TAMPER PROOF NOTICEBOARD

Dimensions

Doors

L x H x D mm

Allen Key Locking

Key Locking

Ref

Price

Ref

Price

900 x 600 x 44

1

WG614320

£126.00

WG648320

£126.00

900 x 900 x 44

1

WG614330

£164.00

WG648330

£164.00

900 x 1200 x 44

1

WG614430

£180.00

WG648430

£180.00

1200 x 900 x 44

2

WG614340

£180.00

WG648340

£180.00

1200 x 1200 x 44

1

WG614440

£217.00

WG648440

£217.00

1500 x 1200 x 44

2

WG614540

£315.00

WG648540

£315.00

1800 x 1200 x 44

2

WG614640

£348.00

WG648640

£348.00

2400 x 1200 x 44

2

WG614840

£415.00

WG648840

£415.00

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

>> Heavy duty tamperproof noticeboard, lockable doors and frame >> Anodised satin silver aluminium, designed to prevent any door drop >> Shatterproof 3mm PET clear glazing panel fire certified to BS 476 Class 1Y >> Felt fabric covering is fire rated to BS 5867 Part 2 1980

Colour Options

276

Dimensions L x H mm

Internal L x H mm

Frame Depth mm

Weight kg

Ref

Price

Green Blue

600 x 900

534 x 834

44

8

WG404230

£163.00

Red

900 x 600

834 x 534

44

8

WG404320

£163.00

Burgundy

900 x 900

834 x 834

44

10

WG404330

£191.00

Grey

900 x 1200

834 x 1134

44

13

WG404340

£228.00

Sky Blue

1200 x 900

1134 x 834

44

13

WG404430

£228.00

Black

1200 x 1200

1134 x 1134

44

16

WG404440

£272.00

NOTICEBOARDS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


SCALES

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 277 DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS

SCALES

Light Capacity Platform Scales >> Four full load bridge loadcells with self levelling, anti-slip feet >> Stainless steel indicator pod with 5m cable >> Wall or bench mount bracket included >> Function keys for on/off; tare; units and hold/print >> 160 x 80 x 30mm pod size with 17mm high digital display in kg or lb

Stainless steel platform suits hygienic or general purpose weighing

Capacity

Platform H x W x D mm

Weight kg

Ref

Price

300kg x 50g

60 x 550 x 550

15

WGWS300-50

£275.00

300kg x 50g

60 x 900 x 550

17

WGWS300-90

£320.00

Stainless steel indicator pod with 5m cable

Portable Bench Scales >> A portable general purpose bench scale >> Simple operation with four functions - on/off/sero and lb/kg >> Batteries 4 x 1.5V (not included) >> Auto-off feature >> UK & EU power adapter supplied as standard >> Approvals CE & WEE directive >> Bench or wall mount bracket supplied

Platform W380 x W300 x H27mm

Capacity

Resolution

Ref

Price

15kg

5g

WGWS/15

£145.00

60kg

20g

WGWS60

£145.00

120kg

50g

WGWS/120

£145.00

Electronic Bench Scale >> A light industrial bench scale for kitchens, post rooms, store areas Displays 7 digits in kg & g, lbs & oz. 245 x 215 mm stainless steel platform.

and warehouses >> Tough ABS case with adjustable feet >> Rechargeable battery, approx 160 hours life >> Mains adapter also included >> Function keys for on/off/zero and tare/units

Capacity

H x W x D mm

Ref

Price

6kg x 1g

95 x 250 x 300

WG405/6

£105.00

15kg x 2g

95 x 250 x 300

WG405/15

£105.00

Weighing & Counting Scales >> Robust high impact ABS case >> Battery powered, with 12V main adapter >> Ideal for stocktaking and parts counting >> Auto off feature with variable setting >> Top plate 290 x 220mm

3 displays - weight, piece, count - 15mm high

Capacity

H x W x D mm

Ref

Price

6kg x 1g

117 x 295 x 335

WGB140/6

£220.00

15kg x 2g

117 x 295 x 335

WGB140/15

£220.00

30kg x 5g

117 x 295 x 335

WGB140/30

£220.00

SCALES

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

277


SCALES

278 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS

SCALES

Electronic Floor & Bench Scales Provides consistently accurate weight measurement >> Weights are clearly displayed in large 25.4mm backlit LCD numbers >> Continues to display weight even after the item is removed >> Low battery indicator. Adapter also included for reliable power in fixed locations >> Auto-shutdown after 2 minutes of non use Capacity

Resolution

Platform H x W x D mm

Ref

Price

45kg

100g

278 x 318

WGGP45

£120.00

110kg

200g

278 x 318

WGGP110

£120.00

General Purpose Scales Low cost & high performance, suitable for warehouses, despatch checkweigher for volume despatches, receipts, commercial applications where accuracy and speed of weighing is key. >> Function keys on/off/zero, tare, units, hold print >> Capacities 75 to 300 kg >> Strong base with stainless steel platform and pole >> Indicator can be bench or column mounted (with swivel) as standard - large clear display >> Built in rechargeable battery or mains powered as required >> Adapter/recharger supplied >> Display height 930mm

Capacity

Resolution

Platform H x W x D mm

Ref

Price

£225.00

75kg

10g

559 x 457

WGS10075

150kg

20g

559 x 457

WGS100150

£225.00

300kg

50g

559 x 457

WGS100300

£225.00

Suspended Mechanical Scales Suspended Mechanical Scale

>> 425mm hook to hook >> Accuracy better than 1:250 >> 20% zero adjustment provided Capacity

Resolution

Ref

Price

5kg

20g

WGSMS-1

£80.00

10kg

50g

WGSMS-2

£80.00

25kg

100g

WGSMS-3

£80.00

50kg

200g

WGSMS-4

£80.00

100kg

500g

WGSMS-5

£80.00

Hand Held Balance Scales >> Hand held or suspended balance with lifting handle >> Switchable to imperial units >> Tare & reading hold facility >> Battery operated >> Auto-off after two minutes Hand Held Balance Scale

278

Capacity

Resolution

Ref

Price

10kg

10g

WGES10

£97.00

25kg

20g

WGES25

£97.00

45kg

50g

WGES45

£97.00

SCALES

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


HEAVY DUTY SCALES

DELIVERED IN 5-10 DAYS

Platform Scales Ideal for industrial weighing applications such as goods receiving, warehouse and despatch. >> Mild steel, thick safety tread top plate with powder coated paint finish >> Low profile platform 4 load cells IP65 rated >> Overload protection 150% of rated capacity

HEAVY DUTY SCALES

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 279

>> Junction box - top access for easy installation and service >> Complete with digital indicator up to 30,000 resolutions >> Time and date display with six digit, 20mm high red LED >> 4.6m lead as standard from indicator to platform >> RS232 connectivity >> Shipping weight 116kg >> Key functions: Gross/Net Weight/Counting Checkweighing Peak Hold/

More sizes available online

Totalising/Print/Zero/Tare/Select Units/on/off Capacity

Platform H x W x D mm

2500kg x 0.5g 1210 x 1210 x 102

Weight Ref kg

Price

116

£790.00

WG816965005246

Portable Beam Scales Ideal whenever it is necessary to take the weighing equipment to the load. >> Mild steel beams >> Lightweight 15kg beams can withstand a 2.5 tonne load >> Complete with ABS plastic enclosed weigh indicator >> Capacity 0-2500kg x 0.5kg >> 200% overload protection L1200 x W100 x H60mm

>> Supplied with mains / rechargeable battery operated indicator >> RS232 output allows for connection to a PC, printer and other serial devices Ref

Ref

Price

WGDS1000ST

£65.00

965mm high Ref

Price

WGDS1000

£535.00

H46 x W800 x D800mm

Capacity

Price

WGWB-5212500 2500kg

£650.00

WGWB-5215000 5000kg

£695.00

Drum Weigher / Floor Scale A portable drum weigher /floor scale for use in a wide range of applications. >> Powder coated steel with smooth top plate surface and two handles and wheels to easily relocate >> Adjustable foot pads to work effectively on uneven floors >> Built-in ramp ends for recessed floors >> Supplied with mains / rechargeable battery operated indicator with an LED display >> Keys On/Off/Zero, Tare, Units, Hold/Print Electronic Crane Weighers Compact construction – minimal loss of headroom. >> Hooks and shackles have top or bottom fittings >> “Peak Hold” facility captures peak load reading >> IP 55 rated for outdoor use >> Sleep mode maximises battery life >> 26mm high 6 digit LCD display >> Power-2 C dell replaceable battery >> Units of measure in kg, tonnes, lbs and newtons Capacity (tonnes)

Resolution (kg)

Bottom Shackle Ref

Price

Bottom Hook Ref

Price

1

1

WGEDJ/1S

£1045.00

WGEDJ/1H

£1115.00

2

2

WGEDJ/2S

£1100.00

WGEDJ/2H

£1245.00

5

5

WGEDJ/5S

£1220.00

WGEDJ/5H

£1375.00

10

10

WGEDJ/10S

£1745.00

WGEDJ/10H

£2040.00

HEAVY DUTY SCALES

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

279


ENTRANCE MATS

280 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

ENVIRO-MAT

Made from 100% recycled materials. >> Sturdy doormat manufactured from 100% recycled materials >> Heavy-duty recycled rubber backing helps to grip to the floor surface >> Raised pattern polyester carpet surface made from recycled plastic bottles scrapes and traps dirt/debris >> Total carpet coverage eliminates torn borders >> UV and fade resistant surface Pile material: 100% recycled plastic (bottles) Backing: 100% recycled rubber (tyres) Product height: 10mm Total weight: 3.7kg/m2

Blue

Brown

Grey

Charcoal

Enviro-Mat is manufactured entirely from recycled plastic bottles and tyres.

Size

Ref

Price

0.6m x 0.9m

WGEM0*0001

£26.99

0.9m x 1.5m

WGEM0*0002

£65.82

1.2m x 1.8m

WGEM0*0003

£105.73

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

ENTRA-PLUSH

Crush-resistant carpet doormat. >> Effective carpet doormat for floor protection >> Crush resistant, quick drying carpet surface >> Ideal for wiping moisture from wet footwear >> Polypropylene fibres scrape and trap dirt >> Slip and stain-resistant PVC ‘stay in place’ backing Pile material: 100% polypropylene Backing: Slip and stain-resistant PVC Product height: 7mm Total weight: 2.7kg/m2

Grey

Green

Red

Blue

Brown

Size

Ref

Price

0.6m x 0.9m

WG PP0*0001

£17.46

0.9m x 1.5m

WGPP0*0002

£43.31

1.2m x 1.8m

WGPP0*0003

£67.52

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

FIRST-STEP

Tacky mats for contamination control. >> A hygienic pad of peel-off adhesive coated, disposable sheets manufactured White

from an anti-microbial agent to protect against bacteria, mould and mildew >> Once applied to the floor the self-adhesive backing keeps the mat in place >> The ‘tacky’ sheets capture dirt and dust from footwear and wheeled equipment for contamination control

Blue

>> When the top sheet becomes soiled, simply peel off to reveal a clean layer >> Adhesive backed pads stick directly to the floor surface >> Ideal for hospitals, clean rooms, general industrial and food contact applications

Easy peel

280

>> Product height: 1.5mm Size

Ref

Price

0.45m x 1.17m (pack of four pads with 30 layers)

WGWC0*0004

£220.47

ENTRANCE MATS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


ENTRANCE MATS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 281 DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

TOUGHRIB

Robust, heavy-duty, tough on dirt. >> Heavy-duty ribbed carpet surface >> Polypropylene fibres effectively scrape dirt and moisture >> Debris is collected in the carpet surface ‘channels’ >> Non-staining, slip-resistant PVC backing >> Flammability rating Euroclass EN 13501-1 Pile material: 100% polypropylene Backing: Slip and stain-resistant PVC Product height: 5mm Total weight: 3.5kg/m2

Green

Red

Grey

Brown

Size

Ref

Price

0.6m x 0.9m

WGTR0*0001

£21.94

0.9m x 1.5m

WGTR0*0002

£54.02

1.2m x 1.8m (now only available in Charcoal)

WGTR0*0003

£87.19

0.9m x 1.2m

WGTR0*0004

£45.58

Charcoal

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

COBAWASH®

Practical, machine washable. >> A real asset in floor protection for domestic and commercial use >> Easy care, smaller sizes* can be washed in a domestic washing machine (All sizes can be washed in an industrial washing machine) >> Tufted nylon/polyester carpet pile retains up to 3.5 litres/m2 of moisture >> Also traps up to 800g of debris/dry dust >> Features a robust nitrile ‘gripper’ backing >> Bleach / fade resistant – 11 year warranty against significant colour loss Pile material: Nylon/polyester Backing: Features a robust nitrile ‘gripper’ backing. Product height: 9mm Total weight: 2. 3kg/m2

Brown

Blue

Red

Size

Ref

Price

*0.6m x 0.9m

WGLM010*01

£42.75

0.9m x 1.5m

WGLM010*02

£100.79

1.15m x 1.75m

WGLM010*03

£158.05

*0.9m x 1.2m

WGLM010*04

£83.22

Grey

ENTRANCE MATS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

281


ENTRANCE MATS

282 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

PREMIER ENTRANCE TILES

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

A range of quality PVC/carpet interlocking tiles for commercial entrance areas, ideal for high volume footfall. Versatile, cost effective and easy to install in recessed matwells or laid to surface with bevelled edging. The PVC base tile in all options is manufactured from 100% recycled materials making the Premier range an environmentally-friendly choice.

Description

Tile Size

Colour

Ref

Price

Premier Plus

30cm x 45cm

Black/Charcoal or Black/Grey

WGPMP010*01

£24.77

Premier Track

30cm x 45cm

Grey/Anthracite, Brown or Blue

WGPT010*01

£28.12

Charcoal

Grey

Premier Plus >> Ideal for recessed entrance wells >> Quality needlepunch carpet insert >> Effectively scrapes dirt and wipes moisture >> Links together to cover all floor sizes – indoor use >> Move, clean or replace individual tiles with ease >> Flexible - easily cut to shape >> Fire tested to EN13501 Euro Classification E(F1) >> Tile base is colourfast to light: BS EN ISO 105 B02:1999 Product height: 18mm

Grey/Anthracite

Brown

Blue

Premier Track >> Heavy-duty, premium quality >> Ideal for recessed entrance wells >> Crush-resistant nylon carpet insert >> Effectively scrapes dirt and wipes moisture >> Suitable for wheeled trolleys >> Safe for high heeled footwear >> Move, clean or replace individual tiles with ease >> Fire tested to EN13501 Euro Classification B(F2)S2 >> Slip tested to BS 7976-2:2002 Pendulum Test Product height: 16mm Load tested to 1,000 g. This means that these tiles can withstand supermarket supply trolleys.

282

ENTRANCE MATS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

COBASCRAPE

Just the job for oily locations. >> 100% nitrile construction for resistance to most chemicals, oils and greases >> Raised surface provides a firm footing in greasy or oily conditions >> A comfortable alternative to a hard, cold floor

ENTRANCE MATS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 283

>> Machine washable >> Supplied with safety bevelled edges Product height: 6mm

Size

Ref

Price

0.85m x 0.75m

WGCS010001

£63.55 £116.44

0.85m x 1.5m

WGCS010002

0.85m x 3m

WGCS010003

£246.89

1.1m x 1.7m

WGCS010004

£190.09

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

ENTRAMAT

Quality that stands the test of time! Entramat Standard

>> High quality dirt-scraper mat for outdoor use >> Manufactured from interwoven flexible PVC extrusions for durability >> Cross-ribbed surface scrapes footwear and the open holes capture debris >> Bevelled edging as standard for safety and wheeled access >> Available in Standard and Heavy Duty options Material: PVC. Product height: 12mm Hole size: 22mm x 22mm (Standard) 22mm x 10mm (Heavy) Weight: 5.3kg/m2 (Standard) 7.0kg (Heavy) Entramat Heavy

Black

Brown

Grey

Size

Ref

Price

0.6m x 1.2m

WGED0*0*01

£123.19

1.0m x 1.5m

WGED0*0*02

£226.09

1.2m x 1.8m

WGED0*0*03

£309.88

Ref

Price

Entramat Standard Size 0.6m x 1.2m

WGES0*0*01

£82.14

1.0m x 1.5m

WGES0*0*02

£152.96

1.2m x 1.8m

WGES0*0*03

£209.76

Entramat Heavy

ENTRANCE MATS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

283


WORKPLACE MATTING

284 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

ORTHOMAT®

The Orthomat® range has been specifically designed to reduce the onset of fatigue caused by prolonged standing, while providing some underfoot grip in dry environments. The durable, yet extremely comfortable, matting manufactured from 100% closed cell PVC foam, is one of our best-sellers for many industrial locations, especially assembly and packing stations. It effectively provides the right balance of underfoot cushioning to stimulate blood circulation and in doing so reduces pressure to the feet, legs and back. The Orthomat® range comprises pebbled surface styles with the option of bright yellow safety bevelled edge borders for increased awareness.

>> Pebbled ‘textured’ surface. >> Available as Orthomat® Safety with bright yellow bevelled edge borders. >> Conforms to Slip Resistance Test EN13552 (Category R10). >> Fire tested to DIN54332 (B2) part of DIN4102. Product height: 9mm

Colour options

Size

Colour

Ref

Price

0.6m x 0.9m

Charcoal

WGAF010001

£41.05

0.9m x 1.5m

Charcoal

WGAF010002

£82.14

0.9m x 18.3m

Charcoal

WGAF010003

£710.85

0.6m x 0.9m

Charcoal/Yellow

WGAF010701

£43.88

0.9m x 1.5m

Charcoal/Yellow

WGAF010702

£95.07

0.9m x 18.3m

Charcoal/Yellow

WGAF010703

£787.33

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

LOGOMAT

Impressive, makes an instant impact. >> Customised quality printed doormat for individual logos or messages >> Choose from 40 colours (maximum of six per mat) >> Logomat is a real performer in trapping dirt and moisture >> Durable solution-dyed nylon surface tufted into a nonwoven polyester >> Soft carpet pile retains moisture, holding up to 2.5 litres water/m2 >> 11 year warranty against fading >> Standard sizes are machine washable for easy care Pile material: Nylon/polyester Backing: Anti-slip nitrile rubber Product height: 7.5mm Total weight: 4kg/m2

Size

Ref

Price

1.15m x 1.75m

WGLG000002

£POA

0.85m x 1.5m

WGLG000001

£POA

601

602

603

604

605

606

607

608

609

610

611

612

613

614

615

616

617

618

619

620

621

622

623

624

625

626

627

628

629

630

631

632

633

634

635

636

637

638

639

640

Please choose up to 6 colours using the reference codes printed on this page. Artwork should be e-mailed as a pdf detailing choice of colour options required. Delivery – Approximately 2 weeks from approval of artwork. Custom Sizes available up to a maximum 2m width and 4m length.

284

WORKPLACE MATTING

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


CONFERENCE CHAIRS

CHAIRS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 285 DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

Windsor Chair

>> Comes with a deep upholstered foam seat and back for comfort >> Convenient hand-hold for ease of handling >> Silver powder coated frame 1.8mm steel >> Seat comes with medium hazard fabric (as standard) >> Fabric and foam conforms to BS 7176 ignition source 5 >> Weight: 6.75kg, weight capacity: 115kg >> Seat height: 460mm >> Stacks up to 12 high >> 2 year guarantee >> Overall chair dimension H925 x W440 x D560mm >> Samples available on request

Description

Colour

Ref

Price

Windsor Chair

Black

WGCB30060

£39.59

Windsor Chair

Blue

WGCB30061

£39.59

Windsor Chair

Red

WGCB30062

£39.59

MONZA STACKING CHAIRS

Fabric colours - Red, Black, Blue. Samples avaliable.

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

Monza Chair Ideal seating for any conference or multi-seating complex. Ergonomically designed extra wide seat will accommodate all body shapes and sizes. >> Chairs stack vertically 24 high >> Ergonomic shaped seat and back rest >> Minimal storage space required >> Seat height 450mm >> Intergral hook and catch mechanism for linking chairs >> Stackable for easy storage >> 3 year guarantee >> Overall chair dimensions 784H x 565W x 562Dmm >> Samples available on request

Description

Ref

Black Frame, Black Shell

WGCN40005

Price £35.99

Monza Trolley

WGXF40005

£119.99

Intergral hook and catch mechanism for linking chairs.

Stackable for easy storage and trolley holds upto 24 x chairs.

CHAIRS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

285


CONFERENCE TABLE & CHAIRS

286 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

CONFERENCE TABLES

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

Soft-Top Tables Heavy duty cushioned top, folding tables for regular use ideal for dining rooms. >> Foam cushioned tabletop is covered with a non-slip white PVC wipeable soft top >> Hard-wearing plastic table edge >> Table legs have adjustable feet >> Heavy duty folding leg table frame >> Choice of rectangular or circular Description

Dimensions

Ref

Price

Circular Table

1530 Diameter

WGPTY40012

£142.80

Circular Table

1830 Diameter

WGPTY40013

£162.00

Rectangular Table

1830 x 760

WGPTY40011

£119.99

GROSVENOR CHAIR

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

A lightweight and comfortable upholstered chair with a deep cushioned foam seat and back. The curved black steel frame has a useful hand-hold, designed for ease of handling. >> Deep, high density foam upholstered seat and back (seat cushion depth 60mm) >> Black powder coated 1.5mm strong steel frame >> Fabric and foam conforms to BS 7176 Ignition Source 5 >> Useful hand hold and side rails for added strength >> Medium hazard fabric seat >> Stacks up to 8 high >> Seat Height: 480mm >> Samples available on request Description

Overall Dims H x W x D (mm)

Ref

Price

Chair - Red Fabric

880 x 445 x 560

WGCU40082

£39.54

Chair - Blue Fabric

880 x 445 x 560

WGCU40083

£39.54

Chair - Charcoal Fabric

880 x 445 x 560

WGCU40084

£39.54

MAYFAIR CHAIR

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

A great value chair with a strong black steel frame and comfortable upholstered deep foam seat and back. Durable, lightweight and easy to carry. >> Deep, high density foam upholstered seat and back (seat cushion depth 60mm) >> Black powder coated 1.5mm strong steel frame >> Fabric and foam conforms to BS 7176 Ignition Source 5 >> Useful hand hold side rails for added strength >> Medium hazard fabric seat >> Stacks up to 8 high >> Seat Height: 480mm >> Samples avaliable on request

286

Description

Overall Dims H x W x D (mm) Ref

Price

Chair - Charcoal Fabric

890 x 440 x 540

WGCCU40079

£39.54

Chair - Red Fabric

890 x 440 x 540

WGCCU40080

£39.54

Chair - Blue Fabric

890 x 440 x 540

WGCCU40081

£39.54

CONFERENCE TABLE & CHAIRS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


2000 SERIES CHAIR

CHAIRS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 287 DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

A stylish lightweight polypropylene folding chair. The ultimate design in low cost seating. >> Contoured back enhances appearance and provides additional comfort and support >> Double riveted rear cross-brace provides added strength and stops the rear legs sinking in the ground in outdoor conditions >> Weight: 3kg

Seat Height 450mm Overall 877H x 451W x 518D

Colour

Ref

Price

Blue

WGPCF40011

£139.10

Burgundy

WGPCF40010

£139.10

Charcoal

WGPCF40012

£139.10

Black

WGPCF40022 £139.10

2600 SERIES CHAIR

Chairs sold in cartons Price Per carton of 8

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

The fan shape design of the chair – one of the most comfortable on the market today. >> The deep contoured back-rest provides good support and exceptional comfort. >> Wider seat for better comfort >> Weight: 4.5kg

Seat Height 455mm

Colour

Ref

Price

Overall 865H x 465W x 872D

Blue

WGCF40025

£94.80

Burgundy

WGCF40026

£94.80

Charcoal

WGCF40027

£94.80

2600 SERIES UPHOLSTERED CHAIR

Chairs sold in cartons Price Per carton of 4

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

All the 2600 series benefits, with an upholstered seat to provide extra comfort and style. >> 2600 series chairs feature double leg links for added strength and stability >> Weight: 5kg All Chairs Feature >> Breathable fan shaped back-rest NOTE: We recommend the use of two clips to link chairs, one at the top and the other at the foot end.

>> Convenient hand-hold at the top of the chair for ease of handling >> Grey frames as standard >> Snap-together links to make rows >> Tested to BS4875-1 level 4 (2000 series) >> Tested to BS4875-1 level 5 (2600 series)

Seat Height 475mm

>> Samples available on request

Overall 865H x 465W x 872D Chairs sold in cartons Price Per carton of 4

Chair connectors

Colour

Ref

Price

Blue

WGCF40095

£138.96

Burgundy

WGCF40096

£138.96

for 2000 series

for 2600 series

£138.96

WGCF40076 £0.60

WGCA40013 £1.20

Charcoal

WGCF40097

Click-on clips

Polyprop joiners

CHAIRS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

287


CAFÉ & RESTAURANT FURNITURE

288 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

RIO CAFÉ FURNITURE

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

Superior quality aluminium café and bistro furniture Lightweight and resilient, suitable for heavy use all year round. >> Stackable armchairs and side chairs >> Square table can be spirally stacked >> Zinc plated, cast iron base on circular tables and adjustable feet for uneven surfaces >> Samples available on request

Side Chair

Arm Chair

The Rio range encompasses all the elements required for relaxed dining both inside and out, casual meetings or alfresco coffee. “Innox” chequered stainless steel table tops provide a contemporary air which is conducive to the ambience of any stylish eatery.

PAULO CAFÉ FURNITURE

Rio Cafe Chairs

Ref

Side Chair

WGCN40146

Price £33.54

Arm Chair

WGCN40145

£33.54

Description

Ref

Price

700mm Circular Pedestel

WGPTM40041

£68.34

700mm Square Pedestel

WGPTM40044

£68.34

700mm Square Stacking

WGPTM40045

£71.94

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

Made from a revolutionary new material which requires no maintenance. >> No maintenance required >> Easy to clean >> Zinc plated, cast iron base on circular tables and adjustable feet for uneven surfaces >> Stackable to ten high >> Samples available on request

As it is synthetic “No-Wood” it will never need oiling, polishing, painting or protecting; neither will it splinter or split. This delightful range therefore offers all the beauty of real teak but with none of the drudgery of maintenance, combined with attractive flat tube frames.

CASA CAFÉ FURNITURE

Description

Ref

Price

Armchair

WGCN40148

£39.54

700mm Square Pedestal Table

WGPTM40050

£76.74

700mm Circular Table

WGPTM40051

£80.34

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

Enhances the ambience of all smart cafés, restaurants and bistros. Chairs are easy to clean, hard wearing and UV resistant. >> Hygienic and easy to clean >> Casa Café chairs stack up to 10 high >> Tables available as square or circular, 740mm overall height >> Samples available on request

The chair seats are hand woven from 4mm plastic coated steel wire and available in a choice of two striking colours - honey & blue.

288

Description

Ref

Price

Armchair - Honey

WGCN40147

£34.74

Armchair - Blue

WGCN40150

£34.74

700mm Square Pedestal Table

WGPTM40051

£107.94

700mm Circular Pedestal Table

WGPTM40057

£87.54

CAFÉ & RESTAURANT FURNITURE

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


FOLDING TABLES & CHAIRS

TABLES

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 289 DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

Polyfold Lightweight Folding Tables The Polyfold table is perfect for canteens, offices and light industrial use. >> Available in a wide range of sizes, square rectangular and circular >> Hygienic, wipe-clean one piece moulded all weather polyethylene top for indoor/outdoor use >> Lightweight, stronger and more durable than wooden tables >> Folds flat for easy storage >> Samples available on request Square and Rectangular Tables Description

Dimensions H x W x L (mm)

Weight (kg)

Ref

Price

1220mm Table

740 x 613 x 1220

12

WGPTF41376

£45.54

1530mm Table

740 x 710 x 1530

15

WGTE40017

£53.94

1830mm Table

740 x 760 x 1830

17

WGPTF41378

£58.74

914mm Table

740 x 914 x 914

11

WGPTF41375

£47.94

Description

Dimensions H x W x D (mm)

Weight (kg)

Ref

Price

1220mm Table

740 x 1220

16

WGPTF41370

£67.14

1530mm Table

740 x 1530

21

WGPTF41371

£93.54

Circular Tables

FOLDING TABLE

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

>> Compact folding >> Carry handle >> Ideal for taking in car >> Weight 18kg >> Dims (open) 1830L x 760W x 740Hmm >> Dims (closed) 940L x 760W x 100Hmm

POLYFOLD ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT FOLDING TABLES

Ref

Price

WGPTF41380

£61.14

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

Lightweight and simple to use. >> Height adjustable >> Small model WGPTF41385: 640, 690, 740mm >> Large model WGPTF41386: 610, 650, 690, 730, 770, 810mm >> Folds flat for easy storage >> Hygienic, wipe-clean one piece moulded top >> All weather construction for indoor/outdoor use

Description

Dimensions W x D (mm)

Weight (kg)

Ref

Price

Small

600 x 1220 Max

12

WGPTF41385

£59.94

Large

760 x 1830 Max

17

WGPTF41386

£71.94

Height Adjustable Tables

TABLES

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

289


CHAIR SHIFTER

290 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

CHAIR SHIFTERS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

WGST82

WGST81

Office model Pneumatic tyres

Office model Solid tyres

MAX LOAD 150 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

WGST85

Underchair support models to suit minimum gap under chairs of (H x W) 400 x 405mm

WGSM31

Stairclimber model Solid tyres WGST81

Solid tyres WGST85 Pneumatic tyres WGST85P DELIVERED IN 10 DAYS

Steel pan base takes the rear legs of the chairs. Wheels: 200mm diameter solid rubber or 260mm diameter pneumatic.

Base Pan W x D mm

585 x 155

Overall Frame Height mm

1295

Wheels

Wt. kg

Overall H x W x D

Ref

Price

Office models - Sandstone epoxy finish Solid tyres

12

1300 x 590 x 380

WGST81

£124.25

Pneumatic

13

1300 x 590 x 420

WGST82

£136.45

WGST84

Industrial model Solid tyres WGST83 Pneumatic tyres WGST84

Industrial models - Blue epoxy finish Solid tyres

12

1300 x 590 x 380

WGST83

£115.85

Pneumatic

13

1300 x 590 x 440

WGST84

£125.70

WGSM31

£135.90

Stairclimber model - Blue epoxy finish Solid tyres

18

1300 x 590 x 500

Underchair support - Blue epoxy finish

290

Solid tyres

8

1300 x 600 x 790

WGST85

£145.20

Pneumatic

9

1300 x 650 x 820

WGST85P

£202.05

CHAIR SHIFTER

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS

CHAIRSHIFTER

MAX LOAD 150 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

Steel pan base takes the rear legs of the chairs Wheels: 200mm diameter solid rubber tryes with steel centre Finish: Black epoxy Base Pan W x D mm

585 x 155

Overall Frame Height mm

1295

Weight kg

12

Ref

WGPRIN-16

Price

£118.35

STACKING CHAIR DOLLY

DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS

CHAIR TROLLEYS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 291

MADE IN BRITAIN

Designed to stack chairs with skid base design of overall size (W x D x H) 500 x 500 x 790mm with seat height of 460mm. Sturdy folded sheet steel design. Mounted on 2 swivel braked and 2 fixed castors fitted with 100mm polyurethane tyred wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Black epoxy

Chair Skid Base W x D x H mm

500 x 500 x 790

Overall W x D x H mm

550 x 650 x 420

Chair Seat Height mm

460

Weight kg

16

Maximum Chair Stack

24

Ref

WGPRIN-20

Price

£100.75

TRANSPORT TROLLEY

DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Designed to stack folded chairs of overall size (W x D x H) 450 x 550 x 820mm in the horizontal position. Manufactured from mild steel angle and tube. Supplied with handle removed and with easy to assemble instructions. Wheels: Mounted on all swivel castors fitted with 75mm grey non-marking wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Black epoxy.

Chair Overall Size W x D x H mm

450 x 550 x 820

Overall W x D x H mm

470 x 1130 x 1255

Height When Fully Loaded mm

1500

Weight kg

11

Maximum Chair Stack

40

Ref

WGPRIN-4

Price

£87.65

CHAIR TROLLEYS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

291


CHAIR TROLLEYS

292 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

UPRIGHT CHAIR TRUCK

DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Designed to carry folded chairs of overall size (W x D x H) 470 x 540 x 870mm in the vertical position. Sturdy folded sheet steel and tubular design. Supplied with handles removed and with easy to assemble instructions, complete with retaining strap. Wheels: Mounted on 2 swivel (1 braked) and 2 fixed castors fitted with 100mm polyurethane tyred wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Black epoxy.

Chair Overall Size W x D x H mm

470 x 540 x 870 (Vertical)

Overall W x D x H mm

520 x 1530 x 1100

Height When Fully Loaded mm

1250

Weight kg

29

Ref

WGPRIN-14

Price

£186.70

UNIVERSAL TABLE TROLLEY

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Designed to carry either folding round tables using centre open tubular support, or folded rectangular tables using the MDF board platform at both ends of trolley. Heavy duty design manufactured from steel box section, tube and bar. Tubular support rails are covered with protective plastic sheaths. Supplied with handles removed and with easy to assemble instructions, complete with retaining bars. Wheels: Mounted on 2 swivel braked and 2 swivel castors fitted with 100 mm polyurethane tyred wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Black epoxy.

292

Overall W x D x H mm

850 x 1830 x 1260 (unloaded)

Weight kg

42

Ref

WGPRIN-14

Price

£348.50

CHAIR TROLLEYS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


HANGING CHAIR STORAGE TROLLEYS

DELIVERED IN 7 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

WGPRIN-H3

WGPRIN-H2

High hanging storage trolley - 2 rows

HANGING CHAIR STORAGE TROLLEYS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 293

High hanging storage trolley - 3 rows

WGPRIN-L2

WGPRIN-L3

Low hanging storage trolley - 2 rows

Low hanging storage trolley - 3 rows

Designed for the storage and manoeuvrability of folded chairs in large quantities. Heavy duty design manufactured from box section and tube. Tubular hanging rails are covered with protective plastic sheaths and end caps. Wheels: Mounted on 4 swivel (2 x braked) castors fitted with 100mm polyurethane tyred wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Black epoxy.

Tubular Hanging Rails Length

550mm

Tubular Hanging Rails Centres

330mm

Type

No of Rows

Overall dimensions W x L x H mm (unloaded)

Weight

Ref

Price

Low hanging storage trolley

2

1135 x 1250 x 1145

40kgs

WGPRIN-L2

£256.05

Low hanging storage trolley

3

1135 x 1750 x 1145

44kgs

WGPRIN-L3

£284.95

High hanging storage trolley

2

1135 x 1250 x 2025

62kgs

WGPRIN-H2

£360.30

High hanging storage trolley

3

1135 x 1750 x 2025

66kgs

WGPRIN-H3

£416.10

HANGING CHAIR STORAGE TROLLEYS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

293


BASKET TROLLEYS

294 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

SUPER SERVICE TROLLEY

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

MAX LOAD 150 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

Many uses including Stores, Offices, Warehouses, Schools and Mail Centres. Formed and welded rectangular steel tube frame. Wheels: 4 swivel castors fitted with 125mm diameter wheels, and grey non marking rubber tyres. Trolley fitted with 4 protective revolving corner buffers. Finish: Red epoxy framework, white epoxy baskets.

Overall H x W x L mm

1035 x 525 x 1035

Writing Tray W x D mm

390 x 200

Large Basket (x2) H x W x L mm

290 x 385 x 585

Small Basket (x1) H x W x L mm

100 x 250 x 385

Weight kg

28

Order Ref

WGBT100

Price

£397.15

DISTRIBUTION TROLLEY

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

MAX LOAD 200 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

Construction: Formed and welded steel tube frame. Diamond balanced wheel configuration for total manoeuvrability. Wheels: 2 fixed, 2 swivel castors fitted with 160mm diameter bright zinc plated wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings. Finish: Red epoxy framework, white epoxy baskets.

Overall H x W x L mm

1070 x 535 x 1170

Top Basket H x W x L mm

190 x 520 x 1055

Bottom Basket H x W x L mm

320 x 520 x 1055

Weight kg

43

Order Ref

WGBT106

Price

£366.75

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: HOOK-ON END BASKET

H x W x L: 320 x 115 x 320mm Ref: WGB71 £54.30

294

BASKET TROLLEYS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


BASKET AND TRAY TROLLEYS - 3 TIER

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

MAX LOAD 100 KG

Ideal trolley for small item handling 3 tier trolley, with bottom parcel grid supplied with choice of: 2 removable baskets or 2 steel trays. Formed and welded steel tube Wheels: 4 swivel castors fitted with 100mm diameter wheels, thread guards and grey non-marking rubber tyres.

View product on YouTube

Finish: Red epoxy framework, white epoxy baskets and trays.

WGBT109

Overall L x W x H mm

855 x 430 x 1055

Shelf Heights (without containers) mm

170 : 455 : 810

BASKET AND TRAY TROLLEYS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 295

Model WGBT109 2 x Removable Baskets H x W x L mm

240 x 305 x 450 (10mm Top Rim)

Weight kg

18

Order Ref

WGBT109

Price

£295.50

Model WGBT110 2 x Removable Steel Trays H x W x L mm

70 x 310 x 465

Weight kg

22

Order Ref

WGBT110

Price

£238.85

WGBT110

BASKET AND TRAY TROLLEYS - 2 TIER

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

MAX LOAD 100 KG

2 tier version without bottom parcel grid. Overall L x W x H mm

700 x 435 x 920

Shelf Heights (without containers) mm

180 : 605

Model WGBT107 2 x Removable Baskets H x W x L mm

240 x 305 x 450 (10mm Top Rim)

Weight kg

15

Ref

WGBT107

Price

£251.75

Model WGBT108 WGBT107

2 x Removable Steel Trays H x W x L mm

70 x 310 x 465

Weight kg

19

Ref

WGBT108

Price

£193.65

OPTIONAL EXTRAS: EXTRA BASKETS H x W x L: 240 x 305 x 450mm Ref: WGB107 (each) £58.25 EXTRA TRAYS H x W x L: 70 x 310 x 465mm Ref: WGT108 (each) £35.15

WGBT108

TOTAL STOP BRAKES Ref: WGB086 £10.70

BASKET AND TRAY TROLLEYS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

295


MAILROOM TROLLEYS

296 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

MAILROOM STAIRCLIMBER

DELIVERED IN 15 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

Tubular steel framework with 2 wire mesh removable baskets. Wheels: 3 x 160mm diameter wheels set in star configuration for stair climbing. Finish: Frame red epoxy, baskets in white epoxy.

Overall H x W x L mm

1085 x 470 x 610

Basket Internal W x D x H mm

400 x 245 x 215

Top of basket heights from floor mm

320 : 805

Weight kg

15

Ref

WGSM25

Weight kg

£279.75

MAILROOM TROLLEYS

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MAX LOAD 75 KG

MADE IN BRITAIN

Ideal for mailroom or office. Model

Overall L x W x H mm

Weight

Ref

Price

1

680 x 500 x 1070

17kg

WGBT619

£268.90

2 x 75mm diameter swivel front castors with grey non marking tyres.

2

500 x 590 x 1050

14kg

WGBT620

£246.95

Finish: Red epoxy frame, white epoxy baskets

3

680 x 510 x 1085

19kg

WGBT621

£271.55

4

800 x 565 x 1040

21kg

WGBT622

£356.00

WGBT619

Two baskets and sheet steel base Baskets L x W x H: 305 x 450 x 290mm Clearance between baskets: 275mm

296

Smart, durable Postal red frame and white baskets. Capacity: 75kg Wheels: 2 x 200mm diameter rear wheels,

WGBT620

Two baskets each L x W x H: 305 x 450 x 290mm Clearance between baskets: 210 mm

WGBT621

Two baskets and base tray Top basket L x W x H: 305 x 450 x 295mm Lower basket L x W x H: 305x 450x 240mm Clearance between baskets: 130mm

WGBT622

Three baskets Top basket L x W x H: 510 x 435 x 295mm Lower basket L x W x H: 510x 435 x 250mm Clearance between baskets: 175mm Rear basket L x W x H: 155 x 280 x 415mm Front revolving corner buffers.

MAILROOM TROLLEYS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


MINI BOX TRUCK TURNTABLE TRAILER MW SERIES

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

MINI TURNTABLE TRAILERS / BASKET TRUCKS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 297 MADE IN BRITAIN

MAX LOAD 150 KG

Available in 2 box heights Greased turntable plate with T bar tow handle. Fixed rear axle. Welded steel angle frame chassis. Finish: Blue epoxy steelwork Wheels: 160mm diameter rubber tyred roller bearing wheels. Fixed timber box body mounted into protective steel angle frame.

Overall

Deck

Sides

Weight

L x W mm

Height mm

H mm

kg

950 x 500

215

145

950 x 500

215

250

BASKET TRUCKS

Ref

Price

24

WGMW20

£180.10

26

WGMW21

£186.35

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 12 DAYS

1. Single Basket Truck Blue epoxy frame and handle fitted with 2 swivel 2 fixed castors 125mm

1

diameter rubber tyred wheels. Roller bearings. Removable basket L x W x H: 805 x 535 x 555mm 2. Double Basket Truck Blue epoxy frame and handle fitted with 2 swivel 2 fixed castors 160mm diameter rubber tyred wheels. Roller bearings. 2 removable baskets L x W x H: 680 x 480 x 450mm Specification for all baskets: Angle frame with solid rod top rim.

2

Mesh size 25 x 25mm 12 swg Finish: Durable white epoxy

Truck Baskets Overall Supplied L x W x H mm

Basket L x W x H mm

Capacity Kg

Castor Weight dia. mm Kg

1

1

895 x 550 x 900

805 x 535 x 555

150

125

30

2

2

1090 x 705 x 985 680 x 480 x 450

250

160

50

Trucks with baskets

Price

Additional Price baskets (each)

Total stop brake (pair)

WGBT81

£226.10

WGB81

£121.80 WGB032

£10.95

WGBT82

£332.90 WGB83

£112.75 WGB024

£12.15

MINI TURNTABLE TRAILERS / BASKET TRUCKS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

Price

297


FLOORING

298 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

COBAGRIP STAIR NOSING

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Designed to help prevent slips on stairs >> Suitable for use on existing or new-build steps >> Manufactured with chamfered back edge for additional safety >> Bright colour for visibility meeting DDA requirements

Size mm

55mm x 55mm

COBAGRIP STAIR TREAD

Length Ref

Price

1.0m

WGGRP070004N

£19.21

1.5m

WGGRP070003N

£15.19

2.0m

WGGRP070002N

£22.71

3.0m

WGGRP070001N

£30.23

Product height: 3mm GRP base overall 5mm

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

>> Silicone Carbide surface helps to prevent slip accidents on stairs >> Designed to fully cover the stair area >> 55mm x 55mm contrasting coloured nosing meeting DDA requirements >> Can be used in conjunction with COBAGRiP Sheet

Size mm

Length Ref

345mm x 55mm

Price

1.0m

WGGRP010704S £29.72

1.5m

WGGRP010703S £44.55

2.0m

WGGRP010702S £59.38

3.0m

WGGRP010701S £89.10

Product height: 3mm GRP base overall 5mm

Black/Yellow

Black/White

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

COBAGRIP

Cobagrip Sheet >> Ideal solution to combat slip hazards such as spilt liquids or ice >> Available in a range of colours to meet all DDA requirements >> Suitable for use with forklift traffic >> Simply bond or screw to the existing floor surface >> Colour options: black, grey and yellow >> Product height: 5mm Size m

Ref

Price

1.2m x 1.2m

WGGRP010002

£97.59

1.2m x 2.4m

WGGRP010001

£195.19

Colour options

Cobagrip Light >> Manufactured from a 1mm flexible GRP sheet >> Ideal for use on undulating surfaces >> Can also be used in food production areas >> Colour options: black and grey >> Product height: 2.4mm

298

Size m

Ref

Price

1.2m x 1.2m

WGGRP060002

£97.59

1.2m x 2.4m

WGGRP060001

£195.19

FLOORING

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


FLOORING

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 299 DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

GRIPFOOT

Grit Tape, Cleats and Tiles for Slip-Resistance >> Abrasive grit ‘anti-slip’ products with self-adhesive backing available in tapes, cleats and tiles >> Provides additional grip underfoot on smooth surfaces >> Hardwearing and easy to install >> Gripfoot Tape – versatile for floor surfaces, machinery, vehicles and marine use >> Gripfoot Cleats (rectangular) are designed for use on steps and stairs >> Gripfoot Tiles (square) are ideal for increasing safety on smooth, tiled floors >> Hazard version (tape only) in yellow/black provides high visibility in darkness or low light conditions >> Conforms to Slip Resistance Test EN 13552 Category R13

Roll Sizes: (Gripfoot / Gripfoot Conformable)

Colour

Ref

Price

25mm x 18.3m

Black

WGGF010001

£29.72

50mm x 18.3m

Black

WGGF010002

£44.55

50mm x 18.3m

Coloured

WGGF0*0002

£41.05

50mm x 18.3m

Hazard

WGGF*2

£43.88

50mm x 18.3m

Clear

WGGF120002

£43.88

102mm x 18.3m

Black only

WGGF010003

£59.38

152mm x 18.3m

Black only

WGGF010004

£89.10

Cleats: (Gripfoot)

Ref

Price

152mm x 610mm (pack of 10)

WGGF*0005

£57.94

Tiles: (Gripfoot)

Ref

Price

140mm x 140mm (pack of 10)

WGGF*0006

£14.06

Colour options

Hazard version available in yellow/black, red/white

Rolls

Cleats

Tiles

FLOORING

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

299


CYCLE SHELTERS

300 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

CAMBOURNE CYCLE SHELTER

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

The VELOPA Cambourne Cycle Shelter The Cambourne shelter is a free-standing, single sided cycle shelter designed for on site assembly, constructed from galvanised steel and PET sheet. The frame is made entirely from galvanised mild steel; the uprights are 76mm round tube and the roof frame is 50mm square tube. The roof is 4mm clear sheet. A variation of the classic VELOPA Cambridge style shelter, the Cambourne shelter provides a core element of a compliant cycle parking solution. Shown is the 4m Cambourne galvanised cycle shelter with five Sheffield cycle stands (Not included).

Product details 2,200mm front, 1,400mm back (Height) 2,680mm (Depth). 3,240mm-10,100mm (Length). 76mm round and 50mm square galvanised steel tube. 4mm clear PET sheet. Other options are available; please ask. Installation & use Each shelter leg requires bolting down to a suitable concrete surface (not less than 2,000mm x 500mm x 700mm) by means of 8 16mm anchor bolts. The area surrounding the installation must be flat and level with no nearby surface irregularities or gradient changes. On-site assembly requires construction skill. This product is guaranteed for 12 months (if installed and used correctly).

Description

Weight

Ref

Price

3m

259.0kg

WG138204251

£1169.00

4m

306.0kg

WG138204254

£1299.00

6m (3m + 3m)

456.0kg

WG138204256

£2318.00

7m (4m + 3m)

503.0kg

WG138204257

£2448.00

8m (4m + 4m)

550.0kg

WG138204258

£2578.00

9m (3m + 3m + 3m)

653.0kg

WG138204259

£3447.00

10m (3m + 4m + 3m)

700.0kg

WG138204260

£3577.00

Accessories & installation parts

Ref

Price

Pack of 16 16mm Expanding anchor bolts (for fixing 3-4m)

WG138101010

£43.20

Pack of 24 16mm Expanding anchor bolts (for fixing 6-8m)

WG138101012

£64.80

Pack of 32 16mm Expanding anchor bolts (for fixing 9-10m)

WG138101016

£86.40

HARBLEDOWN CYCLE SHELTER

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

The VELOPA Harbledown Cycle Shelter The Harbledown shelter is a free-standing cycle shelter designed for on site assembly, constructed from galvanised steel and PET sheet. The frame is made entirely from galvanised mild steel; the uprights are 76mm round tube and the roof frame is 50mm square tube. The roof is 4mm clear sheet. A variation of the classic VELOPA Canterbury style shelter, the Harbledown shelter provides a core element of a compliant cycle parking solution. Shown is the 3m Harbledown galvanised shelter with three black coated sheffield cycle stands (Not included).

Product details 2,380mm (Height). 2,810mm (Depth). 3,240mm-10,100mm (Length). 76mm round and 50mm square galvanised steel tube. 4mm clear PET sheet. Other options are available; please ask. Installation & use Each shelter leg requires bolting down to a suitable concrete surface (not less than 2,000mm x 500mm x 700mm) by means of 8 16mm anchor bolts. The area surrounding the installation must be flat and level with no nearby surface irregularities or gradient changes. On-site assembly requires construction skill. This product is guaranteed for 12 months (if installed and used correctly).

300

Description

Weight

Ref

Price

3m

269.0kg

WG138204351

£1,269.00

4m

316.0kg

WG138204354

£1,399.00

6m (3m + 3m)

473.0kg

WG138204356

£2,478.00

7m (4m + 3m)

520.0kg

WG138204357

£2,608.00

8m (4m + 4m)

566.0kg

WG138204358

£2,738.00

9m (3m + 3m + 3m)

676.0kg

WG138204359

£3,687.00

10m (3m + 4m + 3m)

723.0kg

WG138204360

£3,877.00

Accessories & installation parts

Ref

Price

Pack of 16 16mm Expanding anchor bolts (for fixing 3-4m)

WG138101010

£43.20

Pack of 24 16mm Expanding anchor bolts (for fixing 6-8m)

WG138101012

£64.80

Pack of 32 16mm Expanding anchor bolts (for fixing 9-10m)

WG138101016

£86.40

CYCLE SHELTERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


BLACK & YELLOW BOLLARDS

BOLLARDS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 301 DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

The AUTOPA range of Black & Yellow products are ideal for providing High Visibility protection in both internal and external warehousing environments. All products in the range are galvanised mild steel, ensuring their longevity and are designed to take the knocks and bumps that occur in all warehouses. The bollards are available in both Ragged (for casting into concrete) and Flanged (for bolting down) versions. The bollards are available in a range of diameters (90mm, 114mm, 139mm, 168mm & 193mm). The 90mm & 114mm are in 3mm wall mild steel, whilst the 139mm, 168mm & 193mm are 5mm wall mild steel. The bollards are coated black with reflective yellow bands. Black and Yellow 1000

Product details 1,000mm tall. Ragged version 400mm below ground. Galvanised steel finish, coated black with yellow reflective bands.

Black and Yellow 1200

Product details 1,200mm tall. Ragged version 400mm below ground. Galvanised steel finish, coated black with yellow reflective bands.

The AUTOPA Black & Yellow Bollard 1000

Description

Weight

Ref

Price

90mm (Ragged)

9.2kg

WG138121287

£66.00

90mm (Flanged)

9.8kg

WG138121267

£86.00

114mm (Ragged)

11.9kg

WG138121427

£86.00

114mm (Flanged)

9.8kg

WG138121437

£96.00

139mm (Ragged)

23.6kg

WG138121631

£123.00

139mm (Flanged)

21.5kg

WG138121641

£143.00

168mm (Ragged)

28.5kg

WG138121721

£144.00

168mm (Flanged)

25.2kg

WG138121731

£164.00

193mm (Ragged)

33.8kg

WG138121781

£162.00

193mm (Flanged)

28.4kg

WG138121791

£182.00

Accessories & installation parts

Ref

Price

M12 Expanding Bolt (Flanged only; 4 required per bollard)

WG138100994

£1.50

M12 Foundation Bolt (Flanged only; 4 required per bollard)

WG138100993

£3.00

M12 Rawl Bolt (Flanged only; 4 required per bollard)

WG138100995

£3.80

The AUTOPA Black & Yellow Bollard 1200

Description

Weight

Ref

Price

139mm (Ragged)

26.9kg

WG138121630

£132.00

139mm (Flanged)

24.8kg

WG138121640

£152.00

168mm (Ragged)

32.5kg

WG138121720

£164.00

168mm (Flanged)

29.2kg

WG138121730

£184.00

193mm (Ragged)

38.5kg

WG138121790

£184.00

193mm (Flanged)

33.1kg

WG138121780

£204.00

The AUTOPA Black & Yellow Bollard 1500

Black and Yellow 1500

Description

Weight

Ref

Price

139mm (Ragged)

31.9kg

WG138121629

£165.00

139mm (Flanged)

29.8kg

WG138121639

£185.00

168mm (Ragged)

38.6kg

WG138121719

£205.00

168mm (Flanged)

35.3kg

WG138121729

£225.00

193mm (Ragged)

45.4kg

WG138121799

£279.00

193mm (Flanged)

40.0kg

WG138121809

£259.00

Product details 1,500mm tall. Ragged version 500mm below ground. Galvanised steel finish, coated black with yellow reflective bands.

Installation & use Flanged fixed posts require bolting down to a suitable concrete surface (no less then 300mm cube) by means of four M12 bolts. Ragged fixed posts are supplied with welded fixing spikes to ensure firm ground anchorage. Ragged post require a hole of at least 500mm deep for casting into concrete. This product is guaranteed for 12months (if installed and used correctly).

BOLLARDS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

301


PROTECTION BARRIERS

302 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

RETRACTAPOST 745 (GALVANISED)

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

The AUTOPA RetractaPost 745 The RetractaPost is a simple, cost effective, yet highly effective way to prevent unwanted vehicle access. The RetractaPost is raised and lowered vertically. When lowered the post is fully below ground and covered using the integral lid. The post is padlockable (padlock not supplied) in the raised position by first rotating the post 45° and then attaching the padlock between the post to the lid. The RetractaPost is ideal for protecting vehicle forecourts, commercial premises, car parks and domestic driveways. Shown is the 90mm (Round) version of the RetractaPost. Product details 745mm Tall (When raised). 1010mm Below Ground. Galvanised or galvanised and coated finish.

Description

Lift-up Weight

Product Ref Weight

Price

£139.00

60mm (Round)

4.6kg

17.6kg

WG138130362

Installation & use It is recommended that posts are placed no further than 1,200mm apart to ensure no vehicle may pass between the raised posts. An excavated hole of approximately 1,200mm deep and 300mm diameter is required for installation. Provision for suitable drainage must be made (chippings or similar) at the bottom of the hole. The uppermost 3-400mm must be concrete.

60mm x 60mm (Square)

5.4kg

18.4kg

WG138130361

£139.00

70mm x 70mm (Square)

6.2kg

26.0kg

WG138130401

£184.00

76mm (Round)

5.5kg

18.5kg

WG138130360

£139.00

90mm (Round)

6.6kg

27.0kg

WG138130400

£184.00

90mm (Round) - Coated Yellow

6.6kg

27.0kg

WG138130405

£204.00

Accessories & installation parts

Ref

Price

The lid of the post should be no more than 10mm above finished ground level. This product is guaranteed for 12 months (if installed and used correctly).

40mm Brass Padlock with 2 keys

WG138100907

£8.00

Corbin Security Padlock with 2 keys

WG138150325

£28.00

RETRACTAPOST-GL 745 (GALVANISED/ STAINLESS)

DELIVERED IN 10-15 DAYS

The AUTOPA RetractaPost-GL 745 The RetractaPost-GL features a high-security push button 7-pin security lock which offers a highly effective and robust way to protect premises and vehicles. The RetractaPost-GL is raised and lowered vertically. The RetractaPost-GL is ideal for protecting vehicle forecourts, commercial premises, car parks and domestic driveways. Galvanised Description

Product details 745mm Tall (When raised). 1070mm Below Ground. Galvanised or galvanised and coated finish. Installation & use Please refer to RetractaPost 745 installation information above. The post is lockable in the raised position by rotating the post 45° and then pressing the high-security push button 7-pin security lock. The post is unlocked using the supplied key, rotated and then lowered. Keys can be supplied random or identical.

302

Lift-up Weight

Product Weight

Ref

Price

60mm (Round)

4.6kg

17.6kg

WG138130382

£179.00

60mm x 60mm (Square)

5.4kg

18.4kg

WG138130381

£179.00

70mm x 70mm (Square)

6.2kg

19.2kg

WG138130427

£219.00

76mm (Round)

5.5kg

18.5kg

WG138130380

£179.00

90mm (Round)

6.6kg

30.2kg

WG138130420

£219.00

90mm x 90mm (Square)

10.8kg

41.5kg

WG138130421

£259.00

101mm (Round)

9.3kg

40.0kg

WG138130430

£289.00

Accessories & installation parts

Ref

Price

Spare key (please specify key number/product)

WG138130220

£10.00

Stainless Steel Description

Lift-up Weight

Product Weight

Ref

Price

60mm (Round)

3.4kg

16.4kg

WG138130388

£259.00 £259.00

76mm (Round)

4.0kg

17.0kg

WG138130389

90mm (Round)

5.0kg

28.5kg

WG138130429

£289.00

101mm (Round)

5.8kg

41.0kg

WG138130439

£309.00

Accessories & installation parts

Ref

Price

Spare key (please specify key number/product)

WG138130220

£10.00

PROTECTION BARRIERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


BUDGET / STACKING GRIT BINS

GRIT BINS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 303 DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Budget grit bins manufactured from very tough medium density polyethylene. Ideal for roadside storage, car parks or company premises. UV stabilised: Will not discolour through long term exposure to the elements. Supplied complete with hinged lid designed to protect grit / salt from the elements. Both models supplied complete with fork pockets for ease of movement. Standard colour is yellow. Red (fire) and green (environmental) are also available - price and availability on application. Delivery is 10-15 days for other colours.

Capacity

Salt Inc.

Overall W x H x D mm

Kgs (empty)

Ref

Price

Both models stack for

200 Litres No

1020 x 720 x 520

10.5

WGRW0005

£92.90

easy storage during the

350 Litres No

1200 x 750 x 720

20.5

WGRW0006

£121.45

warmer months.

Please note: 3-5 days delivery applies to yellow bins only.

HEAVY DUTY GRIT BINS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Heavy duty grit bins manufactured from very tough medium density polyethylene. Ideal for roadside storage, car parks or company premises. UV stabilised: Will not discolour through long term exposure to the elements. Supplied complete with hinged lid designed to protect grit / salt from the elements. Standard colour is yellow. Red (fire) and Green (environmental) are also available - price and availability on application. Delivery is 10-15 days for other colours. Lockable and supplied complete with padlock provision - electro plated hasp and staple (padlock not supplied). 200litre bin has 1 hasp & staple, 400litre bin has 2

Capacity Litres

Base

Salt Inc.

Overall W x H x D mm

Kgs (empty)

Ref

Price

200

Flat

No

720 x 710 x 750

14

WGRW0001

£114.30

400

Fork pockets

No

1260 x 710 x 750

22

WGRW0002

£164.30

hasp & staples.

MINI GRIT BIN

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Mini grit bin manufactured from very tough, medium density recycled polythene. Ideal for commercial and in particular, domestic use - grit your driveway, porch and patio with ease. Supplied complete with 25kgs of rock salt and small injection moulded scoop (both supplied loose in the bin - weight loaded is 30kgs). Water tight hinged lid protects grit / salt from the elements. Standard colour is black. Dark mottle grey and forest green are also available price and availability on application. Delivery is 10-15 days for other colours.

Ref: WGRW0007K-RC-NL Price: £52.90 (no-lock) Ref: WGRW0007K-RC Price: £57.15

Overall dimensions: 475mm wide x 383mm deep x 305mm high Capacity: 30 litres, Weight: 5kgs (empty) Please note: 3-5 days delivery applies to black bins only.

GRIT BINS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

303


SNOW PLOUGHS

304 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

PEDESTRIAN SNOW PLOUGHS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

This bi-directional snow plough makes it simple and easy to clear your driveway and sidewalks in half the time with half the effort needed for conventional shovelling. Simple design allows you to remove snow while keeping your body in an upright, walking position. Instead of relying on the strength of your lower back; use your body weight, legs and arms. Minimises work by pushing instead of lifting and throwing. Angled plough to allow snow to easily slide off the side of the blade. Simply flip the handle over to choose which side the snow is ploughed to. Manufactured from mild steel with high quality epoxy coated finish, making this a superior and hard wearing product. Product is supplied fully assembled. WGHSP-1

Wheels: 160mm solid rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings.

Blade Depth mm

195

Handle Height mm

1110

Handle Width mm

410

Model

Blade Width mm

Weight Kg

Ref

Price

Wide

955

8

WGHSP-1

£87.15

Narrow

500

7

WGHSP-2

£80.00

View product on YouTube WGHSP-2

‘V’ BLADE PUSH ALONG SNOW PLOUGH

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

MADE IN BRITAIN

The simple design allows you to remove snow while keeping your body in an upright walking position, instead of relying on the strength of your lower back you can use your body weight, legs and arms. Minimises work by pushing instead of lifting and throwing with the angled plough allowing snow to easily slide off either side of the blade. Manufactured from mild steel with high quality epoxy coated finish, making this a superior and hard wearing product. Product is supplied fully assembled. Wheels: 160mm solid rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings.

WGHSP-3

304

Blade Height mm

165

Handle Height mm

1110

Handle Width mm

410

Overall Blade Width mm

900

Weight kg

8

Ref

WGHSP-3

Price

£113.70

SNOW PLOUGHS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


HEAVY DUTY PUSH ALONG SNOW PLOUGH

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Adjustable blade: from 0 degrees to 30 degrees of left hand sweep, allowing snow to easily slide off the blade. Easily adjustable on a 50mm pitch with 6 adjustments using fly nut and bolt. Simple trolley style design allows you to remove snow while keeping your body in an

SNOW PLOUGHS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 305

upright, walking position. Angled plough allows snow to easily slide off either side of the blade. Manufactured from mild steel with high quality epoxy coated finish, making this a superior and hard wearing product. Product is supplied fully assembled. Wheels: 4 x 260mm pneumatic tyred wheels and roller bearings.

Overall Width mm

1000

Overall Depth mm

1140

Overall Height mm

1000

Blade Height mm

330

Blade Width mm

1000

Weight kg

28

Ref

WGHSP-4

Price

£277.80

HEAVY DUTY SNOW PLOUGH

MADE IN BRITAIN

DELIVERED IN 5-7 DAYS

Heavy duty snow plough and yard scraper attachment to fit most fork lift trucks. Fixed left hand sweep angle of 15 degrees. Heavy duty concave blade with bolt on 12mm thick reversible rubber wear strip. When not used for snow clearing can be utilised as general purpose yard scraper.

>> Wear strip thickness: 12mm >> Blade height: 510mm >> Choice of 1200, 1500 or 2000mm blade widths >> Overall depth: 1350mm >> Plough fits over forks and is secured with zinc plated ‘T’ bar screws >> Fork pockets (H x W): 160 x 50mm. Fork centres: 800mm >> Finish: Yellow epoxy coated

Replacement Rubber Wearstrip Blade Width mm

Ref

Price

1200

WGFSP-1RB

£39.85

1500

WGFSP-2RB

£44.20

2000

WGFSP-3RB

£48.45

Blade Width mm

Weight

Ref

Price

1200

79

WGFSP-1

£587.00

1500

98

WGFSP-2

£678.95

2000

123

WGFSP-3

£817.70

Snow Plough

View product on YouTube

SNOW PLOUGHS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

305


GRIT SPREADERS

306 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

GRIT SPREADERS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Ks 35-E Drop Spreader >> For private and commercial use >> For various types of spreading material such as salt, grit, sand, oil binding agents, seed or fertilizer >> Accurate spread width of 60 cm >> Quantity to be spread can be precisely and continuously adjusted via the eccentric disk >> Fast, easy assembly

Large operating lever, collapsible support foot

>> Hopper made of corrosion-resistant polyethylene >> Frame and axles made of stainless steel Adjustable length push rod

>> Collapsible support foot >> Adjustable-length push rod >> Air-filled rubber tyres with winter or rough terrain treads >> Axle divided in the middle, moves around corners easily

Rugged agitator shaft, axle divide in the middle

Eccentric disk

KS 35-E drop spreader Designation

Capacity

Spread width in cm

Weight Approx. kg

Ref

Price

KS 35-E drop spreader

35

60

16.5

WG8487

£408.00

Accessories for KS 35-E drop spreader KS35-E with stainless steel frame

MOUNTED GRIT SPREADER

Designation

Ref

Price

Cover for KS 35-E

WG8495

£46.00

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Mounted Spreader Sa 130 With Pe Hopper >> For large spreading areas >> Yellow plastic hopper >> Rigid flap lid >> Painted tubular steel frame with three point attachment (a = 410 / 526 mm, b = ø 22 mm) >> Driven using a power take-off shaft (supplied) Mounted Spreader Sa 130 Capacity

Version

Spreading steps

Ref

Price

130 L

Type SA 130 for large spreading areas

10

WG8173

£1168.00

Accessories For Mounted Spreader Sa 130 Designation

Ref

Price

Spreading width limiter for SA 130

WG7291

£76.00

Remote control for mounted spreader SA 130, length from bowden cable: 1.6 m, weight: 2.5 kg

WG8290

184.00

Type SA 130

306

GRIT SPREADERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


GRIT SPREADERS

GRIT SPREADERS

The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk 307 DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Spreader with composite frame. The use of new composite plastics enables the integration of many functions into a single component. >> For use in private and commercial areas >> Durable design >> Composite frame and PE container >> Stainless steel axles >> Rugged transmission >> Collapsible support foot >> Spreading quantity adjustable with fixed stop >> Supplied in prefabricated assemblies Spreader SW 20-C and SW 35-C >> For use in tough winter conditions >> For spreading different materials >> With robust agitator finger >> Stainless steel push rod, three length settings >> With adjustable spread width limiter >> With strainer insert >> Air-filled rubber tyres with winter tread

Type SW 35-C

Spreading quantity adjustable with

Push rod, three length settings

Adjustable spread width limiter

fixed stop

Spreader with composite frame and PE container Capacity

Version

Spreading Width mm

Spreading steps

Weight Approx. kg

Ref

Price

20 L

Type SW 20-C for medium spreading areas

1 bis 4

6

10

WG10642

£270.00

35 L

Type SW 35-C for medium spreading areas

1 bis 4

6

11

WG10643

£300.00

Accessories for spreader with composite frame and PE container Version

Ref

Price

Cover for SW 20-C

WG7884

£20.00

Cover for SW 35-C

WG7885

£30.00

GRIT SPREADERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

307


TOWABLE GRIT SPREADERS

308 The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

TOWABLE GRIT SPREADERS

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Spreader SW 200 and SW 300 with PE hopper >> For commercial and private use >> Suitable for different gritting materials and spreading widths >> Robust construction >> Gearbox with aluminium housing, can be disabled

Type SW 200

>> Sturdy, greasable wheel bearings >> Painted steel tube frame >> All parts that come into contact with the media are stainless steel or plastic >> Spreading amount, spreading direction and spreading width can all be set as required >> 16 x 6.5 Wheels with pneumatic rubber tyres, winter profile >> Parallel height-adjustable drawbar >> Lighting with 7-pin plug >> Supplied as pre-assembled modules

Spreaders SW 200 and SW 300 Capacity Version

Type SW 300

Spreading Spreading Weight Ref width in m steps Approx. kg

Price

200 L

Type SW 200 for up to 5 large spreading areas

10

80

WG10205

300 L

Type SW 300 for up to 5 large spreading areas

10

85

WG10206 £2375.00

TOWABLE GRIT SPREADERS

£2360.00

DELIVERED IN 3-5 DAYS

Grit Spreaders with PE Hopper >> For commercial and private use >> Suitable for different gritting materials and spreading widths >> Quick and easy assembly

Type SW 130

>> Robust construction >> Max speed with gear engaged for spreading 12 mph (20 km/h)

Spreaders with PE Hopper Capacity Version

200 L

Type SA 130 for large spreading areas incl. gearing more robust with aluminium casing, yellow plastic hopper with robust flap lid, painted tubular steel frame, pneumatic rubber tyres,spreading regulator. Supplied as preassembled modules. Drawbar parallel adjustable for height included. Gearing disengageable. Max. speed up to 20 km/h.

Spreading Spreading Weight Approx. kg width in m steps

Ref

up to 5

WG10063 £1248.00

10

39

Price

Accessories for Spreaders with PE Hopper WG7291 WG8621

Designation

Ref

Price

Spreading width limiter for SW 130

WG7291

£76.00

Drawbar with ball coupling for SW 130

WG8621 £136.00

Designation

Length from Weight operating approx. lever m kg

Ref

2.0

WG8289 £181.00

WG8289

Remote control for spreaders and SW 130

308

3.0

Price

TOWABLE GRIT SPREADERS

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

NEED SOMETHING OUT OF THE ORDINARY? WHY NOT USE OUR SPECIALS SERVICE. This catalogue contains many hundreds of products and variations, but no matter how many we offer, there will always be a requirement for something different or special. Our specials service is here to provide solutions to those specific requirements. All you need to do is tell us what you need it to do, or sketch it out. Our design team will work with you to produce the ideal product for your special requirements.

We can help in two ways, either adapt a product, starting with one of our standard products and amend it to your requirements. Or, design from scratch, starting from a blank piece of paper we will come up with a solution to solve your needs. All our special products can be made as a ‘one off’ or on batch production, just tell us how many you need.

To contact The Workplace Catalogue please call 01446 772614 or email info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

SPECIALS SERVICE

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk

888


The Workplace Catalogue 2017 - www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk

The Workplace Catalogue 2017

The Workplace Catalogue is a business to business supplier of storage systems, materials handling equipment and associated products.

The Workplace Catalogue Storage Design Limited Primrose Hill, Cowbridge, South Wales, CF71 7DU Telephone: 01446 772614 Fax: 01446 774770 Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk www.workplacecatalogue.co.uk We reserve the right to alter designs and specifications without prior notice. All technical data, dimensions, weights etc. stated in this catalogue serve only as a guide. The seller cannot accept any liability which may be attributed in any way to the use of this information. All goods are sold strictly in accordance with our terms and conditions of sale, details are available on request.

Tel: 01446 772614

Email: info@workplacecatalogue.co.uk


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.